Moggallāna Pañcikā Ṭīkā

Page 1 sur 136
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa
Moggallāna pañcikā ṭīkā

Sāratthavilāsinīnāma
Pañcikāṭīkā
Paṇāmādikathā
Vijjādhanassa samanussaraṇampi yassa,

Paññāvisuddharatanānayanekahetu;
Taṃ dhammarājamamalujjalakittimālaṃ,
Sāmodamādaramaye hadaye nidhāya.
Laddhammahodaya mahādaya (sampasādā) [japaso (potthake)],

Sakkā(di) sakkataguṇaṃ ratana (dvayañca) [ttayatā (potthake)];
(Yāpañcikā) guruvarappa(bhavātyagāhā) [hapā tya gāyā (potthake)],
Taṃ sādhu sissajana majjavagāha yāma.
Jayatīha mahāpañño, so moggallāyano muni;

Yassa sādhuguṇubbhūta,kitti sabbattha patthaṭā.
Icceva manavasesa mattano bhayādyūpaddavopaghābhakarasāmatthiya yogena

sakalajjhattikabāhiyantarāya nivāraṇa madhippetasiddhi visesa mabhikaṅkhiya ratanattaya
visayabhūtaṃ taṃsādhane kantanidāna bhūtassa ālokiyayātisayaguṇavisesayuttassa mahato
pyatimahanīyassa ratanattayassa sappasādānurūpaṃ pūjāvisayaṃ tadanussa(raṇaṃ katvā)
gurusanniyogamanuṭṭhātuṃ–
Kintehi pādasussūsā, yesaṃ natthi gurūniha;

Ye tappādarajokiṇṇā, teva sādhū vivekinoti.
Vacanato attano gurupūjā purassaraṃ pañcikāvivaraṇaṃ pathi’yā pañcikā’tiādinā katapaṭiññattā

sampati mahādayotiādino ganthassa sādhujanavaṇṇanaṃ vaṇṇanamārabhissāma.
Nanu ca vuttiganthassa vaṇṇanāyaṃ katābhiniveso-yamācariyoti kathamihānadhikate

mahādayotiādike paṭipannoti
ratanattappaṇāmaganthakattuganthanissayaganthārambhaphalaabhidheyyasaṅkhāta-
payojanasotujanasamussāhanānaṃ sandassanatthaṃ. Tattha ratanattayappaṇāma karaṇaṃ
antarāyakarāpuññavighātakarapuññavisesuppādanena kattu micchitassa ganthassa anantarāyenaṃ
parisamāpanatthaṃ. Vacīpaṇāmo panettha sotūnampi yathāvuttatthanipphādanako ācariyenāpyaya
mattho dassitoyeva’tattha ratanattayappaṇāmasandassana’ntiādinā, vācasikasatthādhikāratopi
vacīpaṇāmoti kāyappaṇāmo manopaṇāmo ca. Na kato, ganthakattusandassanaṃ ganthassa pamāṇa
bhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ, ganthanissayasandassanaṃ attaniyabhāvasandhassanena
tabbisuddhidassanatthaṃ, ganthārambhaphaladassanaṃ tappaṭikkhepakajananisedhāya,
abhidheyyasaṅkhātayayojanasandassanaṃ vīmaṃsāpubbakārīnaṃ payojano pālambhapubbikā satthe
pavattatīti sotujanasamussāhanaṃ (katvā) ādarena ganthe pavattanatthaṃ, yadāhu –
Sabbasseva hi satthassa, kammassāpi ca kassaci;

Kenetaṃ gayhate tāva, yāva-vuttampayojanaṃti.
Nanu satthappayojanānaṃ sambandhopi vattabbo idamassa payojananti yato–
www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

Page 2 sur 136
Siddhappayojanaṃ siddha,sambandhaṃ sotumicchati;

Sotādo tena vattabbo, sambandho sappayojanoti.
Tatredamuttaraṃ–
Sattaṃ payojanañceva, ubho sambandhanissayā;

Taṃ vuttantogadhattā na, bhinno vutto payojanāti.
Payojanappayojanampana sāmatthiyaladdhabbaṃ sayamācariyena ‘‘ko pana saddalakkhaṇassa

ajānane doso’’tiādinā vuttanayena viññātabbaṃ.
Tattha‘mahādayo’tyādinā gāthādvayena ratanattayapaṇāmo dassito, ‘yo iddhimantesū’tiādinā

ganthakattā, ‘saddasattha’ntiādinā ganthanissayo, ‘saṅkhepanayenā’tica ‘sārabhūtaṃ vipulatthagā
hiṃ anākula’nti ca imehi ganthārambhaphalaṃ sotujanasamussāhanañca,
abhidheyyasaṅkhātappayojanampana‘saṃvaṇṇana’nti iminā dassitaṃ anvattha byapadesena
saṃvaṇṇīyati vivaritvā vitthāretvā kathīyati attho etāyāti saṃvaṇṇanābhi katvā, tampana vivaritvā
kathanaṃ saddānusāsanasatthasannissayattā abhidheyyo nāma samuditena satthena vacanīyattho taṃ
[vacanīyatthoti (potthake)] vuttasaddānusiṭṭhisaṅkhātapayojanamevāti ayamettha samudāyattho.
Ayampanettha avayavattho-yoti aniyamavacanaṃ dhammarājasaddā pekkhāya cettha

pulliṅgatā, tenettha vuccamānaguṇavisesā dhārapuggalavisesanidassanaṃ, dayati dukkhaṃ apanetvā
paresaṃ sukhaṃ dadāti, dayīyati vā sappurisehi gamiya(ti sa) santāne pavattīyati, dayati vā
paradukkhaṃ hiṃsati, dayati vā paradukkhaṃ gaṇhāti taṃvasena attano hadayakhedaṃ karotīti
dayā, ‘‘daya=dānagati hiṃsādānesu’’ iccasmā ‘‘itthiyamaṇattikayakyāce’’ti (5-49) appaccayo,
visayamahantatāya mahatī pasatthā vā dayā assāti mahādayo, visesana samāse ‘‘saddhāditva’’ (4-84)
vakkhamānapāramitāsambharaṇadukkhānubhava nānamidaṃ hetuvacanaṃ, kammakilesehi janitāti
janā sattaloko, iminā khīṇāsavāpi saṅgayhanti tesampi diṭṭhadhammikasukhavihārasaṅkhāta hitassa
dānato, janānaṃ samūho janatā tassā hitāya abhivaḍḍhiyā sakalavaṭṭa
dukkhanissaṭanibbānasukhabhāgiyakaraṇāyāti vuttaṃ hoti, assaca’sampūraya’nti
iminā’dukkhamanubhavī’ti iminā ca sambandho, sambodhīti ettha saṃsaddo sāmanti imamatthaṃ
dīpeti, tasmā saṃsayameva anaññabodhito hutvā cattāri saccāni bujjhati paṭivijjhati etāyāti
sambodhi, saṃpubbā budhadhātuto ‘‘i’’iti ṇvādi (ko) ippaccayo,
savāsanasakalasaṃkilesappahāyakaṃ bhagavato arahattamaggaññāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇantipi
vadanti, sampāpayatīti sampāpakaṃ, sambodhiyā sampāpakanti chaṭṭhīsamāso, kinti dhammajātaṃ
dhammasaddenettha pāramidhammā pañcamahāpariccāgādayo ca adhippetā, tepi hi attānaṃ
dhārentaṃ dhārenti sambodhi sampāpanasāmatthiyayogena parepi dhārenti nāmāti dhammāti
vuccanti, ‘dhara=dhāraṇe’iccasmā khīsu, viyādisuttena ṇvādi(ko) mappaccayo, dhammānaṃjātaṃ,
dhammāevavā jātaṃ, sambodhisampāpakañca taṃ dhammajātaṃ ceti visesanasamāso,
‘sampūraya’nti massetaṃ kammaṃ, sampūrayanti payogasampattiyogā dīpaṅkara (pāda)mūle
hatthopagatampi nibbānampahāya yathāvuttakaruṇāguṇayogasītalībhūtahadayatāya ‘‘kathannāmete
accanta dussahavaṭṭadukkhopagate satte taṃmahādukkhā mocessāmī’’ti
vaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇekahetutāya sammā pūrento vaḍḍhento vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhaṃ vepullaṃ gamentoti
vuttaṃ hoti, hetuyevedamapi dukkhānubhavanassa, mahādayatā panassa paramparahetu, duṭṭhu
khanati kāyikaṃ assādanti’dupubbā khanismā’ ‘‘kvī’’ti (5-4) kvi, dukkhaṃ kāyikadukkha vedanā,
kīdisanti āha-’anantarūpa’nti, sabhāvavacano yaṃ rūpasaddo ‘‘piyarūpa’’ntiādīsuviya, te ca
dukkhasabhāvā (anantā) anantakāraṇānaṃ vasena, tasmā anantaṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo assāti
anantarūpaṃ, taṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavī vindī, kimivāti āha-‘sukhaṃ vā’ti, suṭṭhu khanati kāyikaṃ
ābādhanti sukhaṃ, ivasaddo sadhammattasaṅkhātopamājotako, sadhammattañhi upamā, vuttañhi
‘‘upamānopameyyānaṃ, sadhammattaṃ siyo pamā’’ti, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti
‘‘aniṭṭhānubhavanasabhāvāyāpi dukkhavedanāya anubhavanasabhāvasāmaññena
ajjhāsayasampattivisesayogā mahākāruṇikassa sukhena sadisatāpattihotīti dukkhampi samānaṃ taṃ
sukhamiva vindī’’ti. Kathamaññathā vaṭṭadukkhato sakalalokassa samuddharaṇaṃ siyāti, athavā
sukhamiva sukhaṃ vindanto viya anaññavindiyamapi tādisaṃ dukkhaṃ sakalalokahitāva
hitamanatāya vindīti attho, tenāha ‘akhinnarūpo’ti, akhinnaṃ parissamamappattaṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo
assāti viggaho.

Page 3 sur 136
Taṃ dhammarājanti yoti aniyamaniddiṭṭhassa vuttaguṇavisesādhāra

puggalassaniyamanavacanaṃ, dhammena rājati no adhammenāti vā, attanā paṭividdhassa
sāmibhāvena dhammassa rājā sāmīti vā, attanā paṭivijjhiyamāne dhamme paṭivijjhantova tattha rājati
dippatīti vā, parūpakāravasena tadatthāyeva paṭipannattā paresaṃ dhammaṃ rājeti pakāsetīti vā
dhammarājā, taṃ dhammarājaṃ namitvāti sambandho, namassitvāti attho, kīdisanti āha-
‘jitamāravīraṃ sudhanta sovaṇṇanibha’nti. Tattha māro ca so vīrocāti māravīro jito vidtedhastabalo
māravīro nāti jitamāravīro, taṃ, kiñcāpi devaputtakilesābhisaṅkhāramaccukkhandha mārā-nena jitā
eva, tathāpi vīrasaddasannidhānena devaputtamāre gahite taṃvijayā aññepi jitā eva nāma hontīti
viññeyyaṃ, suṭṭhu dhantaṃ dhamitaṃ uddharitaṃ sudhantaṃ, suvaṇṇameva sovaṇṇaṃ, sudhanta ca
taṃ sovaṇṇañca, tasseva nibhā sobhā asseti samāso, athavā sudhantañca taṃ suvaṇṇaṃ ceti samāse
tassidanti ‘‘ṇo’’ti (4-34) ṇappaccaye ‘‘majjhe’’ti (4-126) majjhavuddhiyaṃ sudhantasovaṇṇaṃ
paṭimārūpaṃ, tena nibho sadiso, taṃ.
Ettāvatā ca –
Hetu phalaṃ parattho ca, sabbopi thutisaṅgaho;

Hetu sambodhito, pubbeva, yamaññaṃ tatoparīti.
Vuttahetuphalasattopakāravasena buddharatanassa thutipubbakampaṇāmaṃ dassetvā idāni

dhammarājena tenāpi pūjanīyassa dhammaratanassa nipaccakāraṃ dassetuṃ‘dhammañca
mohandhatamappadhaṃsi’nti āha, tattha ca saddo ‘dhammañca namitvā’ti [namassitvā (potthake)]
namassanakriyāya dhammaṃ sampiṇḍeti, kimbhūtanti āha, ‘mohandhatamappadhaṃsi’nti, muyhatīti
moho=aññāṇaṃ, andhayati samatthacakkhuviññāṇaparihānenāti andhaṃ, andhañca taṃ tamañceti
andhatamaṃ=bāḷhatimiraṃ, mohoyeva taṃsadisatāya andhatamanti mo handhatamaṃ, taṃ
padhaṃseti pakārena nāseti sīlenāti mohandhatamappadhaṃsī, pasaddassapakāsanatthaṃ hitvā
pakāratthasseva gahaṇato pariyattiyā saha–
Sotāpattādayo maggā,cattāro tapphalānica;

Cattāri atha nibbānaṃ, dhammā lokuttarā navāti.
Vuttanavalokuttarammo gahitāti viññātabbaṃ, aññathā arahattamaggova gayheyya, kasmā

panettha mohasseva pahānaṃ vuttaṃ, netaresanti tammūlakattā sabbakilesānaṃ, tappahānasmiñhi
vuccamāne tammukhenetaresampi pahānaṃ vuttameva hotīti.
Evaṃ dhammaratanassa namakkāraṃ dassetvā idāni tadādhārabhūtasaṅgharatanaṃ namassituṃ

‘saṅghaṃ tathā saṅghaṭitaṃ guṇehī’ti vuttaṃ, tattha tathāsaddo samuccaye vā, vacoyuttiyaṃ vā,
vacoyuttipakkhe ca saddo ānetvā sambandhitabbo, kilesādayo saṃhanati hiṃsatīti saṅgho,
saṃpubbato hanatismā kvimhi ‘‘kvimhi ghoparipaccasamo hī’’ti (5.100) hanassa gho,
kilesahiṃsanañcettha tadaṅgādivasena gahitaṃ, guṇehīti sāmaññaniddesato sammutisaṅghena
saddhiṃ
Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phaleṭhitā;

Esa saṅgho ujubhūto, paññāsīlasamāhitoti.
Vuttaaṭṭhaariyapuggalā gayhanti, guṇehīti lokiyalokuttarehi sīlādiguṇehi, saṅghaṭitanti

saṃhataṃ.
Evamanantarāyena ganthaparisamāpanatthamananta
guṇavisiṭṭhalokattayaggasīkhāmaṇibhūtassa ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ dassetvā idāni gantha
kattādiyathāvuttatthopadassana pubbaṅgamamattanā samārabhitabbaṃ gantha karaṇaṃ
paṭiññātukāmo’yo iddhimantesū’tiādimāha, tattha ‘yo’ti imassa ‘tannāmadheyyenā’ti iminā
sambandho, etāya sattā ijjhanti iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iddhi=iddhividhādayo lokiyā
lokuttarā ca sā etesamatthīti iddhimanto, tesu iddhimantesu, iddhimantānaṃ mahāsāvakānaṃ
majjheti attho, mahattappattoti mahattaṃ mahantabhāvaṃ gato, tannāmadheyyenāti tasseva
nāmadheyyamassāti tannāmadheyyo, tena, tapodhanenāti muninā, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti- ‘‘etadaggaṃ

Page 4 sur 136
bhikkhave mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ iddhimantānaṃ yadidaṃ moggallāno’’ti bhagavatā

iddhimantesu etadagge ṭhapito mahāmoggallānatthero nāma yo dutiyo aggasāvako… (tena
samānanāmadheyyenāti) tamapadisanto-yamācariyo anuddhatabhāvena ujunākkamena
nāmādikamavatvā vaṅkavuttiyā attano moggallānoti nāmaṃ mahāsāmiṭṭhānantarappattiṃ
kālocitapaññā veyyattiyaṃ buddhasāsanopakāritādiñca vibhāveti. ‘Yaṃ racita’nti sambandho,
racitanti kataṃ, kinti āha saddasattha’nti, saddasatthaṃ nāma sutta,
saddalakkhaṇabyākaraṇādyaparanāmadheyyaṃ, suttaṃ(hi) ‘saddā (lakkhīyanti) sāsīyanti
anusāsīyanti pakatippaccayādivibhāgakappanāya etenā’ti saddalakkhaṇanti ca ‘byākarīyanti
saddanipphādanavasena kathīyanti etenā’ti byākaraṇanti ca vuccati, aparampana vutyādi
tadupakaraṇabhāvena saddasatthaṃ saddalakkhaṇaṃ byākaraṇanti ca vuccatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ, anunanti
tabbisesanaṃ, asesalakkhiyopasaṅgāhakabhāvena vattabbassāparassābhāvā sampuṇṇanti attho, athāti
anantaratthe nipāto, saddasattharacanānantaranti attho, tasseti saddasatthassa, vutti ca samāsā katāti
sambandho, suttaṃ vivarīyati etāyāti vutti, samassate saṅkhipīyatīti samāsā.
Tassāpīti vuttiyāpi, saṅgahetvā saddavasena saṅkucitaṃ viya katvā khipanaṃ saṅkhepo, tassa
nayo kamo saṅkhepanayo, tena, bhovāti yo saddasatthassa vuttiyā ca kattā so eva, idāni
suttavuttiracanānantaramavasarappatte imasmiṃ kāle, samārabheyya sammā ārambhaṃ kareyya
bahunnaṃ kriyākkhaṇānamādibhūtaṃ kriyākkhaṇamanutiṭṭheyya, kinti saṃvaṇṇanaṃ, saṃvaṇṇīyati
attho etāyāti saṃvaṇṇanā, pañcīyati vipañcīyati byattī karīyati vutti attho etāyāti vā, taṃ pañcayatīti
vā laddhanāmapañcikā, taṃ.
Evamattanā karaṇīyasatthampaṭijānitvā tadanantaraṃ ‘‘dve me bhikkhave paccayā

sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya (katame dve) parato ca ghoso (ajjhattañca) yoniso manasikāro’’ti vacanato
sammāsavanapaṭibaddhā sabbāpi sāsana (ppaṭi) sampattīti sāsanappaṭipattiyā byākaraṇassa
mūlakāraṇattā taṃ savane sādhujane niyojento ‘taṃ sārabhūta’ntiādimāha, tattha tanti
yasaddavirahepi adhikatattā saṃvaṇṇanaṃ parāmasati, taṃ suṇantū’ti sambandho, sādhūti
savanakriyāvisesanaṃ, atthānurūpaṃ byañjanaṃ, byañjanānurūpañca atthaṃsallakkhetvā
anaññamanā hutvā sakkaccaṃ suṇantūti attho suvaṇṇabhājane nikkhittasīhavasāviya avinassamānaṃ
katvā hadaye ṭhapanavasena, sakkaccasavanameva hi sotūnamatthāvahaṃ hotīti, santoti
savanakriyāya kattāro dasseti, tathā sātisayabyākaraṇaṃ… tathāvidhā eva sappurisā sādhukaṃ
sotukāmā hontīti, kimbhūtanti āha ‘sārabhūta’ntiādi, bhūtasaddo ettha ‘‘bhūtasmiṃ pācittiya’ntiādīsu
viya vijjamānattho, phegguttābhāvena apariccajanīyatāya sāro thiraṃ so attho byañjanañca assā
atthīti sārā ca sā bhūtāca, atha vā lokiyalokuttaraguṇātisayasādhanekasādhanabhāvato seṭṭhaṭṭhena
sārañca sā bhūtācāti sārabhūtā, taṃ gantho yevettha saṅkhepito, attho pana nayaggāhitatāyapi
sabbathā dassitoyevāti vipulaṃ atthaṃ gaṇhātīti vipulatthagāhī, taṃ,
vidhīyamānavaṇṇanākkamavisesena byākulassa vaṇṇanākkamassa nirasanato natthi ākulaṃ kiñci
assāti anākulaṃ, taṃ, iminā ca kaccāyanavuttivaṇṇanāsu na tathābhāvaṃ dasseti.
Tadevamadhikatattāyevāyamācariyo ganthārambhe’mahādayo yo’tiādike paṭipajjitvā dāni

attanā vaṇṇanīyassa ganthassādi bhūtaṃ vākyamanadhikataparihāramukhenevopanyasya
byākhyātumāha- ‘idhā’tiādi, tattha idhāti imasmiṃ māgadhikasaddalakkhaṇaviracanādhikāre,
māgadhānaṃ saddānaṃ idanti māgadhikaṃ, māgadhikaṃ saddalakkhaṇanti visesana samāso,
viracayitukāmoti kattukāmo, ratiṃjanetīti ratanaṃ, ramayatī [ra tayatī (potthake)] ti (vā) ratanaṃ
anappaccayena, athavā yaṃ loke cittīkatādikaṃ ratananti vuccati, idampi taṃ sadisatāya ratananti
vuccati, tathācāhu–
Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ;

Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccatīti.
Buddhādīnametamadhivacanaṃ, tayo avayavā assāti tayaṃ, samudāyo, ratanānaṃ tayaṃ

ratanattayaṃ, avayavavinimmuttassa pana samudāyassa abhāvato tīṇi eva ratanāni vuccanti,
paṇamanaṃ paṇāmo, ratanattayaguṇaninnatā, paṇamanti etāyāti vā paṇāmo, paṇāmakriyānipphādikā
kusalacetanā, ratanattayassa paṇāmoti chaṭṭhīsamāso, abhidhīyati paṭipādīyatītyabhidheyyo
samuditena satthena vacanīyattho, yena ca yo paṭipādīyati so tassa attho hotīti, so ca
pakatippaccayādivibhāgakappanāya saddānaṃ saṅkharaṇaṃ, saddasatthena hi saddasaṅkharaṇameva

Page 5 sur 136
paṭipādīyati, (ratanattayappaṇāmo ca abhidheyyo ca) ratanattayappaṇāmābhidheyyanti

catthasamāso, tassa sandassanaṃ attho yassāti aññapadattho, kintaṃ vākyaṃ, tā vāti vākyālaṅkāre,
nanucevamadhikatattepi abhidheyyamattamevadassetabbaṃ siyā kiṃ vācāpaṇāmena,
kāyamanomayenāpi puññāti sayappattiyā abhisamīhitatthasiddhi hotevāti codanaṃ manasi nidhāya
vacīpaṇāmassa paratthasannissayatañca tasseva vibhāgena payojanañca dassetumāha- ‘tattha’iccādi,
guṇasaddo ettha ‘‘sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhā’’tiādīsu viya ānisaṃsaṭṭho, guṇānamānisaṃsānaṃ
anukūlaṃ anuguṇaṃ, hetumantavisesanametaṃ, padhānabhāvaṃ nītaṃ paṇītaṃ atiuttamanti attho,
atīsayena paṇītaṃ paṇītataraṃ, cittassasantānaṃ pabandho cittasantānaṃ, paṇītatarañca taṃ
cittasantānañca, anuguṇañca taṃ paṇītataracittasantānañcāti visesanasamāso, tappaṇāmakaraṇena
anuguṇa…pe… santānaṃ yesanti aññapadattho, tesaṃ, yathā te sotāro ratanattayassa
paṇāmakaraṇena puññātisayappaṭilābhā anekānisaṃsātisayappaṭilābhānukūla cittasantānatāya
padhānataracittasantānā honti, tathā pavattānanti adhippāyo, idampi adhigatā…pe…
ntarādhānantīmesaṃ hetubhāvena tiṭṭhati, adhigatā pattā aneke bahū ānisaṃsavisesā āyu
vaṇṇasukhabalapaṭibhānādayo yesanti viggaho, visositā sukkhāpitā antarāyā bhayādayo ajjhattikā
bāhiyā vā yesaṃ tathāvidhānaṃ sotūnaṃ, etepi abhi,pe,ddhatthanti iccassa hetū, abhisamīhitassa
anuṭṭhitassa kataniṭṭhitassa ganthassa avabodhoyeva phalaṃ, tassa sijjhanatthaṃ, kintaṃ
ratanattayappaṇāmasandassanaṃ.
Saccaṃ punapi saccanti, bhujamukkhippa vuccate;

Sakattho natthī nattheva,parassatthamakubbatoti.
Vacanato paratthova sappurisehi kattabbo, paratthe sampādite pana sakattho sampannova nāma
siyāti manasi katvā āha- ‘etadevā’tiādi. Kāyamanosamācaraṇena sampajjamānañca
vacīsamācaraṇena sampajjatevāti aneneva vākyena viññāyatīti avagantabbaṃ, buddhi pubbā yasmiṃ
karaṇe taṃ buddhi pubbaṃ, taṃ sīlena karontā buddhipubbakārino, abhidheyyassa adhigamo
jānanaṃ pubbo yassa so abhidheyyādhigamapubbako, avatāro pavatti, ekadesadassane ‘‘samuddo
diṭṭho’’ti viya ekadesepi samudāyavohāradassanato pacchima pādenāti vuttaṃ,
pacchimapādassekadesabhūtena ‘saddalakkhaṇa’miccanenāti attho, sādhiyaṃ saddānaṃ
saṅkharaṇaṃ, sādhanaṃ byākaraṇaṃ, taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ sabhāvo assāti sādhiyasādhanalakkhaṇo,
sādhiyassedaṃ sādhanaṃ, sādhanassa cedaṃ sādhiyanti evamassedambhāvahetusabhāvo
sambandhoti vuttaṃ hoti, payojanaṃ abhidheyyasaddopadassitaṃ saddasaṅkharaṇaṃ, tattha
sambandhassantogadhattaṃ… sādhiyopadassanamukhena sādhanassāpi dassitattā
nissayopadassanato, ussukkaṃ sammāvāyāmaṃ, buddhattaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, pūretvāti–
Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ;

Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā;
Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatīti.
Vuttaaṭṭhadhammasamannāgatena abhinīhārena samannāgatā hutvā yathāvutte pāramitādayo

dhamme pūretvāti attho, āgatāti sattattiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammānubrūhanena āgatā, idhāti
imasmiṃ loke, āgatāti pattā uppannā, tathāgatoti yathā sampati jātā te bhagavanto
sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā ayampi uttarābhimukhaṃ gatoti attho, muhuttajātovāti sampatijāto
eva, jātasamanantaramevāti vuttaṃ hoti, vikkamīti agamāsi, satta padāni gantvāna disā vilokesīti
idaṃ ‘‘dhammatā esā bhikkhave sampati jāto bodhisattā samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā’’ti eva
mādikāya pāḷiyā sattapadavītihārūpariṭhitassa sabbadisānuvilokanassa vuttattā vuttaṃ, disā vilokesi
samantatoti idampana ‘samehi pādehi phusī vasundhara’nti etassa anantaraṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ… pādehi
vasundharāphusanānantarameva dasadisāvalokitattā, aṭṭhaṅgāni nāma–
Visaṭṭhaṃ mañju viññeyyaṃ, savanīyā-visārino;

Bindu gambhīraninnādi,ccevamaṭṭhaṅgiko saroti.
Vuttāni aṭṭhaṅgāni, tathāgatoti imasseva visuṃ atthapariyāyaṃ dassetuṃ ‘athavā’tiādimāha,

ariyena setunāti samathavipassanāsaṅkhātena uttamena maggena, evamādinātiādisaddena tesaṃ
tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ tathaṃ āgato yathāvato adhigato’yegatyatthā te
buddhyatthā, ye buddhyā te gatyatthā’titathāgatoti evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti, tatthatatthāti tesu tesu

Page 6 sur 136
dīghāgamādīsu, tathāgatabhāvoti tathāgatoti bhavanaṃ nipphatti

namassanakiriyābhisambandhāti’namassitvā’ti ettha namassanakiriyāya abhisambandhā iminā
tathāgatādīnaṃ kammattaṃ vibhāveti, namassanakiriyāvisesanattāti ‘namassitvā’ti namassanaṃ
katvāti vuttaṃ nāma siyāti namassananti vuttanamassanakiriyāya visesanattā, bodhiyāti bodhivuccati
catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ, taṃ bhagavā ettha pattoti (bodhi, tassā) bodhirukkhassāti attho, mūleti
mūlasamīpe ‘‘yāva majjhanhike kāle chāyā pharati nivāte paṇṇāni patanti etāvatā
rukkhamūlaṃ’’tiādīsu viya, nanu aññepi khīṇāsavā ‘aggamaggene’ccādinā vakkhamāna nayena
nipphannā evāti anuyogaṃ manasikatvā vuttaṃ ‘saheva vāsanāyā’ti, na hi bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā
aññe saha vāsanāya kilese pahātuṃ sakkonti, etena aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ bhagavato arahattanti
dasseti, teneva iddhasaddassa atthaṃ dassento’tepi hi’ccādikaṃ vakkhati, kāpanāyaṃ vāsanā nāma
pahīnakilesassāpi appahīnakilesassa payogasadisapayogahetubhūto kilesanihito
sāmatthiyaviseso’āyasmato pilindavacchassa vasalasamudācāranimittaṃ viya’, aggamaggenāti
arahattamaggena, sabbakilese rāgādike, arahattaṃ aggaphalaṃ, sammuti upapattidevabhāvato
aññena visuddhi devabhāvenātinipphannattā āha-‘visuddhidevabhāvenā’ti,
sakalakilesakālussiyāpagamena visuddhippattiyā sabbaññuguṇā laṅkārena visuddhidevabhāvenāti
attho.
‘Idha=saṃsiddhiyaṃ’ iddhavanto iddhāttappaccayena, ‘guṇa=āmantaṇe’ bhūvādiseso,

guṇīyanti paricīyanti seyyattikehīti guṇā kappaccayena, tepīti sāvakapaccekabuddhāpi, hi saddo
hetumhi, yasmā aggaṃ…pe… anūnaguṇā, tasmāti attho, sabbaññutādīnantiādikaṃ tesaṃ
sabbaññubuddhehi ūnaguṇatāya hetuvacanaṃ, keci ‘siddho middhaguṇo assāti siddhamiddhaguṇanti
duṭṭhamatthaṃ parikappetvā vākyamidaṃ dūsenti, te pana ‘middho nāma koci guṇo natthī’ti ca,
‘tathāgato nāma middha guṇo na hotī’ti ca, ‘tādiso ce siyā na ñāṇanissitapūjā pakatopayoginī
bhavatī’ti ca ajānitvā vadatha tumhehi vatvā uyyojetabbā, maṅgalatthañcetthādo
siddhasaddopādānaṃ, maṅgalādīni hi satthānyabyāhatappasarāni hontyāyasmantabyākhyātusotukāni
ca, dhammasaṅghānampīti iminā avayavena viggahepi samudāyassa samāsatthattā
aññapadatthasamāsoyaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇoti dīpeti, tenāha- ‘aññapadatthe’ccādi, guṇībhūtānampīti
appadhānabhūtānampi visesanabhūtānampi aññapadatthassa padhānattā, kiriyātisambandho
vagamyate dhammasaṅghānaṃ guṇībhūtānampi tadavinābhāvittena namassanātisambandhā, tadeva
samattheti ‘tathāha’ccādinā, puttena saha vattamānoti tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaaññapadatthasamāsattā
tulyamubhinnampi āgamananti puttopi āgatoti patīyate, tatthāti niddhāraṇe sattadhī, attānanti
dhammaṃ dasseti, dhārenteti attani ṭhapente pavattente uppādente, cattāropi apāyā
sāmaññavasena’apāye’ti vuttā, kilesavaṭṭa kammavaṭṭa vipākavaṭṭavasena tayo vaṭṭā, tesu dukkhaṃ,
tasmiṃ, dhāretīti vuttadhāraṇaṃ nāma atthato apāyādinibbattakakilesaviddhaṃsanaṃ, tañca
yathārūpaṃ kilesasamucchindanatappaṭippassaddhi ālambanabhāvena hotīti āha- ‘so…pe…
vasenā’ti, navannampi, te samadhigamahetutāya dhammoyeva nāmāti ‘dasā’tiādi vuttaṃ, tattha
kāraṇamāha- ‘tammūlakattā’tiādi, tammūlakattāti taṃ kāraṇattā, sīladiṭṭhisāmaññenāti ariyena sīlena
ariyāya ca diṭṭhiyā samānabhāvena, ariyānañhi sīladiṭṭhiyo maggenāgatattā sabbathā samānāva, tena
te yatthakatthaci ṭhitāpi sahagatāvāti saṃhatoti imasmiṃ atthe saṅghoti padasiddhi daṭṭhabbā,
adhippetavasena panetaṃ vuttaṃ, lokiyasīladiṭṭhiyā sāmaññena saṃhatattā sammutisaṅghopi
paṇāmārahoyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Atha kete saddā, yesamidaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ bhāsissanti paṭiññātanti āha-‘saddā ghaṭapaṭādayo’ti,

ādisaddena rukkhādayo, nanu santi meghasaddasamuddasaddādayopīti na
niratthakānamidhānupayogittā, ye lokasaṅketānurodhenātthappakāsakā tesaṃ sātthakāname vidaṃ
lakkhaṇanti, apica ‘saddā ghaṭapaṭādayo’ti vadanto vedikānaṃ viya unti [ñatthi (potthake)] ādīnaṃ
anupubbīniyamāvatthānamasambhavā tadanukkamena nipphādiyamānanampi saddānaṃ
lokiyattānabhivattanañca bodhetīti daṭṭhabbaṃ, nu tattha pakāsakatthaṃ saddassa samudāyavasena
vā siyā paccekavaṇṇavasena vā, tattha yadi paccekavaṇṇā pakāsayeyyuṃ, ghaṭasadde ghakāroyeva
ghaṭatthaṃ, pakāsayeyya, tathā cāññesamakārādīnamanattha katā siyā, atha samuditā pakāsayeyyuṃ,
tadā vaṇṇānamuccāraṇānantaravināsittā samudāyoyeva na siyā, tathā sati katha matthaṃ saddo
pakāsayatīti ce kamena sotacittādigahitakkhara pāḷiyā ca yo saddoti viññeyyo sātthako cittagocaro,
cittagocarassāpi saddassa pana bālajanappabodhāya kappanāmattena pakatyādivibhāgato, na
sabhāvenānvākhyānaṃ, tenāha-‘pakatyā’di ādi, nanu goiccādisādhusaddaniyame sati gotādayo
asādhu saddāti viññāyanti gantabbamagganiyame agantabbamaggo viya, gotādi asādhusaddaniyame

Page 7 sur 136
vā goiccādayo saddā sādhavoti agantabbamagganiyame gantabbamaggo viya, kiṃ

saddānamanvākhyānenā tidamāsaṅkiya payojanamāha- ‘lakkhaṇābhidhānaṃce’ccādi,
saddānampaṭipattiyaṃ paṭipadapāṭhassānūpāyattaṃ dassetumāha- ‘aññathe’ccādi, aññathāti asati
lakkhaṇābhidhāne, sakkatādītiādisaddena pākatādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti, bahuvidhattaṃ
sakkatapākatapesācikaapabbhaṃsavasena, magadhesu viditāti imasmiṃ atthe ‘‘aññasmi’’nti (4-121)
māgadhānaṃ idanti atthe ‘‘ṇo’’ti (4-34) ṇappaccaye māgadhā māgadhanti ca padanipphatti
veditabbāti dassetumāha- ‘magadhesmi’ccādi, magadhesu viditātiādino adhippāyaṃ vivaritumāha-
‘idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī’tiādi, tattha idanti idāni vakkhamānaṃ māgadhaṃ…pe… hotīti etaṃ vuttaṃ hotīti
magadhesu…pe… lakkhaṇaṃ māgadhanti vadatā pakāsitaṃ hotīti attho,
hisaddo’magadhesvi’ccādinā vuttaṃ samatthayati, lakkhaṇaṃ visesayatāti saddalakkhaṇa saddassa
uttarapadatthappadhānattā māgadhanti iminā lakkhaṇaṃ visesayatā byavacchedayatā vuttikārena,
atthatoti sāmatthiyato, sadde ca visesito hotīti saddalakkhaṇasaddo māgadhe eva [saddeeva
(potthake)] byavacchedito hoti, ayametthādhippāyo ‘magadhesu viditā māgadhāti sadde gahetvā
tesamidaṃ māgadhanti māgadhasaddena yasmā saddalakkhaṇasadde lakkhaṇaṃ visesitaṃ, tasmā
saddalakkhaṇasadde saddo yadi amāgadho kathaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ māgadhaṃ siyāti sāmatthiyā saddopi
visesito hotī’ti, nanu māgadhanti lakkhaṇassa māgadha saddasambandhittajhāpanato
saddalakkhaṇanti ettha saddasaddassa niratthaka tāpatti hotīti, na hoti gammamānatthassa saddassa
payogampati kāmacārattā saddalakkhaṇasaddassa vā samāsatthe niruḷhattā ‘‘tatridaṃ sugatassa
sugatacīvarappamāṇa’’ntiādīsu viya, kopanātiādisaddalakkhaṇanti iminā
abhidheyyasaṅkhātapayojanassa dassitattā tappayojanapucchanaparā codanā, vuccateccādi parihāro,
yathā sabbathāttaparahitakāmena.
Piyo ca garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo;

Gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā,nocā ṭhāne niyojakoti.
Vuttehi tato parehi ca pasatthatarehi guṇavisesehi samupetaṃ guruṃ.
Tasmā akkharakosallaṃ, sampādeyya hitatthiko;

Upaṭṭhahaṃ guruṃ sammā, uṭṭhānādīhi pañcahīti.
Vacanato uṭṭhāna-upaṭṭhāna-paricariyā-sussūsā sakkaccasippapaṭiggahaṇehi sammā

upaṭṭhahantena savana,uggahana-dhāraṇa-paripucchā-bhāvanā hi kaṅkhāvicchedaṃ katvā
viññātabbaṃ saddalakkhaṇaṃ, tathā aviññātaṃ saddalakkhaṇamanenāti aviññātasaddalakkhaṇo
puggalo, hisaddo avadhāraṇe, so ‘dhammavinayesu kusalo na hotī’ti ettha daṭṭhabbo, kusalo dakkho
na hoti, tattha dhammavinayesu suttantātābhidhammasaṅkhātesu dhammesu ceva vinaye ca, kasmā–
Yo niruttiṃ na sikkheyya, sikkhanto piṭakattayaṃ;

Padepade vikaṅkheyya, vane andhagajo yathāti.
Vacanato, ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘yathā vuttanayena sambhūtapada byāmohavasena padatthepi

byāmohasambhavato suttantopadassitāya diṭṭhiviniveṭṭhanāya ca abhidhammāgate
nāmarūpaparicchede ca vinaya niddiṭṭhe saṃvarāsaṃvare ca akosallaṃ siyā’’ti, yathādhammanti
dhammavinaya saddassa yo-ttho vinayasuttābhidhammasaṅkhāto, tassa so-ttho, tadanatikkamena,
paṭipajjitumasakkontoti tatthatattheva vuttāsu adhisīla adhicitta adhipaññāsikkhāsu pavattituṃ
asamattho, kusalo pana samattho paññāvisesālokapaṭilābhato, vuttaṃ hi–
Yāva tiṭṭhanti suttantā, vinayo yāva dippati;

Tāva dakkhanti ālokaṃ, sūriye abbhuggate yathāti.
Paṭipattinti paṭipajjīyatīti paṭipattīti yathāvuttaṃ tividhampi paṭipattiṃ, virādhetvāti nāsetvā,

nassati hi paṭipatti tesuyevā ko sallatamagatattā, tathā cāhu–
Suttantesu asantesu, pamuṭṭhe vinayamhi ca;

Tamo bhavissati loke, sūriye atthaṅgate yathāti.

Page 8 sur 136
Saṃsāradukkhasseva bhāgī hoti… yathāvuttā-nukkamapariccāgena anurūpapaṭipattiyā

paṭilabhitabbattā adhigamavisayassa [visathattā (potthake)] yo gakkhemassa, vuttañhi
tassānulomapaṭipattimūlakattaṃ–
Suttante rakkhite sante, paṭipatti hoti rakkhitā;

Paṭipattiyaṃ ṭhito dhīro, yogakkhemā na dhaṃsatīti.
Etāvatā aviññātasaddalakkhaṇassa sakatthaparihāniṃ dassetvā idāni sakatthasampattimūlikā

paratthasampattīti tadabhāvā tādiso puggalo paresampi paccayo bhavituṃ na sakkotīti dassetuṃ
‘nacā’tiādi vuttaṃ, patiṭṭhāti dhāraṇaṃ, tañcettha tesaṃ tesaṃ kula puttānaṃ
dhammavinayasikkhāpanaṃ taṃtaṃ kammato nittharaṇādi ca, tadubhaya mevā-nhasaṅgikaṃ
patiṭṭhaṃ, mukhyabhūtampana tammūlake suparisuddhasīle patiṭṭhāpanameva, tadupakaraṇattho
sikkhāpanādi, idha pana taṃ sādhanabhūto puggalo upacārato patiṭṭhāti gahetabbo, hisaddo
yathāvutta samatthanatthe nipāto, saddalakkhaṇaññūyevāti avadhāraṇampana tesu tabbidūyeva
samatthoti dassanatthaṃ pakaraṇavasena vuttaṃ, attano pana suguttasīlakkhandhavirahena kadāci
koci yathāvuttānaṃ patiṭṭhābhavituṃ na sakkoti… tammūlakattā saddhammaṭṭhitiyā saparapatiṭṭhā
bhāvassa ca, teneva vinayadhare ānisaṃsaṃ dassentena bhagavatā tappadhānaṃ tappamukhaṃva
katvā ‘‘pañcime bhikkhave ānisaṃsā vinayadhara puggale, katame pañca attano sīlakkhandho
sugutto hoti su rakkhito, kukkuccapakatānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti, visārado saṅgha majjhe viharati,
paccattthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhāti, saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno ca hotī’’ti
vuttaṃ, atthānurūpanti attano vacanīyassatthassa vācakattena yogyaṃ, byañjanānurūpanti attano
vācakassa vacanīyattena yogyaṃ, parivāsādīsūtiādisaddena abbhānādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti,
taṃtaṃkammanti parivāsādikaṃ taṃtaṃkammaṃ, aññoti asaddalakkhaṇaññū, na kevalamanena
sakatthaparatthāva nāsitā, atha khoti vidho saddhammopi nāsitoyevāti vatthumāha ‘ajānanto
panā’tiādi, ayathāpaṭipajjamānoti saddalakkhaṇaññunā yathā yena pakārena atthānurūpaṃ byañjane
byañjanānurūpañca atthe paṭipajjitabbaṃ, tathā appaṭipajjamāno, tathā ca vakkhati– tathā hi so
saddalakkhaṇa majānanto’tiādi. Tividhampi saddhammanti pariyattipaṭipattiadhigamavasenati
vidhameva saddhammaṃ, tattha tipiṭakabuddhavacanaṃ pariyattisaddhammo nāma, terasa
dhutaguṇā cuddasa khandhakavattāni dve asīti mahāvattānīti ayaṃ paṭipattisaddhammo nāma,
cattāro maggā cattāri ca phalāni ayaṃ adhigamasaddhammo nāma, tathāhiccādinā vuttamatthaṃ
samattheti, tampi pāḷiyā thirīkātuṃ ‘vuttaṃ heta’ntiādimāha, tattha dhammāti hetū, saddhammassāti
yathāvuttassa tividhassa saddhammassa, padabyañjananti padañca byañjanañca taṃ, tattha padaṃ
nāma syādyantaṃ tyādyantañca, byañjīyati attho etenāti byañjanaṃ-vākyaṃ athavā pajjate gamyate
attho etenāti padaṃ-syādyantādi, vākyaṃva byañjanaṃ, sithiladhanitādipadamevavā vuttanayena
byañjananti padabyañjanaṃ, taṃ, dunnikkhittaṃ duṭṭhu nikkhittaṃ ṭhapitaṃ virādhetvā kathitaṃ,
attho ca dunnītoti dunnikkhittattāyeva padabyañjanassa tabbacanīyopi duṭṭhuviññāto hoti,
vuttapaṭipakkhatoti ‘aviññātasaddalakkhaṇohi’ccādinā vuttassa viññātasaddalakkhaṇattādinā
paṭipakkhabhāvato, bhāvappadhāno hi ayaṃ niddeso,ttappaccayalopo vā, na hi attāva attanā
veditabboti yuttanti.
Tadevantiādinā yathāvuttaṃ nigametvā saññāvidhāne payojanaṃ dasseti, tanti hetvatthe nipāto,

yasmā saddalakkhaṇassa jānanaṃsāni saṃsaṃ tasmāti attho, evanti nidassanatthe nipāto, evaṃ
sappayojananti sambandho, tadevanti vā nipātasamudāyo yaṃ, vuttena pakārenetyasmiṃ atthe
vattate. Nanuca saññīnaṃ saññānaṃ vattabbatte ‘‘aādayo titālīsavaṇṇā’’tiādīnaṃ vākyānaṃ
visuṃvisuṃ mahantattā kuto lāghavaṃ satthassāti maññamāno ‘tathāhi’ccādinā saññāvidhāne
lāghavasabbhāvaṃ samattheti, hotevāti avadhāraṇena katthaci parasatthe viya no na hotīti dasseti,
paṭipattilāghavampi cettha hoteva, tathāhi ‘‘vaṇṇaparena savaṇṇopi’’ccādo (1-24)
vaṇṇādisaññāsamuddharitā nāttānamattāvagametumalanti pare pucchitvā jānitabbā assa, tato saññā-
vaseyā, tatossa saññāti saññāsaññīvivecanaṃ tadanuṭṭhānanti paramparāpekkhāya bhavitabbaṃ
paṭipatti gāravābhāvā. Idāni saṅkhepato satthakkamaṃ dassetumāha-evaṃ tāvi’ccādi, tāvāti
paṭhamaṃ, upayujjamānattāti byāpāriyamānattā, visayo gocaro yatthete syādayo vidhī yante, saha
visayenāti savisayā, paṭhamaṃ karīyatīti pakati yato syādayo vidhīyante, saha pakatiyāti sappakatikā,
liṅgādikanti ādisaddena‘salabhacchāya’miccādo ekattādi, liṅgebhavā liṅgikā-itthividhayo,
ekatthībhāvo samāso, tena, sāmaññato samānattā, samānattantuṇādivuttiyā ‘‘rājādivisiṭṭhe purisā
doviya’vasiṭṭhādivisiṭṭhe apaccādimhi atthe pavattanato.

Page 9 sur 136
Iti moggallānapañcikāṭīkāyaṃ sāratthavilāsiniyaṃ
Ratanattayapaṇāmādikathā samattā.
1. Paṭhamakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
Saññādhikāra
1. A ādayo
Sabbavacanānaṃ sātthakaniratthakattabyabhicārittā ‘ida’ntiādinā sadiṭṭhantena

saṃsayamupadassiya sātthakattamassa dassetuñca ‘na tāva…pe… sātthakattā’ti vuttaṃ,
ummattakādivākyamiti ‘dasa dāḷimā, cha apūpā, kuṇḍamajājinaṃ, palālapiṇḍo’iccādikaṃ,
avayavatthāna maññamaññanāti sambandhā samudāyatthābhāvato anatthakattaṃ, ādivākyanti
‘‘manoseṭṭhā manomayā’’tiādivākyaṃ, sātthakattaṃ panassa padatthāna
maññamaññābhisambandhassa patītito.
Atha aādyādisaddānaṃ sādhuttānvākhyānāya idaṃ vacanamiccādivikappantarasambhave

kathaṃ niyamo vuttiyaṃ vuttenatthena sātthakattamiccāsaṅkiya tesamihānupayogittaṃ kamena
paṭipādayitumāha ‘vakkhamānatthamevida’miccādi,’ ākārādayo niggahītantā’iccādinā vuttiyaṃ
vakkhamāno attho yassa taṃ tathā vuttaṃ, sādhūnaṃ sādhusaddānaṃ anusāsanaṃ ākhyānaṃ attho
payojanaṃ yassa tanti viggaho.
Sādhusaddānusāsanasaṅkāpettha ‘‘katthettha kutrātrakvehidhā’’ti (4-100) ādinā

katthādisaddānaṃ sādhuttānusāsanassa dassanato, lakkhaṇantarena sādhubhāvassa anvākhyātattāti
āpubbādāiccasmā ‘‘dādhātvī’’ti (5-45) ippaccaye ākāralope ca ādīti aādiyesanti aññapadatthasamāse
yomhi ‘‘yosu jhissa pume’’ti (2-93) ‘ṭe aādayo’ti, tayo ca cattālīsā cāti cattha samāse
‘‘tadaminādīni’’ti cata lopeca rasse ca titālīsāti, ‘vaṇṇa-vaṇṇane’iccasmā ‘‘bhāvakārakesva ghaṇa
ghakā’’ti (5-44) appaccayeyomhi ṭādese vaṇṇāiti ca sijjhanato, payoganiyamatthanti
titālīsavaṇṇasaddesu paresu eva aādisaddo payujjīyatīti evaṃ payoganiyamatthaṃ, ayampi
vikappantara sambhāvanā ‘‘abhūtatabbhāve karāsabhūyoge vikārā cī’’ti (4-119) payoganiyamassā
jhāyamānassa diṭṭhattā, ṭhānyādesatthanti aādisaddassa ṭhāne titālīsavaṇṇasaddā ādesā honti tesaṃ vā
so iti, tadanurūpāyāti ṭhānyādesānurūpāya chaṭṭhī vibhattiyā, atoyevāti agamāgamianurūpāya
chaṭṭhiyā abhāvato yeva, agamāgami bhāvatthanti aādisaddassa titālīsa vaṇṇasaddā āgamā honti
tesaṃ vā so iti, etesupi saṅkā, ‘‘yavāsare’’ (1-30) ‘‘suña sassa’’iti (2-53) ādesāgamānaṃ dassanena,
āgama liṅgābhāvatoti ukāra kakāra makārānaṃ abhāvato, visesanavisessa bhāvatthanti
titālīsavaṇṇasaddānaṃ aādisaddo visesanaṃ, te vā tasse-ti, etthāpi saṅkā
‘nīluppala’miccādīnamaññattha visesanavisessa bhāvadassanā, saddalakkhaṇā nupayogatoti
saddalakkhaṇena saddasaṅkharaṇassa pakatattā vuttaṃ, tattha kāraṇamāha- ‘rūpavisesūpa
lakkhaṇābhāvā’ti, rūpavisesassa upalakkhaṇa nimittaṃ tassaabhāvāti attho, na hi visesana
visessabhāve paṭipādite aādyādisaddānaṃ rūpavisesassa saṅkharaṇaṃ kataṃ siyāti, yadi esova
saddasaṅkharaṇanti gayheyya, tathā sati ‘nīluppala’miccādīnampi vattabbatā āpajjeyyāti nāssa
tadattha tāpi sambhāvīyate, loke sīhaguṇassa mānavake dassanato upacārena ‘sīho-yaṃ mānavako’ti
tagguṇajjhāropopi dissati, tadatthampetaṃ na hotīti dassanatthaṃ ‘tagguṇajjhāropanatthampetaṃ na
hotī’ti vuttaṃ, tassa aādisaddassa, tesaṃ titālīsavaṇṇasaddānaṃ vā guṇo aādittādi, tassa
ajjhāropanaṃ-titālīsavaṇṇasaddesu vā aādisaddeyeva vā āropanaṃ, tadatthampetaṃ suttaṃ na hotīti
attho, tattha kāraṇamāha- ‘atoyevā’tiādi, atoyeva rūpavisesūpalakkhaṇā bhāvatoyo, pakataṃ
saddasaṅkharaṇaṃ, yathāvutta vikappantarābhāve ubhayatthamidaṃ siyā, tattha paribhāsatthaṃ na
hoti… tallakkhaṇattābhāvā uparivakkhamānattā cāti pārisesamālambiyāha ‘saññāsaññi’ccādi.
Mariyādāyampakāreca, samīpe vayave tathā;

Catubbidhappakāroyaṃ, ādisaddassa dissateti.
Mariyādattho ettha ādisaddoti āha-‘ādimariyādā bhūto’ti, upalakkhaṇattāti

Page 10 sur 136
upalakkhiyamānānamākārādīnaṃ gahaṇe kāraṇabhāvena appadhānattā, tenāha-

‘upalakkhaṇassupasajjanīyabhūtassā’ti, kāriyenāti vaṇṇasaññābhavanādinā, na gunnampi ānayanaṃ
bhavati..gunnamupasajjanīya bhūtattā aññapadatthasseva padhānattā, saññāyā bhāveti akārassa
vaṇṇasaññāya abhāve, rūpantiti tālīsārūpaṃ, titālīsā+vaṇṇātipadacchedo, titālīsa+vaṇṇātivā,
suttāvayavassāpi suttasambandhittā ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) pana vuttaṃ, rassattantu
‘‘dīgharassā’’ti yogavibhāgena, itarathā byañjanaparasseva rassatte dassite titālīsaiti abyañjane
padaṃ na sampajjeyyāti viññāyati, itarītarayogacatthe bahuvacanena bhavitabbanti āha-
‘ekavacanampanā’tiādi, vippaṭipatti aññathābhāvo, rassa e okārehi tecattālīsakkharānanti
sambandho, e okāre hīti sahatthe tatiyā, sakkatānusārenāti sakkate ‘‘sandhi yakkharānaṃ rassā na
santī’’ti vuttassa anusārena, kocīti sā sanappasādakacoḷiyabuddhappiyācariyaṃ dasseti, na hiccādiṃ
vadato-yamadhippāyo ‘rassāivāti ivasaddo sādhammopamājotako vā siyā vedhammopamājotako vā,
yadi tāva vedhammopamājotako, rassadhammassa e okāresva sambhavā tesaṃ dīghakālappavattito
te dīghāyeva siyuṃ, yadi pana sādhammopamājotako, tesu rassadhammassasambhavā
rassakālappavattito rassāeva te siyunti ‘etthātiādīsu e okārānaṃ uccāraṇakālakataṃ rassattameva
hotī’ti, rassakālavantoyevāti evasaddo sogate vaṇṇavinimmuttassa kālassevābhāvā vaṇṇānañca
paccakkha siddhattā pamāṇasiddhaṃ pāramatthika me okārānaṃ rassakālavantataṃ dīpeti, atthāti
vadato panāyamadhippāyo ‘etthātiādīsu yadi ekārādayo dīghāeva saṃyogapubbattā rassāva
siyuṃtathā sati atthāti etthāpi dīghova ākāro saṃyogapubbattārasso iva uccatīti āpajjeyya, tasmā
uccāraṇakālakatova rassadīghabhāvo gahetabbo’ti, kaccāyanavuttivaṇṇanā ñāso, taññāpaneti
bahiddhā aññesamakkharānaṃ ñāpane, payojanābhāvāti tena sādhetabbassa kassaci iṭṭhassa
abhāvamāha, kimettha samudāye vākyaparisamatti, udāhu avayaveti āha- ‘pacceka’nti, aññathā
‘rukkhā vana’ntiādīsu viya samudāye vākyaparisamattiyaṃ ‘‘iyuvaṇṇā jhalā namassante’’ (1-9)
iccādikaṃ na sijjhatīti, paccekaṃ vaṇṇā nāmahontīti akāro vaṇṇo nāma hoti ākāro vaṇṇo nāma
hotītiādinā, avayaveccādinā vuttiyaṃ avuttepi ‘pacceka’nti vacane sadiṭṭhantaṃ kāraṇamāha,
diṭṭhantopanīto tyattho sukhena paṭipattuṃ sakkāti, ettha hi paccekanti avuttepi devadatto
bhojīyatūtiādinā paccekaṃ bhuñjikiriyā parisamāpīyate, tenāha-‘na coccate’ iccādi, athavā
samudāyepi vākyaparisamā pattiyaṃ sati samudāye pavattā saddā avayavesupi vattantīti
‘samuddekadesadassanepi samuddo diṭṭho, khandhekadesa bhūtāyapi paññāya paññākkhandhotiādīsu
viya na doso, teneva vuttiyaṃ ‘pacceka’nti na vuttaṃ, vaṇṇasaddassa guṇādyanekatthattepi
pakaraṇato akārādayovettha vuccantīti āha-‘vaṇṇīyati’ccādi, pakaraṇatopi attho vibhajjate, vuttaṃ
hi–
Atthā pakaraṇā liṅgā, ocityā desakālato;

Saddatthā vibhajīyante, na saddāyeva kevalāti.
Nanu jhalādisaññā viya lahusaññaṃ akatvā kasmā gurusaññā katāti codanaṃ manasi nidhāya
ruḷhi anvatthavasena dvippakārāsu saññāsu jhālāti ruḷhi saññātthābhāvena
vohārasukhamattapayojanā, anvatthasaññā pana tappayojanāpi hoti tadaññappayojanā pīti
dassetumāha- ‘eva’miccādi, vaṇṇīyatī attho etehīti vuttamatthaṃ anugatā anugatatthā vaṇṇasaññā
taṃ, saddādhigamanīyassāti saddena viññātabbassa, vaṇṇaṃ mūlamassāti vaṇṇamūlako-attho, tassa
bhāvo vaṇṇamūlakatā, atthassa vaṇṇamūlakataṃ sādheti ‘sāpi’ccādinā, vaṇṇaṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo
etesanti vaṇṇarūpāni-padāni, samudāyo pādānaṃ rūpamassāti samudāyarūpaṃ vākyaṃ,
vibhatyantamatthajotakaṃ padaṃ, padasamudāyo vākyaṃ, sabbañcetamupacārena
vaṇṇasaddavacanīyattaṃ gacchati vaṇṇamayattāti sabbopi sammutiparamatthabhedabhinno attho
vākyādhigamanīyo vaṇṇeneva viññāyati nāma tasmā yathā vuttamattha visesadassanaṃlahusaññāya
na sakkāti tadatthamakārādīnaṃ gurubhūtā vaṇṇasaññā katāti adhippāyo, sammuti saṅketavasena
pavatto vohāro, paramattho sanibbāno pañcakkhandho. Ubhohi panetehi bhinno tatiyo koṭṭhāso nāma
natthi, tathāca vuttaṃ–
Duve saccāni akkhāsi, sambuddho vadataṃ varo,

Sammutiṃ paramatthañca, tatiyaṃ nupalabbhatīti.
Nanu ca–
Appakkharamasandiddhaṃ, sasāraṃ gūḷhaniṇṇayaṃ;

Page 11 sur 136
Pasannatthañca suttanti, āhu tallakkhaṇaññunoti.
‘‘Ādayo titālīsa vaṇṇā’’ ‘‘titālīsādayo vaṇṇā’’ti vā vattabbanti na tathā sati sandiddhaṃ suttaṃ
siyāti, nanu satthādo maṅgalavacanena bhavitabbaṃ, akāro paṭisedhatthopi hotīti (na) satthādo
siddhasaddassopahitattā, atha hotva pubbā jhālādi saññā, saddasādhanamattappayojanattā pana
sabbavidhānassa pubbācariya saññāvālametthāti kiṃ punāpi vaṇṇādisaññāvidhānena ganthagārava
karaṇenāti saccametaṃ, pubbācariyesu pana gāravaṃ tadanugamanañca dīpetuṃ kāci
saññāyopyanvākhyāyante, yajjevaṃ saṃyogasabbanāmalopādayopi saññā pubbācariyehi vuttā
vattabbāti nanu bho vuttamevāmhehi’kāci saññāyo ākhyāyante’ti, kintadākhyānadvārena bhavatā
tāpi viññātuṃ na sakkāti, kesañci sātthakattopi pativaṇṇamatthānupaladdhito
vaṇṇānamadiṭṭhānamakārādīnamanukatiyo ihopadiṭṭhāityanukāriyenātthenātthavantatāya
hotevākārādito vibhatti, lopena niddiṭṭhattā panassā assavanaṃ sannikaṃsavacanicchābhāvā
saṃhitāyāniddeso, anukkamoti ādonissayā sarāvuttā, tato nissitā byañjanā, saresupi ekaṭṭhāniyā
akārādayo bahuttā paṭhamaṃ vuttā ṭhānānukkamena, tato dvijā ṭhānānukkamena, tesupi rassāva
lahuttā paṭhamaṃ vuttā, tato dīghā, byañjanesupi vaggā bahuttā ṭhānappaṭipāṭiyā paṭhamaṃ vuttā,
tato yakārādayo, vaggesu ca aghosā paṭhamaṃ vuttā, tato ghosā, tesu ca sithilā paṭhamaṃ vuttā, tato
dhanitā, tatthāpi appakattā dvijā pañcamā vuttā, tato yaralavā ghosabhūtā ṭhānānukkamena, tato
dhanitā sakāraha kārā, tesupihakāro kesañci orasopi hotīti dvijattā pacchā vutto, kehici
‘‘laḷānamaviseso’’ti dvinnamavisese vuccamānepi lipibhedena ṭhānabhedena ca bhinnattā ḷakāro
visuṃ akkharabhāvena gahito, sopi ghosabhāvena ṭhānānukkamenaca hakārato paraṃ vutto
niggahītaṃ pana sarattādisabbavinimmuttattā sabbapacchā vuttanti akārādīnamayamanukkamo,
imassevānukkamassa manasi vipassa vattamānattā titālīsāti gaṇanāparicchedassa dassitattā ca
‘niggahītantā’ti vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ, pakataṃ sādhusaddānvākhyānaṃ, na vaṇṇīyate, ti saddasaṅkharaṇa
saṅkhāta mukhyappayojanābhāvā, kiñcāpi na vaṇṇīyate, amhehi pana
kathamakārādīnamayamanukkamo uppannoti sissānaṃ kaṅkhā vicchedappayojanampati
anukkamasaddassa atthakathanabyājena vaṇṇito yevāti, karīyante uccārīyante etenāti karaṇaṃ, tattha
jivhāmajjhaṃ tālujānaṃ, jivhopaggaṃ muddhajānaṃ, jivhaggaṃ, dantajānaṃ sesānaṃ sakaṭṭhānaṃ
karaṇaṃ, payatti payatanaṃ, tampana vaṇṇuccāraṇato abbhantaro bāhiyo ca ussāho, tattha
abbhantarapayatanaṃ-saṃvutattamakārassa, vivaṭattaṃ sarānaṃ sakārahakārānañca phuṭṭhattaṃ
vaggānaṃ, īsaṃphuṭṭhattaṃ yaralavānaṃ, bāhiyapayatanantu saṃvutakaṇṭhatādi, ṭhānato
paccāsattiyā vidhīyamānakāriyasambhavena payojanasambhavā āha-‘ṭhānampanā’tiādi, tiṭṭhanti
ettha uppattivasena vaṇṇāti ṭhānaṃ, ‘‘e onama vaṇṇe’’ti (1-37) sutte vaṇṇeti kathanameva
vaṇṇasaññākaraṇe payojanaṃ, yathāvuttamatthamaññatra byāpadisati’ eva’miccādinā, tasmā
‘‘dasādo sarā’’iccādo ‘tenā’tiādīsu ‘tena saraiccanena kvattho kasmiṃ sutte payojanaṃ taṃ dasseti
‘‘sarolopo sare’’ccādī’ti evamādinā attho daṭṭhabbo, ñāpeti vaṇṇalopanti ñāpakaṃ, kasmā pana’so
cemināva ñāpakena siddho’ti vuccati nanu ‘tadaminādīni’’ti (1-47) suttaṃ dissatīti, (saccaṃ) tathāpi
pakārantaroyampi vaṇṇalope dassitoti viññātabbaṃ, evasaddo pana ‘yadi ñāpakena vaṇṇalopo siyā
so imināva ñāpakena siddho, nāññenā’ti avadhāreti.
2. Dasā
Nanu aādayoti paṭhamantenuvattante kathamettha’tatthā’ti sattamīniddiṭṭhatāti āha-‘tañcā’tiādi,

atthavasāvibhattivipariṇāmenāti aādayoti paṭhamantassa‘ādo dasā’tyanena sambandhā
sambajjhamāne cādhāratthena bhavitabbanti ādhāratthavasena sattamī vibhattiyā parivattanenāti
attho, atthavasā sattamiyā vipariṇāmasambhavāyevasutte avijjamānepi‘tatthā’ti vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ,
ādodasannamanaññatthapavattisambhavato tesaṃ aādayo visayabhāvenapi sakkā parikappetunti
vuttaṃ-‘tesu visayabhūtesū’ti, niddhāraṇatthopi yujjateva… vaṇṇasamudāyato tadekadesabhūtāna
mādo vaṇṇānaṃ dasasaṅkhyāguṇena niddhāriyamānattā, ādimhi dasa vaṇṇāti vutte avuttānampi
avassaṃ vattabbānaṃ ūnapūraṇatthamajjhāhāro hotīti vuttaṃ- avaṭṭhitā niddiṭṭhā vā’ti, ekādīna
maṭṭhārasantānaṃ saṅkhyānaṃ saṅkhyeyye vattanato āha-‘dasasaṅkhyāya paricchinnattā’ti,
gayhupagānaṃ rassae ovaṇṇānampi kaccāyane viya apariccāgā anūnā, agayhupagānaṃ tadaññesaṃ
kesañci sarānaṃ pariccagā anadhikā, dasasaddassa saṅkhyeyya vuttittā dasannampi
adhikatavaṇṇānaññattā vuttaṃ-‘dasannampī’tiādi, sayaṃ pubbā’rāja=cittiyaṃ’tīsmā kvimhi antalope
samāse ca tadaminādittā niruttinayena vā sarasaddo nipphajjatīti, ‘sara-gatihiṃ sācintāsu’ iccasmā
appaccayena vā nippajjatīti dassetumāha=‘sayaṃ rājantī’tiādi.

Page 12 sur 136
3. Dvedve
Teti’ādo’ti sattamyantattā apare dve parāmasati, heṭṭhā viyāti heṭṭhā vuttaṃ atthavasā
vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ upameti, atova viññāyamānatthavasena tesu’ti vuttaṃ, tesuti pana
niddhāraṇattavivacchāyaṃ tampi sambhavatīti tesaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ majjhe dvedveti dvisaṅkhyāya
niddhāraṇatthopi veditabbo, vicchāyaṃ vutti yassa so vicchāvutti-dvisaddo, vicchāvuttitā cāssa
savaṇṇattaguṇena dvinnaṃ (‘byāpitu) miṭṭhattā, kamenāvaṭṭhiteti iminā akārādivaṇṇappabandhassa
anādikālasiddhaṃ kamasiddhattamāha. Nanu samānā vaṇṇā savaṇṇātyanvatthe savaṇṇasadde sati
kataṃ rassadīghānaṃ savaṇṇasaññā siyā… asamānattā etesanti, netadatthivaṇṇappabandhassa
kamasiddhattā vacanabalenevāsamānānampi hotevāti, nevampi vattuṃ yuttaṃ‘‘dvedve savaṇṇā’’ti
suttassa tādisasāmatthiyasabbhāve [sabbhāvena (potthake)] visesakāraṇābhāvāti
āha‘samānattampanā’tiādi. Tiṭṭhanti ettha vaṇṇā cittajattepi abhibyatti vasenāti ṭhānaṃ kaṇṭhādi, tena
katanti samāso, kaṇṭhatātu iti catte pāṇyaṅgattā napuṃsakattaṃ. Pañcamehi vaggapañcamehi.
Antaṭṭhākīti vaggānamante tiṭṭhantīti antaṭṭhā, tāhi, yuttassāti brahmacariyā, guyha’ntiādīsu yuttassa.
Kecīti aniyamena vuttaṃ, te pana–
‘‘Hakāro pañcameheva, antaṭṭhāhi ca saṃyuto;

Oraso iti viññeyyo, kaṇṭhajo tadasaṃyuto’’ti vadanti.
4. Pubbo
Vattateti atthavasā vibhattivipariṇāmena vattate, nanu cetyādicodanā, nesadosoccādi parihāro,

dosābhāve kāraṇa māha-‘yoyo…pe… patīyate’ti, vuttaṃ samatteti-‘nahi’ccādinā, nanu ca
pubbasaddo yamekattā ekaṃ pubbamācikkhati na sakalanti kathaṃ ‘‘pubbo’ti vutte yoyoti ñāyati
‘yoyo pubbo’ti ca vutte ‘tesu dvīsu’ti ettha’dvīsu dvīsu’ti idaṃ kathaṃ sukheneva patīyate
tadidamasiddhenāsiddhasādhananti āsaṅkiya tadabhāvamubbhāvīya pubba saddassa
vicchāgamakattamavagamayitumāha-‘naceda’miccādi. Taṃyogāti upacāravasenāha,
tabbantatāyavāti atthiyatthe appaccayavasena, evamuparipi.
5. Paro
Sesamiccādinā‘tesu dvīsūti savaṇṇasaññakesu dvīsu’ iccādi kamatidissati. Lahusaññā rassassa,

saṃyogapubbassa rassassa dīghassa ca gurusaññā na vattabbā… uccāraṇavasenevānvatthasaññāti
viññāyati, pubbācariyavasena vā ihāvuttāvasesasaññāviya.
6. Kādayo
Kevala byañjanānamatthappakāsattābhāvā sarānamatthappakāsane accantopakārā byañjanāti

‘etehī’ti karaṇattena vuttaṃ, tenāha ‘sarāna’miccādi. Vipubbā ‘añja-byattiyaṃ’tīmasmā karaṇe
anappaccaye rūpaṃ, napuṃsakattampissāvagamayituṃ ‘upakārakānī’ti vuttaṃ, byañjanattaṃ
diṭṭhantena phuṭayati ‘yathā’iccādinā, yathā odanassupakārakāni sūpādīni byañjanāni, tathā
sarānamupakārakānīti adhippāyo, byañjanampana addhamattikaṃ, vuttaṃ hi–
Ekamatto bhave rasso, dīgho mattadvayāyuto;

Pluto timatto viññeyyo, byañjanaṃ tvaddhamattikaṃti.
Anvatthāti anvatthato, ‘anvatthā byañjanā’ti sambandho.
7. Pañca
Sajātyapekkhāya samudāyavācittepi kādayotī anuvattanato vaggasaddena kakhagaghañādayova

gayhanti, pañca parimāṇamassa pañcakovaggo, ‘‘tamassa parimāṇaṃ ṇiko cā’’ti (4-41) ko, sutte
ādibhūto pañcasaddo pañcasaṅkhyāparicchedaṃ kurumāno māvasānānaṃ vaggānaṃ bahuttaṃ
gametīti ‘pañcakā’ti vuttaṃ, vaggāti bahuvacanato paccekanti viññāyati, vajjenti yakārādayobhi

Page 13 sur 136
vaggā, paṭhamakkharavasena pana kavaggādivohāro.
8. Bindu
Anekatthattā dhātūna muccāraṇatthopettha gaṇhātīti nipubbā tato kammanti ttappaccaye ññimhi

pādisamāse dīgheca rūpaṃ dassento ‘rassā’tiādīmāha, pīḷanatthato niggahanaṃ niggaho, ‘i-ajjhena
gatīsu’iccasmā kattari [kammani-iti vattabbaṃ, itaṃ uccāritanti attho] ttappaccaye itaṃ, niggahena
itanti amādisa māse rūpaṃ dassento ‘karaṇaṃ niggahena vā’tiādimāha, pacchimapakkhaṃ
sādhetumāha-‘vuttaṃ hī’ti.
9. Iyu
Catthasamāsoti itarītarayogadvandasamāso. Atteti muni saddādivacanīye atthe,

namatītīmassetaṃ kammaṃ,
Yaṃ sabbavacanaṃ sabba, liṅgaṃ sabbavibhattikaṃ;

Taṃ sabbatthe namanato, viduṃ nāmanti tabbidū.
Idha nāmasaññāyābhāvepi anvatthabalāyeva nāmasaññā siddhāti (āha) ‘anvatthabyapadesenā’ti,

syādyantapakatirūpanti paccayā paṭhamaṃ karīyatīti pakati, sā eva rūpanti pakatirūpaṃ,
syādyantassa pakati rūpaṃ munisaddādi syādyantapakatirūpaṃ,
atthavantamadhātukamappaccayampāṭipadikaṃ, padaṃ padaṃ pati paṭipade, paṭipadaṃ niyuttaṃ
pāṭipadikaṃ. Visesanenāti sutte ‘namassante’ti vuttena ivaṇṇuvaṇṇānaṃ visesanena. Ākhyātassāti
pacatiādino. Ādimajjhavattinoti inda udakasaddādīnaṃ ādo, pakhumādīnaṃ majjheca vattino.
Padesesūti ‘‘jhalā sassa no’’ti (2-83) ādikesu suttappadesesu, aniṭṭhapasaṅga (saṅkaṃ) nivattetīti
sambandho, aniṭṭhappasaṅgonāma [nāmāti (potthake)] pacati-inda (udaka pakhuma) saddādīna manta
ādimajjhabhūtaivaṇṇādīnaṃ jhalasaññā vidhāya tato parāsaṃ sādi vibhattīnaṃ ‘‘jhalā sassa no’’ti (2-
81) ādīhi ‘no’ ādesādimhi kate ‘pacatino, indano, udakano, pakhumano’tiādi rūpappasaṅgo,
nanucādiādi codanā. Vattabbanti sutte vattabbaṃ. Byāsaniddesenāti asamāsaniddesena.
Tadayuttantiādi parihāro, tanti taṃ codyaṃ, satihītiādinā ayuttattaṃ samattheti, dvīsuttaresu yogesūti
uparimesu ‘‘pitthiyaṃ’’ ‘‘ghā’’ti dvīsu suttesu. Itthiyanti idanti ‘‘pitthiya’’nti sutte itthiyanti idaṃ
padaṃ. Vaṇṇavisesanaṃ siyāti ‘‘pitthiya’’nti sutte ‘iyuvaṇṇā’ti anuvattanato ‘itthiyaṃ
ivaṇṇuvaṇṇā’ti evaṃ ivaṇṇu vaṇṇā ‘‘gho’’ti sutte ‘itthiyaṃ ā’tievaṃ avaṇṇassa ca visesanaṃ
bhaveyya. Vaṇṇavisesane virodhamāha ‘evañce’ccādi, nāmassanteti asamāsaniddese
tvavirodhamāha- ‘byāse’ccādi. Sakkānāmavisesanaṃ kātunti dvīsu suttesu itthiyantiādinā
vakkhamānakkamena. Nāmassa anto nāmantoti samāsassa uttarapadatthappadhānattā samāse
guṇībhūtassa nāmassa itthiyanti idaṃ visesanaṃ kātuṃ na sakkāti adhippāyo, vacanamantarenāti
pāṇiniyānamiva ‘‘yathāsaṅkhyamanudeso samānaṃ’’ti (1-3-10) suttaṃ vinā, samāsaṅkhya etesanti
samasaṅkhyakā, itisaddo ādyattho, tena–
‘‘Ālāpahāsalīlāhi, muninda vijayā tava;

Kokilā kumudānī vo, pasevante vanaṃ jalaṃ’’ (260).
Iccādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
10. Pitthi
Itthiyaṃ nāmassāti ca, ante ivaṇṇuvaṇṇāti ca vutte tesamā dhārādheyyasambandho

ādheyyassādhāre pavattiṃ vinā na sambhavatīti ajjhāhāravasena ‘vattamānā’ti vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
Ivaṇṇu vaṇṇāti apekkhiya‘visesīyantī’ti bahuvacanametaṃ sambandhassa purisādhīnatāya
nāmantīminā sambandhe sati‘visesīyatī’tekattena pariṇamati.
11. Ghā

Page 14 sur 136
Itthiyaṃ nāmassanteti ca vattate. Heṭṭhā sabbattha saññino niddisiya saññāya niddiṭṭhattā tattha
viya visuṃ saññino paṭhamamaniddese asanto viyāti dosalesamālambiya codayati nanhace’tyādinā.
Tattha setoti vijjamānassa saññino. Kāriyenāti saññākāriyena. Pariharati ‘nāyaṃ doso’tiādinā.
Pacchāvuttamattenāti ‘‘ghā’’ti sutte kāriyino ākārassa pacchā vuttamattena. Nacāti ettha casaddo
vattabbantarasamuccaye, aparampi kiñci vattabbamaniyamarūpamatthīti attho.
Aniyamarūpamācariyappavattito sādhetumāha ‘ubhayathāpi’ccādi.
12. Gosyā
Āsaddo ābhimukhye, anabhimukhamabhimukhaṃ katvā lapanaṃ kathanamāla panaṃ, tasmiṃ

ālapane, ālapanatthe vihito sīti attho.
Saññādhikāro samatto.
Paribhāsādhikāra
13. Vidhi
Vacanārambhayojanamāha–‘yaṃ visesanabhāvene’ccādi, yanti aniyamena ‘‘ato yonaṃ ṭāṭe’’ti

(2-43) ādīsu atotiādikaṃ visesanabhāvena vattumicchitaṃ parāmasati, tenāti vise sanattenu-
pādiyamānena yaṃ saddaniddiṭṭhena atotiādikena karaṇabhūtena, yathākathañcitabbatoti ādo majjhe-
nte vā sabbhāvato yenakenaci ākārena abhedopacārena akārādivisesanavato nāmādino, tadantatthanti
taṃ atotyādi visesanamante, nādo na majjhe yassa taṃ tadantaṃ, taṃ attho payojanaṃ yassāti
aññapadattho, vattāyattāti vattuno āyattā… attāvāttano vacane padhānanti, tassāti vattuno, sāti
vacanicchā, payogānusā renāti jinavacanānusārena, itīti kāraṇatthe nipāto, iminā kāraṇenāti attho, na
sabbatthappasaṅgoti saṃhitādividhimhi sabbattha tadanta vidhippasaṅgo na hoti, tathāhi ‘‘saro lopo
sare’’ti (1-26) ettha saroti visesanabhāvena vacanicchāya sabbhāve saroti tatrā’dīnaṃ visesananti
yathākathañcisarādisaramajjhasarantānaṃ tatrādīnaṃ lopappasaṅge ‘‘vidhibbisesanantassā’’ti (1-13)
sarantassapasaṅgo siyā, na ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti (1-13) antassa… chaṭṭhīniddesābhāvā, tathā sati
‘tatrime’tiādimhi ‘ime’tiādinā vattabbatā āpajjeyyāti payogaṃ nānusaṭā nāmasiyunti na sabbattha
tadanta vidhippasaṅgo, tathā ‘‘gatibodhā’’ (2-4) disuttādimhipi ‘gamayati māṇavakaṃgāmaṃ
tyādippasaṅgotiādi ca yathāyogamavagantabbaṃ, vuttiyaṃ ‘‘ato yonaṃ ṭāṭe’’ti suttodāharaṇaṃ
dassitaṃ, ‘‘narā nare’’ti lakkhiyodāharaṇaṃ.
14. Sattadhī
Vacanaphalamupadasseti‘yatthe’ccādinā, yattha yasmiṃ ‘‘saro lopo sare’’tyādike sutte,

sattamiyāti ‘sare’tiādinā sattamiyā, yassāti sarotiādinā niddiṭṭhassa, kāriyaṃ lopādi, sambandhā
visesāti saretyādo opasilesikamadhikaraṇaṃ, tañcopasilese bhavamadhikaraṇaṃ pubbassa vā paraṃ
siyā parassa vā pubbanti pubbaparopasi lesassāvisiṭṭhattā pubbaparānaṃ sambandhassa avisesā,
parassāpīti na kevalaṃ pubbasseva, satītyasmiṃ atthe jotanīye sattamī saṃsattamī santasaddassa
samādesena, sattañcetyādivacanamevaṃ sati ghaṭate, santi vā santasaddatthe pādi, sutte avuttepi
vuttiyaṃ ‘niddese’ti vacane kāraṇamāha-sattañcā’tiādi, niddesamantarena sattaṃ na sambhavatīti
sambandho, sattamiyā niddese satiyeva taṃ sambandhāya sattāya sambhavo, aññathā kimaññantassā
patiṭṭhāti adhippāyo, pubbasaddassa sambandhisaddattā kinnissāya pubbattamiccāha-‘sattami’ccādi,
tanti ‘‘saro lopo sare’’ti suttaṃ, ukārassāti ‘veḷu’iccatra ukārassa, pubbassa…pe… karitvā
taṃmanasikatañcodanaṃ dassetumāha-‘tamaha’nti ccāditi evamettha sājjhāhāro sambandho
veditabbo. Pubbassāti sattamī niddiṭṭhato pubbassa, anantarassāti abyavahitassa, vuttaṃ kiñci natthīti
sambandho, ayamadhippāyo ‘‘tasminti niddiṭṭhe pubbassā’’ti (1-1-66) pāṇiniyavacane
‘‘disirayamuccāraṇakriyo nisaddopyaya miha nerantariyaṃ joteti, tattha‘nirantaraṃ diṭṭho’ti
pādisamāse kate phuṭamevānantaramuccāritetyamattho-vagamyateti ‘‘pubbasaddassa byavahitepi
payogadassane byavahitepi kāriyaṃ pappotī’’ti bhassakārādayo vaṇṇenti, iha tādisavacanābhāvena
vaṇṇādi byavadhānepi siyā’’ti, sareccādiparihāravacane-dhippāya mubbhāvayati ‘yadipi’ccādinā,

Page 15 sur 136
mathurāya pāṭaliputtakassa cāntarāḷe gāmādīnaṃ sabbhāvā byavadhānepi pubbasaddassa

pavattiyā diṭṭhantamāha-‘mathurā’ iccādi, yasmā sareti opasilesikādhāre sattamyantaṃ padaṃ, tasmā
byavadhāne saralopo na hotīti evaṃ saṅkhepabyākhyānena vuttiya mattho veditabbo, na kevalaṃ
sareti etthevāti āha- ‘kāriye’ccādi, opasilesikeyevādhāre bhavatīti seso, kāraṇamāha-
‘vatticchānhavidhānato saddassā’ti, vattuno yā icchā vacanicchā tassā anutūlena vidhānato atthassa
kathanatoti attho,yena hi yamatthaṃ vattātidhātumicchati satīpyabhidhānasā matthiye na tato-
ññamatthaṃ saddobhidadhātītyadhippāyo, vatticchā vasāye kāraṇamāha’vatticchāpi’ccādi, vattuno
suttakārassa icchā vatticchā, kathamupadesato vatticchā-vasīyate’ kathañca sāmatthiyatoti āsaṅkiya
tamupadassetumāha-‘atocetyādi, ato vakkhamānakāraṇā upadesato vasīyateti sambandho, kintaṃ
kāraṇa miccāha-‘yasmā’iccādi, anvayasaddenettha gurupārampariyo-padeso vivacchito, yasmā
kāraṇā anvayo gurupārampariyo padeso gurukulamupagamma pañhakaraṇādinā anvicchīyate
gavesīyati, ato kāraṇā guruparamparā gataupadesato vasīyatoti attho, sāmatthiyato-
vasāyappaṭipādayitumāha- ‘sāmatthiyampi’ccādi, sāmatthiyampi vuccatetiseso, laghunopāyena
saddānamupalakkhaṇe pavattīti byavahitanivattiyā vacanantaraka-raṇamanupannaṃ, upapannaṃ
vacanantarakaraṇaṃ, tassa ca opasilesikādhāra mantarena aññathānupapattiyā
ādhāravisesappaṭippattīti idamettha sāmatthiyaṃ, ādhārantareccādinā yathāvuttaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ
vibhāveti, ādhārantarepīti sabbattha pāṭho dissati, pasaṅgābhāvato atthanta-renāpi ādhārantarepi
opasilesikādhārepi vacanantarappasaṅgo siyāti sambandhasambhavā opasilesikādhāranissayanepi
ānisaṃso na dissatīti samuccayatthenāpi natthi payojananti vajjetabbo yampi saddoti, nanu kimevaṃ
vaṇṇīyate pubbasseveti vacana mevopasilesikamadhikaraṇaṃ viññāpayati… tattheva pubbaparatta
sambhavāti yomaññate, tassesā kappanā na saṅgatāti dassetumāha-‘pubbassāti’ccādi, ayuttatte
kāraṇamāha-‘sāmīpikepi tassa sambhavā’ti, ‘gaṅgāyaṃ ghoso’ti vutte ghoso gaṅgāyaṃ pubbo vā
paro veti gammamānattā sāmīpikepyadhikaraṇe pubbaparattassa sambhavāti attho, etāvavuccateti
pubbasseva hoti na parassāti ettakameva vuccate, tathāca vakkhati-‘kinta’ntiādi, adhikaṃ
byavahitanivutyādi na vuccateti sambandho, ādisaddenettha chaṭṭhīpakappanā gahitā,
chaṭṭhīpakappanāpi sāmattiyā katāti sambandho, pakappanaṃ pakappanāvidhānaṃ, evaṃ maññate
‘pāṇiniyā ‘‘chaṭṭhīṭṭhāneyogā’’tyato (1-1-49) ‘‘tasminti niddiṭṭhe pubbassa’’ (1-1-66) ‘‘tasmā
tyuttarassa’’ iti (1-1-67) paribhāsāsuttadvaye chaṭṭhīgahaṇamanuvattiya ‘tasminti niddiṭṭhe pubbassa
chaṭṭhī’ ‘tasmātyuttarassa chaṭṭhī [niddiṭṭhe pubbassa chaṭṭhīti pubbassa kāriyittapaṭipādanayoggo
chaṭṭhī tabbodhakapade bhavatityattho, eva dhuttarassetu vi. ujjotaṭīkā] ti chaṭṭhīpakappanaṃ
paṭipādenti ‘yasmiṃ sutte chaṭṭhīniddeso natthi, tattha chaṭṭhīpakappanāyathā siyā’ti, idha pana
vacanantarābhāvepi yattha chaṭṭhīniddeso natthi, tattha sāmatthiyeneva chaṭṭhīpakappanā siddhā’ti,
sāmatthiyamupadasseti ‘sattamīniddese’ccādinā, aññavibhattiniddiṭṭhopi paṭipajjateti sambandho,
kāriyayo ganti kāriyasambandhaṃ, yathā ‘‘vagge vagganto’’ti etthānuvattamānaṃ niggahīta’ntidaṃ
chaṭṭhīyantaṃ viññāyate, kathaṃ vaggetesā sattamyakatatthā ‘‘niggahīta’’nti (1-38) pubbasutte
katatthatāya paṭhamā vibhattiyā chaṭṭhīvibhattimpakappeti sattamiyaṃ pubbasse’ti
tathetyavagantabbaṃ. Etāva vuccateti vutte idanti na viññāyateti āha ‘kinta’ntiādi, yadāhiccādinā
pariyāyapasaṅgakkamaṃ dasseti. Kimidamuccate pariyāyappasaṅge niyamatthaṃ vacananti nanu
pubbaparānaṃ yugapaduppattiya mācariyavacanappamāṇenāppaṭipattiyaṃ vijjhanatthaṃ vacananti
kasmā nocca teccāha- ‘yugapadupasiliṭṭhāna’ntyādi, yugapadupasiliṭṭhānamasambhavoti sambandho,
kutoccāha-‘aparassūpasilesikassābhāvato’ti, atoti yugapadubhinnampattiyā abhāvato, vacanaṃ ‘‘saro
lopāsare’’ccādikaṃ (1-26) suttaṃ.
15. Pañca
Avadhibhāvenāti ‘ato’ccādinā avadhittena, yassāti yo ādino, kāriyanti ‘ṭāṭe’ādikaṃ,

pubbaparāpekkhattenāvisesāti yathā- ‘gāmā devadatto’ti vutte so tato pubbo parogeti
viññāyatītyavadhibhāvassa pubbaparāpekkhattenāviseso, tathehāpi ‘‘ato yonaṃ ṭāṭe’’ti (2-41)
vuccamāne ato pubbesaṃ yonaṃ athavā paresanti pubbaparāpekkhattenāvadhibhāvassāvisesāti
maññate, pure viyātyanena sattamiyanti ettha vuttaṃ niddesavacane kāraṇamatidisati, vuttiyaṃ
‘narānamere’ti ettha apavādavippaṭisedhe satiparattā ṭāṭeādesānaṃ pavattiṃ ‘‘ādissā’’ti ettha
vaṇṇayissāma, atha kimiminā vacanena nanu yato yattha pañcamī niddeso tattha sabbattha
‘‘mānubandho sarānamantā paro’’ (1-21) tyato ‘paro’tyanuvattetuṃ sakkāti tassānuvattitassa
yonamiccanena sāmānādhikaraṇyā‘paresaṃ yonaṃ’tyayamattho viññāyate, tato pubbesaṃ
pasaṅgoyeva natthīti, netadatthi, paroti tyanuvattamānaṃ ‘ato’ti pañcamyantena sambajjhamānaṃ na

Page 16 sur 136
koci vāretā atthīti parato-kārato pubbesampi yonaṃ ṭāṭeādesā pappontīti vacaneneminā

bhavitabbamevāti dassetumāha-‘vacane’ccādi, evañcarahi tadevodāharitabbaṃ, kiṃ ‘narānare’
tyudāhaṭanti ce, nesadoso, aññadatthaṃ kārīyamānamihā-pyatthavantaṃ hotīti, pubbako parihāroti
byava hitanivattiyā pubbasutte vutto ‘‘saretopasilesikādhāro’’ti parihāro, na sambhavatīti iha
sattamiyā abhāvā na sambhavati, vacanānantaranti pāṇiniyānaṃ niddiṭṭhaggahaṇamiva
byavahitanivattiyā suttantaraṃ, te hi ‘‘tasmātyuttarassā’’tyettha (1-1-67)
niddiṭṭhaggahaṇamanuvattiya tena pubbe viya byavahitanivattimpaṭipādenti. Anantaretivacanā
paccāsattiyā nissayanaṃ viññāyate, katatthatāyāti vacanā jātiyātyāha- ‘paccāsatyā jātiṃ sannissāyā’ti
jātiṃ sannissāya paccāsatyā karaṇabhūtāya nivattimāheti sambandho, iminā paccāsatti
ñāyabyāpanañāyajātipadatthabyattipadatthesu paccāsattiñāyo jātipadatthoceha nissīyateti dasseti, na
hi kevalaṃ jātiṃ nissāya byavahitanivatti vattuṃ sakkā, tathāhi yadettha paccāsattiñāyo na nissito,
tadā byāpanañāyena byavahite cābyavahite cāsajjatīti jātiyā nissayane satyapi byavahitepi
byāpyamānā jāti kena nivārīyate nāpi kevalaṃ paccāsattinnissāya byavahitanivatti vattuṃ sakkā,
tathāhyasati jātisannissayena byattinissīyate, byattiyañca padatthe paṭilakkhiyaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ
pavattatīti paccāsatti ñāyanissayanepyabyavahitampati yaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ bhinnaṃ tadabyavahite
pavattaṃ, yampana byavahitampati bhinnaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ, tañca vacanappamāṇato mābhavatvassa
byatthatāti byavahitepi pavattate, tasmā ubhopi nissāya nīyāti. Visayadassanappasaṅge
visayidassanamatthabyattikāraṇanti vākyantogadhapadānamatthampaṭhamaṃ dassetvā pacchā
samāsādikaṃ dassetuṃ ‘kato’tyādikamāraddhaṃ, jātilakkhaṇoti abyavahitattajātisabhāvo,
‘osadhyo’ti ettha sakāre akārā parassa dhakārena byavahitassa yossa viyāvasesānampi sabbhāvato
vuttaṃ-‘yoppabhutīna’nti, jāti sāmaññaṃ, yāvati visayeti gavādike yattake visaye, kāmacārato
visaya parisamattiyā diṭṭhantamāha-‘taṃ yathe’ti, bhojayetīti ettha bhojayeitīti padacchedo, katohi
jātyattho kasiṇoti yasmā sakalo brāhmaṇa jātisaṅkhāto attho parisamatto, tasmāti attho, idaṃ vuttaṃ
hoti- ‘yāva diṭṭhambhojaye’ti vutte [vuttena (potthake)] santāya sāmaññavutti
brāhmaṇasaddappayogasāmatthiyā paccekambhojanakiriyā katā nāma hoti, yato kasiṇopi jātyattho
parisamatto nāmāti. ‘‘Byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) sutte byañjaneti sattamī pubbassa
dīghādividhimhi caritattā ‘‘saramhā dve’’ti (1-34) ettha saramhāti pañcamyaka tatthā, tato
pañcamīniddesassa balīyattaṃ, tato ‘‘sattamiyaṃ pubbassa’’ ‘‘pañcamiyaṃ parassā’’ti dvinnaṃ
parassa samuṭṭhāpane ‘byañjane’ti sattamī parassa kāriya yogitāya atthato vibhattivipariṇāmena
chaṭṭhībhāvena pariṇamatī… dvinnaṃ suttānaṃ vippaṭisedhe parassa balī yattāvāti
etādisasāmatthiyasabbhāvato vuttaṃ-‘chaṭṭhīpakappanāpi pureviya sāmatthiyā’ti.
16. Ādissa
Kiñci antassa sampattanti yaṃ ṭānubandhamanekavaṇṇaṃ na hoti, taṃ ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantasse’’ (1-

17) tyantassa pattaṃ, kiñci sabbasseti ‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbasseti’’ (1-19)
ṭānubandhamanekavaṇṇañca kāriyaṃ sabbassa pattaṃ. Yadantabhāvikāriyaṃtyādinā
vacanaphalamupadassento ‘chaṭṭhīyantasse’tīmassāpavādo yaṃ yogoti dasseti, tassāyama pavādo
hotu ṭānubandhādikāriyaṃ kathanti āha-‘ṭānubandhe’ccādi, vippaṭisedhāti apavādavippaṭisedhā,
‘‘chaṭṭhiyantasse’ti hi ussaggo, tassāpavādā ‘‘ādissa’’ ‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbasse’’tyete,
‘‘ādissā’’tīmassāvakāso ‘terasā’ti, ‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbassā’’tīmassāvakāso ‘esu, anenā’ti,
ihobhayampappoti ‘‘ato yonaṃ ṭāṭe’’ (2-41) ‘‘narānare’’ ‘‘atena’’ (2-108) ‘‘janenā’’ti (tattha)
‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbasse’’tīdampavattatīti tesamapavādānaṃ vippaṭisedhā sabbādeso
bhavati. ‘‘Chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti dasasadde-ntassa pattopi tadapavādattā ‘‘ādissā’’tiādibhūtassa
dakārassa hotīti āha ‘dakārassaro’ti.
17. Chaṭṭhī
Kotthonta saddasseccāha-‘antovasāna’miccādi, ‘‘vaṇṇassantassa’’ti (1-1-52) sutte

vaṇṇaggahaṇamantavisesanāyopadiṭṭhaṃ pāṇininā-antassa padassa vākyassa vā mābhavī’ti, iha
tvanatthakaṃ vaṇṇaggahaṇaṃ byavacchejjābhāvāti dassetumāha-‘so ce’ tyādi, nanu brahmassāti
visesanatthena vattumicchito mahābrahmasaddo chaṭṭhīniddiṭṭho nāmāti ‘‘brahmassu vā’’ti (2-194)
uādeso ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti antabrahmasaddassa pappoti, tathā sati ‘na hi chaṭṭhī niddiṭṭhassa antaṃ
padaṃ vākyaṃ vā sambhavatī’ti kasmā vuttanti, vuccate- na visesanatthenākkhepamattena
mahābrahmasaddo chaṭṭhī niddiṭṭho nāma bhavatīti na brahmasaddassa sabbassādesappasaṅgo,

Page 17 sur 136
mahābrahmasadde vā brahmasaddo atthīti tassāntassa uttaṃ vidhīyate.
18. Vānu
‘‘Chaṭṭhiyantasse’’tyanenevāvisesena vānubandhakāriyepyantassa siddhe

kimatthoyamārambhotyāsaṅkiya ṭānubandhātyādinā vacanaphalamupadassento
‘bādhakabādhanattho-yamārambho’ti-vadati, tathāhi ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantasse’’tyassa bādhako
‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbasse’’ti, tassa ca ‘‘vānubandho’’tyayaṃ yogo bādhakoti
bādhakabādhanattho sampajjate, apaiccayamupasaggo vajjane nīvāraṇe, panayane vā vattateti
apodyante ussaggalakkhaṇāni vajjīyante nīvārīyante apanīyante nenetyapavādo, suttekadesena
suttamevopalakkhitanti antassa‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’ti suttassa apavādo antāpavādo, ussajjate
nivattīyatyapavādenetyussaggo, ussaggāpavādakkamo panettha evaṃ veditabbo
‘‘chaṭṭhiyantasse’’tyussaggo, tadapavādā ‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbassa’’ ‘‘ukānubandhādyantā’’
‘‘mānubandho sarā namantā paro’’ti, ‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbasse’’tyussaggo, tada pavādā
‘‘vānubandho’’ ‘‘mānubandho sarānamantā paro’’ti.
19. Ṭānu
Chaṭṭhīniddiṭṭhasseccādinā vacanārambhappayojanākhyānenāntādesāpavādo yaṃ yogoti bravīti,

paccekamabhisambandhoti so ṭakārānubandho cādesotiādinā, kassa sabbassa bhavaticcāha-‘chaṭṭhī
niddiṭṭhasse’ccādi, nanu ca ṭeādesopyanekavaṇṇoeva dvivaṇṇasamudāyattātyāsaṅkiyāha-
‘upalakkhiye’ccādi, anubadhyate payoge asuyyamānepi payojanavasenānusarīyatītyanubandho,
upadese yevopalakkhiya nivattatetyanenetaṃ dasseti ‘uccāritavināsinonubandhā’ti, upadese
paṭhamuccāraṇe.
20. Ñakā
Ādyantāti vutte kathamavayavātyayamattho labbhatī tyāha-‘ādyantasaddānami’ccādi,

ādyantasaddānaṃ niyatavayavavācittā avayavassa cāvayavināmantarenā sambhavato
sāmatthiyāvayavī lakkhīyati, chaṭṭhiyātyanuvuttito vāvayavāvayavisambandhesā chaṭṭhī, tāya
niddiṭṭhassātyayamattho viññāyateti vuttiyaṃ-‘chaṭṭhīniddiṭṭhassā’ti (vuttaṃ), teneva
paccayavidhimhi kūppaccayādayo na dosā bhavantīti, atoyevāti tadavayavācittatoyeva,
taggahaṇeneti avayavaggahaṇena, katākatappasaṅgittāti otte katepi akatepi vukāgamassa pasaṅgato,
bhūyattattā hi ottassa bhūggahaṇe sati katepi otte vukāgamena bhavitabbamakatepi tatova
‘‘katākatappa saṅgī yo vidhi sanicco’’ti niccattā ottaṃ bādhitvā vukāgamo hoti, atha vukāgame
pacchā tena na bhavitabbanti āha-‘antāvayave’ccādi.
21. Mānubandho
Yadiniddhāraṇe chaṭṭhī antassāvisesitattā avisesena yato kutoci antato bānubandho paro siyā, na
hi dutiyaṃ saraggahaṇamatthi, yenānto visesīyateccāha-‘niddhāraṇa’miccādi, kāraṇamāha-‘sutattā’ti,
‘sarāna’nti sutattāti attho, tena ‘‘sutānumitesusutasambandhobalavā’’ti rundhatītetthadhakārassā
numitassa maṃ na hotīti dīpeti, samāna jātiyasseva loke niddhāraṇappatīti hoticcāha-‘tathā hi’ccādi,
yathā’kaṇhā gāvīnaṃ sampannakhīratamā’ti vutte avisesitattepi kaṇhāya kaṇhāgāvīyeva patīyate,
tathehāpi sarānaṃ majjhe antātyantattena niddhāriyamāno samānajātiyo saroyeva patīyate, tena
sarānaṃ yevāntāparo bhavissatīti bhāvo, visesanattoti ‘‘ñilatasse’’ti (5-163) sutte assāti vutte
ayameveti niyamābhāvā yassakassaci akārassa ñippatti, tenāniṭṭhappattīti lānusaṅgisseva assāti lassa
yaṃ visesanattaṃ taṃ attho payojanamassa ‘‘kattarilo’’ti (5-18) lakārassāti visesanattho lakāro,
idhevāti imasmiṃ ‘‘mānubandho’’tiādisutteyeva.
22. Vippaṭi
Paroti vattate, so cāññādhikyaiṭṭhādyanekatthopi idha iṭṭha vācī daṭṭhabbo,

kammabyatihāreghaṇiti kammabyatihāro kiriyāparivattanaṃ bhāvaviseso tasmiṃ
‘bhāvakārakesvaghaṇghakā’’ti (5-44) sāmaññena vihitattā vippaṭisedhananti atthe ghaṇi vippaṭī

Page 18 sur 136
sedho, tenāha-‘sāmaññe’ccādi, vippaṭisedhasaddassa atthamāha-‘aññamaññapaṭisedho’ti,

saṃsiddhiyaṃ vattamānopi sidhi upasaggasambandhe nātthantarepi hotīti aññamaññavirodhotyattho,
vippaṭisedhasaddassa loke virodhavācittena pasiddhattamāha ‘tathā hi’ccādinā, kathampana
pamāṇabhūtassācariyassa vacanesu aññamaññavirodho sambhavatīccāsaṅkiya ubhinnaṃ sāvakāsatte
sati sambhavati nāññathāti ‘dvinna’miccādi vuttigantho pavattoti vattuṃ ‘socā’tiādimāha
aññamaññānajjhāsiteti aññamaññenānakkante apariggahiteti vuttaṃ hoti, anubhayatāginīti yo
visayekadeso ubhayanna bhajate tasmiṃ anubhayabhāgini visayekadese, sāmaññavisayo dvinnaṃ
vidhīnaṃ sādhāraṇo visayo, tattha pavattippasaṅge sati soca vippaṭisedho jāyatīti sambandho, iminā
vippaṭisedhassa visayo pavattippasaṅgo visayavisayīnamabhedena sutte ‘vippaṭisedho’tivuttoti
‘dvinna’miccādinā vuttigantho racitoti dīpeti, paro hotī tividhidassitoti iminā yadi niyamo-
bbhūpagato siyā, tadā ‘parovahotī’ti vadeyyāti dasseti, pāṇiniyā hi jātiyaṃ padatthe sakimeva
lakkhaṇaṃ pavattatīti caritatthattā visayantare dvinnampi lakkhaṇānamappavattiyaṃ paraṃ
pacchimaṃ kāriyanti vidhyatthamidaṃ vacanaṃ, byattiyantu padatthe latvādīnamiva
pariyāyappasaṅge niyamatthanti paṭipannā, idha pana jātiyaṃ byattiyañca dvinnampi
suttānamappavattiyameva vidhyatthamevidaṃ vacanaṃ, na niyamatthampīti paṭipādetumāha-
‘tathāhi’ccādi, kāmacārato parisamāpīyateti sambandho, kāmato parisamāpanañcetissā sabbasmiṃ
attano gocare avicchedabyāpanena pavattisabbhāvato. Kathampanekassāpi pavatti na
bhaveyyātyāsaṅkiya kāraṇamāha‘ubhayampi’ccādi, hisaddo yasmātthe, yasmā
ubhayampidamācariyavacanaṃ, tatoyeva pamāṇaṃ, abhimatakāriyavidhāne liṅgabhāvena
saddikānumatattā(tesaṃ) vidhīnaṃ vidhāyakañca tasmāti attho. Pamāṇattā dvinnampi appattiyaṃ
kāraṇamāha-‘anubhayabhāgimhi’ccādi, yato laddhāvakāsā tato samānabalāti, itisaddo hetumhi,
viruddhācāti ettha itisaddaṃ datvā ‘anubhayabhāgimhi…pe… viruddhācāti dvinnaṃ vacanānaṃ
pamāṇattā ubhinnampi appavattīti sambandho veditabbo. Samānabalānaṃ dvinnaṃ lokepi
virodhittaṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva ubhinnampi kāriye appavatti ca dissatīti diṭṭhantamāha ‘lokece’tyādi,
ettha ca pessassa (a)virodhatthino kāriye appavattiriva [appavattiyeva (potthake)] samānabalāna
mubhinnaṃ vacanānaṃ kāriye appavattīti sukheno pamāsaṃsandanaṃ viññātabbaṃ.
Jātipakkheyeva bhassakārena dvinnaṃ yugapadippattiyaṃ ‘latvādīnamiva’ pariyāyappasaṅgo

vaṇṇito, tassāyuttattamupadassento āha ‘nacāpi’ccādi, bhinnavisayattāti dvinnaṃ vidhīnaṃ
bhinnavisayattā. Abhinnavisayatte hi pariyāyakappanā yuttimatī, atoca
latvādīnamabhinnavisayattampaṭipādayitumāha- ‘latvādayo hi’ccādi, anavayaveneti dhātu mattato
vidhānenāvayavabyatirekasabbhāvato sabbadhātupariggahena, yattha yasmiṃ dhātvatthekadese
pavattā samānā pavattā santo laddhāvakāsā siyuṃ tassekadesassa parihārenāpi pariccāgenāpi na
vidhīyanteti sambandho, latvādīna mekakkhaṇe asambhavā ekasmiṃ kate satītaravacanāna
mānatthakyappasaṅgāca pariyāyena bhavantīti yantaṃ yuttanti sambandho. Ihāti imasmiṃ
yugapadippattiyaṃ, iha tathābhāvassa kāraṇamāha-‘sāvakā…pe… vacana’nti, tatthāti
yugapadippattiyaṃ. Jātiyampadatthe ‘‘punappasaṅgavijānanā siddhaṃ, vippaṭisedhe yaṃ bādhitaṃ
tambādhitamevā’’tīmāsamubhinnaṃ paribhāsanampavattiṃ paṭipādento āha- ‘parasmiṃ ce’tyādi,
parasminti iṭṭhe, paribhāsanampana ayamattho ‘punappasaṅgavijānanāti dvinnaṃ
suttānamekatthappa saṅgasaṅkhāte vippaṭisedhe satiparamiṭṭhaṃ paṭhamaṃ hoti, hontena tena
yadītarassa nimittopaghāto na kato tadā tassāpi punappasaṅgo tassa vijānanā siddhanti, vippaṭisedhe
yathāvutte sati paṭhamaṃ hontena yaṃ suttaṃ bādhitaṃ tassa punappavattiyā yadi nimittaṃ natthi
taṃ bādhitameve’ti. Byattiyampi vidhyatthamevidaṃ vacanaṃ, na niyamatthanti dassetumāha-
‘byattiya’miccādi, evaṃ maññate ‘byattiyaṃ paṭilakkhiyaṃlakkhaṇappavattiyaṃ dvinnaṃ
sādhāraṇaṃ ṭhānampati yāni vacanāni bhinnāni tesampi niravakāsattena tulyabalattā
dvinnampaṭipattiyevasiyā, natu pariyāyappasaṅgo’ti. Byattiyampi yathāvuttānaṃ paribhāsānaṃ
pavatti vuttavidhinevāti dassento ‘paribhāsānampi’ccādimāha.
Jātiyampadatthe ‘‘vattamāneti anti, si tha, mi ma, te ante, se vhe, e mhe’’ccādīnaṃ

lakkhaṇānamekamekatthepi vattamāneti anti, vattamāne si tha iccādīnaṃ vākyekadesānaṃ
gacchaticcādo gaccha siccādo ca lakkhiye sakimpavattiyā sabbasmiṃ sake visaye paṭhama
majjhimapurisekavacanajāti parisamattāti caritatthattā tumhe gacchathāti ettha dvīhi dvinnaṃ
purisāna mekakkhaṇe pavattiyaṃ na kassaci, byattiyampi paṭilakkhiyaṃ lakkhaṇāni bhijjantīti
sādhāraṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ patibhinnehi lakkhaṇehi dvinnampekatthe-kakkhaṇe pavattiyaṃ na kassaci,
tathā vuttanayeneva tiṇṇaṃ purisānamekakkhaṇe pavattiyanti sabbathā appavattiyaṃ sampattāyaṃ

Page 19 sur 136
vacanamidaṃ, paro hotīti majjhimuttamaṃ bhavatīti adhippāyena ‘yathe’ccādinā vuttaṃ

vuttiganthampañhamukhenā haritvā dassetuṃ ‘kvapanā’tiādimāha, nedamudāharaṇamamhaṃ
manaṃ bhoseti-yato vippaṭisedhavisayamevedaṃ na hoti, kuto yato ‘‘vattamāneti
anti’’ccādippabhutīnaṃ vattamāneti anticcādīhi vākyekadesehi niddiṭṭhānameva
pubbaparacchakkānaṃ purisavacanavisesavidhāyakena ‘‘pubbaparacchakkāna mekānekesu
tumhāmha sesesu dvedve majjhimuttamapaṭhamā’’ (6-14) tīminā vākyāvayavena tumhāmhasesesu
payujjamānesu appayujjamānesu vā yathākkamaṃ pubbacchakkānaṃ paracchakkānañca
majjhimuttamapaṭhamānaṃ paccekaṃ dvedve vacanāni yathākkamaṃ bhavantīti ‘gacchatha
gacchāmā’ti ettha ekakkhaṇe pavattiyeva natthi, dvinnampana sāvakāsāna mekakkhaṇe pavattiyeva
hi vippaṭisedhoti, tathāpi vuttanayena vippaṭisedhappakappanāpi sakkā kātuntīdamudāhaṭaṃ siyāti
daṭṭhabbaṃ, imissā pana paribhāsāya nirākulappavatti ‘‘ādissā’’ tīmissā vuttanayena veditabbā,
katākatappasaṅgī yo vidhi, so nicco, yotvakateyevāyamaniccoti vuttaniccāniccesu
antaraṅgabahiraṅgesu cātulyabalattā nāssa yogassa byāpāro, tathāhi niccāniccesu niccameva
balavanti niccāniccānamatulyabalatā, antaraṅgabahiraṅgappakāra(mpana) upari ‘‘lopo’’ti (1-39)
sutte pakāsissāma.
23. Saṅketo
Vacanārambhassa phalamāha-‘anubandhoti yaṃ vuttaṃ’tyādi, vuttiyaṃ ‘‘yonavayavabhūto

saṅketo’’ti sāmaññena vuttepi ‘‘bhāsissaṃ māgadhaṃ saddalakkhaṇa’’nti saddalakkhaṇā
bhidhānappakaraṇato saddassānavayavabhūtoti viññāyateti dassetumāha-‘kassa’tyādiltuppaccaye
lakāro udāharaṇaṃ, pakatiyādi samudāyassātiādivākyassa sāppāyamatthaṃ vivarituṃ
‘evamaññate’ccādi vuttaṃ, keci saddasatthakārāti pāṇiniṃ sandhāyāha, vacananti ‘‘tassa lopo’’ti (1-
3-9) vacanaṃ, payogāsamavāyitāti kattāiccādippayoge asamavāyitā appayogitāti adhippāyo,
evampissa lopo vaseyo… anupubbo bandhivināsatthoti āhu uccāritapadhaṃsittā anubandhyate
vinassatetyanubandhoti imāya sadda byuppattiyāvasena.
24. Vaṇṇa
‘Atenā’ti (2-108) ettha atoti rassabyattiniddeso vā siyā rassajātiniddeso vā sakalanissayabyāpī

atthajāti niddesovā, tattha rassabyattiniddese sati buddhasiddhādīsu yatthakatthaci akāro gayhateti
neṭṭhappasiddhi… kesañci asijjhanato, rassa jātiniddese pana buddhasiddhādisabbākārantānaṃ
lakkhaṇikagavādyakā rantānañcākāro gayhatīti sabbathā iṭṭhappasiddhi, nāñño dīgho byattantarattāti
nāniṭṭhappatti ākārato nāssenābhāvā, tasmā atoti rassajātiniddese nissite sabbamidamiṭṭhaṃ
nipphajjatīti nātthajāti nissīyate, na rassabyattica, ‘‘yuvaṇṇāname oluttā’’ti (1-29) ādīsu pana
rassabyattiyā rassajātiyā vā niddese ‘tassedaṃ nopeti’ccādīsu eoādikamiṭṭhaṃ katthaci bhaveyya, na
sabbattha, sabbattha vā bhaveyya ‘vāteritaṃ samonā’tiādīsu byattanta rattā, tasmā sabbathā
iṭṭhappasiddhiyā ittajātyādi nissīyate, athavā vaṇṇuccāraṇampati kesañci vaṇṇuppattiṭṭhānānaṃ
uccanīcatadubhaya saṃhāravasena vaṇṇavisesuppatti dassanato tesaṃ vasena rassa byattiniddese
rassajātiniddese vā vuttanayena iṭṭhāniṭṭhappattiyaṃ sabbathā sabbathā iṭṭhappasiddhiyā ittajātyādi
nissīyate, tattha vaṇṇa parena savaṇṇaggahaṇaṃ niyamituṃ vacanamidamāraddhanti
‘sabbatthevā’tiādinā vacanārambhaphalamāha, sabbatthevāti sabbasmiṃyeva suttappadese. Nanu
sayañcāti vuttepi pariyattaṃ, na hyaññaṃ rūpā sayamatthi, aññaṃ vā (saya)to rūpanti siddhepyevaṃ
sati atthettha paro koci visesoti ñāpetuṃ sañca rūpa’nti vuttikāro āhāti sambandho, rūpassa
visesitabbattā ‘sañca rūpa’nti vuttiyaṃ niddisīyamānattā ca rūpanti viññāyatīti ‘sañca gayhatī’ti
vuttaṃ, saṃrūpaggahaṇāyāpisaddaṃ karoto-dhippāyo-yanti vattumāha-‘aññathe’ccādi, aññathāti
aññenappakārena saṃrūpaggahaṇāya apisaddābhāveti adhippāyo, aññapadattheti aññapadattha
samāsavisaye, guṇībhūtassāti appadhānabhūtassākāre kārādino, samāsena vuttattā padhānatū tattepi
guṇo bhavati aññapadattho-kārekārādi vidhāya kattā, vidhīyamāno savaṇṇova padhānaṃ…
idamatthitāya tappavattiyāti. Nanu vuttiyamapisaddassātthaṃ vadatā sayañceti vattabbaṃ, ‘‘tathā
sayamattanī’’ti nighaṇḍuto sayañca-ttākārekārādiñca gayhatītyamattho sambhāvīyatīti
codanampanasi nidhāya ‘sañca rūpa’nti vadanto sādhippāyāruḷhaṃ kiñci atthavisesaṃ pakāsetuṃ
tathevāhāti dassetuṃ vuttaṃ-‘sayañce’tyādi, ‘‘dhanaññātīsu saṃsaddo, tathāttattaniyesupī’’ti
nighaṇḍuvacanato ‘sa’nti attāpi gayhati, ko so saddarūpaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, ‘sa’nti attaniyampi, kintaṃ
saddāna masādhāraṇaṃ saddarūpaṃ, tathā sati attaniyaṃ rūpaṃ nāmāttasaṅkhātasaddasambandhīti

Page 20 sur 136
āha-‘saṃrūpaṃ saddānamasādhāraṇaṃ rūpa’nti, etañca idantīminā sambandhitabbaṃ,

asādhāraṇanti asādhāraṇaṃ saddarūpaṃ, sati sambhave byabhicāre ca visesanassa sātthakatāya
asādhāraṇanti rūpaṃ visesatā sādhāraṇassāpi sambhavo vuttoyeva nāmāti āha-‘duvidhaṃ hi’ccādi,
kintaṃ sādhāraṇamasādhāraṇañcarūpanti sāmaññena rūpaṃ niddisitumāha-‘tatthā’tiādi, tatthāti
niddhāraṇe sattamī, saddānanti sātthakaniratthakānaṃ yesaṃkesañci saddānaṃ, taṃtaṃ saddattādīhi
tesaṃtesaṃ buddha aiādīnaṃ saddānaṃ saddattādi, ubhayattha ādisaddena attho saṅgahito, tena
sādhāraṇaṃ saddarūpamattharūpaṃ tathā-sādhāraṇanti catubbidhaṃ saṃrūpanti dasseti, catūsupi
cetesvasādhāraṇassa saddarūpassevopānaṃ dassetumāha-‘tatthā’tiādi, sādhāraṇarūpabyudāsenāti
sādhāraṇarūpassa pariccāgena, upādiyanto rūpameva saddassasaṃ, nātthoti ca dassetīti sambandho,
ca saddo panettha ‘idaṃ dassetī’ti heṭṭhā vuttaṃ samuccinoti, asādhāraṇassevopādiyane kāraṇamāha-
‘tanta’miccādi, itaranti ye saṃkesañci saddānaṃ saddattādi, parassāpīti aññassa yassakassaci
saddassāpi, iti idaṃ, patitaṃ pasiddhaṃ, ettha pana itisaddo hetumhi, yasmā idaṃ yathāvuttaṃ
pasiddhaṃ tasmā pubbācariyaparamparāyāgato padesato upādiyantoti pakataṃ,
saṃsaddavisesanasāmatthiyena asādhāraṇarūpopādiyanepi asādhāraṇaṃ saddarūpamevopādīyati
nāsādhāraṇamattharūpaṃ… iminā vakkhamānakāraṇatā [tāya (potthake)] vasenāti āha-
‘saddasse’ccādi, āsannaṃ…saddato saddabhāvasā naññattā, vipariyayatoti vipariyāsena anāsanna
bhāvenāti attho, cakkhuvisayopi hi attho kathaṃ sotavisayasaddassa na āsanno
saṃrūpambhavitumarahatīti, kāraṇantaramāha-‘aheyyattācā’tiādi, aheyyattāti apariccajanīyattā,
idampi niccasambandhitte kāraṇavacanaṃ, taṃ saddarūpaṃ, niccasambandhīti nirantarasaṃyogī,
vipariyayatoti heyyattā, tathāhiccādinā atthassa heyyattaṃ bodheti, aparaṃ kāraṇamāha-
‘asādhāraṇañca rūpaṃ’tyādinā, sādhāraṇo pariyāya saddānaṃ, paccetabbattāti viññātabbattā, idāni
kāraṇattayaṃ samodhānetvā imehi kāraṇehi rūpameva saddassa saṃnāma, nātthoti niyametvā
dassetuṃ ‘tadeva’ntiādi āraddhaṃ, tadevanti yasmā evaṃ, taṃ tasmāti attho, sarūpappadhāneti
‘‘gossā vaṅa’’ (1-32) tyādo gossātyādike sarūpappadhāne.
25. Ntu
Ntusutiyā jantvādīnampi ‘‘ntantūnaṃnto yomhi paṭhame’’ (2-215) tyādinā gahaṇappasaṅge

jātiyamabhippasaṅgabādhanatthaṃ byattiyaṃ vantvādi sambandhīnamupādānattamidamāraddhaṃ
‘‘vantvavaṇṇā’’ (4-79) ‘‘tametthassattīti mantu’’ (4-78) ‘‘kattari bhūte ktavantu ktāvī’’ (5-55) ti
vihitā vantvādayo nāma.
Paribhāsādhikāro samatto.
Saralopādi vaṇṇanā
26. Saro
Ādhāravisesāpassayananti opasilesikādhāravisesassa nissayanaṃ, opasilesikādhāraṃ vinā

ādhārantare gahite sati vacanantaraṃ suttantaraṃ vinā byavahitanivatti kātuṃ na ca sakkāti
sambandho, kecīti buddhappiyācariyādayo dasseti, te hi yadi vaṇṇena kālena vā byavadhānepi sandhi
bhaveyya tadā sareti nimittasso pādānaṃ niratthakaṃ bhaveyyāti sareti
nimittopādānasāmatthiyenānena vaṇṇādibyavadhāne no sandhīti maññamānā ‘nimitto’ccādikaṃ
vākyamāhu, tadayuttanti tehi’nimitto’ccādinā yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ ayuttanti attho, ayuttatte kāraṇaṃ
byabhicārasabbhāvena sāmatthiyābhāvoyevāti byabhicārandassetvā sāmatthiyābhāvandassetumāha-
‘avasāne,ccādi, kāriyābhāvepīti ettha na kevalaṃ ‘idameva saccaṃ, sumanā bhavantu athopi’tyādo
vaṇṇakālabyavadhāneyeva, atha kho ‘ete na saccena suvatthi hotū’tyādo avasāne ‘pamādo maccuno
padaṃ’ tyādo anta bindu saṅkhātanimittantare vā kāriyābhāvepi nimitto pādānassa sātthakatoti
apisaddassattho, sātthakatoti bhāvappaccayalopena bhāvappadhānavasena vā vuttaṃ, sātthakattatoti
vuttaṃ hoti, aññathā nimittopādānameva sātthakaṃ nāmāti ‘nimitto pādānassa sātthakato’ti na
yujjati, ayametthādhippāyo ‘avasāne nimintare vā kāriyābhāvena byabhicārasabbhāvā
aññathānupapattilakkhaṇaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ natthi, nimittantubyavadhānepi catthi, yathā’dārunimittaṃ
vanopasaṅkamana’nti tasmā vaṇṇakālabyavadhānepi sareti nimitte sati lopakāriyaṃ pappote vā’ti.

Page 21 sur 136
Luppatīti ‘tatrime’ccādinā kathanakāle na dissatīti attho, adassanamattameva hi lopo, aññathā

‘tatrā’disaddarūpābhāvappattiyā atthappatīti kārittamesaṃ na siyāti, paṭhamāya niddiṭṭho… vuttattā
kammassa, sarassāti vadeyya… bhāve khādippaccayena avuttakammattā, ihāti iminā satthantare
bhāvasādhanavasena gahaṇaṃ vibhāveti, gantha lāghavo… sarassa lopoti vā lopaṃ pappotīti vā
avattabbattā, saroti paṭhamāya niddiṭṭhattā saro lopo nāma hotīti saṅkāpi siyāti āha-‘na ce’ccādi, ihāti
imasmiṃ sutte, honticcādopi pubbasaralope hanticcādikampi siyātyāsaṅkiyāha-‘soce’ccādi,
ussaggato āgato sambhūto tassa vā ayaṃti ossaggiko pubbalopo, tassa bhāvo ossaggikattaṃ,
ossaggikattā pubbalopassa kāriyantarehi paralopādīhi apavādavidhīhi ābādhito eva, so ca pubbalopo
hotīti sambandho, ‘‘paro kvacī’’ti (91-27) kvaciggahaṇena pubbaparalopānaṃ tulyabalattābhāvā
yathā gamappattito paralopassāpavādarūpattaṃ, ajjhāsiteti paviṭṭhe, na hoti… paralopāpavādena
bādhitattā, tehīti paralopādīhi, sabbathā muttavisayo saddhindriyanti, vikappena muttavisayo late
vāti.
27. Paro
Itisaddo idamatthe, kvaci lopanīyo hotīti idaṃ vacanaṃ dīpetīti sambandho, kinti āha-
‘payogānusārita’nti, kassāti āha-‘kāriyassa paralopassā’ti, kena hetunāti āha ‘kvaciggahaṇenā’ti,
katthāti āha-‘iha imasmiṃ sutte’ti, tenāti tena payogānusāritādīpanena, yathāpayoganti
āgamapayogānatikkamena, niccaṃ pakkhevā paralopo siyāti honticcādo niccaṃ, latāvātiādīsu
pakkhe vā paralopo bhaveyya, evaṃ maññate ‘‘kasminti atthe kvāti nipphannenāniyamavuttinā
aniyamatthasseva visesakato vacane sabbatthevāniyatatthavuttittā kvacisaddo-yaṃ yathāgamaṃ
niccamaniccamasantañca vidhiṃ dīpeti, tattha honticcādiko nicca pakkho paralopasseva visayo,
latāvātiādiko aniccapakkho ubhayasādhāraṇattā pubbalopassāpi visayoti iminā niccaṃ pakkhe vā
paralopo hoti, asantapakkho pana saddhindriyantiādiko pubbalopasseva visayo sabbathānena
pariccattattā’’ti, tīsupi cetesu pana pakkhesu niccāniccapakkhesu yevassāpavādarūpatā…
pubbalopassa sabbathā honticcādo nivārakattā vā vidhāyakattā vā paralopassa, na tvasantapakkhe…
pubbalopasseva sabbathānena dinnā vasarattā, lokaggotiādi tu kvacisaddassa payogānusāritā
dīpakattā nicce asantevāpi vidhimhi dīpite paralopena vā nipphajjatīti neṭṭhabyāghāto, evaṃ tāva
kvaciggahaṇe sabbathāniṭṭhaparihārena iṭṭhappasiddhi siyā, tadabhāvekathanti tadabhāve
virodhamāha-‘aññate’ccādi, pariyāyena bhavantīti kvaciggahaṇābhāve ‘paro’ti suttaṃ siyā tathā sati
suttadvayamekavisayaṃ tulyabalañca siyā, tattha vippaṭisedhābhāvā pamāṇabhūtānamācariya
(vacanā)naṃ niratthakatā mā bhavīti vārena bhavantīti attho, itīti iminā pariyāyabhavanakāraṇena,
pakkheyeva siyāti latāvātiādīsu pubbalope pariyāyappavatte pariyāyena paralopassāppavattito
latāvāti pakkheyeva paralopo bhaveyya, honticcādo niccaṃ na siyāti sambandho, tañcāti taṃ
pariyāyabhavanañca, kho vākyālaṅkāre, paṭipadanti padampa dampati hoti, nekadesaparihārenāpi,
tenāha ‘na katthacī’ti, iminā idaṃ dīpeti ‘‘sabbattha vikappappasattiyā hanti,
saddhandriyaṃtyādikaṃ ‘‘na dvevā’’ti (1-28) suttepi hanticcādikañcāniṭṭharūpampi sampajjatī’’ti.
Nacevamiṭṭhanti evamidaṃ yathāvuttaṃ vikappavidhānaṃ saddalakkhaṇaññūhi nevābhimatanti
attho, tameva sādheti ‘paralopo hi’ccādinā, athā niccapakkhe vā paralope kate-nena pariccattaṭṭhāne
ussaggappavattiyā latāva latevāti rūpadvayaṃ sampajjati tasmā payogānusāritādīpakena
kvacisaddeneva honti saddhindriyaṃ latāva latevāti payoga sambhavopi, tathāpi aniccapakkhe
latāivāti tatiyarūpappasiddhiyā pariyāyena bhavitabbanti parikappeti ‘nanu cetyādinā, atha ‘‘paro
kvacī’ti kvaciggahaṇe sati apa(vādarūpa)ttā kathampariyāyappavattīti manasi nidhāyāniccapakkhe
pariyāyappavattidīpanatthaṃ ‘‘na dvevā’’ti suttitanti apavāde rūpattayepi pariyāyappavattiyaṃ
dosābhāvamāha-‘nāyaṃ doso’ccādi, tathāhiccādinā ‘‘na dvevā’’ti sutteneva pariyāyassāpi dīpitattaṃ
sādheti, sā ca ekatthappavatti pariyāyaṃ vinā na sambhavati… ekakkhaṇe pavatyasabbhāvāti
adhippāyo, nanu ca kvacābhāve pariyāyappavattiyaṃ yathāvutta dosassevāppasaṅgato mā hotu
pariyāyo, bhinnavisaye pana pubbaparalopappavattiyā ‘‘na dvevā’ti nisedhe lateva latāva latāivāti
rūpattayaṃ nipphajjatīti codanaṃ manasi nidhāyāha-‘nace’ccādi, tattha dosamāha-‘tathā ca
sati’ccādinā, katthaci demiccādo niccaṃ pubbalopasseva, katthaci honticcādo niccaṃ paralopasseva,
vikappena vā katthaci yathodakaṃ yathāudakaṃ tyādo pubbalopasseva katthaci itipi iccapiccādo
paralopasseva katthaci lateva latāva latāivāccādo pariyāyenubhayalopasseva dassanatoti sambandho,
etthaca itipīti vavatthitavibhāsatta dīpanena kvacisaddena paralope kate-ññatra pubba lope sampatte
‘‘na dvevā’’ti etthānuvattamāna kvacānubhāvena niccaṃ nisedhe iccapicceva bhavati. Sambajjhati
tesu tesu suttesu. Paricchedoti kammatthavasena ādhāravasena vāti āha-‘paricchijjati’ccādi.

Page 22 sur 136
28. Nadve
Tatthacāti casaddena bhavitabbaṃ, tathā ca sati aññoññānajjhāsi taṃ yathodakaṃ

yathāudakaṃtyādi itipi iccapiccādica saṅgahitaṃ bhavatīti, pubbalope paralope ca pariyāyena
sampatte dvinnampi pakkhe abhāve sati kathamidaṃ yujjatīti codeti‘yajjeva’miccādinā, yajjevanti hi
ayaṃ nipātasamudāyo aniṭṭhāpādanārambha vattate, evañce gayhatīti attho, tadeti atthato viññāyati,
niccaṃ sandhikāriyābhāve kāraṇamāha-‘upasilesā bhāvato’ti, tadeva samattheti īdisesu hi’ccādinā,
vattumiṭṭhattāti iminā sannikaṃso vaṇṇāna maddhamattakālabyavadhānā paccāsatti,
sannikaṃsassetassa vacanicchāyaṃ satiyeva sandhikāriyaṃ hotīti dīpeti, upasilesābhāvo vāti
upasilesābhāvo eva bhavati, nāññathāti adhippāyo, tadabhāvecāti tassa upasilesassa abhāve ca,
sandhikāriyābhāve kāraṇamāha-‘kālantarena byavadhānā’ti, kālantarenāti ubhayattha ṭhitavaṇṇāna
muccāraṇakālato aññena majjhappatitakālena, sandhi hoteva… sannikaṃsavacanicchāvasena
upasilesabhāvato, buddha vīra atthurājaputtaṃ ajarāmaroti chedo, yadipi sabbampetaṃ
yajjevaṃtyādinā vuttaṃ kvaci saddappabhāveneva sijjhati, tathāpi pakāro-yampi satthe yojetabbo
vāti dassetuṃ vutto.
29. Yuva
Nanu sutte ‘luttā’ti pañcamī niddesā ‘paresa’nti hotu, ‘yathākkamaṃ’ti tu vacanābhāve kathaṃ
yathākkamantīdaṃ vuttanti āha-‘same’ccāti, samā saṅkhyā gaṇanā yesu te samasaṅkhyā-uddesino
anudesino ca, uddisanaṃ paṭhamaṃ niddisanaṃ uddeso, anudisanaṃ pacchā kathanaṃ anudeso,
uddeso anudeso esamatthīti uddesino anudesino, tesaṃ samasaṅkhyānamuddesīnaṃ anudesīnañca,
ivaṇṇuvaṇṇāhi uddesino dve, e okārā anudesino ca dveti uddesīnamanudesīnañca ṭhānyādesānaṃ
samasaṅkhyā siyā, satiyañca tassaṃ yathākkama mādasā vidhīyante, lokato siddhimupadasseti
‘tathāhi’ccādinā. Ava…pe… e oti paresaṃ mataṃ, vippaṭipattīti viruddhā paṭipatti paṭijānanaṃ, pare
‘‘satipi heṭṭhā vāggahaṇe‘kvacāsavaṇṇaṃ lutte’ti sutte kvaciggahaṇakaraṇato avaṇṇe eva lutte
asavaṇṇo vidhi hoti, tato idha na hoti diṭṭhupādāna’’nti vadanti, kvacīti adhikāro idha na hoti
mahussavo mātūpaṭṭhānanti, patisaddo ādhārattho, tena samānādhikaraṇo urasaddopīti urasminti
nicca samāsattā asakapadena viggahe kate ‘‘asaṅkhyaṃ vibhatti’’ccādinā (3-2) suttena
asaṅkhyasamāsoti dassetumāha-‘vibhatyatthesaṅkhyasamāso’ti, ettha pana yuvaṇṇānanti saṃsāmi
samīpasamūha vikārāvayavādīsu ṭhānyādesasambandhe chaṭṭhī, tasmā ivaṇṇuvaṇṇānaṃ ṭhāne e
oādesā hontīti attho, ṭhānampana tidhā apakaṃso nivatti pasaṅgo ceti, tattha gunnaṃ ṭhāne assā
sambandhīyantu [bajjhantu (jinindabuddhi)] ti apakaṃso ṭhānasaddassattho, ‘‘semhassa ṭhāne
kaṭukamosadhaṃ dātabba’’nti nivatti ‘‘dabbhānaṃ ṭhāne sarehi attharitabba’’nti pasaṅgo, tesu idha
paṭhamadutiyā na yujjanti… niccattā saddatthasambandhassa apanayanavināsā na yujjantīti, tatiyo tu
(yujjati)… sutte atthābhidhānāya ivaṇṇuvaṇṇānaṃ pavattippasaṅge tadatthābhidhānāyeva eoādesā
bhavantīti.
30. Yavā
‘‘Sattamiyaṃ pubbasse’’ti (1-14) pubbassa kāriyavidhānato sattamī niddiṭṭhassa paratā

viññāyatīti vuttiyaṃ ‘pare’ti vuttaṃ, evamuparipi, parehi iccassa ajjhiṇamutto’ti sādhetuṃ
‘‘sabbocanti’’ ‘‘ajjho adhī’’ti ca suttitaṃ, tesamidha paccakkhātabhāvadassanatthamāha-
‘ida’miccādi, abbhakkhānanti [abbhuggabho] imināva siddhanti ‘‘abbho abhī’’ti ca na vattabbaṃ,
iti+assa iti ṭhite paralopoti dassanatthaṃ ‘iti assa paralopo’ti āha, anvagamātiādīsu niccaṃ.
31. Eo
Puttā me+atthi, asanto+etthāti padacchedo.
32. Gossa
Antādesatthoti ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti (1-17) bādhakassa ‘‘ṭānubandhānekavaṇṇā sabbassā’’ti (1-

19) bādhakena ‘‘vānubandho’’ti (1-18) suttena antādesattho, teneva vuttaṃ-
‘bādhakabādhanatthoyamārambho’ti, avavādese pubbasaralope dīgheca gavāssaṃ, gavacchanti

Page 23 sur 136
niccaṃ. Idaṃ kathaṃ sijjhatīti sambandho, idanti yathariveccādikaṃ, kiṃ vinā sijjhatīti āha-
‘evādissā’tiādi, evassa ādiekāro evādi, tassa, riādesamantarenāti sambandho, casaddo
aṭṭhānappayutto, rassavidhānañcāti yojanīyo, katepi tasminti tasmiṃ sutte vihite ca, na sijjhatīti
evādissa riādeso na katoti katvā vuttaṃ, bhusaṃ+evāti (pana) ṭhite mahāvuttinā evādissa iādese
rūpasiddhi hoteva, idha pana pakārantarena ‘bhusāmive’ti sādhetumāha ‘tampi’ccādi.
33. Byañja
Rassadīghānanti sutte avutte kathaṃ rassadīghānanti labhati uddesinoti āha-‘dīghassā’tiādi,

dīghassāti rassassāti ca ṭhānasambandhe chaṭṭhī, paccāsatyāti ṭhānaso paccāsatyā, idañca nissaya
vasena vuttaṃ, nissayakaraṇameko satthāgato ñāyoti, idha niccaṃ-vītināmeti thullaccayaṃ, idha na
hoti-jano sāyaṃ.
34. Sara
Ṭhānasambandheti ṭhiti ṭhānaṃ pasaṅgo, sambandhanaṃ-sambandho,

ṭhānyādesabhāvalakkhaṇo ṭhāneyoganimittabhūto sambandho ṭhānasambandho tasmiṃ, dve rūpāni
hontīti iminā na sarūpappadhānoti dassitaṃ hotīti sambandho, hetumāha-‘bahuvacananiddesā’ti, dve
rūpānihontītyādi vacanamidaṃ [padamidaṃ (potthake)] dasseti ‘‘sarūpappadhānepi dvisadde
dvisaddasāmaññena saṅkhyādvisaddānusiṭṭhaṃ nappayujjate, tassa (pana)
saṅkhyeyyavacanasaṅkhyābhāvā ekavacanameva ( ) [(pana) (potthake)] hotī’’ti, iminā ca-
tthappadhāno-yaṃ niddeso na sarūpappadhānoti dasseti, adhipatipaccayo adhipatippaccayoti
aniccaṃ, idha na hoti idha modatīti, taṃ khaṇanti ettha ekaṅgavikalaṃ paccudāharaṇanti saramhā
parattābhāvā na dvittaṃ.
35. Catu
Tabbagge tatiyapaṭhamāti kasmā vuttaṃ catuttha (dutiya) saddehi vaggakkharesveva

gayhamānesu tathā niddeso yutto, na hi catunnampūraṇo catuttho dvinnampūraṇo dutiyoti
akkharāyeva vuccantīti āsaṅkiya ‘vināpī’tiādimāha, akkhare akkharavisaye catutthādi vohāro
karīyamāno vaggaggahaṇaṃ vināpi vaggakkhareyeva ruḷho pasiddhoti sambandho, hetumhi itisaddo,
yato evaṃ, tasmā kāraṇā ‘tabbagge tatiyapaṭhamā’ti vuttanti adhippāyo, tabbaggeti catutthadutiyā
yasmiṃ, tasmiṃyeva vaggeti attho, paccāsattīti pati āpubbā ‘sada-visaraṇagatyavasādanesu’iccasmā
itthiyaṃ bhāvettimhi nipphajjatīti dassetumāha-‘paccāsīdana’miccādi, yathāyogganti catutthakkhare
catutthassa tatiyo dutiyakkhare dutiyassa paṭhamoti evaṃ yoggamanatikkamma, dhassa dabhāvoti
imināva pubbassa dhassa dattamupalakkheti, tathā yasattheroti. Theroti ettha ekāro vaggakkharo na
hotīti tasmiṃ tavaggadutiyakkharassa tassa to paṭhamo na hoti. Panthoti ettha tavagga
dutiyakkharena thakārena tabbaggabhūte nakāre satīpi na so tabbaggadutiyakkharoti na tassa
paṭhamo to, ettha nigghoso nighosotiādi aniccaṃ, daḍḍho niṭṭhānanti niccaṃ.
36. Vitissa
Itisaddo-nukaraṇaṃ. Nipātassa pakativiyā-nukaraṇaṃ bhavati, anukaraṇañca dvidhā

asādhusaddarūpaṃ sādhusaddarūpanti, tesu bhāravāhako koci tena pīḷito ‘aho bhāro’ti vattabbe
sattivekallā ‘aho bāla’ iccāha, taṃsamīpavattī ‘kimayamāhe’ti kenaci puṭṭho samāno ‘aho bāla
iccayamāhe’ti vadati, idhamasādhusaddarūpaṃ, itīti pana sādhusaddarūpaṃ, tasmā tato-
nukāriyenātthena sātthakattā ṭhānasambandhe chaṭṭhī.
37. Eo
Nanu ‘‘vitisseve vā’’ti (1-36) votyanuvattiya avaṇṇe eonaṃ vo hotīti ca sakkā viññātuṃ, tathā
sati ‘avaṇṇe kvaci vo hotī’’ti vattabbaṃ ‘ahoti vā’ti kasmā vuttanti codanamāsaṅkiyāha-
‘okārassapi’ccādi, ṭhānibhāvena niddiṭṭhattāti ‘‘eona’’nti (1-31) vakārādesassa vijjamānattā
vakārādesampati puna okāro ṭhānibhāvena niddisitabbo na siyāti adhippāyenāha, na nimittanti eonaṃ
vakārādesatthaṃ avaṇṇo kāraṇaṃ na hotīti attho, aññathāti avaṇṇassa nimittatte, okāraṃ na

Page 24 sur 136
paṭheyyāti sambandho, makārāgame’yāca kamāgate aggamakkhāyatī’ti, sve bhavanti viggayha

tanappaccaye taddhitavuttiyaṃ vibhattiyā ‘‘ekatthatāyaṃ’’ti (2-119) lope akārādese dīgheca
syādimhi svātanaṃ dvitte hiyyattanaṃ. Svātanantiādīsu niccaṃ, idha nahoti pareca na vijānantīti.
38. Nigga
Katha‘māgamo hotī’ti vuttaṃ yadi niggahītamāgamo siyā sutte āgamaggahaṇena vā

bhavitabbaṃ ña-ma-kādya nubandhavisesena vā tyāsaṅkiyāha-‘asati pi’ccādi, āgamāvasāye
kāraṇamāha-‘ādesattāyogā’ti, ādesattāyogo kathaṃ viññāyati ccāha-‘ṭhāniniddesābhāvato’ti, tathā
sati āgaminiddesābhāvā āgamattampi na siyāti codeti ‘yajjeva’miccādinā, na-iti codanaṃ
paṭikkhipitvā tassa āgamattameva sādhetumāha-‘tassā’tiādi, tassāti niggahītassa, rassānuppavattito
rassasarameva anugantvā pavattito, ayamevattho vuttiyampi dassitoyevāti vattumāha-‘etadeve’ccādi,
purimā jātīti visesanasamāsekate rasse ca bindvāgamo, paranimittassāniddiṭṭhattā bahusadde-ntassa
bindvāgame bahuṃ, satipi payogānusārittadīpakassa kvacisaddassāpi vavatthitavibhāsatte
vāsaddassāpi tādisattasseva paṭipādakatta sabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘vavatthitavibhāsattā vādhikārassā’ti
vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ, vavatthitassa lakkhiyassa anurodhena lakkhaṇappavattikā vibhāsā
vavatthitavibhāsā, abhedena tu vādhikāro vavatthita vibhāsā, tassā bhāvo vavatthitavibhāsattaṃ,
tasmā, idha na hoti idha modati, imasmiṃ ṭhāne āgamattappakāsako ṭhāninidde sābhāvā
ādesattāyogasaṅkhāto kāraṇaviseso samattho, tassa bhāvo sāmatthiyaṃ-atthabala-
maññathānupapattilakkhaṇaṃ, sacāti so āgamo ca.
39. Lopo
Lopasaddassa bhāvasādhanamattameva sādhetumāha-‘tene’ccādi, lopoti yadi kammasādhano

siyā tadā tena samānādhikaraṇaṃ katvā upari ‘‘parasaro’’ti suttamārabhīyeyyāti byatirekamāha ‘na
parasaro’ti, idha na hoti saṅgaro.
40. Para
Tvaṃsi tvamasīti vikappo, idha na hoti tāsāhaṃ.
41. Vagge
Nanu vaggevaggantoti ettakeyeva vutte yasmiṃ (kismi)ñci vaggakkhare pare binduno yokoci
vagganto aniyamena bhaveyya tathā sati aniṭṭhampi siyātyāsaṅkiya paccāsattiṃ sannissāyāniṭṭha
nivattindassetumāha-‘vagge vagganto’ticcādi, sovāti vaggantova, tasminti vaggakkhare.
42. Yeva
Nanu saddattā byabhicārittā evassa tāva saddo hotu, saṃyato, saṃhitoti

saddekadesabhūtānampi sambhavā tepi gahe tabbā siyunti ‘yaevahi saddesu’ti yahīnampi kathaṃ
saddavohāro katoti āha ‘evā’tiādi, etthāyamadhippāyo ‘abyabhicārinā byabhicārī niyamyate’ti.
43. Yesaṃ
Yasadde pubbasutteneva saṃssapyādese siddhe so ( ) [(tassa) (potthake)] ya kāramatteyeva pare

saṃsseva (yathā) siyāti suttamidamāraddhaṃ.
44. Vana
Ṭhāninamāsilissa gacchati pavattatīti āgamo nāma, ko-yamettha ṭhānīti āha-‘sarassāti, sutte

anuvattassa ca avijjamānattā ‘sarassā’ti kuto labbhatīti codeti ‘nanu ce’tyādinā. Āgamasutiyā
vanādīnaṃ ṭhānisutiyā abhāvepi sāmatthiyā byañjanassa vā āgamo siyā sarassa vā, yadi byañjanassa
vā siyā (na) ‘‘padādīnaṃ kvacī’’ti (5-92) suttita mācariyena, tasmā tadeva ñāpeti ‘saro yevettha ṭhānī

Page 25 sur 136
bhavitumarahatī’ti. Vuccateccādinā parihāramāha, nipubbā padismā anappaccaye ‘‘padādīnaṃ

kvacī’’ti yukaantāvayavo ‘‘tavaggavaranā’’dinā (1-48) ye dassa jo ‘‘vaggala sehite’’ti (1-49) (yassa
jo) nipajjanaṃ, mānantatyādīsūti adhikārāti ‘‘kyo bhāvakammesvaparokkhesu mānantatyādīsū’’ti (5-
17) ito mānantatyādīsuti adhikārā, paccayantareti mānantatyādīto aññasmiṃ paccaye, kaccāyanena
‘atippagokhotāvā’ti sādhanatthaṃ ‘‘kvaci o byañjane’’ti okārāgamo gakārāgamo ca suttantarena
vihito, taṃ pakārantarena sādhetuṃ vuttiyaṃ-‘atippago kho tāvā’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ
‘atippā’tiādi vuttaṃ.
46. Cha
Dvādayo aṭṭhārasantā bahuvacanantāti ‘chakī’ti vattabbe ‘chā’ti ekavacanaṃ na yujjatīti codeti

‘nanucā’tiādinā, pariharati naccādinā, neti ‘chaḷo’ti ayutto-yaṃ niddeso na hotīti attho, chasaddassa
anukaraṇattā chasaddānukaraṇattā, heṭṭhā vuttasādhusaddarūpā sādhusaddarūpamanukaraṇaṃ
vibhajati ‘anukaraṇañca duvidha’miccādinā, pariccatto jahito attho vidhinisedharūpo yassa taṃ
pariccattattaṃ, ettha pana chasaddena chasaṅkhyāviseso pariccatto, abhidhāyato hotīti iminā
chasaddassa anukāriyenātthenātthavantatthamāha, ekavacanantassa niddeso kato…
chasaddavacanīyassa chassa ekattā, anukāriyassāti ekādino saṅkhyā saddassa tadaññassa vā
yadanukāriyamekādikaṃ tadaññaṃ vā saddarūpaṃ tassa. Saṅkhyādivisesanti
ekattādisaṅkhyāvisesaṃ tadaññaṃ vā, ‘‘yomhi dvinnaṃ duve dve’’ti (2-219) sutte dvisaddo-
nukāriyaṃ dvisaddarūpaṃ tabbacanīyañca dvisaṅkhyāvisesamparāmasatīti tabbācakaṃ dvinnanti
bahuvacanaṃ, atha ‘ḷañi’ti kasmā na vuttaṃ evañhi sati ñānabandhattāḷakāro ādyavayavo
bhavitumarahatīti codanammanasi nidhāya ‘chasaddā’tiādimāha, antāpavādena vidhīyamāno ḷakāro
cha saddā parassādissa āgamattā…pe… hotīti sambandho, antāpavādenāti iminā ‘sarassā’ti
chaṭṭhīniddesato ‘‘chaḷīyantassā’’tī-massa visayabhāvaṃ dīpeti, parassāti iminā ‘chā’ti
pañcamīniddesato ‘‘pañcamiyaṃ parassā’’tīmassa visayabhāvaṃ, ādissāti iminā ḷassekavaṇṇattā
antāpavādena ‘‘ādissā’’ti sutte na ādyanto viyekopi saroti sarassādissa pattiṃ dasseti,
ayametthādhippāyo ‘chā’ti pañcamīniddesā ‘‘pañcamiyaṃ parassā’’ti (1-15) parassa sampattaṃ
kāriyaṃ ekavaṇṇattā ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti (1-17) antassa sampattaṃ ‘‘ādissā’’ti (1-16) ādivaṇṇassa
pappotī’’ti. Ādibhūtova hotīti asatipi ñakāre āgamaggahaṇānuvattiyā āgaminaṃ saraṃ avināsento
tassa ādyavayavabhūtova hotīti attho, lakāraṃ karonti ‘‘yavamadanataralācāgamā’’ti suttena, tanti
lakārakaraṇaṃ ubhinnamavisesavacanañca ayuttataṃ dasseti ‘tesampi’ccādinā, tesampīti
kaccāyanānampi, akkharasaññāyanti ‘‘akkharāpādayo ekacattālīsa’’nti vidhīyamānaakkhara
saññāyaṃ. Avisese laḷānaṃ nānattābhāve, pākaṭo vāti iminā sutilipibhedassa
paccakkhasiddhatandasseti, tattha hi sotaviññāṇavīthiyā laḷānaṃ visuṃvisuṃ gahaṇaṃ suti, taṃtaṃ
desavāsīnaṃ lekhā va vatthānaṃ lipi, tesaṃ bhedo sotacakkhuviññāṇagayhattā paccakkhasiddho,
chaḷabhiññāti vikappena ḷakārāgamapakkhe rūpaṃ.
47. Tada
Issa attaṃ nipātanā, dakāro pana ‘‘mayadā sare’’ti (1-44), padantarenātiādīti iminā aññena
padena, sādhūni bhavantīti vutti pāṭhassa atthaṃ vattuṃ ‘sādhūni bhavantīti nipātanato’ti āha, tattha
kāraṇamāha-‘ya’miccādi, appattassa pāpanampattassa paṭisedho ca nipātanaṃ, tesaṃ idha pāṭhāti
tesaṃ tathā icchantānaṃ idhāti nipātassa imasmiṃ tadaminādisutte pāṭhā, uddhassa udūti uddhaṃ
khamassāti aññapadatthasamāse uddhaṃkha iti ṭhite uddhaṃsaddassa uduādeso, asa-bhojane
iccasmā ‘‘kvacaṇa’ iti (5-41) suttena aṇpaccaye asasaddo nipphajjatīti āha-‘pisitamasanā’ti
‘‘kvacaṇa’’ iti mahiyaṃ ravatīti ṭhite imināva gaṇanipātanena samāse kate mayūrasaddo nipphajjatīti
dassetumāha ‘mahisaddasse’ccādi, assa tadaminādigaṇassa āgatigaṇattā evamaññepīti sambandho,
vuttanti pāṭhaseso. Dīghanikāyādīsu pañcasu nikāyesūti–
‘‘Dīghamajjhimasaṃyutta, aṅguttarikakhuddakā;
Nikāyā (pañca) gambhīrā, dhammato atthatocime’’ti.
Vuttesu dīghāgamādīsu pañcasu nikāyesu, ñātabbāti vaṇṇā gamādidvārena jānitabbā,

pañcavidhaṃ pañcappakāraṃ niruttamuccateti sambandho, nibbacanaṃ niruttaṃ, napuṃsake bhāve
tto, atthakathanavākya pubbakamuccāraṇamiccattho, tadabhidhāyi satthamapyabhidhāne-bhidheyyo

Page 26 sur 136
pacārā tadatthatāya vā niruttamuccate, vuttanirutti lakkhaṇena…pe… veditabbāti iminā

niruttasatthe ye saddā paṭipadaṃ nipphādiyanti tesamidaṃ sāmaññena nipphādananti dīpeti, dvāre
niyutto dovārikoti ettha ṇike dakāravakārānaṃ majjhe okārāgamo, hiṃsismāti ‘hiṃsa-hiṃsāya’
miccasmā, appaccayeti ‘‘sāvakārakesva ghaṇghakā’’ti (5-44) appaccaye, nijakoti ettha jakārassa
yakāre niyako. Atha vaṇṇavikāroti vuttattā javaṇṇassa yādese niyakādayo tāva sijjhantu, susānādayo
kathaṃ chavapadādivikārattā susānādīnanti āha ‘padavikāropi’ccādi. Aññathā
vaṇṇasamudāyādesassa visuṃgahaṇe chabbitopattiyā ‘pañcavidhaṃ nirutta’nti saṅkhyāniyamo na
yujjeyyāti bhāvo. Yogo sambandho, tathāhiccādinā dhātussa atthātisayena yogampākaṭīkaroti,
ravanakiriyāti sambandhoti kekāyitānyasaddanakiriyābhisambandho. Mayūroti ettha ravati
mayūrarāve eva vattate, na sāmaññena ravanakiriyāmatteti bhāvo.
48. Tava
Vaṇṇamattasse vāti vaṇṇasāmaññasseva, mattasaddo ettha sāmañña vacano. Yakārassaca

cādesoti sambandho, dayakārānaṃ jattantissa iminā, yassa ‘‘vaggalasehi te’’ti (1-49) jattaṃ,
attānamadhikicca pavattanti atthe asaṅkhyasamāso.
49. Vagga
Yantaṃ saddānaṃ niccasambandhittepi pakkantavisayattā taṃsaddo yaṃsaddaṃ

nāpekkhatetyāha-‘teti anantara’iccādi, taṃ saddo hi pakkanta visayo tathā pasiddhavisayo
anubhūtavisayo ca yaṃsaddaṃ nāpekkhate, yathā ceso yaṃsaddannā pekkhate, taṃ sabbaṃ
mahāsāminādhikāyaṃ subodhālaṅkāraṭīkāyaṃ–
Munindacandasañjāta, hāsacandanalimpitā;
Pallavādhavalātasse, veko nādharapallavoti (122).
Etissā gāthāya amhehi vitthāritanayena gahetabbaṃ, yathā rahanti

sakammākammadhātūnamanurūpaṃ.
50. Vevā
Kiñcāpīdaṃ [idaṃkiñcāpi (potthake)] vikappanatthaṃ katanti heṭṭhimena ni(nnāna)ttaṃ

viññāyati, tathāpi iminā vākārena vikappova, heṭṭhime pana kvacādhikārā hakārantadhātuto
dhyaṇpaccaye mehyaṃ, dohyaṃ sinehyaṃ, lehyantipi bhavatveva.
53. Saṃyo
Vattuno-ttappadhānattamattavacasīti niyatāvayavavācino upādānāti

vuttamanekatthattepyādisaddassa, ādiyatītyādīti kammasā dhanocāyamādisaddo, soyamattho
sumaṅgalappasādaniyā khuddasikkhā ṭīkāya‘ādito upasampannā’ti ettha amhehi vuttanayena
veditabbo, saṃyujjatīti saṃyogo-ekatrāvaṭṭhitabyañjanā.
54. Vicchā
Yaṃvattateti vuttivacanaṃ nikkhipitvā tassa atthaṃ vattumārabhate ‘sambhavāpekkhāye’ccādi,

yaṃvattateti ca sutte avijjamānepi gammamānatthassa saddassa payogampati kāmacāroti vuttiyaṃ
vuttaṃ, yasaddassāniyamatthavuttittepi padavākyato nāññaṃ sambhavati vicchāyamābhikkhaññe ca
vattamānanti āha ‘sambhavāpekkhāyapadaṃ vākyaṃvā’ti, sambhavatīti sambhavo-padaṃ vākyaṃ
vā, tasmiṃ apekkhāya padaṃ vākyaṃ vā vattateti sambandho, vattateti vicchāyamābhiññe cātthe
vattate, nanu padassa vākyassa vā visuṃyeva dabbādayo atthā, taṃ kathamida metasmiṃ
vattudhamme kiriyādhamme ca vicchābhikkhaññatthe vattateti anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha-
‘visayabhāvenā’tiādi, vicchāya vattudhammassa kiriyādhammassa cābhikkhaññassa visayo padaṃ
vākyaṃ vā… anaññatthavuttivasena tatthappavattiyā, taṃ vasenaca, abhidhāyakattena ceti

Page 27 sur 136
gocarattena pakāsakattena cāti attho, yaṃvattateti ajjhāhaṭassa yanti paṭhamantassa

vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ dasseti (tassāti) ādinā, iminā idaṃ dīpeti ‘‘yajjapi ‘vicchābhikkhaññesvi’ tyatra
chaṭṭhīnoccārīyate, tathāpi chaṭṭhīpasiddhi hoteva, kathaṃ dve iccādesaniddesā ādeso ca
sambandhīnamapekkhate, ‘vicchābhikkhaññesū’ti cātthaniddeso, na cātthassādesena sambandho
upapajjate, tasmā vicchābhikkhaññesu yaṃ padaṃ vākyaṃ vā vattate tassa dve bhavanticcevaṃ
chaṭṭhīyattho sakkā vattu’’nti, dve rūpāni hontīti dassitaṃ hotīti sambandho, saddarūpe saṅkhyayyeti
dutiyā bahuvacanantaṃ paṭipādayamānoti ettha paṭipādanakiriyāya sambandhenopadiṭṭhaṃ,
‘‘vākyantaraṭṭhopi saddo tadaññasmimpi sambandhamupayātī’’ti dvisaddoti idaṃ upari
vākyadvayepyupayujjati ‘dvisaddo vutto, dvisaddo na sarūpappadhāno’ti, atha sarūpappadhāno
kasmā na vuttoti āha-‘bahuvacanena niddesā’ti, atha dveti sāmaññena vuttattā padavākyānaṃ ṭhāne
dvibbacanaṃ vā siyā, tānevā vattantīti dvippayogo vā, tathā sati ‘yaṃvattate tassā’ti kasmā
paṭhamameva nissāya vuttiyaṃ vivaraṇaṃ katanti āha-‘evañcā’tiādi, idāni dvippayogapakkhassa
sadosattā agahitabhāvaṃ dassetumāha-‘yadātvi’ tyādi, tusaddo pubbasmā pakkhā visesassa
padassako [visesanattho (potthake)], tattha hi dve [dverūpa (potthake)] saddarūpānyādisīyante, iha tu
sova saddo dvirāvattate, āvuttī saṅkhyeyyāti evaṃ maññate ‘‘dvisaddo-yaṃ ‘‘ādasahi saṅkhyā
saṅkhyeyye vattante’’ti vacanato saṅkhyeyyavacano, tasmeha saṅkhyeyyaṃ saddarūpaṃ vā siyā
āvutti vā, iccapi niddeso tadubhayamapekkhiya napuṃsakaliṅgena vā siyā itthiliṅgena vā, tattha yadā
napuṃsakaliṅgena niddeso, tadā saddarūpāni saṅkhyeyyāni bhavanti, yadā tu itthiliṅgena, tadā
saddassāvuttī uccāraṇalakkhaṇā kiriyā saṅkhyeyā bhavanti, tato cettha āvuttīapi saṅkhyeyā hontī’’ti,
tadā dvippayogo dvibbavacananti esa pakkhoti ayamettha bhāvo’’ yadā dve āvuttiyo vidhīyante tadā
dvippayogo dvibbacanante sopekkho, (atra ṭhānyādesabhāvo natthi) [natuṭṭhāne dvibbacanapakkho
(potthake)] āvutti hi kiriyā, tassā ceha saddo sādhanaṃ, na ca kiriyāya sādhanassa ca
ṭhānyādesabhāvo upapajjate, tasmā yadāvuttī vidhīyante, tadā dippayogo dvibbacanante-so pakkho
bhavatī’’ti, ayampi pakkho pāṇinīyehi pariggahīto, tadayuttaṃ dosaduṭṭhattāti sandassayamāha-‘so
pane’tyādi, te hi dutiyampi pakkhamabbhupagamma upacāramattato bhedo, vatthutotvabhedo vāti
ponopuññena taṃ sādhenti. Kathampana sadosattaṃ yenāyaṃ na gahitotyāha- ‘tathāhi’ccādi, ṇyo
nasiyāti ‘‘tassa bhāvakammesu tta tā ttana ṇya ṇeyya ṇiya ṇiyā’’ti (4-59) bhāve vidhīyamāno ṇyo
dvippayogapakkhe saddabhedasabbhāvā puna puneti samudāyasabhāvato punapuna bhāvoti atthe
punapuna samudāyato na bhaveyyāti attho, na kevalaṃ ṇyova, atha kho ekapadantogadhānaṃ
sarānaṃ sarānamādibhūtassukārassa bhavanto okāropi ‘‘sarānamādissā yuvaṇṇassā eo
ṇānubandhe’’ti (4-124) na siyā, ‘‘manādyāpādīnamomaye ca ‘‘iti (3-59) okāro pana pakkhadvayepi
hoteva… uttarapadassa nimittabhāvena gahitattā, pubbapakkhepi hi dve saddarūpānyevādisīyanteti
hoteva pada bhedo, vakkhati hi ‘satīpi attagate bhede’ti. Nanu āvuttidhammabheda saddassupacarito
bhedo, sarūpato tvabhedova, aññathā āvuttiyeva na siyā, ekassa hi vatthuno āvutti
hoticcāha‘nāntarene’ccādi, aññatheti upacarito bhedo na sabhāvatoti ce, kāriyambhavatīti evi na
sakkā vattunti sambandho, sabhāvato tvabhedo vāti upacārābhāvena vatthuto
vijjamānabhedamavadhārayati, aññathāti yadi bhedo siyā, āvuttiyeva na siyāti etthāyamadhippāyo
‘‘yadi sabhāvatova bhedo bhinnassa pana kathamāvutti siyā’’ti, ṭhānisadisattāti ‘‘ṭhānīviyādeso’’ti
paribhāsamupalakkheti.
Kiriyāyātiādīsu sahatthe tatiyā… kiriyādīhi dabbādyatthānaṃ vattu [kattu]

byāpanicchāpavattito, desādīti ( ) [(hi) (potthake)] ādisaddena kālāvatthādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti,
nānākārayuttameva bhinnaṃ nāma hotīti āha-‘anekappakārayutte’ti, bahuvacananiddesato vuttaṃ
hotīti sambandho, tenāti yena bahuvacananiddesena sakiṃ byāpanicchā jotīyati tena karaṇabhūtena
hetubhūtena vā, kamena byāpitumicchāyaṃ jātiādīnañca byāpitumicchāyanti sambandho, tattha
ayañca gāmo ramaṇīyo ayañca gāmo ramaṇīyoti kamena byāpitumicchā, ettha kiñcāpi
ramaṇīyaguṇena gāmadabbayogo atthi, tathāpi gāmānaṃ guṇena yogo, sabbo gāmo ramaṇīyoti
bāhullena, natthi sākallena [kamena (potthake)] byāpitumiṭṭhattanti sakalabyāpanicchāyābhāvoti na
dvibbacanaṃ, evamupari yojetvā attho daṭṭhabbo, sampanno yavoti sampannaguṇena yavajātiyā
byāpitumicchā, ekatthā jāti, anekattha nissayā vicchā [ekatthājāti, ekamatthaṃ ñāpayissāmīti
jātisaddo payujjate ane katthanissayāca vicchā, anekatthaṃ saññāpayissāmīti vicchāpayujjate-ti
mahābhasse], sobhanaṃ dhavakhadiranti sobhanaguṇena dhavādidabbānaṃ byāpitumicchā,
atthasaddenettha dabbādayo vattumiṭṭhāti āha-‘dabbaguṇakiriyālakkhaṇe’ti, visaddo panettha
byāpanatthoti āha-‘byāpituṃ sambandhitu’nti, sāti vicchā, vattudhammoti
‘rukkhaṃrukkha’miccādikaṃ yo vadati, tassa vattuno dhammo… icchālakkhaṇassa dhammassa

Page 28 sur 136
tappaṭibaddhattā, saddoti rukkhamiccādiko, tassa saddassa yaṃ rūpaṃ atta bhāvo, tameva
paccāsatyā ‘‘sutānumitesu sutasambandhova balavā’’ti vicchā bhikkhaññesu vattamānassa sutasseva
tassa rūpassa paccāsannabhāvato dvisaṅkhyā yuttaṃ dvisaṅkhātāya saṅkhyāya ‘rukkhaṃ
rukkha’miccevaṃ yuttaṃ atidisīyate sutte dveiccanena, dvibbacanasseva [dvibbacanameva
(potthake)] hi dvisaṅkhyāyuttatā, atha katamekavacanantassa dvibbacanaṃ, tathāhi sabbeyevetettha
vicchāyaṃ dvittehyabhidhayanteti bahattā bahuvacanaṃ pappoti, ekavacanantu na sijjhati ‘rukkhaṃ
rukkhaṃ siñcatī’ti ekatthābhidhānabhinnasabbarukkhappatītīti kathamekavacanantassa
dvibbavacanantī āsaṅkiyāha-‘tatthe’ccādi, atthasāmatthiyāti ‘bahuvacanantappayogehi’ccādinā
vakkhamānanayena bahuvacanantappayogeneva vicchātthajotanato na tattha dvībbacanaṃ siyā,
bhavitabbañca dvibbacane (na, e) kavacanattamantarena na cātthi dvibbacanāvakā soti patīti
balāvagato yo-ttho, tassa atthassa aññathānupapattilakkhaṇaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ atthasāmatthiyaṃ,
atthasāmatthiyā ekavacanantassa dvībbacananti sambandhā, kiriyādiyoganti kiriyāguṇādi
sambandho, mantvāti byāpitumicchāyantīmassa pubbakiriyāvacanaṃ, abhisaṃharitvāti ekatokatvā.
Saddassa tādisatthapaccāyakatte sāmatthiyaṃ saddasatti [saddassa]. Yugapadādhikaraṇatāyaṃ
sahavacanicchāyaṃ bahuvacanappavattiyeva, na tattha dvibbacananti dassetumāha-‘atoyeve’ccādi,
ato yevāti bahuvacanantassa saddasattiyā vicchājotanato dvibbacanābhāvāyeva, evamaññate- ‘idha
pana yogapajjaṃ duvidhaṃ saddayogapajjaṃ atthayogapajjañca, tattha kiñci sātthakānaṃ
saddayogapajjamatthayoga pajjaṃ na sambhavatīti, yugapadi adhikaraṇaṃ dhavādi attho yassa
sodhavakhadirapalāsasaddo yugapadādhikaraṇo, tassa bhāvo tathā, tassañca sati,
saddayogapajjamantarena bhinnatthānamekasaddavacanīyāna mekato papatti atthayogapajjaṃ, taṃ
sahavacanicchāyanti iminā dassitanti tassaṃ sahavacanicchāyañca sati, sobhanā dhavakhadirapalāsā
sobhanā rukkhāti sobhanaguṇayogepi bahuvacaneneva vicchājotanato dvibbacanābhāvoti, sobhanaṃ
dhavakhadiranti pana satīpi saddayogapajje samāhārattā natthatthayogapajja [nātvayāgapajja
(potthake)] nti ekavacanantattā dvittappasaṅgepi sobhanaṃ dhavakhadiranti saddānaṃ sakiṃ
byāpanicchāyābhāvā na dvibbacananti heṭṭhā vuttaṃ.
Vāttikakārena ‘‘ānupubbiye dve bhavantīti vattabba’’nti (8-1-1-vā) vuttaṃ, tadāha-

‘ānupubbiyepi’ccādinā, atthevānupubbiyepi vicchā tatova dvittanti paṭipādaya
‘mānupubbiya’miccādinā ‘atthiyeveccādino vuttivākyassa vivaraṇamāha. Gāmajātiyā tulyajātiyānaṃ
disā desādibhedena bhinnānamiva gāmānaṃ, na ettha vicchā, mūlamaggaṃ vā hi mukhya
mekameva… heṭṭhuddhabhāgantarābhāvenekattā, yenupariyadho bhāgāpekkhāya
katamūlaggabyapadesena bhinnajātiyā mūlaggabhāgā, te bhinnajātiyā, na ca bhinnajātiyānaṃ vicchā
hoti, na hi gogoti vutte (vāhīka)gatā vicchāvagamyateti ācariyajinindabuddhinā ānupubbiye
vicchāyābhāvaṃ paṭipāditaṃ, taṃ vighaṭayituṃ ‘yadi hi’ccādinā yaṃ vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ
vipañcitumāha- ‘yathe’ccādi, nasanniviṭṭhoti na patiṭṭhito, natthīti vuttaṃ hoti, yassūparibhāgo atthi
tampi mūlanti mūla byapadesassāpekkhā katattamāha, ubhayanti mūlamaggañca, tathā aññepi
mūlaggabhāgāti iminā mūlaggabhedānaṃ heṭṭhā viya gahaṇe sati bahuttamāha, pubbakathitenāti
‘rukkhādīnaṃ bāhullenā’tiādinā pubbe vuttanayena, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘mūlādīnaṃ bāhullena thūlādi
guṇayogammantvā sattamīvibhattiyuttena mūlādisaddasahitena sabba saddena
mūlādikamatthamabhisaṃharitvā sabbasmiṃ mūle thūlā sabbasmiṃ agge sukhumāti evaṃ (vattuno)
byāpitumicchāyamekavacanantassa vicchāyantveva dvibbacana’’nti.
Jeṭṭhānaṃ vicchāsambhave sabbakaniṭṭhassa jeṭṭhattābhāvānuppaveso na siyāti

ānupubbiyamattavacanicchāyaṃ teneva dvittamabhihitaṃ ‘jeṭṭhaṃ jeṭṭhamanuppavesayā’ti
tenevācariyena, tadadhunā vighaṭīyati ‘jeṭṭha’ miccādinā, kaniṭṭhopi pavesīyatīti kaniṭṭhassapi
vicchāsambhavamāha, tattha kāraṇamāha-‘yatheva hi’ccādi, parassāti majjhimassāti ettha visesanaṃ,
kaniṭṭhassāpi jeṭṭhabyapadesoti sambandho, yathāvuttameva samattheti ‘vatticchānibandhane
hi’ccādinā, vatticchādibandhaneti vattuno icchā nibandhanaṃ kāraṇamassāti samāso, vatthusabhāve
vatthu tatthe, abhiniveso pavatti, nābhisambhuṇāti na pappoti.
‘‘Sakatthe vadhāriyamāne nekasmiṃ dve bhavantīti vattabba’’nti (8-1-12-vā) vāttikakārena

vuttaṃ, tadāha ‘sakatthe’iccādi, atthappakāraṇādyanapekkhassa padassa atthe sakatthe
avadhāriyamāne ettakameveti gammamāne anekasmiṃ diyyamāne dvibbacanamiṭṭhaṃ mataṃ
pāṇiniyānanti attho, ayampanesamadhippāyo ‘māsakaṃ māsakaṃ imamhā kahāpaṇā bhavantānaṃ
dvinnaṃ dehī tyatra dve eva māsā dātumicchitā, kahāpaṇaṃ nāma–

Page 29 sur 136
Cattāro vihayo guñjā, dveguñjā māsako bhave;

Dve akkhāva māsakāpañca,kkhānaṃ dharaṇamaṭṭhakaṃti.
Vuttavidhinānekamāsakasamudāyo, tattha na sabbe kahāpaṇa sambandhino māsā dānakiriyāya

byāpitā, dveyevāti netthattha vicchāti yathāvuttavattabbena dvibbacana’’nti, taṃ dassetvāti taṃ
dvibbacanodāharaṇaṃ dassetvā, paṭipādayituṃ vicchāyameva dvittaṃ dassetuṃ… māsakaṃ
māsakamiccādotvayamadhippāyo-‘‘dehīti dānakiriyāya māssa byāpitumiṭṭhāti vicchāyamevettha
dvibbacanaṃ, tathāhyato dviruttā vicchāva gamyate’’ti, saddantaratoccādikaṃ kimāsaṅkiya vuttanti
āha‘dehī’tiādi, avadhāraṇe patīyamāneti kahāpaṇasambandhini bahumhi māsakasamudāye
māsakadvayanicchaye viññāyamāne sati, avisesena sāmaññena māsānaṃ dehīti dānakiriyāya
byāpanā bhāvāti sambandho, saddantaratoccādino sādhippāyamatthamabhidhātumārabhate
‘padene’ccādi, ettha padenāti māsakamiccanena padena, imamhā kahāpaṇāti idamettha saddantaraṃ,
katābhisaṅkharaṇassāti māsakaṃ māsakamiccevaṃ nipphāditassa, saddantaratoti iminā
padantarayogo gahitoti āha-‘padantarena yogato’ti ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘dvittakaraṇakāle
saddantaravacanīyassatthassānapekkhitattā māsakaṃmāsakanti avisesena māsakavicchāyaṃ dvittaṃ,
tadanu pana imamhā kahāpaṇātisaddantarasambandhe sati yadi kahāpaṇasambandhya na
vasesamāsakavicchā pariggayhati tadā imassa kahāpaṇassāti chaṭṭhiyā bhavitabbaṃ, imamhā
kahāpaṇāti pana avadhipañcamīniddesato kahāpaṇato dvayameva gahetvā bhavantānaṃ dvinnaṃ
dehīti imamhā kahāpaṇāti saddantaratovadhāraṇaṃ gamyate’’ti.
‘‘Pubbapaṭhamānamatthātisayavacanicchāyaṃ dve bhavantīti vattabba’’nti (8-1-12-vā) vuttaṃ,

tadāha-‘pubbapaṭhamānaṃ miccādi, pubbapaṭhamānaṃ pubbapaṭhama saddānaṃ atthātisayo yo
atthassa pakaṃso, tassa vacanicchāyaṃ, sabbapaṭhamabhāvasaṅkhāta atthātisayamattāva
vacanicchāti na ettha vicchāti tesamadhippāyo, vikasanakiriyāya pākakiriyāyāti vuttepi
vikāsakaraṇakiriyāya pākakaraṇakiriyāyāti atthasambhavato ‘pubbaṃ pubbaṃ puppha’nti tyādo,
pubbaṃ pubbaṃ vikasanaṃ karonti, paṭhamaṃ paṭhamaṃ vacanaṃ karontīti kiriyāvisesanavasena
attho daṭṭhabbo, pubbāti matā paṭhamābhimatāti iminā pubbapaṭhamabhāvenābhimatānaṃ bahutta
byāpanena vicchāsabbhāve kāraṇamāha.
‘‘Ḍatara ḍatamānaṃ samasampadhāraṇāyamitthīnigade bhāve dve bhavantīti vattabba’’nti (8-1-

12-vā) vuttaṃ, ettha itthiliṅgasaddo itthiliṅgayogā itthīti vutto, nigadyateneneti nigado, itthī nigado
yassa so itthinigadobhāvo, tasmiṃ itthīnigade bhāve, tadāha-ratararata mantāna’miccādi, itthiliṅgeti
itthiliṅgaṃ yassa so itthiliṅgobhāvo, tasmiṃ itthiliṅge bhāve vattamānānaṃ ratararatamantānaṃ
dvibbacanamabhimatanti sambandho, kasmiṃ visayeti āha-‘samasampadhāraṇa visaye’ti, samena
aḍḍhatādinā guṇena ime ubho aḍḍhā itvevaṃ rūpā sampadhāraṇā nirūpanā avabodho
samasampadhāraṇā, sāeva visayo, tasmiṃ sati, aḍḍhatāya bahuvidhattābhāvā kiriyādiyo gābhāvā ca
natthettha vicchāti tesamadhippāyo, pucchiyamānāti iminā ime ubho’ iccādīnaṃ pucchāvākyataṃ
dasseti.
Parabyavahārenāha-‘ākhyātādīnaṃ visayatta’nti, iminā ākhyātādīnameva

kiriyājotakapadabhāvena ponopuññasaṅkhātakiriyā dhammassa dhanasameva visayattaṃ dīpeti,
atisayavisiṭṭhanti iminā papacatisaddepakāro pakaṃsattha jotako upasaggoti dasseti, hividhimhīti’lū-
cchedane’iccasmā vidhimhi hippaccayo ‘‘pañhapattanāvidhīsu’’ti (6-9) iminā suttenāti attho, ossāti
‘‘yuvaṇṇānameopaccaye’’ti (5-82) okārassa, ‘pubbeka-kattukāna’’ (5-62) miccevāti evakārena
paresamivāyamapyābhikkhaññe paccayo ce vidhīyate, tadā papacatiiccatra viya ābhikkhaññe
vidhīyamānena paccayeneva ābhikkhaññatthassa pakāsitattā na dvibbacanena bhavitabbanti dasseti,
yadā tu bhusaṃ punappunaṃ pacatīti vacanicchā tadāpi papacatīti bhavatyeva.
Iha imasmiṃ udāharaṇe, ābhikkhaññe iccevāti iminā anukaraṇamattamevetaṃ

natthetthābhikkhaññanti pāṇiniyā suttantarena dvittampaṭipādenti, natthettha tādisena vacanena
payojanaṃ, ābhikkhaññeyeva dvibbacananti dasseti, evamaññate ‘‘paṭaiccetamanukaraṇaṃ bhavana
kiriyampati vattatīti [bhavanakiriyāmatī vuttīti (potthake)] kiriyādhammaṃ ponopuññamettha
atthevā’’ti, teneva vakkhati-‘paṭapaṭā bhavatīti ābhikkhaññe dvibbacana’nti, anitisminti itisadde
avijjamāne, rāppaccayoti paṭhamaṃ dvitte kate pacchā rāppaccayo, rāppaccayamakatvāpi
pakārantarena sādhetumāha- ‘athavā’ iccādi, dīgho niccanti paṭhamaṃ dvitte paṭapaṭakarotīti ṭhite

Page 30 sur 136
niccaṃ dīgho, paṭapaṭā karotīti ettha nipphattiṃ dassetvā idāni paṭapaṭāyatīti ettha dassetuṃ
paṭapaṭāyatītiādi āraddhaṃ.
55. Syādi
Ekassa ekassa iti ṭhite pubbavibhattiyā lutte saṃhitāyañca katāyaṃ ekekassa, evaṃ matthakena
matthakenāti ṭhite matthaka matthakenāti.
56. Sabbā
Aññaṃ aññanti ṭhite iminā vibhattiyā lope akārassa ‘‘tadaminā’’ (1-47) dinā okāre aññoññantipi
hoti.
57. Yāva
Yāvabodhanti ‘‘yāvāvadhāraṇe’’ti (3-4) asaṅkhyasamāso.
58. Bahula
Kvaci pavatyappavatti, kvacaññaṃ kvaci vā kvaci;

Siyā bahulasaddena, vidhi sabbo yathāgamaṃti.
Paṭhamakaṇḍavaṇṇanā samattā.
2. Dutiyakaṇḍa vaṇṇanā
1. Dvedve
Avayavasambandheti syādyavayavīsamudāyena dvedveti vuttānamavayavānaṃ sambandhe,

atettha vutyanukūlāya pañcikāya vā bhavitabbaṃ, pañcikānu kūlāya vuttiyā vā, na cettha
dvinnamaññoññānukūlatā dissati, tathāhi vuttiyaṃ-‘ekānekatthesu vattamānato nāmasmā’ti
ettakameva pakativisesanavasena vuttaṃ, pañcikāyantu tabbisesana vasena ca
paccayatthavisesanavasena ca attho dassito, tadeva mubhinnannāññamaññānukūlatā dissati, tato
ettha yathā dvinnamaññoññānukūlatā sampajjati, tathā byācikkhissāma ‘‘yadi panettha vutyānukūlā
pañcikā bhaveyya paccayatthapakkho jahitabbo siyāti ‘te…pe… ekānekatthesu’ti ca, tena…pe…
yojaniya’nti ca etesaṃ jahitabbatāya bahupāṭhavilopo āpajjati, yadi pana pañcikānukūlā vutti
bhaveyya vuttiyaṃ kiñcimattaṃ pakkhipitabba mattameva siyāti bahuvilopāpatti (na) hotīti etesaṃ
dvedve honti ekāne katthesu vattamānato nāmasmā’ti vuttiyā bhavitabba’’nti, evañhi sati
satthantarenāpi saha ghaṭate, sutte ‘dvedvekānekesu nāmasmā’ti vuttattā ‘ekānekesū’ti idaṃ
paccayavisesanaṃ vā yujjati
Pakativisesanavasena vā yadetaṃ paccayavisesanaṃ, tadā sāmatthiyā ekānekesūti

pakativisesanampi labbhati, tattha sāmatthiyamattha balaṃ, tathāhyekādīsu bhavantā
pakativāccānamevekattādiabyati rittaatthamattādīrūpānaṃ jotakā syādayo kathamekattādīsu
vattamānato nāmasmā aññato siyunti yathāvuttanāmavisesākkhepo, tathā itthiṇādippaccayādīnampi
pana pakativisesānupādānepi yato dhātvādi vāccottho natthi, sāmatthiyā tato, dhātutyādyantehi
[tyādyanta vāccehi (potthake)] na honte vittipaccayā, tathā ṇādipaccayāpi… vibhatyantā vidhānato,
yadetampakativisesanaṃ tadāpi sāmatthiyeneva ekattādīsu vattamānato nāmasmā tajjotanāya
bhavantā syādayo kathamaññattha honti asambhavāti ekānekesu dvedveti labbhati, athavā sarūpena
avuttampi sāmatthiyenekānekatthesūti gammamānaṃ vuttameva hotīti katvā‘tecā’tiādikaṃ vuttanti
gahetabbaṃ, ekānekesu vattamānato nāmasmāti kimatthaṃ asatvabhūtāya
kiriyāyekattādisambandhābhāvā kriyatthāca tyādīhi yevekattādīnaṃ vuttattā tyādyantehi ca na

Page 31 sur 136
bhaveyyunti payojanantaramāha-‘yampanā’tiādi, pañcakanāmatthassādhippetabhāvo cettha

pakkhassetasseva yuttattā. Tathāhi saṅkhyākammādayo nāma vāccassa dabbassa dhammo sakattho-
pasajjano ca saddo dabbeyeva vattate… dabbeyevānyanayādivohārā, tattha dabbavācinā saddena
dabbadhammānamabbhantarīkaraṇanti nāyuttametaṃ nāmena pañcannamabhidhānaṃ, vibhattiyo
pana jotikā, itthipaccayā ca itthiliṅgassa, tathā cāmhehi vuttaṃ sambandhacintāyaṃ–
Saddo sakatthaṃ vatvāna, padatthaṃ dabbasaññitaṃ;

Samavetaṃ vade liṅgaṃ, saṅkhyaṃ kammādikammi ceti.
Ekānekesu syādīnaṃ yathākkamaṃ dassetuṃ ‘tenā’tiādi vuttaṃ, tenāti yena pañcako nāmattho
adhippeto ekādīsu ca atthesu jo-tanīyesu syādayo vidhiyissanti tena, sabbatthāti ‘aṃyo’ādīsu
sabbattha, sabhāvatotyādikassāyamadhippāyo ‘‘yadyapi syādayo ekānekesu honti tathāpi ekādayo
saṅkhyāya paricchinne atthe vattanti na saṅkhyāmatte, saṅkhyāya sambhavābhāvā saṅkhyeye
bhavatīti na saṅkhyāpi syādīnamattho’’ti (na) kevalaṃ sakattha dabbādiyeva syādīnamattho na
bhavati, api tu saṅkhyāpītyapisaddattho, anena saṅkhyā vibhatyattho catukko
nāmatthotyayampakkho nirākato pañcako nāmatthoti dassane saṅkhyākammādīnaṃ vibhattiyo jotikā
honti, tiko nāmatthoti dassane tu saṅkhyākammādayo vibhattivāccā honti, idāni
adhippetapañcakanāmatthe sakatthādikaṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ ‘tatthā’tiādimāha, tattha sakattho
visesananti sarūpādi yaṃ kiñci visesanattena vattumicchitaṃ taṃ sakattho nāmati attho, taṃ dasseti
‘sarūpajātiguṇadabbāni’ti.
Balena yassā bhinnesu, pavattante gagādīsu;

Sā jātyabhinnadhīsaddā, suttaṃ pupphesvivānvītaṃ.
Dabbādhāro tato bhinno, nimittaṃ tappatītiyā;

Bhāvābhāvasabhāvo yo, so guṇo nigguṇo mato.
Sarūpaṃ saddarūpaṃva, jātiyā yaṃ visesanaṃ;

Visesīyati yaṃkiñci, dabbaṃ taṃ samudīritaṃ.
Idāni sarūpādino visesanassa sakatthabhāvaṃ jātyādivisesassa dabbabhāvañca dassetuṃ

‘tatthā’tiādimāha, sarūpe vattate saddoti viyabhedopacārenāha-‘saddassa sarūpenā’ti, ettha pana goti
jātimattavācini gosadde payutte gosaddo jātimattamāheti so jātiṃ viseseti nāma. Yaṭṭhiādisaddehi
yaṭṭhiādisahacaritā upacārato gahitāti yaṭṭhiādidabbehi yaṭṭhiādisahacaritā purisā visesīyantīti āha-
‘dabbampi dabbantarassa visesanabhūtambhavatī’ti, yaṭṭhiyopavesayāti yaṭṭhisaddavacanīya
yaṭṭhidabbavisiṭṭhe purise pavesayāti attho, kuntepavesayāti etthāpi esevanayo,
yathāvuttacatubbidhasakatthato paropi atthi sakatthoti āha-‘katthacī’tiādi, sambandhanimittoti
sambandho nimittaṃ kāraṇaṃ paccayappavattiyā assa paccayassa soti samāso, ettha hi daṇḍo assa
atthīti assāti sāmino purisassa saṃsaṅkhātadaṇḍādidabbena sahayo sassāmisambandho, sopi
paccayassa nimittaṃ, tathā ca vakkhati-‘daṇḍapurisasambandhā daṇḍīti paccayo’ti, (kiri)yā
padatthassāpi visesanattena sakatthabhāvo jātipadatthādīnaṃ vutta ṭhāneyeva vattabboti pācakoti
ettha kiriyākārakasambandhasaṅkhātaṃ parābhimataṃ sakatthampi paropadesenopadisitukāmo idha
sambandhasakatthassa vuttaṭṭhāneyeva kiriyāsakatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘katthaci kiriyāpī’tiādimāha.
Nāmasabhāvena viññāyamānaṃ pañcamaṃ nāmasaṅkhātamatthaṃ dabbapadatthena saṅgahetvā
jātiguṇakiriyādabbānīti hi catubbidho nāmattho, nāmampi anvattharuḷhivasena duvidhaṃ
pumitthinapuṃsaka liṅgavasena tividhampi catubbidhaṃ hoti… yathāvutte catubbidhe atthe namati,
te vā attani nāmetīti iminā kāraṇena. sāmaññaguṇa kiriyāyadicchāvasenāññathāpi catubbidhattaṃ
nāmassa vadanti, tatthāpi yadicchānāmassa dabbanāmeneva saṅgaho veditabbo, itthattaṃ esāti
pasiddhimā attho, yampanātiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ sādheti ‘tatthe’ccādinā, abhidhāyakattena
jotakattena, ikārantatoti munisaddato, aññathāti ikārantato na bhavati ce, atoti ādesa bhavanato
phalaṃ dassitaṃ na siyāti sambandho, vuttiyaṃ ‘evaṃ kumārī kumāriyo’tiādīsu evanti yathā
pulliṅge ikārantato syādīnamudāharaṇamanādesatthaṃ vuttaṃ evamitthiyampi anākārantatoti
dasseti, upalakkhaṇaṃ cetaminī-nī-ū-ti-paccayantādīnaṃ, asati…pe… vacaneti iminā pāṇiniyānaṃ
vibhattisaññāvidhāyakassa suttantarassa atthibhāvaṃ dasseti, ‘‘vibhattica’’ (1-4-104) iti hi tesaṃ
suttaṃ, tassattho ‘syādīnaṃ tyādīnañca vibhattisaññā hotī’ti, bhavantīti anvatthavasena

Page 32 sur 136
vibhattisaddavacanīyāni bhavanti, so (yevattho) vibhatticcanena vibhajīyatīti vibhatti, kamme

ktippaccayantoyaṃ vibhatti saddoti dasseti, kathampanetesu syādīsu vibhajīyaticcassa
vākyatthāssānugamo yenevaṃ vuccaticcāsaṅkiya yena yathā ca vibhajīyati tamupadassento āha-
‘tathā hi’ccādi.
2. Kamme
Vuttiyaṃ kattukiriyāyāti kattusādyatāya taṃ sambandhiniyā kattukammaṭṭhāyapi duvidhāya

kiriyāya, anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ karoti ettha sambandhanatthoti āha-‘karīyati abhisambandhīyatī’ti,
yaṃkiñci padattharūpaṃ sambajjhatīti attho, iminā cānvatthavasenevāyaṃ kammavohāro siddhoti
dasseti, sabbakārakānampi pana kiriyāsambandha sabbhāvepi kiriyābhisambandhīyamānatteneva
yaṃ vattumicchitaṃ tadeva kammaṃ viññeyyaṃ, kattādi kattu kiriyāyābhisambandhīyamānattepi
kattādittavacanicchāyeva kammaṃ na hoti… yasmā vacanicchāyeva kārakāni bhavanti, evaṃ
sabbakārakānampi kārakantarappattiyaṃ tadabhāvo yathāyogaṃ vattabbo, vākyekadesenetyanena
‘‘dvedvekā’’dino vākyassa ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’iccādino ca ekavākyattaṃ sūceti, pakaraṇassa
mahāvākyarūpattā vippakaṭṭhānipi vākyāni ākaṅkhādisabhāve
aññamaññasambandhānubhavanenekavākyabhāvampaṭīpajjante, vuttī hi–
‘‘Ākaṅkhāyoggatā sattā, bījaṃ sannidhino yato;

Vippakaṭṭhāni vākyāni, mahāvākyaṃ karontyatoti.
Sāmaññenāti kammādyavisesena, pubbācariyasamaññāvasenāha ‘dutiyādikā’ti, tena yadyapi

tyādinopi dvinnaṃ pūraṇiyā dutiyāti sakkā voharituṃ, tathāpi syādīnaṃ dukeyeva dutiyātatiyā ruḷhīti
natyādīnaṃ dukāni dutiyādisaddena gayhanti, visiṭṭhesūti kammādinā visesitesu, tividhaṃ kammanti
sakasamayappasiddhiyā kammassa tividhattamāha, aññe tu sattavidhamicchanti, kathaṃ–
Nibbattivikatippatti, bhedena tividhaṃ mataṃ,

Tatthecchitatamaṃ kammaṃ, kammaṃtvaññaṃ catubbidhaṃ;
Icchitañcānicchitañca, nevicchitamanicchitaṃ,
Tathāññapubbaṃ nāññapubbanti, evamaññaṃ catubbidhanti.
Tattha icchitādīni upariyevāpi bhavissanti, tatreccādinā tividhaṃ kammaṃ sarūpato dasseti,

tattha nibbattikammameke-nekadhā parikappenti, tadiha pakāsayissāma–
Satī-satī vā pakati, na yattha pariṇāminī,

Nissīyate taṃ nibbatti, kammamaññesamaññathā;
Asantaṃ jāyate yaṃ vā, yaṃ santamappakāsati,
Uppatyā-bhibyattiyā vā, tannibbattīti vuccatīti.
Ayamettha attho ‘‘kaṭavikārassa kāsasaṅkhātā vijjamānā pakati pariṇāminī kaṭavikārampati

pariṇamantī yatthappayoge na nissīyate… kaṭaṃ karotītettha kevalamatthāvagamamattassa
vattumicchitattā kāseti asuyyamānattā ca, pakatiyā tu suyya mānatte vikāriyaṃ siyā, teneva kāse
kaṭaṃ karoti, taṇḍule odanaṃ pacatīti dvayattho karoti pacati ca, tasmā kāse karoti taṇḍule pacatīti
vikārīyati, kaṭaṃ karoti odanampacatīti nibbattī yatīti attho, asatī vā pakati avijjamānattāyeva yattha
na nissīyate… [(yathā) (potthake)] ( ) saṃyogaṃ janayati vibhāgamuppādayatīti
saṃyogavibhāgānaṃ kassāpi pakatiyā avikārattā saṃyogavibhāgavante hyavikateheva tesaṃ
jananato, tamevambhūtamanissitapakatikaṃ avijjamāna (pakati) kaṃ vā kāriyaṃ nibbattikammaṃ
nāmāti eko, aññesamaññathāti vatvā tandasseti ‘asanta’miccādinā, yaṃ asantamavijjamānaṃ jāyate,
tannibbattikammaṃ, yathā sukhaṃ janayati buddhimuppādayatīti, santaṃ vijjamānameva vā
kevalamappakāsitapubbaṃ yaṃ uppattiyā abhibyattiyā vā pakāsati, tampi nibbattikammaṃ, yathā
puttaṃ vijāyatisāmaññamabhibyañjayatī’’ti, tadevaṃ kesañci matena anissitapakatikaṃ
avijjamānapakatikanti duvidhaṃ nibbattikammampi aññesammatena asantaṃ jāyamānaṃ
santamappakāsamānanti duvidhaṃ nibbattikammampītisabbampi aṭṭhitapubbameva jāyatītyasato
jānanā na byatiriccaticcāha-‘asato jananaṃ karīyatī’ti, avatthantaranti odanādino
kledanādilakkhaṇamaññamavatthaṃ.

Page 33 sur 136
Pakatyucchedasambhūtaṃ, vikāriyaṃ kiñci kiñci tu;

Guṇantarasamuppatyā, evaṃ sā vikati dvidhā.
Kiñci vikāriyaṃ kammaṃ pakatiyā kāraṇassa ucchedena sambhūtaṃ, yathā kaṭṭhaṃ bhasmaṃ
karotīti kaṭṭhassāccantaparāvatti [parāvattiyā (potthake)], kiñci pana guṇantarānamuppattiyā, yathā
suvaṇṇaṃ kaṭakaṃ keyuraṃ vā karotīti evaṃ dvīdhā sā vikati hotīti attho, na vibhāvīyanteti na
gamyante, sā patti‘pāpīyati visayīkarīyatī’ti katvā.
Yatra kriyākato koci, viseso nāvagamyate;

Dassanā vānumānā vā, sā pattīti pakittitā.
Yattha kiriyākato kiriyāsampādito viseso atisayo koci nāvagamyate nappatīyate dassanā vā

paccakkhappamāṇena anumānappamāṇena vā yathā nibbattivikatīnamatisayo paccakkhānumānā
vagamanīyo, tatra hi nibbattiyaṃ visesasiddhiratipasiddhā… atthalābhākhyassa
visesassāvijjamānassa kiriyākattā, vikāriye ( ) [(eva) (potthake)] tu kvaci paccakkhavisayo…
kaṭṭhaṃ ḍahatīti kaṇhattādibhāvassa paccakkhenevopalabbhanato, kvacidanumānagammo…
devadattaṃ roseti pasādayati veti visiṭṭhamukhavaṇṇādikāriyānumeyyattā rosādino, evaṃ yattha na
visesasiddhi api tu pattimattaṃ, sā pattīti pakittitā kathitā, ādiccampassati dhammamajjhetīti
ayamettha attho, kathañcarahi asantassa [santassa (potthake)] pattikammassa kiñci (akaronta)ssa
kārakattaṃ, na hi kiñci akarontaṃ kārakambhavitumarahatīti uccate-
Dassanakkhamatābhāso, pagamabyattiādayo;
Visesā pattikammassa, kriyāsiddhiyamicchitā.
Atra daṭṭhuṃ sakkā iti dassane khamatā ābhāsopagamo visayattopagamo visayattopagamanaṃ

byatti ceti evamādayo visesā yathāyogaṃ pattikammassa kiriyānipphattiyaṃ icchitā, tato tassa
kārakattanti attho, ādiccaṃ passatīti ettha hi ādicco daṭṭhuṃ sakkā, tatova so dissati
abhibyattiñcopayātīti dassanakiriyānipphādakatthenāssa kārakattamupapajjate, tathā
ññatrāpyādisaddagahitavisesavasena kiriyāsiddhito kārakattaṃ veditabbaṃ, nanu vikāriyampi
nibbattikammameva… tena rūpenāsatoyeva jananato, pattikammampi
kiriyāsambandharūpenāsantameva pacchā tathā bhavatīti nibbattiyevāti saccaṃ-
Atthesā vatthuṭṭhiti, sukhumabuddhigocarapatītyanurodhena,

Tatra yampetaṃ ghaṭate, yathā patīti saddatthāvattānato.
Visesānupādānatoti ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ti sāmaññena vuttattā vuttaṃ. Karīyati kaṭo, kato kaṭo
ccevamādīsu tyādippabhutīhi atihitakammādinissayesupi ekattādīsu dutiyādayo papponti
niyamābhāvā, tathāhi pañcake nāmatthe kaṭādivacanīyassa sambandhī kammādyattho,
tyādippabhutīti anabhi hitassa saṅkhyākhyassāparassa vibhatyatthassābhidhānāya abhihitesupi
kaṭādīsu kammādīsu dutiyādayo siyunti pāṇiniyā ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ccādīsu (2-3-2) ‘‘anabhihite’’ti
(2-3-1) vacanamadhikaronti, veyyattiyāyeva dutiyādīnappasaṅgepi tannissayabhūte-kattādyatthe
jotanāyābhihitesu dutiyādayo siyuṃ, tike pana saṅkhyākammādayo vibhatti vacanīyā, tattha yajjapi
kammādino paccayenābhidhānaṃ, tathāpyekattādayo nābhihitāti tassa saṅkhyākhyassāparassa
vibhatyatthassāti dhānāya abhihitesupi kammādīsu dutiyādayo siyunti pāṇiniyā ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ti
‘‘anabhihite’’ti vacanamadhikaronti, tamupadassento āha-‘tatridaṃ siyā’tiādi, tatra tasmiṃ dutiyādi
vibhattividhāne idaṃ codyaṃ siyā, kinti āha-‘pañcake’iccādi, anabhihitakammādinissayesuti
anabhihitā kammādayo nissayā yesamekattādīnaṃ, tesūtyattho, dutiyādayo vibhattiyo yathā siyunti
jotanāyābhidhānāya cāti yujjamānavasena attho veditabbo, abhihitakammādinissayesupīti apisaddena
anabhihitakammādinissayamekattādiṃ samuccinoti, āsaṅkiyāti pubbakiriyāya vuttanti aparakiriyā
veditabbā, pañcake tike cā bhihitakammādinissaye sekattādīsu dutiyādippattimāsaṅkāvasena
dassetvā catukkavādīnampi pakkhamubbhāviya pariharituṃ ‘yadiccā’dimāha, ayantesamadhippāyo
‘‘yadesā saṅkhyā pāṭipadikattho tappaṭipajjane kammādayo vibhattivacanīyā, tadā ‘anabhihite
kamme’tiādinā anabhihitaggahaṇaṃ kammādivisesānamanubhavantamanatthakaṃ… abhihite
vibhattivāccābhāvato, yadā panāyaṃ pakkho ‘saṅkhyā vibhattivacanīyā’ti tadā ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’
tyevamādayo niddesā visayasandassanamattāyeva veditabbā’’ti, sabbathāti pañcakatikavādīnaṃ

Page 34 sur 136
catukkavādīnañca matavasena sabbappakārena, saddatthābyatirittatthamattoyevāti byatireko

byatirittaṃ, napuṃsake bhāve kto, na vijjate byatirittaṃ byatireko bhedo yassa taṃ abyatirittaṃ,
abyatibhinnanti attho, saddatthato sakatthato abyatirittaṃ atthamattaṃ atthasāmaññaṃ yassa
odanādisaddassa so tathā vutto.
Kiñcāpi vuttiyaṃ tabbādiṇādisamāsehi abhihitamavuttaṃ, tathāpi tehi abhihitepyevameva

daṭṭhabbanti nidassento āha-‘eva’miccādi, kara-karaṇe karīyitthāti kato‘kto bhāvakammesu’ti (5-56)
kamme kto, satikoti ettha kītoti kammatthe ‘‘dissantaññepi paccayā’’ti (4-120) iko, kammatāgamyate
kitappaccayādīnaṃ kamme vihitattā, evañca dhuhi kimekamudāharaṇaṃ dattamācariyene tyato āha-
‘udāharaṇa’iccādi, anabhihiteti vacanaṃ vināpīti vacanaṃ vinā evāti avadhāraṇe-apisaddo,
sambhāvanevā, yadyabhihitehi vacanaṃ vināpi dutiyādīnamappavatti bhaveyya, vacanasabbhāve tu
kathāyeva natthīti attho, evañca panettha dutiyādīnamabhihite pasaṅgābhāvo jānitabbo ‘‘paccate
odano, kato kaṭoccādopi yadi dutiyādayo siyuṃ paṭhamāvidhānassāvakāso na bhaveyya tato
sāmatthiyānabhihiteyeva kammādo dutiyādayo sakiriyā (yaṃ tada)bhibyattiyā bhavissanti,
paṭhamevatvabhihite’’ti, na nuca paṭhamāyākārakamavakāso rukkho pilakkhoti [rukkho pilakkhoti
kriyāpadaṃ na sūyateti vibhatyantarassappatti maññatebhassāpadīpa] kimidamuccate akārakanti
yadya kārakaṃ nedampayogamarahati tato yattha visesakiriyāna massavanaṃ tattha
padatthasahacaritāya sattāya patītiyā ‘rukkho atthi pilakkho atthī’ti apekkhīyatīti kārakattaṃ
rukkhādīna mattheveti [attheveti ññataṃ vatthuṃ paraṃ patipādayituṃ saddo payujjate ññaṇañca
satoiti yatra kriyāpadantarassa appayogo tatra ussaggato sattā patītitutthīti kriyāpadānusaṅgara kattari
tatiyappasaṅgaranavakāsā paṭhamā tyattho-bhassapadīpa], na ca uccaṃ nīcaṃtyadhikaraṇavācitte
[vācikā] nipātassa atthītyanena natthi sambandhoti uccamatthītyādheyyasseva kattuttaṃ
nādhārassātya kārakattamādhārassātyavakāso-tthi paṭhamāyāti ‘‘paṭhamāvidhā nassāvakāso na
bhaveyyā’’ti yathāvutto-yaṃ hetu asiddhoti ca sakkā vattuṃ, asaṅkhyato paṭhamātyavatvā
‘‘paṭhamāttha matte’’ti (2.39) sāmaññavidhānato siddhoyeva, yaṃ
hetuttānabhihitavacanamanatthakamicceva ṭhitaṃ.
Yañcāti casaddo vattabbantarasamuccaye aparampi kiñci vattabbamatthīti attho, yañca phalaṃ

maññateti sambandho, yadetthāna bhihitādhikāro natthi tadā yathā ‘kato kaṭo’ccatrattena
kammassābhihitattā dutiyā na hoti tathā ‘kaṭaṃ karoti vipulaṃ dassanīya’nti kaṭasaddato uppannāya
dutiyāya (vipulādigatassa) kammassā bhihitattā vipulādīhi visesanehi dutiyā na siyā, tato tyādi
tabbādiṇādisamāsehi kammassāna bhihitattamattevāti vipulādīhipi dutiyāvidhānasaṅkhātaṃ
anabhihite’’ti (2-3-1) anabhihita vacanassa adhikāre yañca phalaṃ cintayatīti attho, yuttassātimassa
attho sambandhassāti, paccekaṃ karotyabhisambandhatāyāti ‘kaṭaṃ karoti vipulaṃ karoti
dassanīyaṃ karoti’ccevaṃ paccekaṃ paccekaṃ karotissābhisambandhatāyāti attho, kammatā atthīti
seso, evaṃ maññate-‘‘kaṭaṃ karomīti pavatto vipulaṃ karomī dassaniyaṃ karomīti ca pavattovāti
vipulādīnampi paccekaṃ kammatā attheva, tatthekassābhidhāne parekassa sukhamavalokayantīti
tadabhidhānāyapi dutiyā bhavissatī’’ti, pakārantarāvatāro nācariye noparodhitoti tampi panettha
dassayissāma-‘‘kaṭasaddā uppajjamānā dutiyā kaṭajāti kammamabhihitavatī, na
vipulādiguṇakammaṃ, tato tadabhidhānāya ca dutiyāyeva bhavati, athavā kaṭova kammaṃ, taṃ
sāmānādhikaraṇyena vipulādīhipi dutiyā bhavissati, kaṭaṃ karoti vipulo dassanīyoti hi vuccamāne
vipulādayo kattusamānādhikaraṇatāyeva patīyeyyuṃ tasmā
kaṭasaddasāmānādhikaraṇyampaṭipādayatā vassamettha dutiyā karaṇīyā’’ti. Nanvemiccādicodyaṃ,
evanti evaṃ guṇayuttassa kammatāya sati, pappotīti kaṭa kamme-bhidhāniye (kato) ti ktappaccayassa
katattā udārādito karotyabhisambandhā dutiyā pappotīti attho, evaṃ maññateccādi parihāro,
avayavena kammaṃ na vadatīti sambandho, avayavenāti visuṃvisuṃ, kiñcarahīti āha-‘sabhāvato
sabbaṃ kammaṃ vadatī’ti. Hotu kāmaṃ udārāditopi vuttena vidhinā paṭhamā, katasaddato kā
pavattatīti āha-‘katasaddato pi’ccādi, antobhūto antogadho nāmassa saddassa attho yasmiṃ
kammalakkhaṇattheso attho kammalakkhaṇo abhihito kathito sampanno sampajjatīti attho, nanu
‘kato kaṭo’ccādo sabhāvato sabbakammavuttiyā antobhūtanāmatthavuttiyā cātthamatte hoti sabbattha
paṭhamāti ‘kaṭaṃ karoti uḷāraṃ sobhanaṃ dassanīya’nti kaṭāditopi uppannāya dutiyāya
kammassābhihitattā uḷārādīhi paṭhamāppasaṅgo siyāti abhihitābhidhānappasaṅgopagataṃ codanaṃ
manasi nidhāyāha-‘kaṭādisaddo tvi’ccādi, sāmaññenāti visuṃ visuṃ kaṭādisāmaññena.
‘‘Katturicchitatama’’ntyanena (1-4-49) kattuno kiriyāya sambandhi tumiṭṭhatamaṃ tasmiṃ

Page 35 sur 136
icchitatame kammasaññaṃ vidhāya nibbatyādikesutīsu kammesu dutiyā vidhīyate pāṇinīyehi,

icchitatamattañca tadatthattā kiriyāya, odanaṃ pacati gāvumpayo dohatityādo(hi) odanādyatthā
pacanādikiriyārabbhateti odanapayādīnamicchitatamattaṃ, tadupadassento āha-‘yaṃ kattu’ccādi,
vibhattiṃ vidhāya dutiyābhimatāti sambandho, puna payādinipphattinimittaṃ yaṃkiñci
dohanādikiriyā yuttaṃ karaṇādirūpena akathitaṃ gavādikamicchitaṃ kārakaṃ, tatthāpi
‘‘akathitañcā’’ti (1-4-51) kammasaññaṃ vidhāya teneva dutiyā vidhīyate, tadupadassetumāha-
‘upayujjamāne’ccādi, atra cevamakathitaniyamo kato vāttikakārena-
Pucchicibhikkhīnaṃ duhi,yācīnaṃ nimittamupayoge;

Pubbavidhimhi-kathitaṃ, brūsāsīnañca guṇāsattanti.
Upayujjate iṭṭhatthasiddhiyaṃ byāpārīyatītyupayogo-payoppabhuti, tasmiṃ, nimittaṃ gavādi,

apubbavidhimhi apādānādhikaraṇādi pubbasaññā vidhānābhāve, vidhāne hi māṇavakā maggaṃ
pucchati, rukkhā phalānyavacinātyādi yathārahaṃ bhavati, guṇāsattanti guṇena sattaṃ sambandhī,
guṇasaddenettha padhānasādhanaṃ dhammādikaṃ vattumicchitaṃ padhānasādhanañhi
kiriyāyopakārakamupakāriyaṃ padhānabhūtaṃ kiriyamapekkhiya guṇo bhavati, co-nuttasamuccaye,
padhānantu dhammādino pavattiyā tadatthattā, upayujjamānañca taṃ payopabhuticeti
visesanasamāsaṃ katvā upayujjamānapayoppabhutino nimittanti chaṭṭhīsamāso, pabhuti saddena
gavādino gahaṇaṃ, ādisaddena gomantādino, dutiyenādi saddena adhikaraṇādino, catutthena
vinayādino, vidhānanti dutiyā vidhānaṃ, dutiyāvidhānamabhimatanti yojanīyaṃ. Pāṇiniyehi ‘‘tathā
yuttañcānicchitaṃ’’ (1-4-50) iccanena kammasaññaṃ vidhāya ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ (2-3-2) tyaneneva
dutiyā vidhīyate, tandassetumāha-‘yene’ccādi, ‘‘tathā yuttañcānicchita’’ntīmassa attho
yeneveccādipañcikāpāṭhānusārena veditabbo, yujjateti kiriyābhisambajjhate, yuttanti
kiriyābhisambandhaṃ, atra tu–
Yadyabuddhyāhilaṅghādi, tadāhyādimanicchitaṃ;
Yadā lajjābhayādīhi, tadecchi tatamaṃ mataṃ.
‘‘Tathā yuttañcānicchita’’nti suttenassa pariyudāsavuttito icchitā

aññamanicchitamanabhimatamitarañca, tatoyeva‘gāmaṃ gacchanto rukkhamūlamupasappatī’tyatra
nevicchitanānicchitassapi rukkhamūlassa kamma saññā siddhāti tattha ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ti dutiyā
vidhīyate, tandasseti’nevicchitanānicchitasmā’iccādi, rukkhamūlaṃ nevicchitaṃ
pubbamanabhimatattā, nāpyanicchitaṃ appaṭikūlattā, gāmagamena hyassa tapparatā,
rukkhamūlopasappanantu pasaṅgāgatanti rukkhamūlānampi kiriyābhisambandho attheva, atrāpi-
Nevicchitānicchitantu, mabuddhiyupasappane;
Mūlaṃ vissamanatthantu, tamicchitatamaṃ siyā.
Brūsāsinañcāti casaddopasaṅgahite dassetumāha-‘eva’miccādi, ettha

gāmadevadattagaggānamakathitasaññā, ajādayo tvicchitatamā, ādisaddena ‘pattheti gāvuṃ purisaṃ
dvijo’tyādayo saṅgahitā, nayatinī=pāpuṇane, vahati vaha=pāpuṇane, harati hara=haraṇe,
jayatiji=jaye, sabbatthaleca ette ayādese ca rūpaṃ, daṇḍa=daṇḍane curādittā ṇimhi rūpaṃ, atha
‘‘adhisīṭṭhāsānaṃ kammaṃ’’tyādinā (1-4-46) tena tena kammasaññaṃ vidhāya ‘paṭhaviṃ
adhisessatī’ti ādo (tattha) tattha ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ti (2-3-2) dutiyā vidhīyate tehi tehi sattha kārehi,
sabbatthevettha lokassa kammavacanicchāti kamenetaṃññasaññāpubbakaṃ kammamupadassento
āha-‘adhipubba’iccādi, yāya vatticchāya dutiyā siyā tāya vatticchāya kammatā kathaṃhināmāti
sambandho, neva upalabbhantīti kadācikassaci siyāti sambandho, payatitabbanti
suttantaramārabbhanīyaṃ, tatthevaṃ kiṃ bhavato manasi dosadhijambhanenāti attho, dhammeti
etthāpi evaṃ saddaṃ yojetvā attho veditabbo, yathā ādhāre kammavacanicchā, tathehāpi
ādhāravacanicchāti attho, tenevāha-‘dhammeti ādhāravacanicchā’ti, dhamme abhinivisateti
sambandho, evaṃsaddasamānatthattā tathā saddassa tadatthānusāreneva viññāyatīti tathāsaddassa
attho visuṃ na vutto, pānañca ācāroca pānācāraṃ, taṃpānācāramassa ādhārassa tasmiṃ tappānācāre,
pānatthācāratthadhātusambandhī yo nadyādi ko ādhāro so pānācāravāyevāti āha-
‘pānatthācāratthānaṃ dhātūnamādhāre’ti, kesañcīti aniyamena kesañci saddasatthakārānaṃ, etthāti
etasmiṃ ādhāravacanicchāpakkhe, patiparīhi bhāgecetyavasiddhāti iminā patisaddassa dhātunā

Page 36 sur 136
ayuttataṃ dasseti… yadi yujjeyya chaṭṭhiyābhāvā, tenāha-‘yadātvi’ccādi, vuttiyaṃ tenāti

tasaddena, apisaddopasaṅgahitaṃ tatiyampi gahetvā vācāti bahuvacananiddeso.
3. Kāla
Yadā kāladdhānamiccādinā‘māsamāsate kosaṃ sayati’ccādo akammakehipi yoge

kālabhāvaddhadesānaṃ parehi kammattamanuññātanti ca, yadātviccādinā tu kiriyāva
sabbenasabbaṃ na sūyati, tathā sati kuto ca kammattanti teheva vuttantī ca dasseti, gamma
mānakiriyāyogopi na nissito… māsamāsateccādīsu āsanādi [āsanādīsu (potthake)] kiriyānaṃ
māsādiyogo viya kalyāṇittaguṇādiyogo ca lokassa patītipathamupayātīti, na sijjhatīti kiriyā na honti
guṇadabbānīti kiriyāsambandhābhāvā kammattābhāvoti na sijjhati, guḷena missā dhānā bhajjitayavā
guḷadhānā. Ajjhayanakiriyāya pabbatena ca māsakosānaṃ sākallena sambandhābhāvā
accantasaṃyogābhāvoti māsassātiādīsu na dutiyā. Pubbaṇhe samayanti iminā pubbaṇhe samayoti
sattamīāmādisamāsaṃ dasseti, accanta mevāti iminā samayassa sākallena viharaṇakiriyāya
sambandhamāha, yaṃsamayaṃ karuṇāvihārena vihāsi, taṃ ekaṃsamayanti sambandho,
upasaṅkamanakiriyāyaccantameva yuttoti iminā nivāsanaviharaṇa kiriyāhipi
pubbaṇhasamayādīnamaccantameva yuttataṃ upalakkheti, pakārantarenāpi
siddhiyamāsaṅkamubbhāvayati ‘yadā tvi’ccādinā, vibhattiyā vipallāso yathāpakatamatikkamma
aññathā bhavanaṃ, idha pana sattami yampattāyaṃ sattamyatthe bāhulakena ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’cceva
dutiyāppatti.
Tatiyābhimatāti ‘‘apavagge tatiyā’’ti (2-3-6) vacanena pāṇiniyānaṃpapañcattamabhimatā,

kathampana kāladdhānaṃ karaṇattamiccāsaṅkiya karaṇattamesampaṭipādento āha-‘tathāpi’ccādi,
tathāpīti vuttakkamena karaṇattasambhavā tatiyāya vijjamānāyapi, siyāti tatiyā siyā, tañcāti taṃ
karaṇañca. Kārakamajjheti ettha chaṭṭhī samāso kārakasaddena ca sattikārakaṃ gahitanti (āha)
‘dvinnaṃ kattusattīnaṃ majjhe’ti, abhinnassāpi hi ekassa devadattādikattuno bhinnānaṃ
taṃsamavetānaṃ kattusattīnaṃ majjhe kāladdhānāni, sattibhedameva byañjayamāha-‘tathāhi’ccādi,
ekatthāti ekasmiṃ devadatte, dvīhetīte (bhuñjikriyā) sādhananti sambandho, dvinnaṃ ahānaṃ
samāhāro dvīhaṃ tasmiṃ. Isumasatīti vā, isumhi āso asseti vā nipphannena issāsasaddena
gammamānaṃ kiriyaṃ dasseti ‘isvasane’ti, nanviccādi codyaṃ, dhanupañcasataṃ koso,
evamaññateccādi parihāro, chaṭṭhiyāsampattāyanti kosassekadeseti evaṃ chaṭṭhiyā sampattāyaṃ,
muttasaṃsayenedaṃ samānanti mutto saṃsayo yasmiṃ avadhyādo tenetaṃ tulyanti attho. Vuttiyaṃ
abhimatāti ‘‘sattamī pañcamiyo kārakamajjhe’’ti (2-3-7) vacanena sattamīpañcamiyo
papañcattamabhimatā, dvīhe bhuñjissatīti dvīsu divasesu gatesu bhuñjissatīti attho, ‘‘yabbhāvo
bhāvalakkhaṇa’’nti (2-36) sattamī, sakasakakārakavacanicchāyevāti hi idaṃ bāhullaṃ nissāya
vuttaṃ, dvīhā bhuñjissati kosā vijjhatīti dvīhā nikkhamma bhuñjissati, kosā nikkhamma ṭhitaṃ
lakkhaṃ vijjhati upāttavisayo-yamavadhi, kose vijjhatīti kose ṭhitaṃ lakkhaṃ vijjhatīti attho.
4. Gati
Katacatthasamāsāti kato catthasamāso yesu te tathā vuttā, aññapadatthavuttayoti aññapadatthe

vutti yesanti byadhikaraṇaññapadatthasamāso, cattasamāse gatyādīnaṃ visuṃvisuṃ padhānattā tehi
paraṃ payujjamāno atthasaddo gatyādīhi paccekamabhisambajjhatīti maññate, atha sutte
‘payojje’iccetāvatyuccamāne payojjo sayaṃ kattāti kathaṃ viññāyati yena ‘payojje kattarī’ti
vivaraṇaṃ katamiccāsaṅkiyāha-‘gatyādyattha’miccādi, ādisaddena bodhā dīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ,
takkiriyāsamatthovāti tassā gatyādikāya kiriyāya samattho eva niyujjateti sambandho, kiriyākaraṇe
samattho nāma kattāvāti āha-‘soca kattā’ti. Dutiyāya siddhāyāti vakkhamānanayena payojjassa
kattuno kammattasiddhiyā ‘‘kamme dutiyā’’ti sutteneva kamme dutiyāya siddhāya. Kiṃ lakkhaṇo-
yaṃ niyamo yadatthami damārabhīyaticcāha-‘gatyādyatthāna’miccādi, paccudāharīyissate
‘etesameve’ccādinā, tathācābbhupagame, payojjo kattā na kammaṃ tyabbhupagamma payojje
kattarī’ti vivaritanti attho, sāmatthiyampanaiccādinā sāmatthiyasarūpamāha, gati ādyatthānanti
padacchedo, niyujjamāno payojakabyāpārasaṅkhātāya kiriyāya sambandhīyamānattā kammabhūtova
bhavatīti attho, ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘gamanādikiriyāya sādhanattā yadipi payojjo kattā, tathāpi so
payojakena gamanādīsu byāpāriyamāno payojakassa byāpāralakkhaṇāya kiriyāya sambandhīyamāno
yadi kammaṃ na hoti aññathā kiṃ hotīti aññathānupapattilakkhaṇena sāmatthiyena kammabhūtova

Page 37 sur 136
hotī’’ti [(attho) (potthake)] ( ), patīyateti iminā patītivasenevāssa kammatā, sabhāvato tu payojjo

kattāvātipi ñāpeti, payojakoti sabbattha devadattādiko viññeyyo, atthagahaṇassāti
‘‘saddākammakabhajjādīna’’nti avatvā ‘‘saddatthākammakabhajjādīna’’nti atthaggahaṇassa,
bodhatthassa udāharaṇanti seso, nanu vacanappayojanaṃ dassayatā vacanamevopadassiya pañho
kātabbo, atha ‘etesamevā’tyavijjamāneneva kathaṃ tyāsaṅkiyāha ‘etesameve’ccādi, heṭṭhā
vuttakkamena niyamatthattā vacanassa evakāro labbhati, sambandhivacanattā etasaddassa tena
yathāpaṭhitā gatyādayova visessabhūtā saṅkhepena parāmasīyantīti ete samevāti katanti maññate
[evosañcāti maññate (potthake)], (gacchati devadattoti…pe… nahotīti) iminā imamatthañca joteti
‘‘yadipi kiriyābhisambandhā payojjassa viya kattunopi kammattampasajjati, tathāpi payojjeti vuttattā
kattari devadatte dutiyā nappasajjatī’’ti, abhimatāti ‘‘gatibuddhyā’’di (1-4-52) suttena payojjassa
kattuno kammasaññaṃ vidhāya tasmiṃ payojjedutiyābhimatā, carahisaddo pucchāyaṃ, payojetīti
asmiṃ uddese tadā kathaṃ bhavitabbanti sesoti yadācarahiccādivākyassāvasāne payojetīti asmiṃ
uddese vacanasamīpe’tadā kathambhavitabba’nti pāṭhaseso hotīti attho veditabbo, yāvatāti
tatiyantapaṭīrūpako nipāto, yasmā dattho vattate, yasmā dutiyā pappoti tasmā ‘yaññadattene’ti
bhavitabbanti sambandho.
5. Harā
Niyameneccādinā vacanārambhassa payojanamāha, sāpi tatiyāpi [dutiyāpiti vattabba]

yadātviccādinā harati nāhāratthe [naharatyatthe (potthake)] tipi viññāpeti, ubhayatthāti dutiyāya
pattāya appattāya ca, vibhāsā vikappoti attho, kāretikara-karaṇe, lettāyādesātilatta ettaayādessa,
vada-vacane, abhivadanamabhivādo taṃ karotīti ‘‘dhātvatthenāmasmī’’ti (5-12) imhi nāmadhātu
‘abhivādi’tisutte niddiṭṭhoti āha-‘abhivādismā’iccādi.
6. Nakhā
Khādayati ādayati khāda, ada=bhakkhaṇe, avhāpayati vhe=avhāne āpubbo, ‘‘payojakabyāpāre

ṇāpice’’ti (5-16) ṇāpimhi pubbasaralopo, kandayati kanda=avhānarodanesu.
‘‘Vahissāniyantuke’’ti gaṇasutte ayamettho ‘‘vahissadhātussa payojje kattari niyanturahite

dutiyā na bhavatī’’ti, niyantā sārathi kiriyāsiddhiṃ niyāmakoti vatvā tameva pakāsetumāha-
‘kiriyaṅga’miccādi, kiriyaṅga kiriyopakaraṇabhūtaṃ balī baddādiṃ kiriyākāraṇaṃ, niyametvāti
ekasmiṃ karaṇīye kiriyā visaye patiṭṭhapetvā, vāhayati bhāraṃ devadattenetyatra hi devadatto
paññavā puriso niyantāramantareneva bhāraṃ vahatītyaniyantuko kattā, vāhayati bhāraṃ balībadde
iccatra tu balībaddā niyantā ramantarena na vahantīti saniyantukā.
‘‘Bhikkhissāhiṃsāya’’nti gaṇasuttassāyamattho ‘‘bhakkhissāhiṃsatthassa payojje kattari dutiyā

na bhavatī’’ti, atha kathamettha hiṃsatthatā bhakkhissa hiṃsā hi cetanāvati sambhavati, na
cetthasassaṃ cetanāvantanti āha-‘sabbe’iccādi, sabbeti rukkhādayo, bhāvā padatthā, idāni
sabbadassanānukūlahiṃsatthatamupadassetumāha-‘yadive’ccādi, nanu buddhavacana nissitamidaṃ
byākaraṇaṃ, tathā sati sammatameve-ttho-padassetvā gantabbaṃ
kinnāmāññadassanopagātādhirenāti tuṇhī hoti nikkāraṇissā [nikkammissā (potthake)] bhavato-pāyoti
viññāyati, paratthānubaddhakicchaṃ pana mahāpuññapaññā na kiñci viya maññanti, hoti (hi) etena
parattho ‘‘matantarepi siddhi sissānaṃ, taṃtaṃ mataññuno vā kadāci karahaci yadidamavalokeyyuṃ
te cetthāvatāraṃ [cetthakāraṃ (potthake)] labheyyuṃ etādiso ca paññavā
paṭiladdhabuddhavacanappasādo’ti tadavatārena ca buddhe bhagavati kamena daḷhaṃ pasādaṃ
paṭilabheyyu’’nti, evamevaṃ tattha tattha taṃtaṃbyākaraṇodāharaṇappasaṅgepi tadanusāreneva
tantaṃpayojanaṃ veditabbaṃ, na niratthakakathāpasuto-yamācariyoti.
Duhādīnaṃ tyevamādo amhākamparamagurunā ratanamatipañcikālaṅkārādikārena

nānākārasāratthavedaveditu [vedāvedita (potthake)] mahāpaññāpāṭavānaṃ paññavantānaṃ sāminā
mahāsāminā sambuddhasāsanaratanavaropakārakena ‘idamettha vicāraṇīyaṃ’tyabhidhāya
nānāmatantaramākaḍḍhiya bahuṃ sampaveditamatthi, mayampanettha
ācariyenādhippetamattamevālamba atthampa kāsayissāma. Satyapyanekadassanabhede
siṭṭhappayogānusārena yattha padhānekammanityādippabhutayodissanti, yatra tvappadhānetyādī,

Page 38 sur 136
yatrobhayatrapi, taṃsabbamiha bhassakārādyanumatakkamena paṭipādayamāha-

duhādīna’miccādi, etthādisaddo pakāravācī, tena yācippabhutayo gayhanti, kammadvayayuttānanti
niddhāraṇe chaṭṭhī, tena kammadvayayuttānaṃ majjhe duhādīnamappadhānepi gavādo kamme
tyādippabhutayoti yojanā. Iccāditiādisaddena ‘avarundhati vajaṃ gāvaṃ avarundhīyate vajaṃ
go’iccādīnaṃ pariggaho, gamanādyatthāna mityādisaddena bodhatthādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Gamīyate
gāmo devadattanti ettha kathaṃ payojjattasambhavoti āha-‘purise’ccādi, yajjapi gāmo tuṇhī hoti
nibyāpārattā purisova tu gamanakiriyaṃ nipphādeti, tathāpi purisassa gamanakiriyāya
yaṃphalappattilakkhaṇaṃ, tamubhinnampi gāmapurisānaṃ samānanti purisa kiriyātulyaphalattā
gāmopi gamanakiriyāya kattubyapadese kāraṇaṃ bhavatīti adhippāyo, tathāhi gāmaṃ gacchanto
koci gāme āsanne sati vadati ‘āgato gāmo patto gāmo’ti, atoññesanti ye kammadvayayuttā duhādayo
gamanādyatthācodāhaṭā, etehi aññesaṃ, padhāne kammebhi ajādimhi padhāne kamme,
padhānattampana ajādīnaṃ kiriyāya payojanattā, ajādyatthā hyānayanakiriyārabhyate. Ayampanettha
saṅgaho-
‘‘Duhi yāci rudhi pucchi, bhikkhi ci bruvi sāsi ca;

Ji daṇḍi patthi manthī ca, dhātū honti duhādayo.
Gatyādisuttapaṭṭhitā, gatyādyatthā bhavanti te;

Nīvahaharakasāca, nīvahādī bhavanti te.
Dvikammakesu cetesu, appadhāne duhādinaṃ;

Tyādippabhutayo honti, padhāne nīvahādinaṃ;
Ubhayattha payogānu, sārā gatyatthaādinaṃ’’ti.
Payogo pana sambandhacintāyamiha ca vuttānusārena sabbathā viññeyyā.
7. Dhyādi
Pubbe kiriyānissayena [kārakanissayena (potthake)] dutiyāya vihitattā āha ‘idāni’ccādi,

dhisaddassa atthappadhāna niddesena vā ādisaddena vā ‘hā devadatta’ntipi hoti, hā
devadattadukkhanti tu dukkhena yogā devadattena na yutto hotīti paṭhamāvāmantaṇe. Nanuca
antarāsaddena yoge yathārājagahanālandāhi dutiyā [(tathā)] antarā ca rājagahaṃ antarā ca nā landa
(nti tathā) antarāmaggeti ettha maggatopi [antarāmaggatopi] kasmā na dutiyāti tenāyogā, yesañhi
taṃmajjhaṃ te tena yujjantīti tehiyeva dutiyā, athavābbhupagatepi taṃyoge taṃsambandhīyeva
maggoti mukhyattā tato [sabbassa (potthake)] na dutiyā, atrāpi chaṭṭhīyeva pappoti antarā tañca
mañca kamaṇḍaluiti, tava mama majjhe kamaṇḍalutyattho, atha kamaṇḍalusaddato dutiyā kasmā na
bhavati satīpyantarena yoge tassa padhānattā, tathāhi kamaṇḍaluno sakatthā pavatti, tumhamhānantu
paratthā-kamaṇḍaluvisesanattena tesaṃ pavattattā, tatra kamaṇḍaluno sakatthe vattamānattā
padhānattenāvatattā pāṭipadikato accutattā parattā paṭhameva bhavatīti jīnindabuddhinyāsa. Nindādi
lakkhaṇassa sambandhassa sabbhāvā sabbattha sambandhachaṭṭhiyā sampattāyaṃ vacanaṃ,
ākatigaṇo-yaṃ.
8. Lakkhaṇi
Lakkhaṇādīsvatthesuti nāmassā [kassā (potthake)] yamatthaniddesoti āha ‘abhināyo yutto’ccādi,

tenāti abhinā yuttassātthaniddesa kāraṇena, lakkhaṇasaddena hetu vattumicchitoti āha-‘tatthe’ccādi,
duvidho hetu, vuttañhi subodhālaṅkāre ‘‘janako ñāpako ceti, duvidhā hetavo siyu’’nti (252),
samupalakkhayatīti samupalakkhaṇaṃ, saṅketamattaṃ ñāpakaṃ, na tu janakaṃ, saṅketopi
lakkhaṇamuccate lakkhīyate kāriyamānenāti katvā, janakassāpyatra lakkhaṇattena gahaṇe payojanaṃ
‘‘anunā’’ (2-10) iccatra daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kañcipakāranti iminā itthaṃsaddassa atthaṃ vadati. Pattoti
iminā bhūtasaddassa, ettha hi bhūdhātu pattiyaṃ vattate, rukkholakkhaṇanti rukkho ñāpakahetūti
attho… rukkhena vijjuyā ñāpīyamānattā, ācariyajinindabuddhi pana aññathā vaṇṇayati, tassedaṃ
mataṃ-
Kriyāya jotako nāyaṃ, sambandhassa na vācako;

Page 39 sur 136
Nāpi kriyantarāpekkhī, sambandhassa tu bhedakoti.
Ayamettha attho ‘‘ayamabhi abhinandatityādīsu viya kiriyāya jotako na hoti, chaṭṭhī viya
sambandhassa vācako na hoti, nikkosambītyatra gamanakiriyāpekkhī nisaddo viya nāpi kiriyantarā
pekkhī, kiñcarahi sambandhassa tu bhedako visesako bhavatī’’ti tamupadassetumāha-‘aññe tvi’ccādi,
ettha itisaddo nidassane, rukkhampatvā vijjotate itievaṃ pattikiriyāya
patvātivuttarukkhapāpanakiriyāya janitoti attho, tathāhi rukkhassa vijjuyā pāpanābhāve vijjuyā
lakkhiyāya tallaṇassa ca rukkhassa yo lakkhiyalakkhaṇabhāvo sambandho, so kena sampādito
bhaveyya, nanu sambandhe abhinā jotīyamāne rukkhassa lakkhaṇavuttitā kathaṃ jotīyatīti āha-
‘lakkhaṇatthoca visayabhāvenā’ti, tathācetyādinā tasmiṃ pakkhe sambhāvitaṃ dosamubbhāvayati,
tatrāya miccādinā yathāvuttadosaparihārāya parehevābhidhīyamānamparihāramāha,
parihāropadassanenāssāpi pakkhassāduṭṭhatākhyāpanenesopi pakkho-bbhupagatotyavaseyo,
atoyevupari yathāvutta pakkhanissayeneva byākhyāyate, devadattassa
sādhuttasaṅkhātaitthampakārappattiyā visayabhāvenāvaṭṭhitā mātā tattha vattati nāmāti āha-
‘mātuyā’tiādi, mātā ca itthambhūte pavattā visaya bhāvena devadatto ca tattha visayībhāvena,
tesañca visayavisayībhāvalakkhaṇo sambandho itthampattilakkhaṇāya kiriyāya jāto, so
mātusambandho hoti kāraṇavasena, socātinā jotīyatīti mātu tenābhinā yogoti āha-‘yvāya’ccādi,
mātusambandhoiti yojanā, itthampattiyāti itthampattilakkhaṇāya kiriyāya karaṇabhūtāya, evaṃ
maññate ‘‘kiñcāpi so sambandho devadattenāpyavinābhāvīti tassa sobhinā jotīyate, tathāpi
mātusambandhobhinā jotīyatīti ‘mātu tena yogo’ti ca (vuccati)… saddasattiyā taggatāyeva dutiyāya
ubhayagatassāpi sambandhassa jotanato’’ti rukkho rukkho tiṭṭhatīti sambandho, ṭhitimpaṭiccāti
ṭhitinnissāya esaṃ rukkhānaṃ yo ca sambandhoti yojanā, rukkhānanti iminā rukkhā kiriyāya pare
sambandhinoti ñāpeti, ṭhitimpaṭiccāti iminā pana tiṭṭhatisaddavacanīyā sādhyarūpā ṭhitikiriyā
rukkhato pare sambandhīti, acetanānaṃ rukkhānamapekkhāvirahepi lokampatītivasena
‘pipatīsā’dīnaṃ viññāyamānattā viññāyamānaṭhānāpekkhaṇakiriyāyasādhyasādhanalakkhaṇo
sambandho jātoti viññeyyaṃ, so ca rukkhasambandho-bhinā jotīyatīti āha-‘so’tiādi, dvibbacaneneva
jotanīyāti vicchātthe vuttimatte satīpi vibhattiyā [vicchatthe vutkimattetyādivacanaṃ
vicāreretabbaṃvitattiyā abisaddassaca vicchatthe vuttiyā abhāvā, lakkhaṇitthambhūti hi
pakativisesanaṃ] jotetumasamatthattā vicchāya jotanāya dvibbavacanaṃ kattabbamevāti adhippāyo.
9. Pati
Upādiyamānoti abbhupagammamāno, yadi pana upādiyamāno bhāgo, anupādiyamāno kathanti

āha-‘yo panā’tiādi, tagarakuṭṭhā gandhabbavisesā, mamābhajatīti maṃ ābhajati, mama koṭṭhāso
hotīti adhippāyo.
10. Anu
Natulakkhaṇanti saccakiriyā vuṭṭhiyā hetu hoti, na tu saṅketoti attho, hetuttā lakkhaṇattābhāve

saccakiriyāya kathaṃ lakkhaṇe dutiyāti hetuttepi lakkhaṇattamassa sādhento
sādhammapayogenānvayamāha-‘yaṃ sakimpi’ccādi, ettha hi lakkhaṇaṃ sacca kiriyāti paṭiññā,
[pakkho (potthake)] sakimpi nimittatāya kappanattāti hetu, yaṃ sakimpi nimittatāya kappate tampi
lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati, yathā’api bhavaṃ kamaṇḍalupāṇiṃ sissamaddakkhī’ti
sādhammapayogenānvayo daṭṭhabbo, kappateti samatthoti attho, kamaṇḍalu pāṇimhi asseti
kamaṇḍalupāṇī, apīti pañhe, kadāci kenaci kamaṇḍalupāṇīsisso diṭṭho so tameva dassanaṃ
lakkhaṇaṃ katvā pucchati ‘api’tyādinā, atha yathā vuttena hetunopi lakkhaṇattamattu tathāpi
paravippaṭisedhena hetumhi tatiyā kasmā na siyāti codayamāha ‘na nvevampi’ccādi,
pubbavippaṭisedhenāti apavādapubbavippaṭisedhena, tathāhi chaṭṭhiyā pavādo hoti hetumhi
tatiyāvidhi… sambandhachaṭṭhiyā pattāya hetutatiyāvidhānato upapadavibhattividhipi
chaṭṭhiyāpavādo… sambandhavisesābhibyattihetunopapadena yoge tasmiṃyeva sambandhe
vidhānato, tattha hetutatiyāvakāso ‘dhanena kula’nti, upapadavibhattiyāvakāso
‘rukkhamanuvijjotate’ti, saccakiriyamanu pāvassīti tu hetumhi lakkhaṇe-pavādavippaṭisedhe sati
pubbavippaṭisedhena dutiyā bhavati.
11. Saha

Page 40 sur 136
Sahatthe-nuno vattane pabbatena yogo kathanti āha‘pabbatene’ccādi.
12. Hīne
Visayabhāvenātiādinā hīnattheti visayasattamittamāha, vijānanappakāramāha-‘hīne’ccādi, tenāti

anunā, kathaṃ tena yuttattaṃ ukkaṭṭhassāti hīnukkaṭṭhasambandhamukhena
vibhāvento’tatthā’tiādimāha, tatthāti hīneccādinā vutte tasmiṃ, yatoti ukkaṭṭhasāriputtādiko, hīnoti
paññavattādi(to nikkaṭṭho, so sāriputtādiko ukkaṭṭho) hīnatthavisayo jāyate… tabbisaye tassa
ukkaṭṭhatā pattito, hīnukkaṭṭhasambandho pana atisāyanādikāya kāyaci kiriyāya katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
14. Satta
Kintaṃ ādhikyamiccāha- ‘adhikādhikīsambandho’ti, adhiko assa atthīti adhikī=khārī,

athādhikīvinimutte adhikādhikisambandho kathamavasīyate nahyatrādhikī koci sūyaticcāha-
‘navine’ccādi, iti saddo hetumhi yathāvuttasambandhasādhano, tadopasaddenayogoti tadā
upasaddenādhikinoyogoti attho. Dviṭṭhattā sambandhassa adhikassāpyupasaddena yogā tatopi kasmā
na sattamītyāha-‘adhikamhātvi’ccādi, yathā ekāyeva vibhattiyā ubhayagatassāpi sambandhassa
jotitattā vijjusaṅkhātalakkhiyā sattamyabhāvo, evamidhā pīti pubbe vuttasamādhimatidisanto āha-
‘lakkhitā viya sattamya bhāvo’ti, ‘‘māṇikā caturodoṇā, khāritthī catumāṇikā’’.
15. Sāmi
Kintaṃ sāmittamiccāha-‘sassāmisambandho’ti, kāya kiriyāya janitoti āha-‘paripālanādikiriyāya

janito’ti, tañcāti sāmittāpekkho napuṃsakaniddeso, sambandhassānekavidhattā āha‘sabbattha
sambandhe’ti, ākhyāyatetīmassa attho vidhīyate ñāpīyateti, diṭṭhanto-panītottho sukhena paṭipattuṃ
sakkāti pasiddhamanuvadiyamānamappasiddhañca vidhīyamānaṃ diṭṭhantamāha-‘yathā yo kuṇḍalī
so devadatto’ti, kuṇḍalittampasiddhaṃ, devadattattamappasiddhamiccāha-
‘kuṇḍalittānuvādene’ccādi. Yathevobhayādhiṭṭhānattepyupasajjanatova chaṭṭhī ‘rañño puriso’ti, na
visessato ‘purisassa rājā’ti, tathā sambandhābhibyañjanakenādhinā yogepi visesanatova bhavati,
nāññatoti āha-‘tatthā’tiādi. Byatirekamāpādīyatīti kārakachakkato byatirittattā sambandho byatireko
taṃ āpādīyati pāpīyatīti attho, ubhayatoti saṃto sāmito ca, adhibrahmadatte pañcālāti brahmadattassa
pañcālā santakā [sāmino (potthake)] ti attho, santakā [sāmino (potthake)] hi pañcālā, na sāmi [nasaṃ
(potthake)], adhipañcālesu brahmadattoti pañcālānaṃ brahmadatto sāmītyattho.
16. Kattu
Kiṃ lakkhaṇo-yaṃ kattāiccāha-‘kattari’ccādi, gacchati devadattoccādo kattari patiṭṭhitaṃ,

pacatyodanaṃ devadattoccādo kamme patiṭṭhitaṃ kiriyaṃ karotīti sambandho, karotīti ca iminā
anvattha byapadesova siddho-yaṃ kattu vohāroti ñāpeti, kenaci payujjamānopi sake kamme
sayameva padhānattamanubhavatīti‘payutto vā padhānabhāvenā’ti vuttaṃ hoti cettha-
Padhānatāya yo kattu, kammaṭṭhaṃ kurute kriyaṃ;

Sā kattā nāmappayutto, payutto vātyayaṃ dvidhāti.
Tattha purisena katanti appayutto, purisena karoti devadattoti payutto, nanu kiriyā-
yamabyavadhānena karaṇādhikaraṇe heva sādhyate kattārā tu dūraṭṭhena, tathāsati
kathamanekasādhanasādhanīyaṃ kiriyaṃ kattāva karoti mukhyabhāvenāparetvamukhyabhāvenāti
vuccate-
Kattutoññesamubbhūtyā, vivittālocanādinā [vavivekeca dassanāti vākyapadīye, pavivekeca

kārakantharāmabhāvedissabhe kattarikriyā atthi bhavati vijjaticcādo titaṭīkā,
tatiyapāthānaṃpāta 100, naṃpāta 243];
Dūrādapyupakāritte, kattu vāttappadhānatā.

Page 41 sur 136
Ayamettha attho ‘‘kattuno sakāsā aññesaṃ karaṇādīnaṃ ubbhūtyā sambhavenaca, tathāhi

pasiddhakaraṇasabhāvopi pharasu kattāyattavuttitāyādhikaraṇambha vati‘pharasumhi ṭhapetvā
chindatī’ti, vivittassa karaṇādīhi puthabbhūtassa, kattuno kiriyāya ālocanena dassanena ca ‘devadatto
atthi bhavati vijjatī’ti [vuthabbhūtassānena ālocanena dassanenaca kattunodevadattenadevadattaṃ
bhavati vijjatīti (potthake)], ādisaddena karaṇādino (tadadhīna) pavattiādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ, iminā
kāraṇena dūrato upakārittepi kattuyeva sappadhānatā siyā’’ti, punapi-
Thālyādīnantu kattuttaṃ, hotevācetanānapi;

Yato saddassa vutyatthe, micchātyāsena-nādinā.
Ayamettha attho ‘‘acetanānampi thālīasiādīnaṃ kattuttambhavati

yathāvaṇṇitasappadhānattanimittābhāvepi, kasmāti ce yato kāraṇā atthe attano abhidheyyesaddassa
vutti paṭipatti anādinā micchābhyāsenabhavati tasmā thālyādīnantiādi pakataṃ, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti
‘‘aññathā saddattho, aññathā sabhāvattho, na hi saddo bāhye vatthumhi byāpāramāpajjati, tathāhi–
Aññathe vāggi saṃsaggā, dāhaṃ daḍḍhoti maññati;

Aññathā dāhasaddena, dāhattho sampatīyate.
Bāhyapadatthassa sabhāvo viya hutvā micchābhyāsena anādinā pana pavattena bāhye vatthūni
avijjamānena karaṇabhūtena thālyādīnaṃ kattuttaṃ hotī’’ti. Atha ca pana–
Vatticchādo pavattehi, sappadhānatta hetuhi;

Kattudhammehi vuttehi, kattā saddāva ñāyate.
Ekassāmukhyavatthāhi, bhedena parikappane;
Kammattaṃ karaṇattañca, kattuttaṃ copajāyate.
Vuttehīti ‘kattutoññesamubbhūtyā’ccādinā, saddāvāti sadde tedhammā hontu vā mā vā

kattusambandhiyathāvuttadhammavacanicchāya saddatova kattā patīyate, niyamena na vatthutoti
attho, amukhyā vatthāhīti buddhiyā tadākāratāya pariṇāmāvatthāhi, hantyatta nāvattānanti
ekassevāttano kammattādi jāyate, atoyevāccantamasantopi aṅkuro jananakiriyāya kattā bhavati
‘aṅkuro jāyate’ti, vuttaṃ hi–
Purāsañjanito [purāsañjātito] bhāvā, buddhayavatthāni bandhano;

Avasiṭṭho satāññena, kattā bhavati jātiyāiti.
Satā aññena devadattādinā.
Kintaṃ karaṇaṃ nāmāti āha-‘yo panā’tiādi, yoti yo padattho, iminā idaṃ dīpeti
‘‘karaṇabyapadesāya suttantarābhāvepi karotyaneneti karaṇantyanvatthato pasiddho-yaṃ
karaṇavohāro’’ti, atredaṃ paṭibhānaṃ–
Yaṃ vattumicchitaṃ kattu, kriyāyaccantasādhanaṃ;

Karaṇantaṃ dvidhā hoti, bāhyabbhantarabhedatoti.
Tattha yaṃvattumicchitaṃtyādinā idaṃ dasseti-‘‘na vatthuto kiñci karaṇaṃ nāma atthi,

vacanicchāvasena pana pasiddhakaraṇānampi pharasuādīnaṃ ‘pharasu chindati, pharasumhi
chindatī’ti kattuadhikaraṇattassapi, pasiddhādhikaraṇānampi tadanuttādivisesasambhave thālyā
pacatī’ti karaṇattassapi dassanato vacanicchātoyeva karaṇaṃ kārakaṃ viññeyya’’nti, tañca
duvidhanti āha-‘dvidhā hotī’tiādi, tattha asinā chindatīti bāhyaṃ, cakkhunā passatītyabbhantaraṃ.
Kiriyānimittattā kārakanti iminā kārakasaddassa nimittapariyāyattamāha. Pakati yābhirūpoccādo
kiriyāyāvijjamānattā sambandhamattaṃ viññāyatīti sambandhalakkhaṇā chaṭṭhī siyā, samena
dhāvatītyādo tu kiriyāya vijjamānattepi kammattaṃ vattumicchitanti dutiyā siyā, samaṃ dhāvati
visamaṃ dhāvatītyattho, tathā dvidoṇenāti dvedoṇe kiṇātītyattho, pañcakenāti pañca parimāṇassa
pañcako pañcakaṃ vaggaṃ katvā pasavo kiṇāti pañcapañca katvā kiṇātītyatthoti vāttikakārena
‘tatiyā vidhānāyopasaṅkhyānaṃ’kataṃ, taṃ dassetumāha- ‘pakatiādīhī’tiādi,

Page 42 sur 136
yatthesaṃkaraṇabhāvoti yassaṃ kiriyāyame sampakatyādīnaṃ karaṇattaṃ, taṃ kiriyaṃ

kathayatīti sambandho, sabbasseva padatthassa sattābyabhicārato āha-‘bhū’iccādi, pakatiyābhirūpoti
sabhāvenāyamabhirūpo bhavati, na tu vatthālaṅkārādinetyattho, karotissa gammamānatte pana
pakatiyābhirūpo katotiādi, tadā kattariyeva tatiyā, yaṃ yasmā aññagotto gotamo na hoti atoca
gotamo bhavatīti sambandho, nanuca dvidoṇa pañcakā kayampaṭicca kammabhūtā honti dvidoṇādinā
keyattā tato kimuccate‘kayampaṭicca dvidoṇapañcakā karaṇāni bhavantī’tyā saṅkīyāha-
‘tathāhi’ccādi, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti-‘‘dvidoṇādisaddena hi na gayhupagaṃ vatthumuccati, tehi pana
dvidoṇādyatthaṃ mūlaṃ tādatthiyā bhihitanti na vuttadosāvasaro’’ti.
17. Saha
Yathākkamamāgamanakiriyāya thūlattaguṇena gomantadabbena ca sambandhaṃ dassetuṃ ‘taṃ

yathe’ccādimāha, udāharaṇamattaṃ dassentopi iminā adhippāyenāpi dassetīti vuttaṃ ‘sabbattheva
vā’tiādi, puttena sahāgatotiādīsu āgamanādikiriyampaṭicca dve kattāro padhānāppadhānavasena, tesu
padhāne kāriyasampaccayañāyena vā bahulaṃvacanena vā padhāne kattari paccayo, itare’kattari
tatiyā’tyeva tatiyā siddhā, tato-yaṃ vacanārambho-natthakoti maññamānoco deti ‘nanvi’ccādinā,
ttenābhidhīyate piteti padhānakattā, tulyopi kiriyāsambandhe pitāputtānaṃ pitātra padhānaṃ
saddacoditattā, putto-ppadhānamasaddacoditattā, saddabyāpārāpekkhāya hi padhānāppadhānāya
vavatthānaṃ, piturevātrāgatādisaddasāmānādhikaraṇyā āgamanakiriyā sambandho saddenoccate,
netarassa saddasattisabhāvato, tathā vidhā hi saddassa satti yato piturevātra kiriyā sambandhaṃ
sakkoti paṭipādetuṃ, na puttassa, evañcāgatoccādo ekavacanamupajjate, aññathā hi bahuvacanaṃ
siyā, ‘pitā puttā āgatā’ti. (Yadi) vuttanayena tatiyā siddhā ‘siddhe satyārambho niyamāya vā
vikappāya vā’ na cettha niyamo, nāpi vikappo, tato kimanena yogenā tyāsayenāha-
‘appadhāneyeva’ccādi. Nayidamevamiccādi parihāro. Sahabhāvamattaṃ vattumiṭṭhaṃ vāti yojanā,
sāmatthiyāti bhedādhiṭṭhānattā sahatthayogassa puttassāpi kiriyābhisambandho viññāyati
kathamaññathā sahatthayogo siyāti iminā attha balena. Atthaggahaṇanti sutte ‘‘sahatthene’’ti
atthaggahaṇaṃ. Pariyāyatthanti parito ayanti avagacchanti atthamaneneti pariyāyo attho payojanaṃ
yassāti viggaho, ettha ca pariyāyatthamevāti nāvadhāraṇaṃ, atoyeva vināpi sahasaddappayogaṃ
tappariyāyappayogaṃ vā sahatthena yoge vidhānato asatyapi sahādisaddappayoge yattha tadattho
gamyate tatthāpi bhavatyeva tatiyā… gamyamānena sahatthena yogā, yathā‘‘syādi syāne’’ti. (3-1)
Saha pariyāyenāti sahasaddassa pariyāyato. Visesānupādānatoti ‘‘sahayutte-ppadhāne’’ti (2-3-19)
pāṇinīya sutte viya appadhāneti visesassānupādānato.
18. Lakkhaṇe
Lakkhīyatyanenāti lakkhaṇaṃ saṅketo, kintaṃ kamaṇḍaluppabhuti, atthe kāriyassāsambhavā

taṃvācīhi vibhattīti maññamānena yaṃvivaraṇaṃ kataṃ ‘lakkhaṇe vattamānato’ti,
tamullaṅgiyātthaṃ vadati ‘yo attho’iccādi, vattamānatoti viññāyati… nāmasmā paccayavidhānappa
saṅgato, upāttoti gahito. Kañcippaṇaramāpannassa lakkhaṇe tatiyā yathā siyā ‘rukkhampati
vijjotana’miccatra lakkhaṇamatte mā bhavīti pāṇinīyehi ‘‘itthambhūtalakkhaṇe’’ti (2-3-21)
itthambhūtaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, tammanasi nidhāya codayamāha–‘nanvi’ccādi, itthambhūtassa
lakkhaṇanti chaṭṭhīsamāso, āpannassāti bhūtassa, sāmaññassa bhedako viseso pakāro vuccate, tathāhi
‘tidaṇḍakena paribbājakamaddakkhī’ti manussattasāmaññassa paribbājakattampakāro,
tamparibbājako patto, tassa tidaṇḍakaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ. Upalakkhaṇatteti iminā itthambhūtassa
lakkhaṇattābhāvamāha, upalakkhaṇanti saṅketo. Nayidamatthiccādi parihāro, rukkhampati
vijjotananti ettha kassaci itthambhūtassābhāvā itthambhūtaggahaṇe payojanaṃ na dissati
tannivattanato, rukkhampati vijjotateti etthatu itthambhūtassa vijjusaṅkhātassa atthassa sabbhāvā
tatiyāppattiyaṃ taṃnivattiyā yathāvuttaṃ ñāyamantarena nāññaṃ kiñci paṭisaraṇamatthīti
saññāpayamāha-‘avassa’miccādi, aññathāti evamanabbhupagamma ‘itthambhūtalakkhaṇe’ti vacane
karīyamāne sati, itthambhūtavādino uttaramāsaṅkiyāha-‘nacā’tiādi, vattunti vacanaseso, co-
vadhāraṇe, neva sakkāti vuttaṃ hoti, dutiyāvidhānasāmatthiyāti ‘‘patiparīhi bhāge cā’’ti (2-9) kasmā
na sakkāti āha-‘atthi’ccādi, asati hi payojane sāmatthiyanti bhāvo. Atha kamaṇḍalu pāṇimhi assāti
ādo tatiyā kasmā na siyā tyāha-‘kamaṇḍalu’iccādi, kamaṇḍalussa setassa ca upalakkhaṇa
bhāvenānupādānatoti sambandho, iminā upādātuno savacasi satantatamāha,
visiṭṭhāvayavādheyyenāti pāṇi kamaṇḍalunā visiṭṭhovayavo, tassādheyyo kamaṇḍalu tenāti attho.

Page 43 sur 136
Yenāṅgena vikatena aṅgino vikāro lakkhīyate tato tatiyā yathāsiyāti parehi ‘‘yenāṅgavikāro’’ti
(2-3-20) āraddhaṃ, tadāha-‘yene’ccādi, tattha yasaddena vikatāvayavo hetuttena niddiṭṭho
aṅgasaddo ca samudāyavacano upātto tenāha-‘yeneccādi, nanuca kāṇādīnaṃ
niyataguṇīnamabhidhāyittā akkhisaddassa payogo na yutto byāvattiyābhāvāti, nesa doso, lokiyo-yaṃ
saddassa vohāro, lokassa ca saddappayoge gurulaghumpatyadayo natthi, tathāhi lokena ‘sīsapāti’pi
vuccate, rukkho sīsapātipi, yassa tu tatthādaro, so-kkhisaddaṃ payujjateva, athavā sāmaññupakkame
viseso payogamarahati, akkhi(nāti) hi vutte sandeho siyā ‘kimassa vattumicchita’nti tato kāṇoti
vuccate, nākkhinā nirūpayati sobhanoti, kiñcarahi kāṇoti, akkhikāṇamassetyādo kasmā na siyāti
āsaṅkiya‘kamaṇḍalu pāṇimhi assā’tyatra yo vutto parihāro, ta metthopadisanto āha-‘heṭṭhā viya
appasaṅgo’ti.
19. Hetu
Kismiñci phale diṭṭhasāmatthiyetthe hetu niruḷho. Ekatra hi diṭṭhasāmatthiyottho taṃyoggatāya

kāriya (ma)karontopi hetu vuccate sati saha kārinyasati ca vidhurappaccayo papā(ta) to, tena
kāriyassa byabhicāro, tenevāha- ‘anipphādayantopī’ti, kāraṇe tatiyāyābhāve kāraṇamāha-
‘takkiriyāyoggatāmatte’ccādi.
21. Guṇe
Upādhi visesanaṃ, parāṅgabhūteti parassa bandhattā(dino) vidhānā yāṅgabhūte

jaḷattādihetumhīti attho, iminā guṇasaddo yamappadhānavacanoti vadati, yañcāppadhānaṃ
tamparāṅgabhūtanti guṇetīmassa ‘parāṅgabhūte’ti atthamāha, yañhi paratthamupādīyate
tadappadhānamanu vādarūpenopādīyamānattā, yathā ‘jaḷattā baddho, rukkho yaṃ sīsa pattā, aggi
ettha dhumatte’ccādi, tenevāha-‘parattharūpāpanna’nti, vāvidhānanti ‘‘vibhāsā guṇe-thiyaṃ’’nti (2-
3-25) evaṃ vidhānaṃ, itthiyantiādinā pañcamīrūpassapi abhimatabhāvaṃ dasseti, tenevāha-
‘ubhayatthā’tiādi, nanu ‘to pañcamyā’’ti (4-95) suttena taddhitapaccayantassa kathaṃ pañcamyantatā
tyāsaṅkiyāha-‘pañcaminiddese’ iccādi, iminā suttena pañcamiyā vināti yojanā, vā pañcamiyā
vidhānato tatiyārūpenapi bhavitabbanti codanamanasi nidhāya pañcamyu dāharaṇeyeva kāraṇaṃ
tatiyodāharaṇassa ca paṭhamodāharaṇānusārenānu mantabbatañcadassento āha ‘pañcamyāyevi’ccādi,
abhāvena saṅkhāranirodhenāti tatiyantarūpāni.
22. Chaṭṭhī
Sambandhavacanicchāyevettha chaṭṭhī siddhāti āsaṅkiyāha-‘hetumhi’ccādi, hetumāha-‘taṃ

yoggatā’ iccādi, saddasattisāmatthiyāti saddasattisaṅkhātāya sāmatthiyā, tameva phuṭayati
‘yattha’iccādinā, hetvatthavācakehi antarenāti sambandho, samānādhikaraṇehīti
hetvatthasamānādhikaraṇehi udarādīhi, tajjotanāyāti hetvatthajotanāyālanti sambandho, byatirekena
tu hetvatthato tappavattimāha-‘yattha pani’ccādi, hetvatthehipiccādinā sāmatthiyamupadassitaṃ
‘vase dhammassa hetuno’ti tatthodāharaṇaṃ.
23. Sabbā
Nāmabhūtehīti sabbādīsu keci kesañci yadi nāmāni siyuṃ tehi, appadhānabhūtehīti

piyasabbādīhi, kimpayojanantiādo payojanasaddo ‘‘payojanaṃ kāriyahetūsu’’ti nighaṇḍuto
hetuvacano.
24. Catu
Yassa sacetanāyācetanāya vā kassaci, pūjānuggahakāmatta mantarena sammāpadānaṃ na

sambhavatīti āha-‘pūjā’ iccādi, tenāti yathāvuttenatthena, cāgaṅganti dadātino dānakiriyāya
kammena sambajjhamānañcāgakāraṇaṃ, idāni sampadānalakkhaṇaṃ sappabhedamāvikātukāmo āha-
‘tadida’miccādi, nanirākarotītya nirākaraṇaṃ, ārādhayatītyārādhanaṃ,
abbhanujānātītyabbhanuññaṃ, tesaṃ vasena, idha sampadānantidhā vuttaṃ kathitaṃ, keteti āha-
‘rukkhayācakabhikkhavo’ti, rukkhādikaṃ taṃ sampadānaṃ vibhāgena dassetumāha-‘tattha hi’ccādi,

Page 44 sur 136
ajjhesanenārādhanena sampadānaṃ bhavatīti sambandho, anumatiyā abbhanujānena,

vijjamānepyanirākaraṇe bhikkhuno-dhikamanumatantyadhippāyenāha-‘so’ iccādi.
25. Tāda
Payojanapariyāye atthasadde sati idanti payojanaṃ parāmaṭṭhuṃ sakkāti ‘tasseda’ntiādi vuttaṃ,

tasaddenettha vikatiyātisambandho, atthasaddena tu pakatiyā, attha kathanametanti iminā
vacanicchāya metissaṃ natthi samāsoti dīpeti, viggahe vāsmimimasmāyeva nipātanā samāso
daṭṭhabbo,so vikatisaṅkhāto attho, pakatitvaññapadatthenākkhipīyate, tato tadatthasaddato, koyaṃ
tadattha bhāvo ccāha-‘tadatthabhāvo nāmā’tiādi, nimittaṃ yūpādivikati, nimittīdāruādipakati
tasaddenātthasaddena ca gahitā, tesaṃ sambandho tadatthasaddassa pavattinimittaṃ tadatthabhāvo
nāmāti attho, hetu hetumantabhāvalakkhaṇo sambandho nāmāti vuttaṃ hoti,
padhānāvacchedaguṇasmāti vidhīyamānattena padhānassa purisassa ācchedakā visesakā guṇā, yañhi
vidhīyate ñāpīyate tampadhāna, mitaramappadhānamanuvajjamānattā, yadā upādīyateti vatvā
upādīyamānappakāraṃ diṭṭhantena phuṭayitumāha-‘yathā’iccādi, yūpo nimittaṃ yassa dāruno taṃ
tathā vuttaṃ nāññanimittanti yadā nimityavacchedakattenupādīyate tadā nimittasaddatova catutthī
sambandho, tato aññanimittato, nimittanimittīnaṃ sambandhassa abhimukhabhāvena tattheva nimitte
pavattīti sambandho, nimittasaddato hetutatiyāpi nāsaṅkanīyāti sambandho, kāraṇamāha-
‘nimitta’ [hetu] iccādi. Ubhayatthāti yūpāya pākāyāti ubhayattha.
Piṇiyamānā kiṃ saddādivacanīyā paro sāduādiko yo-ttho so añño kattā yassa so aññakattuko-
bhilāso, abhilāso rucīti iminā dityādyanekatthantopi rucisaddo-bhilāse ruḷhova gayhatīti vadati, sā
ruci attho-bhidheyyo yesaṃ bhe tadatthā, tesaṃ sambandhino piṇiyamānassa, iminā ca kiñcāpi
rucirayaṃ yassuppajjateyo vā tassā janako, tesamubhinnampi atthi, tathāpi yassuppajjate sova
tassādhikaraṇaṃ, ajanakopi so tāya saṃsattoti tasseva piṇiyamānassa sampadānasaññā,
natujanakassa tāyāsaṃsattassāti dīpeti, idhāti iminā sakkate udāharaṇānamasamānarūpakaṃ dasseti,
iminā ca udāharaṇānamasamāna rūpattameva catutthīvidhāne kāraṇaṃ, aññathā chaṭṭhīyeva tehipi
vidhīyeyya kāraṇāsambhavā [kāraṇasabbhāvā] hi dīpeti, īdisassa paccudāharaṇa(ssa) bhāve
kāraṇamāha-‘anaññakattu kattā-bhilāsassā’ti, paresamidampaccudāharaṇambhavatu idha kathanti
āha-‘ihatvi’ccādi, tvanti attamatte paṭhamāyeva, sambhave kāraṇantaramāha-‘athavā’tiādi, natthi
añño kattā yassā sā anaññakattukā ruci, bhāya ruciyā sambandhino piṇiyamānassa sampadānasaññaṃ
ye pana icchantīti sambandho, ye pana āhu cātisambandho, uppajjanamuppatti, kassa uppatti, ruciyā,
uppattiyā ādhāro uppatyādhāro‘devadattāya rocate’ccādo devadattādiṃ upalakkhetīti
uppatyādhāropalakkhaṇaṃ vacanaṃ, ettha ruciyā uppatyādhāropalakkhaṇameva vacananti
sāvadhāraṇa mattho daṭṭhabbo… sabbesaṃ vākyānamavadhāraṇaphalattā, tena piṇiya
mānavacanamabhilāsassa aññakattukatāsandassanaparaṃ na hotīti byavacchinnambhavati, tesaṃ
kaccāyanassa cehāpi pasajjatīti sambandho, ihāpīti tvamiti etthāpi, aññathāsiddhattāti atthamatte
paṭhamāya eva siddhattā, vacanassāti ubhinnampi catutthīvidhānavacanassa, atippasaṅgocāti ‘‘kassa
vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’tiādo tavāti anabhimataṭṭhānappattica.
Dhārippayogeti dhāridhātuno payoge, uttamīṇo adhamīṇoti dhanikagahetūnaṃ ruḷhītyāha-

‘uttamīṇo dhanasāmī’ti, uttamīṇamassāti uttamīṇo, dhārayatītimassatthamāha-‘vahatī’ti, dhāritoti
dhāraṃdhātuto. Suttantarena (taṃ taṃ) niyamena niyamitānaṃ tesaṃtesaṃ sampadānasaññaṃ
vidhāya catutthī vihitā parehi, tadāha ‘silāgha hanuṭṭhāsapāna’miccādi, sabbattha yogasambandhe
chaṭṭhī, ñāpetunti silāghādike bodhetuṃ, icchitoti atimato. Tadatthavācīnañca dhātūnaṃ
saṅgahaṇatthaṃ ‘kudhaduhissosūyatthāna’nti vuttaṃ, yampati kopoti iminā kopassa visayamāha,
yassāti iminā yaṃkārakanti vuttameva parāmasati, yassāti rājādino, pucchatīti pucchiyate, teneva
vakkhati-‘yassa sambandhiṃ subhāsubhaṃ pucchati nemittiko’ti, yocānukūlattambha jatīti iminā
idaṃ dasseti ‘‘patipubbako āpubbakoca suṇoti abbhupagame paṭijānaneca vattate,
yadāyamabbhupagamo patthanā pubbato bhavati tadā patthanāya kattu patthayituno catutthī
rūpambhavati, yadātvapatthatampi kevalamānukūlyena vattamānaṃdisvā deyyamabbhupagacchanti
idamidaṃ vodassāmāti [kopissasāmāti (potthake)] tadānukūlyena pavattanasaṅkhātāya kiriyāya
kattuno catutthīrūpambhavatī’’ti, iminā ca pāṇiniyavuttikārassa jayādiccassamate byabhicāramāha,
so hi ‘‘abbhupagamo nāma parena patthitassa bhavati tattha patthayituyeva catutthīrūpambhavatī’’ti
vadati, pubbassākiriyāya yo kattāti vedavākyena vihitathutikakaraṇa saṅkhātāya ussāhānujānanato

Page 45 sur 136
pubbabhūtāya kiriyāya yo kattā hotā potā ca, sabbatthāpi‘tassā’ti idaṃ ‘catutthīyāyadabhimataṃ

rūpa’ntiiminā sambandhitabbaṃ, chaṭṭhiyā sabbabyāpibhāvamālamba evanti atidesoti āha
‘evantī’tiādi, rūpasāmyato pana tādatthiyatthasabbhāvāca yathāyogaṃ tādatthha catutthīpi na
virujjhati, vakkhati hi‘tādatthha vacanicchāyantu ‘iccādinā, icchito rājā, kamma vacanicchāti iminā
vacanicchāya padhānattamāha… vacanicchābhimukhattā sabbesaṃ kārakānaṃ,
appacurappayogattāti abahuppayogattā, hanute apanayati, upatiṭṭhate upaṭṭhānaṃ upagamanaṃ
karoti, pihayanti patthenti, kujjha amarisaṃ karoti, duhanādayo kopappabhavā nānantarena te
sambhavantīti dūbhādayopyudāhaṭā ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasse aparajjhāmi, issayanti
nasahanti, ārajjhati pucchito nemittiko upaparikkhati, bhādatthhaṃ vibhāveti ‘yasse’ccādinā, pariyā
loceti upaparikkhati, kiṃ lakkhaṇo-yamaniyamoccāha-‘nāvassa’miccādi, yācitusmāyeva [yācituyeva
(potthake)] chaṭṭhīti nāvassamayanniyamoti attho, kutoccāha-‘sambandhe’ccādi, aññasmāpīti
ayācitutoapi, thutikaraṇassa kattubhūtā hotāpotāro ussāhanānujānanānaṃ kammaṃ hotīti āha-
‘paccanupubbassa giṇātissa kamme’ti. Hotupotusaddehiccādinā potusaddassapi chaṭṭhirūpaṃ
dassitaṃ, vuttiyantu ‘hotu patigiṇāti’cceva pāṭho dissati, hotvevampityamhākamatropekkhā,
ussāhayatītyatthe giṇāti antogataṇyattho. Anāvādoti nāvāannādivajjite. Ettha pana tathā
paṭisedhābhāvepi bahulādhikārato ‘na taṃ nāvammaññe nataṃ annammaññe’ccādi bhavati, attheva
hi bahulādhikāratovā tippasaṅgābhāvo, paṭhamantaṃ rūpanti maññamānoti paṭhamantaṃ rūpaṃ,
etthaca yadā tiṇāditopi khikaṃsīyate tadā nindāvagamo, tattha ca niyogatova nañpayogo ñāthānupa
pattiyāti sappaṭisedhamudāhaṭaṃ ‘na maññamāno’ti, avadhimhiyeva pañcamītiṇāti, nañpayogeva
niyogato nindāvagamā tiṇanti kammeyeva dutiyā, athavā satīpi nindāvagame vacanicchāto
savisayeyeva dutiyā, sammutippayogeti sammutisaddassa payoge, catutthiṃ icchantīti mattāyāti
ettha catutthiṃ icchanti, puna ruttatte kāraṇamāha-‘atha sotivijjamānattā’ti, caṇḍassa
kukkurassātiādisutte ‘‘atha so’’ti pāṭhassa vijjamānattā ‘bhiyyoso mattāyā’ti ettha sokāro punaruttoti
adhippāyo, caggahaṇenāti ‘‘silāghahanu…pe… sattamyatthesucā’’ti sutte caggahaṇena,
catutthībhimatāti ‘‘namo yogādisvapicā’’ti suttena.
26. Pañca
Avadhīyate visilissate etasmātyavadhi, avapubbāya dhādhātuto avadhimhi‘‘dādhātvī’’ti (5-45) i.
Yato-vadhīyate kiñci, kriyāpubbaṃ kutocipi;

Calañcācalamaññañca, taṃ vadantya vadhimbudhā.
Etthāyamattho ‘‘yatokutocipi attho kiñci vatthuavadhīyate saṃyogassa vā kiriyānimittaṃ

gamanadānādikiriyāpubbaṃ visilissate sayaṃ vā apeti aññena vā visuṃ karīyate, tamevaṃvidhaṃ
calañcā calañca visilesaparicchedabhūtaṃ padatthamavadhiṃ vadanti budhā tabbiduno’’ti, taṃ yathā
dhāvatāssā puriso patati, purisaṃ pāteti vā, rukkhā paṇṇaṃ patati, paṇṇaṃ pāteti vāti, soca
tidhāpyuccate visayabhedena, yathā–
Niddiṭṭhavisayo koci, upāttavisayo tathā;

Anumeyyavisayo cāti, tidhāvadhi samīritoti.
Tattha niddiṭṭhā vacanopanītā kiriyā visayo yattha so niddiṭṭha visayo vadhi, yathā-‘gāmasmā
āgato’ti, upāttājjhāhaṭā kiriyā visayo yattha so upāttavisayo, yathā-‘valāhakā vijjotate’ti, valāhakā
nikkhamma vijjobhateti attho, anumeyyā kiriyā visayo yattha so anumeyyavisayo, yathā‘māthurā
pāṭaliputtakehi abhirūpatarā’ti, ettha abhirūpaguṇena ukkaṃsanamanumeyyaṃ, atoyevetthāyameva
saññā paripphuṭā viññāyatīti na kācidiha saññā paribhāsīyate byāmohakāriṇī, athāvadhismāti
vuccamāne ‘padatthāvadhismā’ti kuto-vasīyate yenevaṃ vivaraṇaṃ katantyāsaṅkiyāha-
padāna’miccādi. Yathā gāmasmātiādinā idaṃ dīpeti ‘‘na kevalaṃ kāyasaṃsaggapubbakova visileso,
kiñcarahi buddhisaṃsaggapubbakopi, atthi ceha buddhisaṃsagga pubbako, tathāhi corehi
bhāyatityādo yo (bhaya)pekkhaṇa sīlo bhavati, so yadi maṃ corā passeyyuṃ, dhuvaṃ me maraṇanti
vicārento te buddhiyā pappoti pappuyya ca tato nivattate, tathā corehi tāyatityādo yo ekassa mitto
bhavati so yadyetaṃ corā passeyyuṃ dhuvamassa maraṇanti passanto te buddhiyā patvā tato
nivattayatītyavadhittā avadhismāva sabbattha pañcamī’’ti, parehi pana etādisesu sabbattha
paṭipattuvisesānuggahāya sutteheva papañco kato, idha pana sāmaññavacaneneva siddhattā

Page 46 sur 136
tadanuggahāya udāharaṇeheva papañcitaṃ, bhītibhāyanatthānanti bhīti tāyanānaṃ attho yesaṃ

te bhītitāyanatthā tesanti attho, nanu bhītyatthānaṃ payoge bhayahetu sambhavati natu
tāyanatthānanti, nesa doso, tāyanañhi rakkhanamuccate [sāyanāhi rakkhanamuppajjabhe (potthake)]
tañca bhayahetuto vetyāha-‘yo bhayahetu’tiādi, iminā ca ‘‘bhītyatthānaṃ bhayahetu’’ti (1-4-25)
pāṇiniyānamapādānasaññā suttampaṭikkhipati, tatoti bhayahetuto, tesanti bhayatāyanānaṃ,
bhayamaniṭṭhapātasaṅkā, uttāsotyattho, tāyana maniṭṭhapātato parirakkhanaṃ, yathā dassanaṃ
hontevātīminā vacanicchāyeva padhānattamāha, ko hi lokiyaṃ vacanicchamativattituṃ sakkoti,
tathāhi sabbeva dabbādayo sabbakārakasattiyuttāva, tatthāyaṃ kārakavibhāgo vacanicchāvaseneva,
taṃ yathā ‘valāhako vijjotate, valāhakena vijjotate, valāhake vijjotate’ti. Parāpubbassātiādinā
‘‘parājissāsayho’’ti (1-4-26) saññāsuttaṃ paccakkhāti, asayho atthoti sahituṃ
abhibhavitumasamattho attho, ajjhenasakāsāiccādinā udāharaṇatthamācikkhati, nanucevamatthaṃ
vadatā yaññadattassāsayhattaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ kathaṃ ajjhayanassāsayhattaṃ,
yenāsayhattassāvadhittaṃ paṭipādayati tyāsaṅkiyāha-‘yaññadattānabhibhavo’ccādi, asayhotīmassa
paccudāharaṇaṃ paṭipādayati ‘yo pani’ccādi. ‘‘Vāraṇatthānamicchito’’ti (1-4-27) suttitaṃ, tadāha
‘vāraṇatthāna’miccādi, vāraṇamattho yesaṃ te vāraṇatthā, avadhimattavacanicchāyanti visesato
vidhānamantarenā vadhimatta vacanicchāyaṃ, visesavidhāneti icchitoti visesavidhāne,
cittassāvadhivacanicchāyampana cittato pāpaṃ nivārayeti bhavati. ‘‘Rakkhanatthānamicchita’’nti (2-
6-3) suttitaṃ, tadāha-‘rakkhanatthāna’miccādi, kesañcīti kaccāyanādike dasseti. ‘‘Antaradhāne
yenādassanamicchatī’’ti (1-4-28) saññāsuttamāraddhaṃ, tadāha-‘antaradhāne’ccādi, ayamupajjhāyo
yadi maṃ passatīti sambandho, dassane dosaṃ takketi ‘nuna’miccādinā, pesanamasakkārapubbako
niyogo, ajjhesanaṃ sakkārapubbako, maññamāno sissā ahaṃ kathannāma byavahito bhavāmīti
antaradhāne byavadhāna nimittaṃ, yena attano adassanamicchatīti sambandho, antaradhāneti
nimittasattamīcāyaṃ, ato āha-‘byavadhānanimitta’nti, byavahitoti antarahito, māmaṃ
upajjhāyotyādinā udāharaṇatthamāha, byavadhānatthaṃ byavahitatthaṃ, ‘‘antaradhāneti kiṃ core na
didikkhatī’’ti paccudāhaṭaṃ parehi, tampaṭipādayamāha-‘yatthādassana’miccādi, core na didikkhatī
(tya), tra hi yo core na didikkhati tehi attano adassanamicchatīti na antaradhānanimittaṃ,
kintupaghātanivatyatthaṃ, kintupaghātanivattiyāti evaṃ maññate ‘‘nātrāntaradhāname (vāvaseyaṃ),
kintu tannimitto paghātanivattipi, ‘upajjhāyā antaradhāyatī’tyatra
vināpyupaghātasambhavamantaradhānasampādanameva sambhavatī’’ti. Icchatiggahaṇaṃ kimatthaṃ
adassanicchāyaṃ sati satyapi dassane yathāsiyā’’ti vuttaṃ, (taṃ) paṭipādayamāha-
‘adassanicchāyampani’ccādi, satīpi dassaneti upajjhāyena dassane satīpi, tatoti upajjhāyato,
avadhirūpatā evāti upajjhāyassāvadhirūpatā eva. ‘‘Ākhyāto payoge’’ti (1-4-29) paravacanaṃ, tadāha
‘upayoge’ccādi, niyamapubbakaṃ vijjāgahaṇamupayogo trādhippeto, upayogavacanasāmatthiyā
vijjāgahaṇatthaṃ sissavattaṃ niyamo, tatoti ākhyātuto. ‘‘Janikattuno pakatī’’ti (1-4-30) saññāsuttaṃ
kataṃ, tadāha-‘janyatthassā’tiādi, janino attho janyattho, kintaṃ jananaṃ, tatoti janikattuhetuto,
pakatisaddena kāraṇamattaṃ gahitaṃparehi ‘puttā pamodā jāyate’ccādo puttāditopi yathā siyā’ti,
duvidhaṃ (hi) kāraṇaṃ upādānakāraṇaṃ sahakārikāraṇañca, tattha kāriyenābhinnadeso ghaṭassa
mattikāpiṇḍo upādānakāraṇaṃ, tasseva pana daṇḍacakkādi (kāriyena bhinnadeso) sahakārikāraṇaṃ,
tesūpādānakāraṇasseha gahaṇe’siṅgā saro jāyate’ccatreva siyā, na tu ‘puttā pamodā jāyate’ccādo,
kārakantaravacanicchāyanti ettha kārakantarādivacanicchāyanti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ… etthantare
sambandha vacanicchāyapi sambhavato, tatra tiṭṭhantīti tatraṭṭhā, tesaṃ, loko-naññathāvādī
vohārikajano, tattha bhavā lokiyā, navattu paṭibaddhāti lokavacanicchamullaṅgiya ahameva vadāmīti
sakajjhāsayena vadanto vattā, tappaṭibaddhā na hotīti attho. ‘‘Pabhavo bhavatissā’’ti (1-4-31)
suttitaṃ, tadāha-‘bhavatissā’tiādi, paṭhamato upalabbhatīti atthakathanena janyattho-tra na
sambhavatīti vadati, nahi himavā gaṅgāya kāraṇaṃ, sā hi aññehi evakāraṇehi uppannā, himavati tu
kevalaṃ paṭhamato upalabbhati. ‘‘Jigucchāvirāmapamādatthānumupasaṅkhyānaṃ’’ti (1-4-24vā)
vuttaṃ, tadāha-‘viramaṇatthe’tyādi, jigucchāpamādatthadhātuyoge pana kammādhikaraṇavacanicchā
dissatīti vuttaṃ, avadhivacanicchāpi pana dissake ‘jigucchati nāhiriko pāpā’ti, dhammā pamajjatītipi
hoteva paṭisedhābhāvā. ‘‘Aññārāditararite disāsaddāñcuttarapadācāhi yutte’’ti (2-3-29) suttitaṃ,
tadāha-‘aññasaddayoge’ccādi, yatoti devadattādito, ‘‘aññaityatthaggahaṇaṃ, tena pariyāyappayogepi
bhavatī’’ti aññehi byākhyātattā āha-‘bhinno devadattā’ti, ārāsaddassa dūratthattā āsavakkhayato ārā
dūro bhavatī(tyattho u) pādīyatetyāha‘ārāsaddo dūrattho’ti, niddissamānapaṭiyogīti ‘devadatto sūro’ti
niddissamānassa kassaci yo so dutiyo, so paṭiyogī. Disādesakālavuttīnaṃ disāsaddattena pariggahato
āha‘disā desakālavācīnaṃ yoge’ti, pubbeva sambodhātiādīni kālavācīyoge udāharaṇāni,
añcuttarapadaācaāhipaccayayo getviha nodāhaṭaṃ. ‘‘Pañcamīvidhāne lyaplope

Page 47 sur 136
kammanyupasaṅkhyānaṃ ‘‘adhikaraṇe copasaṅkhyāna’’miti (2-3-28-vā) vāttikaṃ,

tadāha‘yattha’ccādi, lyappaccayassa yatrāppayogo, tassattho ce gamyate, so lyaplopo, tvālopo
lyapalopotyaviseso, pāsāda māruyha pekkhati āsane upavisitvā pekkhatīti idaṃ visayo padassanaṃ
pubbaṃ yassāti kiriyāvisesane samāso, vakkhamānasabbadassanesupi pāsādato-
pakkamanalesasabbhāvā pāsādo (yevā) vadhirūpena vattumiṭṭhoti dassetumāha-‘tathāhi’ccādi,
apakkamati tato taṃ dassananti tato pāsādato tassa daṭṭhuno dassanaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ
apakkamatyapayātītyattho, avadhibhāvo pāsādassāti viññāyati, yesanti vesesikānaṃ, te
hyevamācikkhanti ‘‘indriyesu cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhugoḷakato-ccantasukhumabhāvena nikkhamma
visālībhavantaṃ visayadesamupagamma sakalamattanā diṭṭhaṃ passati raṃsirūpena, yathā kāhalā
mūle kisā aggemahatī, tathā ñāṇindriyānī’’ti, adhiṭṭhānadesanti indriyādhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ
cakkhugoḷakadesaṃ, visayappavattīti gocare pavatti, santatiyāti indriyapabandhassa, adhiṭṭhāna
manindriyaṃ nāpajjateti sambandho, tatoti pāsādato, apakkantyāti apagamanena, yajjapi
cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhugoḷakato bahi niggacchati, tathāpipāsādaṭṭhassacakkhugoḷakā niggacchatīti
pāsādassāpyavadhibhāvo, yesantūti khaṇikavādīnantu, indriyādhiṭṭhānampatte visaye
viññāṇalakkhaṇaṃ kāriyaṃ karonti sīlenāti pattakārīni, anindriyādhiṭṭhānadoso neti sambandho,
tatoti pāsādato, yesampanāti khaṇikavādinova dasseti, atra hi cattāro pakkhā pattakārīnindriyāni,
appattakārīni, cakkhusotāni appattakārīni sesāni vuttaviparitāni, cakkhuyeva pattakārī
sesamaññatheti, catusveva tesu paṭhamapakkhadvayamupanyasya paṭipāditaṃ…
tappaṭipādanenetaresampi paṭipāditattā, sabbasāmayikasādhāraṇattāsaddasatthassāti idaṃ ayuttamiva
dissati… saddasatthassimassa buddhavacanopayogittena sogatasamayānuguṇappavattito,
khaṇikavādino pana nissāyedaṃ sundarameva, manasikārādītiādisaddena cakkhuto [cakkhunā
(potthake)] abhedo rūpāpāthagamo ca dassito, yoggadeseti dassanayogge padese.
‘‘Pucchanākhyānesu ca pañcamī vattabbā’’ti (2-3-28vā) vuttaṃ, tadāha-‘pucchanasaddato’ccādi,
pucchanākhyānesu sāmaññena pañcamīvidhāne-tippasaṅgaṃ dassetumāha-‘avassa’miccādi, kassāti
pañho, devadattassetyākhyānaṃ, koso yañña dattoti pañho vidhirūpovāyaṃ, yo-
ṅgadītyādyanuvādarūpamākhyānaṃ, aṅgadīkeyūrī. ‘‘Yatocāddhakālanimmānaṃ tato pañcamī
vattabbā’’ti (2-3-28vā) vuttaṃ, tadāha-‘addha’ccādi, nimīyate paricchijjate yena taṃ nimānaṃ,
tadeva nimmānaṃ. ‘‘Addhassa paṭhamā sattamī ca vattabbā’’ti (2-3-28) vuttaṃ, tatthāyamattho
‘‘taṃ yuttāti vattate, taṃ yuttā pañcamiyutthā parassāddhassa paṭhamā ca sattamī ca vattabbā’’ti,
pāṭaliputtasmāti pañcami yuttaṃ, etāpi na vattabbāti dassetumāha-‘sattayojanānī’tiādi, atra hi yadā
rājagahassa yojanañcābhedo vattumicchīyate, tadā pāṭaliputtasmā rājagahaṃ sattayojanānīti,
bhedavacanicchāyantu ‘‘sabbhāvo’’tyādinā (2-34) sattamī siddhā‘sattasu yojanesu’ti. Tathāhi
pāṭaliputtasmā sattasu yojanesu sati rājagahaṃbhavatītyayamattho patīyate,
sattayojanasambandhibhavanaṃ rājagaha (bhavana)ssa lakkhaṇambhavati. Sambandhe chaṭṭhīti
iminā ‘‘taṃ yuttā kāle sattamī vattabbā’’ti (2-3-28vā) vacanampaṭikkhipati. ‘‘Karaṇeca
thokappakicchakatipayassā sattavacanasse’’ti (2-3-33) suttitaṃ, tadāha-‘yadā iccādi,
kicchādayotiādisaddena thokaappakatipaye saṅgaṇhāti, asattarūpanti addabbarūpaṃ, guṇe hetumhīti
guṇapadatthe hetubhūte ‘‘guṇe’’ti (2-21) pañcamīti attho, yathāvuttavidhāneneti ‘‘guṇe’’ti sutte
vuttavidhānena, ‘‘guṇe’’ti sutte vuttavidhānena, yadātviccādinā paresaṃ viya karaṇe visuṃ vidhāne
payojanaṃ natthīti dasseti. Kattabbarūpassa calanassāti sambandho, samānādhikaraṇattena
visesananti yojanā, samānādhikaraṇattenāti ca ‘rañño puriso’tyādo asamānādhikaraṇassāpi
visesanattadassanato vuttaṃ, samānādhikaraṇattena visesanabhāvo cāssa thokaguṇānvite calane
vattamāno thokasaddo asattavacanova visesananti, tenevākhyāyate ‘thokassa kammattā kamme
dutiyā’ti. Pañcamītyanuvattamāne ‘‘dūrantikatthehi chaṭṭhī vā’’ti (2-3-34) vuttaṃ, tadāha‘dūranti
katthehi’ccādi, avadhisambandhalakkhaṇāti avadhisambandhāva lakkhaṇaṃ nimittamāsaṃ
pañcamīchaṭṭhīnaṃ tā tathā vuttā, vattumiṭṭhoti iminā vacanicchāyeva padhānattamāha, evaṃ carahi
taṃtaṃ kārakavacanicchāyamaññāpi vibhattiyo kasmā nappayujjeyyunti āha-‘lokiyā cetthā’tiādi,
ettha vibhattīnaṃ niyame lokiyā eva vacanicchā nibandhanaṃ kāraṇanti attho,
pañcamīcātyanuvattamāne ‘‘dūranti katthehi dutiyā ce’’ti (2-3-35) vuttaṃ,
‘‘pañcamyadhikaraṇeca’’ (2-3-36) iccatra ca kārena dūranti katthehi sattamī ca vuttā pāṭi padikatthe
sārasaṅgahakārādīhi, tadakkhippa aññāpadesena paṭikkhipituṃ kecityādi yaṃ vuttaṃ vuttiyaṃ, taṃ
dassetumāha’kecīti sārasaṅgahādayo’tiādi. Dūrāpādāvasecananti ayaṃ tesampaṭikkhepana yoti
sambandho, itisaddo panettha parihīno, nahitantiādīsu tasaddenāsattarūpaṃ dūrādi
vattumicchitantyavaseyaṃ, na hi taṃ gamyate, na hi tato gamyate, na hi tena gamyate, na hi tasmiṃ
ṭhīyate’ti visuṃ sambandho vaseyo. Patīyantecāti co vattabbantarasamuccaye, atoceti

Page 48 sur 136
vakkhamānahetuparāmāso, yanti yasmā atthe nipāto, vākyakāro vararuci,

taṃsāmānādhikaraṇyatoti dūrādisā mānādhikaraṇyato, taṃyuttatopīti dūrādiyuttā gāmādisaddatopi,
paccakkhantoti vākyakāravacanaṃ paccācikkhanto, tathāhyatrāyaṃ mahābhāssa pāṭho
‘‘dūrantikatthehi pañcamīvidhāne taṃyuttā pañcamīpaṭisedho vattabbo dūrā gāmassa, tatrāpi dassanā
anatthako-yampaṭisedho, tatrāpi hi pañcamī dissati–
Dūrasmāvasathā muttaṃ, dūrāpādāvasecanaṃ;

Guruto kupitā dūrā,bhābyaṃ dūrā ca dassuhiti.
Atra dūrantiketyādi vattabbaṃ vākyakāravacanaṃ, dūrā gāmassāti tassodāharaṇaṃ, tatrāpiccādi

paccakkhānabhāssaṃ, dūrasmāvasathāti āvasathassa dūreti atthohi bhāssapadīpe keyyaṭo, paṭhamo
puriso yassa so paṭhamapuriso bhavati ‘‘dūrantikā’’di (2-6-5) kaccāyanasutte suddhādiyogopi
saṅgahito, tenāha–‘suddhappa mocanavivittappamāṇayoge’ti,
‘‘dhātunāmānamupasaggayogādīsvapica’’ iti (2-6-2) sutte caggahaṇato pabhutiyogo ca gahito,
tenāha–‘pabhuti yogecā’ti, pabhutiyogecāti iminā pabhutyatthayogopi saṅgahito, teneva ‘yatosarāmi
attāna’nti udāhaṭaṃ.
27. Apa
Nanu phuṭova tesaṃ sālādīnaṃ yogoti kimettha pañhena kassa panetehi yogo’tyāsaṅkiyāha-
‘vajjanaṃ hiccādi, vajjanānanti kattari ano, vajjane sambandhe vattamānehīti vajjanasaṅkhāte
sambandhe vatta mānehi apaparīhi, yuttasmāti yuttatova ekasmā, nāññato, kimettha vattabbanti
iminā apaparīhi yuttasmāva pañcamībhavane pasiddhattamāha, pasiddhampetamāharitvā
pakāsetumāha-‘kattuno’ccādi, yadatthoti yosālādi attho payojanaṃ yassa vajjanakiriyā rambhassa so
yadattho. ‘‘Pañcamyapāparīhī’’ti (2-3-10) āyuttepi pañcamī vidhīyate parehi, tadāha-
‘mariyādāya’miccādi, avadhimā ettha vassanaṃ.
28. Paṭi
Diṭṭhasambandhassāti pasiddhavasena diṭṭhakāriyakāraṇassa mukhyassa, tassa kāriyatthanti

tassa mukhyassa yaṃ kāriyaṃ, tadatthaṃ mukhyakāriya karaṇatthanti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ
paṭinidhimhi vattamānena pabhineti sambandho, vinimayeti parivattana nimittaṃ paṭidānecāti ca
saddassāṭṭhānappayutti daṭṭhabbā, patinā tassa yogoti sambandho.
29. Rite
Yadi vajjanakiriyāya sambajjhamānassa kammattā kamme dutiyā, kimatthaṃ carahi puna

dutiyāvacananti āha-‘paṭipadavidhāne’ccādi, paṭipadaṃ ujukamevoccāritaṃ vidhānaṃ yassā sā
paṭipadavidhānā, visesavidhāna vatītyattho, yajjatra dutiyāvacanaṃ na siyā tadā ritesaddena yoge
ujukaṃ vidhīyamānāya pañcamiyā dutiyā bādhīyethāti maññate. Yadyatra pañcamiyā dutiyāya
bādhābhāvo eva payojanaṃ, evañcarahi ‘rite vā’ti suttayitabbaṃ evaṃ sati pakkhe dutiyā ca
bhavissati, lahu ca suttampaṇītambhavatī tyāsaṅkiya payojanantaramāha-‘uttaratthañce’ti, atoyevāti
uttaratthattāyeva, puna payojanantaraṃdutiyā gahaṇassa dassayamāha-‘vibhatyantare’ccādi, āhacca
kaṇṭhādiṭṭhāne vāyunāāhanitvā āharitvā vā vacanaṃ āhaccavacanaṃ, ujukavacananti vuttaṃ hoti,
vibhatyantaraṃ chaṭṭhīvibhatti, tassa byudāsatthaṃ, nirāsatthantuttho, aññāpīti dutiyāya aññā
chaṭṭhīpi, pakatāya pañcamiyā sambandhanattho pakatasambandhanattho.
31. Putha
Na dutiyāpi yogavibhāgatoti evaṃ maññate ‘‘tatiyā ceti vattamāne tattha yadi cakārena ‘dutiyā
ce’ti sambandhīyeyya, tatrāpi ca kārena pañcamītyevaṃ na
kassāpyapakaṃsoti‘vināññatraputhanānāhi tatiyā ce’tyekayogamakatvā yogavibhāgasāmatthiyā
‘tatiyā ce’ti ca kārena jātu pañcamī’’ti, asahāyatthatte sati ‘vinātthe hī’tyevamavatvā kiṃ visuṃ
suttaracanāyetyāha-‘bhedo pādānantvi’ccādi.

Page 49 sur 136
32. Satta
Yantaṃ saddānaṃ niccattā sambandhassa yatthāti parāmaṭṭhaṃ soti, yoti parāmaṭṭhaṃ tassāti ca
niddisati, yo yatthetyādikañca ‘kiriyādhārabhūte’ccādivuttigantha vivaraṇanti yoti
kiriyādheyyabhūtādhippetā, etanevāha‘kiriyā cā’tiādi, tenāyamādhārīyati kattukamma samavetā
kiriyāsmintyadhikaraṇe vā taṃ ādhārayatīti kattari vā ghaṇantena daṭṭhabbo, kattāraṃ kammañca
kiriyānissayabhūtamādhāra yatītyādhāroti vā kattari ghaṇa, vuttaṃ hi–
Ādhārayati yo kattu, kammaṃ kiriyanissayaṃ;

Ādhāraṃ kārakañcāhu, taṃ catubbidhameva ceti.
Nanu ca kiriyādhāraṇenādhārotyuccate, taṃ kimevamuccateti ce, nesadoso yadeva hi

kiriyādhāraṇamassa, tantannissayabhūta kattukammadhāraṇaṃ, nahyaññatā taddhāraṇaṃ sambhavati
tato kiriyā kāraṇenādhāraṇenādhārotya yamevattho, na kattukammapariccāgenādhārena ujukaṃ
kiriyā gayhate, teneva vakkhati-‘kiriyāyayo ādhāro’ccādi, nanu yadyapyujukameva kiriyaṃ
dhārayati kattā kattusamavāyiniṃ, kammasamavetañca viktedanādiṃ kiriyaṃ kammaṃ… tathā sati
tānevādhāroti, na… loke satthe ca tesamādhāratthe nāppatītito, kattukammatāyeva hi tesampatītīti
dassetumāha-‘kiriyā ce’tyādi, tathā ca vuttaṃ–
Kattukamma byavahitaṃ, dhārentamanuju kriyaṃ;

Kriyāsiddhupakāri ca, satthe-dhikaraṇaṃ matanti.
Kattukammabyavahitanti kattukammehi taṃsamavetabhāvena byavahitaṃ, anuju

pārampariyena, kriyāsiddhupakāriti kattukammasamavetāya kiriyāya pasiddhiyaṃ upakārī
upakubbantaṃ, nanu ca na kiriyā dhāraṇenevāyamādhāro, kattukammānaṃ dhāraṇenāpyādhāroti
sakkā vavatthapetunti codanammanasi nidhāyāha-‘na ce’tyādi, kiriyā nimittassevāti
kattukammasamavāyiniyā kiriyāya nimittasseva, tadevaṃvidhamādhāraṃ catubbidhammatanti
dassetumāha-‘ādhāro cāya’miccādi, cattāro vidhāpakārā assāti catubbidho, ādheyyena sahopasileso
saṃyogalakkhaṇo-ssa atthīti opasilesiko ādhāro-‘kaṭenisīdati thāliyaṃ pacati’tyādo kaṭādi, tathāhi
devadattasamavetaṃ nisīdanakiriyaṃ kaṭo devadattaṃ dhārayaṃ dhārayati devadattabyavahitaṃ,
evaṃ thālīpi taṇḍulasamavetaṃ vikledanādikiriyaṃ taṇḍule dhārayaṃ
dhārayatītyopasilesikādhārattaṃ kaṭādino. Yato-ññatrādheyyaṃ na vattate sabbathā bhiyyo vā, so
vesayiko, visayohyādheyyassānaññatrabhāvo, yathā cakkhādippavattīnamaññatrābhāvā cakkhādīnaṃ
rūpādayo visayāti vuccante, evamākāse sakunayotyādo sakunyādīnamākāsādito-ññatrābhāvāte tesaṃ
visayātyuccante, visayo eva vesayiko. Yo ādhārādheyyānamabhibyāpetyādheyyamityabhibyāpako,
tathā hi‘tilesu telaṃ, dadhimhi sappi,tyatra tilādikaṃ telādikamādheyyaṃ byāpetvā tiṭṭhatīti tilādi
byāpakādhāro. Samīpe bhavo, samīpo eva vā sāmīpiko, yassa samīpadese ādheyyaṃ vattate so
evamuccate, atrodāharaṇaṃ ‘gurūsu vasati gaṅgāyaṃ ghoso’ti. Nanu cātrāpyādhāre sattamī vidhīyate
ādhāro ca nissayo vuccate, nissayo ca saṃyogasamavāyehi hoti, na ca sissādīnaṃ guruppabhutīti
devadattasakunyādīnamiva kaṭākāsādīhi saṃyogo, telādīnamiva ca tilādīhi samavāyo vā atthi,
tenāyuttaṃ te samādhārattanti, netadatthi, yadāyattā hi yassa ṭhiti so vināpi saṃyogasamavāyehi
tassa nissayo bhavati, tathāhi purisassa na raññā saha saṃyogosamavāyo vātthi, atha pana
tadadhīnaṭṭhitittā rājanissayo purisoti byapadissīyate, sissādīnañca guruppabhutina māyattā ṭhitīti
tesamayaṃ [tenassāyaṃ (potthake) yuttho te pati gurupabhutīnaṃ nissayabhāvo (jinindabuddhi)]
yutto guruppabhutinaṃ nissayabhāvoti, ettha pana yajjapi
vesayikābhibyapakānamādhārādheyyopasileso atthi, tathāpi pakārantarasseva paripphuṭattā tatheva
vacanicchā, nāññathā opasilesikena vā [opasilesikeva] visayābhibyāpakānamaggahaṇato upasilesasse
vā [upasilesasseva] paribyattattā tatheva vohāroti na saṅkaro saṅkanīyoti.
33. Nimitta
Nimittabhāvamattetīminā kammasaṃyogābhāvepi sattamiyā pavatti māha, na paresaṃ viya

kammasaṃyoge eva, teneva vakkhati-‘evamaññate’ccādi, bāhirānaṃ hi-‘nimittā kammena’’ (caṃ, 2-
1-89) iti suttaṃ, tattha kammena yoge payojanā sattamībhavatītyattho, ajinamhi haññate
dīpītidīpinohananassa payojanaṃ cammaṃ, tassa dīpinaṃhantīti kammena yo go, sutte

Page 50 sur 136
kammenātyavacane payojanaṃ vattumārabhate ‘na pane’ccādi.
34. Yabbhā
Yassa kiriyāti yassa gavādyatthassa sambandhinī dohanādikiriyā, kiriyantarassāti

gamanādikiriyantarassa, etenāti lakkhaṇanti etena, tato-ccassa vivaraṇaṃ kiriyāvatāti, ‘‘kālabhāvesu
ce’’ti (2-6-43) kaccāyanehi suttitaṃ, tadāha-‘kālatthehi cā’tiādi.
35. Chaṭṭhī
Sāmissarādiyoge chaṭṭhīsattamiyo yathā siyunti ‘‘sāmissarādhipatidāyādasakkhipatibhūpasutehi

ca ‘‘iti (2-3-39) āraddhaṃ parehi, tadāha-‘sāmi’ccādi, atra ca jinindabuddhinā ‘‘sāmyādīnaṃ
bhedeno pādānaṃ pariyāyantaranivatyatthamiha mā hotu gāmassa rājā’’ti vuttaṃ vākyamupanyasya
hassāpya yuttattamupadassayamāha-‘sāmissare’ccādi, kena nivārīyate, na kenāpītyattho,
visayavacanicchāyaṃ ‘gāme rājā’tyapi bhavitabbamityanenāha, ‘‘āyuttakusalehyāsevāya’’mīti (2-3-
40) āraddhaṃ, tadāha-‘āyutte’ccādi, āsavā tapparatā, byāvaṭo niyutto, tatthedaṃ siyā ‘‘āsevāyanti
vakkhāmī tyavassaṃ vacanamidamārabbhanīyamaññathā īsaṃyuttepi ‘āyutto go sakaṭassā’ti
pasajjatī’’tyāsaṅkiya natthevetampi payojananti dassetumāha-‘vināpi’ccādi, ‘‘sāmissarā’’tyadikaṃ
kaccāyanasuttaṃ, tenevāti kaccāyanasutte pasūtasaddānantaraṃ kusalasaddaniddeseneva, idhāti
moggallānavuttiyaṃ. Kaccāyanena ‘‘kammakaraṇa nimittatthesu sattamī’’ (2-6-40) ‘‘pañcamyatthe
ca’’ (2-6-41) iti ca suttitaṃ, tenāha-‘kamme’ccādi, gahaṇassa bāhā visayoti sambandho,
kaccāyanānaṃ‘bhikkhūsū’tiādīni kammatthe udāharaṇāni, hatthesūtiādīni karaṇatthe, kadalīsūti
pañcamyatthe. ‘‘Maṇḍitussukkesu tatiyā ce’’ti (2-6-45) kaccāyanasuttaṃ, tadāha ‘pasannatthe’ccādi,
pasannattheti maṇḍitatthe, ussukkattheti ussāhatthe.
36. Yato
Visuṃ karaṇaṃ niddhāraṇaṃ, jinindabuddhācariyena ‘‘kimatthampunaridaṃ vacanaṃ yāvatā

niddhāriyamāno-vayavo samudāyabbhantaro, tattha yadā samudāyassā-dhikaraṇattaṃ
vattumicchīyate, tadā sattamī siddhāva, yathā rukkhe sākhāti, yadā tvavayavasambandho tadā
chaṭṭhī, yathā rukkhassa sākhāti saccametaṃ papañcatthantu vacana’’nti vuttaṃ, tañceta
mayuttantidassento āha-‘na sālayo’ccādisūkayuttānidhaññāni sūkadhaññāni, āhitā avaṭṭhitā, ādheyya
bhūtāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yatoti āhitattakāraṇā, tatoti yato jinindabuddhivacanamevamayuttaṃ, tasmā
kāraṇā. ‘Pañcamī vibhatte’’ti (2-3-42) pāṇinīya suttaṃ, tadāha-‘samudāyato’ccādi, sutato sakāsā
sīlaṃ atisayena seyyoti sambandho, ‘‘niddhāraṇe chaṭṭhī sattamīsu pattesu tadapavādo, yaṃ yogo’’ti
parehākhyāyate, tattha tāva niddhāraṇamevettha natthi kuto chaṭṭhīsattamīnaṃ tatthappavatti, yato
tāsaṃ bādhanatthamidamārabbhateti dassayamāha-‘nātra jātyādīhi’ccādi, nahiccādinā jātyādīhi
niddhāraṇābhāvaṃ dasseti, jaccādīnanti niddhāraṇe chaṭṭhī, kuto na bhavaticcāha-
‘jaccādisambandhene’ccādi, ataṃ byapadesatoti sīlattādibyapadesābhāvato, puna niddhāraṇābhāve
hetvantaramāha-‘tulyānañce’’ccādi. Sādhunipuṇehi yoge pūjāyaṃ gammamānāyaṃ sattamī, tathā
asādhuyoge, tathā pasitaussukkehi yoge tatiyāsattamiyo, tathā lopantanakkhattasaddā ca tena tena
vacanantarena pāṇiniyehi vihitā, taṃ sabbaṃ taṃtaṃkārakavacanicchāyameva sādhetuṃ ‘mātari
sādhu’ iccādayo udāhaṭā kesesu pasito pasatto, avabaddhoti attho, kesehi karaṇabhūtehi pasito
bhavati, kattubhūtehi vā pasito katoti attho, phusseninduyuttena lakkhito kālo soyamityabhedena
sambandhā phusse, tena karaṇabhūtena.
37. Paṭhamā
Paṭhamātthamatteti ettake vuttepi vākyattho padattho vā na viññāyate nāmaggahaṇānuvattitoti

dassetumāha-‘dvedvekānekādi suttato’tiādi, nāmenāttho paṭipādiyamāno nāmasaṅkhāte-ttani
abhidheyyattenājjhāropya paṭipādayatyanapekkhita vibhattivisesanti āha-‘abhidhīyati’ccādi,
pakatirūpenāti nāmena, tassa abhidheyyassa, mattasaddassātiādinā sāmaññantīdaṃ
mattasaddassatthavacananti dasseti, idaṃ vuttaṃ hotīti nāmassābhidheyyamatteti iminā idaṃ
vakkhamānaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Pāṭipadikatthaliṅgaparimāṇavacanamatte paṭhamā’’ti (2-3-46)
liṅgādīsu bhedena paṭhamāvidhānampaṭipannā, tadāha-‘liṅgaparimāṇe’ccādi, liṅgaṃ

Page 51 sur 136
itthipunnapuṃsakāni, parimāṇaṃ paricchedo, saṅkhyā ekattabahuttāni, tabbantopi

saddatthoevāti liṅgādivantopi sarūpā byatiritto saddattho eva, uccattanīcattasāmaññampurodhāya
pavattiyā uccanīcasaddehi paṭhamā hoteva, taṃyuttassāpi saddatthabhāvato ‘uccaṃ gharāni’tyādīnipi
uccattaṃ guṇaṃ nimittaṃ katvā soyamityabhedasambandha gharesu vattantīti. Palambate
ajjhāgacchatityādo ‘‘asaṅkhyehi sabbāsaṃ’’ti (2-119) lopavidhānasāmatthiyā pādīhyanatthakehipi
paṭhamā siddhāyeva.
38. Āmanta
Abhimukhaṃ katvātiādinā yogārambhassa phalaṃ dasseti, nāmattheti saddatthe, padatoti

āmantaṇādhikaatthamattappakāsakapadato, honti cettha…
Siddhassābhimukhīkāra [bhimukhībhāva (potthake)], mattamāmantaṇaṃ siyā;

Attho katābhimukho hi, kriyāyaṃ viniyujjate;
Āmantaṇaṃ na vākyattho, padatova patītito;
Natthevāmantaṇaṃ loke, vidhātabbena vatthunā;
Taṃ yathā bhava rājeti, nippannattho bhaveti ca.
Siddhassāti devadattattādinā siddhassa, atthoti devadattādi, kataṃ ābhimukhyaṃ samādhānaṃ

yenāti viggaho, kriyāyaṃ viniyujjate gaccha bhuñjāti, āmantaṇaṃ natthi… idāni
vidhīyamānattenāladdhasattikassābhimukhayitumasakkarūpattā, vidhātabbenāti nipphādetabbena.
39. Chaṭṭhī
Kiriyākārakeccādivuttiganthassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattumārabhate ‘ekāyaṃ sambandho

nāme’ccādi, kiriyāya kārakehi ca nipphāditoti iminā sambandhassa kiriyākārakasambandha
pubbakattamāha, tatoyevāyaṃ nākasmīkoti na yesaṃkesañci dvinnaṃ bhavati, visiṭṭhānaṃyeva tu
dvinnaṃ bhavatītyatippasaṅgābhāvo, kiriyākārakasambandhapubbako hi kārakehi añño
sassāmibhāvādiko sambandho, tathā ca vuttaṃ–
‘‘Sambandho kārakehañño, kriyākārakapubbako;

Sutāyamassutāyaṃvā, kriyāyaṃ so-bhidhīyateti.
Tattha assutāyaṃ kiriyāyaṃ ‘rañño puriso’ccādo kiriyā kārakasambandhapubbako-ñño eva

sassāmibhāvādiko sambandho patīyateti, ‘sarati rajjassa’tyādo tu suyyamāne kiriyāsadde, ettha pana
santamapi kammaṃ vattumanicchitaṃ, visesanabhāvoyeva saraṇampati rajjassa
paṭipādīyate’rajjasambandhisaraṇa’nti, kiriyākāraka sambandho hi sabbattha vatthuṭṭhitivasenevatthi,
tannimitto ca sassāmi bhāvādi, tattha sassāmibhāvavivacchāyaṃ vijjamānopi kiriyākāraka
sambandho na vattumicchito, yathā ‘anudarā kaññā’ti, so cāyaṃ sambandho
sassāmibhāvajaññajanakabhāvā-vayavāvayavavibhāvādilakkhaṇo bahuvidhoti veditabbo, tattha
sassāmisambandhe rañño puriso, jaññajanakasambandhe nigrodhassa bījaṃ,
avayavāvayavisambandhe rukkhassa sākhā, idāni sambandhassetassa
kiriyākārakasambandhasañjātattaṃ yathāyogamaññatrāpyavagamayituṃ kiñci udāharaṇamāha-‘tathā
hi’ccādi, paripālanakiriyākato nesaṃ sambandhoti iminā paripālyaparipālanalakkhaṇo-yaṃ
sambandhoti dasseti, sā ayampari pālanalakkhaṇā kiriyā sambandhamassedambhāvahetuṃ janayitvā
nivattati, atthappakaraṇādinā tvimāya kiriyāyāyaṃ sambandhoti viseso vasīyate, na chaṭṭhiyā
visesāvagamane sāmatthiyaṃ… tassā sabbatthekarūpattā, suyyamāne eva vā kiriyāsadde
kārakabhāvassa hetuno vacanicchāyābhāve assedambhābhāvasaṅkhātasseva phalassa
vattumicchitattā tatheva sambandho jāto chaṭṭhiyābhidhīyate ‘rajjassa saratī’ti, vuttaṃ hi–
Janayitvāna sambandhaṃ, kriyā kāci nivattati;

Suyyamāne kriyāsadde, sambandho jāyate kvacīti.
Paripālayatīti purisamparipālayati, tato pālanādikā upakāra sabhāvā kiriyādvinnampi tesaṃ

sambandhinī bhavati, raññā hi kāriyamānā

Page 52 sur 136
taṃsambandhinīpurisavisayattāvapurisayoginītyubhinnampikiriyāsambhavati, tatoyevatassā
ubhayasambandhiniyā kiriyāya sambhaveassedanti buddhiyā hetubhūtassa
aññamaññāpekkhasabhāvassa sambandhassa bhāvato kiriyājanitattamassa,
aññamaññāpekkhālakkhaṇo… sabbathā nirapekkhatte sambandhābhāvā, sambandhi
buddhisabbhavassāti sambandhīsu rājapurisādīsu assedanti evampavattāya buddhiyā sabbhavassa.
Paresaṃ viya ‘‘guṇe chaṭṭhī’’ti vacanantarābhāve ubhayatthapi (cettha) [(yeva) (potthake)]
chaṭṭhippa- saṅgoti bodhetumāha-‘nanu ce’ccādi, saccanti yathā vuttaṃ codanamabbhupagamma
codakampati yathāvuttaṃ sambandharūpaṃ tato-ññatrāpyupasaṃ haritvā tattha chaṭṭhippasaṅgaṃ
codetumāha-‘devadatto’ccādi, atheva miccādināsatīpiaññamaññāpekkhālakkhaṇe sambandhe
vacanicchāyevettha kāraṇanti codakādhippāyamatropanetvā tadeva visesato chaṭṭhiyā abhāve
samupanetuṃ‘yajjevamihāpi’ccādikamāha, tattha athāti codakādhippāyappakāsanārambhe nipāto,
evaṃ vattabbanti evaṃ yadipiccādinā vakkhamānanayena vattabbaṃ, paṭipādetabbatāyātyādinā
idandīpeti ‘‘visessaṃ vidheyatāya na parādhīnanti appadhānabhāvato byatiriccate tato-ttaniṭṭhameva,
na rūpantarambhajati‘purisasse’ti, visesanantu rājādikaṃ tadaṅgatāyānuvadiyamānamappadhānattā
kārakarūpato byatiriccate, tato rūpantaraṃ bhajati ‘rañño’ti, tato byatireka lakkhaṇo sambandho hoti,
ekassa sambandhittāsambhavā vatthuto dviṭṭho visesanagatattena patīyate tato chaṭṭhī
visesanamevānudhāvati patītivisaye saddappavattī’’ti, yo hi vikappanaṃ visayo so saddānanti,
atoyeva sambandho niyamena visesanabhedamanuvidadhāti… vatthuto dviṭṭhassāpi taggatattena
patītiyā yathā bhātūnaṃ dhananti, nāvassambhātūnaṃ dhananticceva bhavati, tathā satyapi visessa
bhede visesanagatameva bhedamanu(vidadhā)ti ‘devadattassa assā’ti, tadetaṃ sabbaṃ
visesanagatattena sambandhapatītito-vakappīyate, visessagatattenāpi tappatītiyaṃ niyamena
taggatabhedānuvidhānaṃ siyā visesanagatabhedānuvidhānamiva, dviṭṭhattantu vatthuto [cattuno] na
virujjhate, vattupaṭibaddhameva ca dviṭṭhattaṃ manasikatvā taṃvādīhi dviṭṭho
sambandhobhidhīyate, atoyevāyaṃ byatirekavibhatti (yāgamyate)…
byatiriccamānavisesanabhūtasambandhigatabyatirekalakkhaṇasambandhābhi- dhānappavattitoti,
nīlādivisesanantu paratthattenāppadhānampi na kārakabhāvato byatiriccati…
nīlādisaddenuppalādidabbābhidhānato, yathā ‘nīlamuppalampassa, nīlenuppalena ṭhitaṃ,
nīlassuppalassa gandho’ti, yadā tu na visessapavatti tadā byatiriccateva ‘nīlassa guṇassa
uppalannissayo’ti kārakabhāvalakkhaṇā padhānabhāvā byatiriccate eva nīlādi, tato
visesanamevānekappakāratāyāva tiṭṭhate, tato vise- sanaṃ kiñcideva kārakarūpato padhānabhāvā
byatiriccateti visesana mattenāpi sesaṃ sabbaṃ tathā siyāti nāsaṅkanīyanti.
Dvepīti rājapurisā dvepi, tatiye gehasaṅkhāte sambandhinī. Sahayuttampaṭicca evanti iminā

purisassa appadhānattameva dīpeti, abhimatāti pāṇiniyānaṃ suttantarena abhimatā, yato chaṭṭhīya-
mattano mate sambandhanissayā, tenāha- ‘sambandhamevi’ccādi, sambandho cettha mātu
saraṇānamavaṭṭhānādikiriyānimittoti keci, aññe tu saraṇassa kiriyārūpattā kiriyantaramantareneva
dabbena sambandhopapattimāhuyathā dvinnaṃ jatukato saṃsileso, jatuno tu kaṭṭhenāttanāyeva, na
jatvantarakato saṃsilesoti. Paresaṃ tatiyatthe dutiyatthe ca kitakappayoge ññatrāpi (pañcamyatthe)
sattamyatthe ca (‘‘chaṭṭhī cā’’) ti (2-6-20) dutiyā pañcamīnañcā’’ti (2-6-29) ca suttantarehi
chaṭṭhītimatā, tassāpi vatticchātova sādhitabhāvaṃ dassetumāha-yathācetthātiādi, etthāpyādo
udāharaṇadvaye suttantaramantarena sampadānattābhāvā sambandhavacanicchāyameva paresampi
chaṭṭhī, tenāha-‘etthā’tiādi, bahulantīmassa atthaṃ dasseti ‘yathā dassana’nti,
avisaṃvādakālokassatyādikaṃ kamme udāharaṇaṃ, pañcamyatthe pana vatticchātova sabbe tasanti
daṇḍassātyādīni udāharaṇāni veditabbāni.
40. Tulya
Anabhimatāti ‘tulyatthehyatulopamāhi tatiyāññatarissa’nti (2-3-72) suttena tulopamāhi aññehi

tulyatthehi yoge tatiyāya vidhīyamānattā pāṇiniyānaṃ anabhimatā, yasmā sadisā bhāvā tesaṃ
nopamāti ‘ajjunassa tulā natthī’tyādikamuccate, tasmā evaṃ yathāvuttanayenāti tadevantīmassa attho
veditabbo, tadevanti vā nipātasamudāyo yathāvuttanidassanattho, tulyesūti sadisesu, tathāvuttāti
ajjunassatulānatthītyādinā tena pakārena vuttā.
41. Ato

Page 53 sur 136
Sutte ‘ato’ti vuttaṃ ‘akārantato’ti kathaṃ vuttīti āha ‘ato’tiādi, ādesā hontīti seso,
yakārānaṃyeva siyuṃ… āeādesānamekavaṇṇattā, lope kateti okārassa lope kate, tanneti yathāvuttaṃ
dhacādyappaṭikkhipati, paṭikkhepe kāraṇamāha-‘paralopassā’tiādi, kāraṇantaraṃ vattumārabhate
‘kiñcā’tiādi, niccamparalopova siyā, na pubbalopopi āgamappayogānukūlyenātipi sakkā vattunti āha-
‘nacā’tiādi, niccamparalopoyevāti na ca sakkā mantunti sambandho, evaṃ santetyādinā tattha
virodhamāha, atosambhavāti ādesākārato sambhavā, jhissākāravidhānaṃ ‘‘yosu jhissa pume’’ti (2-
93) etadevapayojanantiādinā vuttappayojanābhāve kāraṇamāha-‘aniṭṭhattā’ti, anabhimatattāti attho,
payojanābhāvānabhimatattameva dassesumāha-‘etadatthamevā’tiādi, imassāti ‘‘ato yonaṃ ṭāṭe’’tī
massa suttassa, jhismātvevāti ‘jhismā’ iti etādisaṃ suttameva, jhismā yonaṃ ṭāṭetivāti ‘‘jhismā
yonaṃ ṭāṭe’’ti suttaṃ vā, atoti ‘ato’ iti suttaṃ, tādisassapayogassāti aggā, agge iti payogassa.
42. Nīnaṃ
Yasmā ekameva rūpamudāhaṭaṃ, tasmā rūpārūpāni rūperūpānīti bhedo veditabbo, tena hi

bahuvacane [bahuvacanena (potthake)] paṭhamādutiyāsu ‘aṭṭhīnī’ti ekameva rūpamudāhaṭanti
dasseti.
44. Sassāya
Suñiti ñakāro kimatthoti āha-‘ñakāro’tiādi, asati hi ñakāre‘ñānubandho’ti ñakārena visesanena

sukāro na visesī yeyya satiyeva tasmiṃ tena so visesīyeyya, tasmā ‘‘ñakānubandhādyantā’’ti sutte
‘ñakānubandhā’ti visesanaṃ visesanabhāvo attho payojanaṃ yassa so visesanattho, bahulaṃ
vacanenānabhimatamanavasesaṃ vavatthāpīyatīti vuttiyaṃ ‘‘bhiyyo’’tyādikamupadiṭṭhanti
dassetumupakkamate ‘sāmaññenā’tiādinā, chaṭṭhī bhavatīti (se)so, nanuca
atthasaddenāññapadatthasamāse kathaṃ catutthyattho-vasīyatīti vuccate, catutthīekavacane
attattha’nti ettha saddhammasavanādikamattanimittanti yo-ttho, so cattho-ñña padatthepi, tassā-
ññapadatthabhūtassāpi attā attho payojanambhavati nimittabhāvenāti nātthabhedoti ta eta
imavajjitānaṃ sabbādīnanti ta etaimasaddehi eva vajjitānamaññesaṃ sabbādīnaṃ, paṭisiddhesupi
kassaci ādeso dissatīti dassetumāha‘tasaddassa cā’ti.
45. Ghapa
Itthiyā vadhuyāti pasaññānamī ūnamudāharaṇāni.
46. Ssāvā
Ghapasaññehīti idaṃ tetimāmūhi tīmassa aññapadatthasamāsena vā visesanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ,

vuttiyaṃ katanti ādikaṃ kattādippakāsanatthaṃ kataṃ, tāyāti sabbattha vikappodāharaṇaṃ.
47. Namhi
‘‘Āgamā tagguṇībhūtā taggahaṇena gayhantī’’ti paribhāsā vacanametaṃ tattha tagguṇībhūtāti

tasmiṃ āgamimhi guṇībhūtā, avayavavasena pacchā bhavanto amukhyabhūtā, taggahaṇenāti
āgamiggahaṇena taggahaṇena gahaṇatoti āgamibhūtassa naṃ iccassa gahaṇena gahaṇato, ‘namhi
vibhattimhi’ti tu vattabbaṃ, vipallāso vā ettha daṭṭhabbo.
(49) Ikārassevavātiādinā vuttameva vivarati tissa iccādinā, tassa tissa, niddiṭṭhattāti tissa
niddiṭṭhattā, ‘‘namhi ticatunnamitthiyaṃ tissa catassā’’ti (2-20) tissādeso ‘‘namhi nuka dvādīnaṃ
sattarasanna’’nti (2-47) nuka, tissannaṃ.
51. Suña
Vibhattisutteti ‘‘dvedvekānekesvi’’(2-1) ccādisutte, ssananti bahuvacanena

sahitamekavacanamāha, suttamidanti ‘‘suñsassā’’ti idaṃ suttaṃ, sutte pana satīti ‘‘suña sassā’’ti

Page 54 sur 136
sutte sati.
55. Ratyā
Ratti ca ādi ca ratyādayo, tehi.
56. Suhi
Anukaraṇavasenāti anusadisaṃ karaṇaṃ vacanamanukaraṇaṃ.
57. Ltu
Tenāti yato ltuiti visesanattena vattumicchitassa paccayassa gahaṇaṃ, tenāti attho, paccayassa
gahaṇā tadādigahaṇaṃ labbhate… ‘‘paccayaggahaṇe yato so vihito, tadādino gahaṇa’’nti ñāyā,
visesanattena vattumicchitattā tadantaggahaṇaṃ… ‘‘vidhibbisesanantassā’’ti (1-13) vacanatoti
manasi nidhāyāha- ‘yato’iccādi, so kriyattho ādi yassa so tadādi, so paccayo-nto yassa samudāyassa
so tadanto, tādisassa tadā ditadantasamudāyavisesa(ssa) gahaṇaṃ, na tu tadantamattassetyattho, nanu
ca ‘ltvī’ti visesanattena vattumicchite bhavatu ‘‘vidhibbisesanantassā’’ti tadantassa gahaṇaṃ,
paccayaggahaṇena pana tadādino gahaṇaṃ kathaṃ siyā vacanābhāvātyāha-‘tadavinābhāvittā’ti, yato
vihito, tena vinā na bhavati sīlenāti tadavinābhāvī, tassa bhāvo tasmā. ‘‘Paccayaggahaṇe yato so
vihito tadādino gahaṇa’’nti ñāyassa yattha paccayaggahaṇaṃ tattha sādhāraṇattā ‘tadādino’ti vuttaṃ,
tadādisamudāyassa gahaṇe panettha viseso na dissati… adhikattāti [adhigatantāvāti (potthake)] ādīsu
visesadassanāsambhavā, ‘tuṃsmā lopo cicchāyaṃ te’’ tyatra (5-4) tu dissati viseso, vakkhatihi tattha
‘‘tuṃtāyetave bhāve bhavissati kriyāyaṃ tadatthāya’’nti (5-61) tuṃpaccayaṃ vakkhati’’ccādi.
58. Ge
Aityevavattabbanti ‘gea’ityeva vattabbanti vuttaṃ hoti, pakkhe dīghavidhānenevāti iminā

akārādese kate pakkhe dīghavidhāneneva, aññatthacaritatthatāyāti ltvantādito aññattha bhopurisā
bhopurisaiccādo jātipadatthanissayanena katatthatāya, parisa mattatthatāyāti vuttaṃ hoti, avassaṃ
dīghabhāve kāraṇamāha ‘yadicākāro’iccādi, yadica ākāroti padacchedo.
60. Ghabrahmā
Ghaitisaññā ghasaññā tāsaṃ, kaññāsaññātiādīsu ghasaññānaṃ bahuttā bahuvacanena niddeso,

gharūpassāti ghassāti ghasaddarūpassa, tathā bho brahmāti ettha tathāti iminā brahmātirūpassa
niruttiyaṃ niddiṭṭhattāva ettha saṅgahitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ vivarantīti tasmā sa sakhato gassa
akāraākārā’’tiādinā evaṃ vivaranti, te hi aca āca ica īca ecāti dvande pubbasarānaṃ lopaṃ katvā
ettupasilesaniddesaṃ vaṇṇenti, sāmaññavidhānanti ‘brahmakattuisi sakhato’ccevamavisesetvā
sāmaññena kathanaṃ, kimatthanti kiṃ attho payojanaṃ yassa taṃ kimatthaṃ. Sāmaññavidhānaṃ
kimatthampanevaṃ payojanāsaṅkāyaṃ payojanāsaṅkāvicāraṇaṃ manasi nidhāya ‘āgati gaṇoya’nti
vuttattā āha– ‘atthato’ccādi, atthatoti sā matthiyato, anenāti‘āgatigaṇoya’nti iminā vacanena, idaṃ
vuttaṃ hoti ‘āgatigaṇoyanti iminā tadākārasaṅkhātajātippadhānagaṇattappakāsanena yadi
sambodhane ekārantākārantalābhīnaṃ kattu isi sakha muni bhadantādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ payojanaṃ na
siyā, aññathā anupapajjanaṃ siyāti evamaññathānupapattilakkhaṇasāmatthiyato sāmaññavidhāne
payojanamāhe’’ti, soyanti iminā vuttiyaṃ ‘āgati gaṇoya’nti vuttaṃ vacanaṃ nidasseti.
63. Ghossaṃ
Ssañca ssāca ssāyoca añca tiñcāti itarītarayoge cattha samāso,ssaṃ ssā ssāyaṃ tiṃsu.
64. Eka
Ghoca oca gho ghāntaokārantā, natthi gho yesante agho, tesaṃ, sāmaññavidhānatoti kassaci

Page 55 sur 136
liṅgassa aparāmāsā sāmaññena vidhānato, nādekavacanesūti nādīsu ekavacanesūti attho, hi

hetumhi, yasmā kassaci evaṃ duṭṭhādhippāyo siyā, tasmā dutiyamudāharaṇanti attho, dutiyopi
hetumhi, yasmā sabbesaṃ saṅgahaṇatthaṃ, tasmā na ca tathādhippetanti attho,
sabbesamekavacanānaṃ saṅgahaṇābhāve suttānaṃ viracanappakāramāha-‘aññathā’tiādi,
uparicātyādīsvayamadhippāyo ‘‘suttassa ‘aṃyosvaghona’nti viracitattā sāmaññene-
kavacanesvaghassa narassattappatīti tappaṭisedhābhāvā’daṇḍi kula’nti rassattaṃ ‘sismiṃ
napuṃsake’ti vidhisuttaṃ vadeyyā’’ti, okārantappaṭisedhanti ‘aghona’nti okārantappaṭisedhaṃ,
ādesantaraṃ ‘‘gossā gasihinaṃ sugāvagavā’’tyādinā (2-67) karīyamānaṃ gāvādesādikaṃ, ettha pana
napuṃsake ekavacanantaṃ daṇḍi kulanti vakkhamānattā nodāhaṭaṃ, yosu pana
‘‘yolopanisudīgho’’ti (2-88) adīghassāpi dīghavidhānasāmatthiyā paṭhamameva dīghassa
rassābhāvekāva kathāti nodāhaṭaṃ, daṇḍīdaṇḍīni icceva tu bhavati, nossavāti pāṭho dissati, ettha
vijjamāne ge pare okārantassa vā rassāpajjanadosampasaṅgato nossā’ti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
67. Gossā
Gāvena gavenāti karaṇepi samānaṃ, gāvassa gavassāti chaṭṭhiyāpi.
69. Gavaṃ
Senāti sutattā seiti vuttiyaṃ nimittaṃ parikappitaṃ.
72. Gāvu
Saddantarattena koci dosoti sambandho, ādisitabbā ādesā kātabbā.
73. Yaṃ
Pena pasaññāya yuttā īpī, paca so īcāti vāpī abhedaggahaṇena, aññassāti ikāra ukāraūkārassa.
77. Smi
Loke devadatto dattoti ekadesena samudāyavohāra dassanato sminotīmassa smiṃ

vacanassātyayamattho dassitotyāha-‘smiti iminā’tiādi.
81. Jhalā
Brahmādīsu ‘ito kvaci sassa ṭānubandho’ti pāṭhāti sambandho, brahmādīsūti ‘‘ghabrahmādite’’ti

(2-60) sutte vuttabrahmādīsu, pāṭhāti ‘ito’tyādino gaṇasuttassa pāṭhā, ṭānubandhoti iminā (eṭādesaṃ)
niddisati.
85. Kū
So [bhasmā] anto yassa so tadanto samudāyo, tassa, ‘‘cānukaḍḍhitaṃ nottaratrānuvattatī’’ti

viññūvacanaṃ, viduno vidūti kūpaccayantassa udāharaṇaṃ, viññuno viññūti ‘‘vito ñāto’’ti (5-39)
sabbaññuno sabbaññūti ‘‘kammā’’ti (5-40).
86. Lo
Lopotveva siddhattāti vomuttapakkhe lopotīmināva siddhattā.
87. Nano
Amuyāti itthiyaṃ yādeso, nanotīmassidaṃ paccudāharaṇaṃ.

Page 56 sur 136
88. Yolo
Paṭhamādutiyāyonamekato udāharaṇāni aṭṭhī aṭṭhīniti, tānica yolopanilātisseva dassitāni,

tathāyevāññānipi ñāyantīti.
92. Ntassa
Ṭamuttapakkhoti asantaṃ kubbantassāti ṭādesena muttapakkho,ntussacevanti pasiddhattāva

ṭādesamuttapakkhaṃ upameti, ‘‘sañjātaṃ tārakāditvito’’ti (5-45) ito andhitā.
93. Yosu
Ṭādeso-tippasajjatīti kasmā vuttaṃ nanu tadantassa samudāyassa patte ‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti (1-

17) antasseva hoti, tathāsati nevātippasaṅgo, tasmā kasmātippasajjatīti vuttanti, saccaṃ, tathāpi
‘jhissā’ti vattuṃ sakkuṇeyyatte issāti vuttatta [vuttanthi] sāmatthiyato tadantassa ṭādeso-tippasajjatīti
tathā vuttanti, nanu ‘jhissā’ti vuttepi sovātippasaṅgo tadavatthoyevāti saccaṃ, tathāpi yadi
samudāyassa ṭādeso-bhimato siyā ‘tathā sati kiṃ jhaggahaṇena issatveva vadeyyāti nātippasajjatīti,
jhaggahaṇe nāmante ikārasseva jhasaññattāti idaṃ pana visesanattena vattu manicchite yujjati.
94. Vevo
Sahacaritañāyassāti ‘‘taṃsahacaritā taggahaṇena gayhantī’’ti ñāyassa.
95. Yomhi
Hetukurusaddehi yosu iminā ṭādese ‘‘lopo’’tīminā yolope vā sampatte ‘‘paccayanissitaṃ

bahiraṅga’’nti yolopato ‘‘pakatinissitamantaraṅga’’nti ‘‘antaraṅgabahiraṅgasu antaraṅgavidhi
balavā’’ti paṭhamaṃ ṭādese nimittābhāvāva lopā bhāvoti dassetumāha-‘hetukurusaddehi’ccādi.
99. Sabbā
Nanu katarādayova sabbādisaddavacanīyā honti samāsenābhihitattā, na tu sabbasaddo [saddasse

(potthake)] tyāha-‘avayavene’tyādi,yadipi ‘sabba saddo ādi yesa’nti avayavena viggaho, tathāpi
samudāyovāssattho bhavati… yesantyanena samudāyassa parāmāsāti bhāvo, itīti hetumhi, ko
bhavantānaṃ dvinnaṃ bahunnaṃ vā eko deva datto kaṭhādīhi vā atthe dvīhi bahūhi vā ekassa
niddhāraṇe sati kimhā niddhāraṇe ratara ratamesu ṇādivuttiyaṃ ‘‘ekatthatāya’’nti (2-119)
vibhattilope ‘‘rānubandhentasarādissā’’ti (4-132) antasarādilope kiṃsaddassa rūpasiddhīti
dassetumāha katamā’tiādi, ubho aṃsā assāti atthe ‘‘ayubhadvitīhaṃse’’ti (4-49) aye‘‘saro lopo
sare’’ti (1-26) saralope rūpasiddhīti āha-‘ubho aṃsā’iccādi, kāyaṃ vavatthā nāme tyāha-
‘sābhidheyyā’tyādi, avadhiccādinā tassevātthaṃ vibhāveti, adhaṃso abhaṭṭhatā
avadhibhāveyevāvaṭṭhānaṃ, sābhidheyyā pekkhāti ettha so sako abhidheyyo attho disādi
sābhidheyyoti gahitoti āha-‘pubbādīna’ntiādi, sābhidheyyanti kammato parā apapubbā
‘ikkha=dassane’tīmasmā ‘‘kvacaṇa’’iti (5-41) aṇpaccaye sābhidheyyāpekkho, so vāvadhiniyamoti
dassetumāha-‘tamapekkhati’ccādi, tatthādhippāyaṃ vivarati ‘tathāhi’ccādinā, ettha ca
parādisaddābhidheyyo-ttho disādesādi pubbādisaddābhidheyyassātthassa disāya desādino
vāvadhibhāvena niyamavasena pavattati, yo cāvadhibhāvo niyamavasena pavattati, socāvadhibhāvo
niyamavasena pavatto pubbādisaddavacanīyaṃ disādesādi mapekkhatīti
sābhidheyyāpekkhovadhiniyamoyeva vavatthāti vuccatītyayamadhippāyo, na tu abhidheyyāyanti
asambhavā, asambhavameva dassento āha-‘yo hi’ccādi, kosallena nimittenāti kusala saddassa
pavattinimittena kosallena, uttarākuravo uttarakurudīpa vāsino, deso vā, ‘nāññañca
nāmappadhānā’’ti (2-136) aneneva saññāyaṃ sabbādikāriyassa nisiddhatte
kimasaññāyaṃbhyanenetyāha ‘nāññañce’tyādi, kiñci pubbattādikamuddissa kesañci
pubboparotyādikā atthānugatā saññā anvatthasaññā.

Page 57 sur 136
104.Ti
‘‘Vānekaññatthe’’ti (3-17) vikappānuvattanato ayuttattābhāvaṃ dasseti‘nayidamayutta’nti,

yuttatā cāssa pāṭhe byabhicāra dassanatoti vattumāha-‘napuṃsake’ccādi, pāṭhānugatā hi suttaracanā,
vikappānuvattiyā anapuṃsakamidameva vacanaṃ tassa kvaci byabhicāratte ñāpakanti vattumāha-
‘tassa cā’tiādi, avassamevamettha attho gahetabbo, aññathā
yathāvaṭṭhitapāṭhānukkamenātthaggahaṇe sati suttassa [suttassā (potthake)] mukhyattappatītito
kathantamaññassa ñāpakaṃ bhaveyya, mukhyabhāve hi ñāpakatthaṃ na yujjeyya.
108. Ate
Nanu ca ‘‘lakkhaṇapaṭipadavuttesu paṭipadavuttasseva gahaṇa’’ntīmāya paribhāsāya

lakkhaṇikassākārassa gahaṇaṃ na pappotītyāsaṅkiya paṭipādayamāha-‘rassākāre’ccādi, paribhāsāya
cassāyamattho ‘‘lakkhīyateneneti lakkhaṇaṃ, sādhvasādhujānana hesuttā sutta [sattha] muccate,
paṭigatampadaṃ paṭipadaṃ, uccāritamañjasetyattho, lakkhaṇañca paṭipadañca lakkhaṇapaṭipadāni,
tehi vuttāni rūpāni lakkhaṇapaṭipadavuttāni, tesu, vuttasaddo paccekamparisamāpīyate
‘lakkhaṇavuttesu paṭipadavuttesū’ti, tatrāñcasā yamaniddiṭṭhaṃ, kevalaṃ lakkhaṇadassanenāsmiṃ
lakkhaṇe satyavassamanena rūpena bhavitabbanti lakkhaṇena paṭipāditaṃ, taṃ
lakkhaṇavuttamityuccate, yantvañjasā saddeneva paṭipāditaṃ, taṃ paṭipadavuttanti vuccate, tasmiṃ
lakkhaṇavutte paṭipadavutte ca rūpe sati paṭipadavuttasseva gahaṇaṃ, netarasse’’ti,
paṭipadavuttassevetyavadhāraṇena niyamarūpabhāssā paribhāsāyāvagamyate, so ca niyamo
aniyamapubbake sandehe satyavatiṭṭhate, tasmā yatra lakkhaṇavuttameva kevalaṃ, na
paṭipadavuttaṃ, tatra nāyaṃ paribhāsā vatiṭṭhate, yatrāpi paṭipadavuttameva kevalaṃ, na
lakkhaṇavuttaṃ, sopyetissā avisayo, yatra dve rūpāni sambhavanti tatrevā yamparibhāsā
sandehāpākaraṇamukhena pavattāti ñāyappattoyevā mattho imāya paribhāsāyānuvādyate, tathāhi
sandehaṭhānesu yadyapyekarūpamevamabhinnamubhinnaṃ, tathāpi lakkhaṇavuttaṃ rūpaṃ lakkhaṇe
nonnīyamānaṃ dhūmaggi viya jalabalākā viya cānu mānikaṃ, yantu paṭipada vuttaṃ rūpaṃ, taṃ
paccakkhasiddhaṃ, paccakkhānumānesu ca paccakkhambalavantaraṃ pamāṇanti ato
paṭipadavuttameva gayhatīti.
110. Kvace
Napuṃsakaliṅge ekārena na bhavitabbanti sambandho.
114. Lopo
Akārassantaraṅgatte kāraṇamāha-‘pakatinissitattā’ti, pakatiyā idaṃ pākataṃ ‘‘ṇo’’ti (4-34) ṇo,

lopassa bahiraṅgatte kāraṇamāha-‘paccayanissitattā’ti, antaraṅgeccādinā
‘‘antaraṅgabahiraṅgesvantaraṅgavidhi balavā’’ti paribhāsamupalakkheti, aṅgasaddo-vayavavācī,
ante saddo sattamyatthe, aṅge bhavamantaraṅgaṃ vibhatthyatthe-saṅkhyasamāso ‘‘eonama vaṇṇe’’ti
(1-37) attaṃ rāgamo, aṅgato bahi bahiraṅgaṃ ‘‘payyapābahitiro purepacchā vā pañcamyā’’ti (3-5)
asaṅkhyasamāso, atra cāntaraṅgaṃ bahiraṅganti nāṅgebhavamantaraṅgaṃ, apitvantaraṅganissitaṃ
kāriyamantaraṅgaṃ, nāpyaṅgato bahibhūto samudāyo bahiraṅgaṃ, kintu bahiraṅganissitaṃ
kāriyambahiraṅgaṃ yathā mañcanissitesu saddāyantesu ‘mañcā saddāyantī’tyuccate taṃ viyeti
atoyevā saṅkhyasamāsepi liṅgavibhattivacanantarayogo ‘antaraṅgo antaraṅgā’ti, saṅketiko
hyayamasaṅkhyasamāso, na pubbapadatthappadhāno, yathā-
paccakkhassākkhanissitattāvabodhatthaṃ ‘akkhamakkhampati vattate’ti vicchāya-
masaṅkhyasamāsepi kate paccakkha ñāṇassākkhanissitattañāpanatthaṃ saṅketavasena kato-
yamasaṅkhya samāso, na pubbapadatthappadhānoti‘paccakkho paccakkhā’ti liṅgavibhatti
vacanantarayogo, tathevāya-mantaraṅganissito-yaṃ samudāyanissitoti ñāpanatthaṃ saṅketavasena
kato-yamasaṅkhyasamāsoti liṅgavibhattivacanantarayogo na virujjhate, athavā antaramaṅgamassa
kāriyassātthīti ‘‘saddhāditva’’ (4-84) tathā bahiraṅganti, antaraṅgañca bahiraṅgañca
antaraṅgabahiraṅgāni, tesvantaraṅgo balavāti. Antaraṅga kāriyassa balavattaṃ sādhetuṃ
‘sabbapaṭhamaṃ vidheyyattā’tiādi vuttaṃ, idampana antaraṅgakāriyassa balavabhāvasādhane
kāraṇaṃ na hoti, antaraṅgattā balavabhāvoyeva hi sabbapaṭhamaṃ vidheyyatta kāraṇaṃ, tathā cāha-

Page 58 sur 136
‘yo lopato akārassa paṭhamameva bhavane kāraṇamāha antaraṅgattā akārassā’ti, tasmā nāyaṃ
pāṭho ghaṭate, antaraṅgabalavabhāvasādhanassa pana lokato icchitattā ayamevatthe pāṭho
ghaṭate’’antaraṅgameva kāriyambalavaṃ loke tathādiṭṭhattā, tathā hi loko pātovā’’tyādi, loke
tathādiṭṭhattāti antaraṅgabalavabhāvassa loke evaṃ vakkhamānanayena diṭṭhattā, athavā kenaci
vidhurappaccayopanipātena kāraṇave kallena vā kadāci kattumasakkuṇeyyattepi antaraṅgassa
avassaṃ vidheyyattaṃ dassetumāha sabbapaṭhamaṃ vidheyyattā’ti, satisambhaveti
nimittassānupahatattā kāriyassa sambhave sati.
116. Ye
Ivaṇṇassāti vuttattāti ‘ye passivaṇṇassā’’ti ettha ivaṇṇassāti vuttattā.
118. Asaṃ
Liṅgavacanabhedepi byayarahitattā abyayavantaupasaṅganipātānaṃ pubbācariyasaññā, asatī

saṅkhyā yesantyānyasaṅkhyānītyāha- ‘ekatte’ccādi, ekānekesūti vuttattā saṅkhyāvisese
vidhīyamānāsyādayo kathamasaṅkhyehi uppajjitumussahante iccāsayenāha- ‘kathamasaṅkhyehi
syādīnaṃ sambhavo’ti. Atha nissaṅkhyehi hotusyādīnamasambhavo uccaṃ rukkhassiccādotu
saṅkhyāsambhave bhavitabbameva syādīhiccāha-‘saṅkhyāsambhaveve’ccādi.
Vuttiganthassādhippāyaṃ vivarati ‘aññathe’ tyādinā, kimesamuppattiyampayojanaṃ yenāsaṅkhyehi
taduppatti no-numīyate ccāsaṅkiyāha-‘tassañca satiya’ntyādi, asati hi
syādīnamuppattiyamuccamādīnamasaṅkhyānampadattaṃ natthīti yo ādīsu padasmā paresaṃ
tumhāmhasaddānaṃ savibhattīnaṃ vonoādikaṃ padanimittaṃ kāriyaṃ na siyāti ‘uccaṃ vo, uccaṃ
no’tiādayo payogā na sijjhanti, sati tu syāduppattiyaṃ luttesupi tesu padattanipphattiyāyeva
taduppattito padatte siddhe padalakkhaṇaṃ kāriyaṃ sijjhatevāti bhāvo. Parehi ettha ‘tassaṃ
sālāya’nti vacanicchāyaṃ ‘tatra sālāya’nti yathā siyāti ‘‘abyayatvā syādino’’ti (pā, 2-4-82) abyayato
parassitthiyamāppaccayassāpi lopo vihito, tenāha- ‘asaṅkhyehi’ccādi, tadayuttanti āppaccayassa
lopavidhāna mayuttaṃtyattho. Atha kenātra āppaccayo vidhīyate yenāssāpi lopo-nusāsīyate
‘‘itthiyamatvā’’ti (3-26) ce netadatthi, itthiyamāppaccayassa vidhānato-saṅkhyānañcāliṅgattā, tasmā
asaṅkhyehi āppaccayassa sambhavoyeva natthītyanatthakamāppaccayassa lopavacananti
nānatthakaṃ itthiyanti (3-26) hi guṇippadhāno niddeso itthattavati āppaccayādayo vidhīyante
‘tassaṃ sālāya (micce tasmiṃ padatthe) tatre’ti asaṅkhyamidamitthattavati vattate, tasmā siyāye
vetasmā āppaccayotyavassamāppaccayassa lopo vidheyyoti yo maññate, tampati āha-‘yadīpi’ccādi,
visesābhidhānātyupagame vatta mānoyamasaṅkhyasamudāyo‘niddeso vattate’ti cobhayamikkhate,
itthiyanti niddesassa guṇippadhānattaṃ sādhetuṃ ‘itthattavati hi āppaccayādayo’tiāha,
tatretīmassāsaṅkhyassa sālāyaṃ vattanato āha- ‘itthattavati cā’ti, ayampasiddhirūpena na vattateti
sambandho, yadi ayampasiddhirūpena vattate, kuto carahi itthattāvasāyotyāha- ‘itthattāvasāyo’ccādi.
Idāni jinindabuddhivacanamānīya tassā yuttattamubbhāvayitumāha- ‘yopyāhi’ccādi, yadīpiccādi
jinindabuddhivacanaṃ, tassāti itthattassa, padattho ca itthattaṃ siyāti yopyāheti sambandho,
gammamānatthattā itisaddāppayogo, tassāyuttanti tassevaṃ vādino jinindabuddhino
vacanamayuttaṃtyattho, kutoccāha- ‘evaṃ hi’ccādi, yadi itthattassa vākyatthatā
itthippaccayanivattikatā, evaṃ sati sālāyamiccādisaddantarāpekkhā itthattappatīti tatretyādīsu siyāti
attho, neva tathā patīyatīti bhāvo, vuttamevatthaṃ phuṭayitumāha- ‘tathāhi’ccādi, aviddasuayanti
diṭṭhanto paññāso, aviddasu ayanti ubhayatrāpyatrekavacanasissa nivattiyā kataṃ yamekattaṃ, taṃ
saddantarādyanapekkhameva patīyatetyattho, itthatta vuttinā sālādisaddena sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ
tatretyetassāti etāvatā āppaccayo uppajjatīti ca na sakkā vattunti dassento āha-
‘samānādhikaraṇattampi’ccādi, samānādhikaraṇattampīti (itthi) vuttinā sālādisaddena
sāmānādhikaraṇyampi, āppaccayādīnaṃ nāṅganti sambandho.
119. Eka
Evāti anuvattateeva, ekottho yassa pakatyādisamudāyassa so ekattho ‘assa cekatthasaddassa

pavattinimittaṃ īyādi vidhānantyāha- ‘ekatthatā īyādividhāna’nti, īyādivuttiyanti vattanaṃ vutti
īyādīnaṃ vutti, īyādividhāne satityattho, samāsatoti samāsitā, tenevāti ‘‘dissantaññepi paccayā’’ti (4-
120) sutteneva.

Page 59 sur 136
120. Pubba
Yadā cātrādhisaddappayogo tadā teneva vibhatyatthassa vuttattā na sattamī payujjate, yadā

sattamī, na tadādhisaddo, tenā sakapadeneva viggaho evaṃ dassanīyoti āha- ‘itthīsu kathā pavattā’ti,
itthisaddato sattamībhavane kāraṇamāha- ‘taṃsamānādhikaraṇattā’ti, tena adhisaddena
samānatthattāti attho.
121. Nāto
So ca amādeso, ādesassevāti aṃādesasseva, apañcamiyāti pañcamiṃ vajjetvā. Aññatra

vidhīyamāno-yamamādeso pañcamiyampaṭisiddhattā pañcamiyā paṭisedhena sayampi paṭisiddho
nāma hotītyāha ‘ādesassevāyaṃ paṭisedho’ti, lopapaṭisedhassa ‘nāto’ti pubbavākyena vuttassa
ayampaṭisedho neti sambandho, atha kathamidamapañcamyātyamādesenevātisambandhati na lopa
paṭisedhenāti paribhāsamāha-‘anantarassa vidhi vā hoti paṭisedho vā’ti, ettha
antarasaddassānekatthattepīhāntarāḷavācīti na vijjate antarammajjhamassetyanantaro,
antarāḷamattapaṭisedhe payojanaṃ natthītyantarāḷagatassa vidhino paṭisedhassa cābhāvānantarotyupa
carīyate anantarā gāmātyādi viya, diṭṭhatte pana majjhassa na vijjate-ntara mesanti viggahe
suttepyanantarassa vidhānantarassāpi diṭṭhattā dvinnamekopyanantarotyuccate, tenevānantarassāti
paribhāsāyameka vacanaṃ, itisaddo idamatthe, iti imāya paribhāsāyādesenābhisambandhatītyattho,
tenāti yathāvuttaparibhāsāya vasena, yena kāraṇenādesenābhisambandhati tenātyattho, alopoti lopa
paṭisedho, sāmatthiyāladdhanti dvinnamatthānaṃ vidhānāya dve vākyāni bhavanti, tatra ‘nāto’tīdaṃ
paṭisedhavidhāyakamekaṃ vākyaṃ, ‘amapañcamiyā’ti dutiyamamādesassa,
tatrāpañcamiyātyādesenevāti sambandhati, vuttavidhānā na lopapaṭisedhena,
tathāsatyamapañcamiyātidaṃ vākyaṃ yadi na visesatthamālambate tamantarenānupapattito-ññathā
kintyanenātthabalena laddhanti attho, alopoti jotetīti sambandho, vākyabhedena vivaraṇaṃ kataṃ, na
ekavākyattenāti byatireko ekavākyatāyañhi kāriya dvayassapi pañcamiyampaṭisedho siyā ‘pañcamiṃ
vajjetvā taṃ kāriyadvayaṃ veditabba’nti, yadipi siddhāti sambandho, yena nāppattiyātyanena ‘‘yena
nāppatte vidhirārabbhate, tassa bādhanambhavatī’’ti mamparibhāsamupalakkheti, kimatthamihāyaṃ
paribhāsā paṭhyate iha satthe-pavādā ussagge bādhanteti niyamo, tatra cussaggā duvidhā
niyatappattayo aniyatappattayo ceti, ye sabbatthāpavādavisayampavisanti, te niyatappattayo
vuccante, ye kvacidevāpavādavisayamavagāhante, te aniyatappattayo vuccante, evaṃ
duvidhesussaggesu ye-niyatappattayo, tesameva bādhanamicchīyate, na niyatikānaṃ, tena
tappadassanatthamayamparibhāsā paṭhyateti, yenetyussaggassa niddeso, neti paṭisedhavācī nipāto,
appatte asamphuṭṭhe visaye ityajjhāhāriyaṃ, yena ussaggena nāppatte patteeva samphuṭṭheeva
visayetyattho… ‘dve paṭisedhā pākatamatthaṃ gamentī’ti katvā, vidhīyatīti, paṭisedho vidhānañca,
ārabbhate vidhī
Yate paṭhyatetyattho, anenāpavādavidhindasseti, tasseti ādoyeneti

niddiṭṭhassaussaggassabādhanambhavatyapavādena, yena tvappatte visaye ārabbhate tassa bādhanaṃ
na bhavatītyattho, kutoti ce anavakāsattā, tathāhi yadi ussaggena sabbo visayo gahito siyā, ko-
pavādassaañño visayo siyā, tasmā anavakāsattā (na) apa (vāde) pana tassa
bādhanambhavatītyavaseyaṃ, yena tussaggena koci devāpavādavisayo-nuppattosiyā, nasabbo,
tampati sāvakā sattā tambādhateti vuttaṃ hoti, ‘pañcapūlimānaye’tyatra pañcannaṃ pūlānaṃ
samāhāroti visesanasamāso ‘‘nadāditovī’’ (3-27) samāharaṇaṃ samāhāroti samāhārassapi
bhāvarūpattā āha ‘bhāvappadhānattepī’ti, guṇabhūtadabbāni pūlāni.
125. Ima
Sutte anitthiyanti kimatthiya (manena) paṭisedhavacanena, yato imassetvevānitthiliṅgena

niddesoti manasikatvā āha-nāmaggahaṇe’iccādi, ‘‘nāmaggahaṇe liṅgavisiṭṭhassāpi gahaṇa’’nti
paribhāsāyaṃ, tattha liṅgena sutte niddiṭṭhato aññena kenaci visiṭṭhaṃ nāmaṃ liṅgavisiṭṭhaṃ, tassa,
yattha saddasāmaññasannissayanaṃ, tattha nāmaggahaṇe satiliṅgavisiṭṭhassāpi gahaṇaṃ hoti…
sāmaññe sabbavisesānuppave satotyadhippāyo, idamevāti anitthiyanti vacanameva, ñāpakanti patti
pubbako paṭisedho, so itthiyampattiyaṃ sati anitthiyanti kato siyāti anitthiyanti
paṭisedhavacanamevemaṃ paribhāsaṃ ñāpetīti attho, iminā imissā paribhāsāya sāmatthiyaladdhataṃ

Page 60 sur 136
dasseti.
127. Simha
Anapuṃsakassāti pariyudāsoti anapuṃsakassāti ettha nañsaddassa pariyudāso-tthotyattho.
129. Massā
Tannetiādinā katthaci paribhāsāvatiraniccāti sūceti.
130. Kevā
Hotu sito-ññatrake sati sādeso, simhi tu kappaccayā paṭhamameva kato massa sādesoti
tappaccaye sati ‘kevā’ti kiṃ sāmaññena sādesavidhānene tyāsaṅkiya suttassa sāmañña vidhāne
phalaṃ dassetuṃ ‘kenekatthatāyaṃ’tyādimāha, kenekatthatāyanti kappaccayena saha ṇādivuttiyaṃ,
pubbabhāgassāti asubhāgassa padattābhāvāti ‘‘ekatthatāyā’’ti (2-119) vibhattiyā
padattasādhikāyāpagamena padattābhāvā, padasaṅkhāranibandhanoti pada siddhi hetuko,
‘‘nimittābhāve nemittikassāpyabhāvo’’ti ñāyassāyamattho ‘‘nimittaṃ kāraṇaṃ hetūtyanatthantaraṃ,
nimittassa abhāvo nimittābhāvo, tasmiṃ nimittābhāve hetuvināsetyattho, nimittā āgato nemittiko,
phalabhūto dhammo, nimitte bhāvo vā nemittiko, nimittassābhāve taṃ hetuto pavattassa nemittikassa
phalassāpyabhāvo bhavatī’’ti, tathāhi chattanimittachāyā chattāpāyena bhavati,
padīpanimittadassanaṃ padīpāpāye na bhāti, tathehāpi nimittato pavattānaṃ nimittābhāve
abhāvoyeva yutti māti maññate, aññatracāti sito aññatra ca.
131. Tata
Tyaetānaṃ takārassa pariccāgāya ‘tatassā’ti vuttaṃ.
132. Ṭasa
Imissāyātyādīsu ‘‘ssaṃ ssā ssāye’’tyādinā (2-52) i, ‘‘tadādesā te viya hontī’’ti paribhāsato

sādyādesīnaṃ gahaṇāssāyādesādīnaṃ gahaṇasambhavepi kiṃ ssāyādiggahaṇe na suttagurukaraṇene
tyāsaṅkiya‘ssāyādiggahaṇa’miccādi, vutti gantho vuttoti dassetumāha-‘nanu ce’tyādi, ṭasasmādikaṃ
‘ṭasasmāsminnannāsvimassa cā’ti vattabbaṃ, namādīnampi vidhiggahaṇāya [nādīnampaviggahāya
(potthake)], tassā
Desino ādeso tadādeso, tassa, tassa ādesino gahaṇaṃ taggahaṇaṃ, tena.
134. Duti
Aññathāti guruniddesamakatvā aññena lahuppakārena niddisane sati,

ekavibhattiniddiṭṭhattāti‘dutiyāyossā’ti ekavibhattiyā niddiṭṭhattā, aññathātiādinā
nekadesotivacanapariyantenetena ‘na tvekavibhattiyuttāna’nti paribhāsekadesassa adhippāyo
pakāsitoti ñātabbaṃ, etadevānuvattatītyanena tu ‘‘ekayoga niddiṭṭhānampekadeso-
nuvattate’’tīmassa, ekavibhattiyuttānaṃ ekadeso nānuvattateti yojanā paribhāsāyaṃ, ñāpetīti pubbe
viya sāmatthiyena ñāpeti.
139. Nāññaṃ
Appadhānappaṭisedhato sabbādīnaṃ tadantavidhinā bhavitabbaṃ, aññathā hi sabbādiggahaṇe

ko pasaṅgo piyasabbādīnaṃ, yato appadhānappaṭisedho, karīyate tena paramasabbeiccādi hotīti
dassetumāha-‘appadhānappaṭisedho’iccādi.
140. Tati

Page 61 sur 136
Yatthāti yasmiṃ kattari karaṇe vā, kattari tatiyāsiddhimāha-‘karoti’ccādi, karotimhi

karadhātumhi gammamāne, māsena katāti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ… māsena katānaṃ pubbānanti
vattabbattā, pubbabhāveti pubbabhavane māsassa karaṇattaṃ, ettha tu māsena karaṇabhūtena
pubbabhūtānanti attho, tenevetthāpi bhavantīti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
141. Cattha
Cassa attho cattho, soyevāti ettha samāsassa parāmāso, cattho ettha sambhavati kintu sabbādi na
catthasamāsavisayoti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
144. Manā
Kiṃ bahulaṃvidhānā ‘vuddhyabhāvo’ [otthābhāvo (pañcikāyaṃ)] ti pāṭhena payojanaṃ yene

tadatthameva ‘‘sumedhādīnamavuddhi ce’’ti gaṇapāṭho kato, hemasaddena hemamayāni
gahitānyabhedenatyāha- ‘hemamayānī’ti, kappana saddena sīsālaṅkārajālāni gayhanti, tāniyeva
vāsasāni paṭā taṃsarikkhatāya, sakatthepi yathāgamambhavantīti sambandho, bāṇādīsu
abhidheyyesu manādīsu na paṭṭhīyantīti yojanā, bāṇādīsuti bāṇa saddakkhayādīsu, ahasaddassa
manādikāriyāsambhavā ahasaddo manādīsu na daṭṭhabbo, rahasīti nipātattā ikārassa ca asabbhavā
rahasaddo ca manādīsu na daṭṭhabboti sajjhāhāro sambandho veditabbo, ikārassa kaccāyane smino
karīyamānassa ikārādesassa ca, rahatisaddassa nipātattaṃ sabhāvato pakāsetuṃ ‘rahasītyādi’māha,
rahosaddeti ettha rahasaddoti pāṭho-vagantabbo, tenāti yena ahasaddassa manādikāriyāsambhavo
rahasītica nipāto, tena, ihamanādīsu.
146. Bhava
Geti gasaññe pare, kuto-nuiccādo bho’iti bahuvacananto nipāto, tathāsati ‘tayojanā’ti yujjati,
tañca nipātattaṃ samatthetīti [nipātamatteti] dassetumāha- ‘bahutte’ccādi.
148. Ntassaṃ
Sattamyantaṃ bhavatīti seso, nanucantassāti vutte ntantuppaccayovāvasīyati, na tadantavidhīti

[ntantuppaccayova nāvasīyati, tadantavidhipīti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ] āha- ‘ntappaccaya sseve’ccādi,
sutattāti sotaviññāṇena gahitattā paccakkhattāti vuttaṃ hoti, anumitassa ‘‘vidhibbisesanantassā’’ti (1-
26) liṅgato tadantasaṅkhāta atthadassanasaṅkhātaanumānaññāṇena viññātassāti attho.
154. Rāja
Daḷho dhammo dhanu assa daḷhadhammā. Rājādīsvimappaccaye paṭhite
Tadanto paccayaggahaṇa paribhāsāya gayhatī tyāha- ‘iminā iccādi.
162. Ltu
Paccayaiccādinā ‘‘paccayaggahaṇe yasmā so vihito tadādino tadantassa ca gahaṇa’’nti ñāyaṃ

dasseti, tattha yato vihito taṃ vinā na bhavati paccayotyanena ñāyena pattoyevāttho ākhyāyate
‘paccayaggahaṇe yasmā so vihito, tadādino gahaṇa’nti, ‘‘vidhibbisesanantasse’’ti
tadantaggahaṇaṃtyākhyāyate ‘tadantassa ca gahaṇa’nti, so pakativiseso ādi yassa samudāyassa so
tadādi, so paccayo-nte yassa samudāyassa so tadanto, tādisassa tadāditadantasamudāyavisesassa
gahaṇaṃ, na tu tadantamattassetyattho, iha tu tadantaggahaṇamevānurūpanti’ dassetumāha-‘‘kattari
ltuṇakā’’ti iminā tyādi, tadāditadanta samudāyassa tu gahaṇe phalaṃ ‘byajigisī’tiādīsu daṭṭhabbaṃ,
tañca ‘‘tuṃsmā lopocicchāyaṃ te’’ti (5-4) sutte sayameva vakkhati.
165. Salo

Page 62 sur 136
Kaccāyane ‘‘sakamandhātādīnañce’’ti (2-3-44) suttitaṃ, sopi ltvantoyevātyabhimatasiddhīti

dassetuṃ vuttiyamudāhaṭaṃtyāha- ‘sakamandhātu’iccādi, ltvanto mandhātusaddo atthīti
‘sakamandhātu’ saddopi ltvantoti sajjhāhāro padasambandho daṭṭhabbo, tatopīti na kevalaṃ
kattutova, mandhātusaddassa ltvantataṃ sādhetvā sakamandhātusaddampaṭipādetuṃ
‘sabbesa’ntiādimāha.
169. Ṭapa
Saṅkhyāsaddo yadīpi saṅkhyāne vattate, tathāpi saṅkhyānadvārenidhasaṅkhyeyye vattatītyāha-

‘cuddasahi saṅkhyāhī’ti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ, cuddasasaddavacanīyāva pañcādisaṅkhyā, yato
saṅkhyāsaddo neha pariggahitoti.
175. Divā
Divasato smino ṭimhi pubbasaralope divi.
181. Yonaṃ
Dutiyāggahaṇenāti ‘dutiyāyossa ne vā’tyevaṃ sutta racanāyaṃ dutiyāggahaṇena.
185. Nāmhi
Enādesassāsambhavāti nāssa smādesattā.
187. Gassaṃ
Ubhayavikappoti samāsāsamāsapakkhadvayavidhānaṃ, kaccāyanavutti kārassa

vippaṭipattimāvīkattumāha-‘kaccāyane’ccādi, itthipumannapuṃsaka samūhoti etthāyantesaṃ
sādhanakkamo ‘dvandachaṭṭhīhi samāse itthipumanapuṃsakasamūho’ti ṭhite ‘‘samāse ca vibhāsā’’ti
(2-2-35) pumantassa amādese ‘‘vaggantaṃ vā vagge’’ti (1-42) niggahītassa vagganto.
192. Puma
Kammādittā enassāpi abhāvapakkheti ‘‘nā sse no’’ti (2-80) kammādito nāssa enādesakaraṇato
vuttaṃ.
197. Ime
Ādeso kathanaṃ, anvādeso-nukathanamiccāha-‘anvādeso kathitānukathana’mīti,

kathitassānukathanaṃ kathitānukathanaṃ, anena ca neha pacchā uccāraṇamattamanvādeso, kiñcarahi
ekassābhidheyyassa pubbasaddena paṭipāditassa dutiyampatipādanamanvādesoti vadati, teneha na
bhavati ‘devadattaṃ bhojaya, imañca yaññadatta’nti, kenaci visesantarayogena
kathitassānukathanaṃ anvādesoti sambandho. Kathampana visesantarayogo gamyateccāha-
‘sāmatthiyā’ti, kenaci visesenāyoge vuttasseva punabbacanānupapajjanaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ, tenevāha-
‘aññathe’ccādi.
198. Kissa
Navirujjhatīti iminā ‘‘itthiyamatvā’’ti (3-26) sāmaññena vidhānato syādyantamajjhepi

itthiyampaccayo navirujjhatīti vadati.
204. Namhi
Nanu yathākkamaṃ naṃvibhattikkamenāpi sambhavati, tathāsati ‘dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ dveādesā

Page 63 sur 136
kamene’cceva kasmā vuttaṃ tyāsaṅkiyāha ‘na naṃvibhattikkamenāpī’ti. Kāraṇamāha-

‘tassānapekkhitattā’ti, iminā nissayakaraṇamekā satthiyā yuttīti dasseti, apekkhite kathaṃ bhaveyyā
tyāha- ‘yadi hi’ccādi, apekkhiti yathākkamaṃ, evamaññate ‘‘kiñcāpi jātiniddesena dvepi naṃ rūpāni
gayhanti, tathāpi ‘ticatunna’nti viya byattiniddesova yathākkamopakārīyamānāna, manudesassa tathā
viññayamānattāti naṃsuicceva vadeyya, na tathā vuttaṃ, tato-vasīyate ‘na
yathākkamametthāpekkhita’nti.
205. Nta
Nanu ntantūnanti tadantā gayhanti paccayaggahaṇaparibhāsāya, tathā sati kāriyittena tadantāva

gayhanti kathaṃ ntantūyevā tyāsaṅkiyāha- teyeve’ccādi, paccakkhatāyāti [sutathāya-pañcikā] sutattā,
balavattā teyeva kāriyittena gayhantīti sambandho, na tadantā, dubbalāti byatirekaṃ vatvā dubbalatte
kāraṇamāha- ‘anumitattā’ti, anumitattaṃ sādhetumāha- ‘anumitāhi’ccādi, bhavibhattīnanti pāṭho
yutta taro, tassa antādese akāreti sambandho.
219. Yomhi
Yomhīti sattamyantajātiniddesā labbhamānatthavasena ‘pacceka’nti vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tenevāha

pañcikāyaṃ- ‘kathamidamavasīyate yomhīti niddesā’ti, tassadāni atthampakāsetuṃ ‘paccekanti
ekekasmi’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Ekekasmiṃ yomhi dvinnaṃ ādesānaṃ sambhavā ādesīnampi
bahuttasambhavoti sutte ‘dvinna’nti bahuvacananiddeso, vuttiyampana paccekaṃ yomhi paccekaṃ
dvisaddasambhavā ‘dvissā’ti vuttaṃ, dutiyāyampi duve dve.
228. Nāsmā
Pakatavasenāti tumhāmhānamādesānamadhikatavasena, kamamanatikkamma na bhavantīti

sambandho.
230. Caṃvā
Kaccāyanācariyo tumhāmhehi parāya catutthī chaṭṭhī savibhattiyā ‘‘sassaṃ’’ti (2-3-3) suttena

amādesaṃ vidhāya ‘tumhaṃ amha’nti bahuvacanarūpāni sādheti… ekasmimpi attani guruādike ca
gārava vasena bahuvacanarūpadassanatoti dassetumāha-tumhaṃ amha’ntiādi, tassāyuttattā
‘tamayutta’nti vatvā ayuttataṃ sādheti ‘evaṃ hi’ccādinā, imasmimpana satthe ekasmimpi sabbathā
bahuvacana rūpasādhanakkamaṃ dassetuṃ ‘idha panā’tiādimāraddhaṃ.
232. Apā
Nenāti nakārena, padasaññāvidhāya kavacanābhāvepīti pāṇini yānamiva syādityādyantānaṃ

padasaññāvidhāyakassa suttassa abhāvepi, anvatthavasena padanti gayhamāne atippasaṅgopi siyāti
āha-‘ruḷhiyāvātippasaṅgā bhāvo’ti, ākhyātaṃ sābyayakāraka visesanaṃ vākyanti keci, ekākhyātikaṃ
vākyantyapare, taṃ sabbaṃ ekato saṅgahetvā ‘padasamūho vākya’nti vuttikārena vuttanti
dassetumāha- ‘sābyaye’ccādi, ākhyātaṃ tyādyantamāhu, abyayamasaṅkhyaṃ, ākhyātaṃ sābyayaṃ
sakārakaṃ savisesanañca vākyesaññaṃ bhavatītyattho, visesananti kārakavisesanassa kiriyā
visesanassa ca sāmaññena gahaṇaṃ, sābyayaṃ-saddhiṃ vacati, sakārakaṃ odanaṃ pacati devadatto
pacati, sakārakavisesanaṃ-muduṃ visadamodanampacati, dassanīyo devadatto pacati,
sakiriyāvisesanaṃ- muduṃ pacati, mandaṃ pacati, padasamūho vākyanti vutte ayampi
adhippāyavisesovasīyatīti vattumāha-vattu’miccādi, yatheccādinā anekākhyāti kampi
guṇappadhānabhāve nopakārato vākyamekambhavati… pada samūho vākyanti vuttattāti vadati,
yathā vākyanānattanti sambandho. Ihāpīti vattumicchitatthetyādopi.
233. Yonaṃ
Higgahaṇe pañcamīhissāpi gahaṇambhaveyyāti sutte ‘apañcamyā’ti vuttaṃ, tumhehi puññaṃ

Page 64 sur 136
pasutaṃ anappakanti gāthāpāde tumhehitiādisū tattā na voādeso, tumhe tiṭṭhatha nagareti

pubbavākyato vākyantarattā ekavākyatā natthi, tumhe viya diya dissanti amhe viya dissantīti
viggayha ‘disa-pekkhaṇe’ iccasmā ‘‘samānaññabhavantayādi tūpamānā disā kamme rīrikkhakā’’ti
(5-43) kappaccaye ‘‘nate kānubandhanāgamesū’’ti (5-85) ettābhāve ‘‘syādisyādinekattha’’nti (3-1)
samāse ca ‘ekatthatāyaṃ’’ti (2-119) vibhattilope ca ‘‘sabbādīnamā’’ti (3-86) ā
‘tumhādisāna’miccādi.
235. Anvā
Pacchā ādeso anvādesoti gahite kathitānukathananti kathaṃ ñāyatīti āha- ‘pacchā kathanañca
kathitāpekkhanti katvā’ti.
236. Sapu
Saha vijjamāno pubbo yassa so sapubbo.
237. Naca
Aparamparayogappatipatyatthanti ‘gāmanagarānaṃ cenā’tiādinā vuttassa paramparayogassa

aggahaṇatthaṃ.
240. Nasā
Jaṭā assa atthīti jaṭilo, sova jaṭilako, jaṭilakāti ekatthe nidassitavisesavacanaṃ, māṇavakāti viya
na sāmaññavacanaṃ, asatte sampatteti idaṃ ‘‘āmantaṇaṃ pubbamasantaṃ vā’’ti (2-239) suttassa
sāmaññatā vuttaṃ, sāmaññavacanassa paṭisedhoti iminā visesavacane jaṭilakaiccatra ‘āmantaṇaṃ
pubbamasantaṃ vā’’tīmassa pattindasseti, devadattādisāmaññavacaneti devadatto devadattasaddo ādi
yassa, tañca taṃ sāmaññavacanañca, tasmiṃ devadattādisāmaññavacane māṇavake māṇavakasadde
parabhūte sati, ubhinnampi asatteti iminā idaṃ dīpeti ‘‘devadattāti visesavacanattā paṭisedhābhāvā
pubbaparānamubhinnampi ‘‘āmantaṇaṃ pubbamasantaṃ vā’’tīdaṃ pappotī’’ti.
Dutiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
3. Tatiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
1. Syādi
Yassātikamāvaṭṭhitassayoādiakkharasamudāyassa, kintanti āha- ‘ida’miccādi, idanti

yathāvuttaṃ syādisamudāyarūpaṃ, avayavena viggaho samudāyo samāsattho, samudāye pavattā
saddā avayavesupi vattantīti syādisaddo siādike avayavepi vattate, vidhiggahaṇañāyenāti
‘‘paccayaggahaṇe yasmā sa vihito tadādino tadantassa ca gahaṇa’’nti ñāyena. Syādi ante yassa taṃ
syādyantaṃ. Nanu ca ‘‘syādisyādinekattha’’nti sāmaññena vuccamāne yaṃkiñci syādyantaṃ
yenakenaci syādyantena sahekatthībhāvamarahati, tathāhi yathā gāmagatotiādo, tathā passa
devadatte gāmaṃ, gato yaññadatto gurukulanti ādopi samāso tyāsaṅkiyāha-‘sāmaññena
vuttepi’ccādi, yassa syādyantassayena syādyantena sambandho, tena syādyantena sahataṃ
syādyantamekatthambhavatīti sambandhato viññāyati avasīyatīti yassātyādisvattho, tathā ca
gāmagatotyatratthīmesa-maññamaññāpekkhālakkhaṇo sambandhotyekatthībhāvo, tatoyevetthāhu-
Niyataṃ sādhanaṃ sādhye, kriyā niyatasādhanā;

Sannidhānena metesaṃ [cethissā (potthake)], niyamo-yampakāsatīti.
Ayamettha attho ‘‘yato gāmamiccetaṃ sādhanaṃ sādhyaṃ kiriyaṃ

Page 65 sur 136
taṃbyapadesajānanayogyamapekkhate gatoti, ato sādhanaṃ kāra kaṃ sādhye kiriyāya niyataṃ,

yato ca kiriyā sayaṃ sādhanamapekkhate kiṃ gatoti, ato kiriyāpi niyataṃ sādhanametissāti
niyatasādhanā hoti ayaṃ yathāvutto niyamo aññamaññāpekkhāvasena vattamāno etesaṃ
sādhyasādhanānaṃ sannidhāna mattena aññamaññato pakāsatī’’ti. Passa devadatta gāmaṃ, gato
yaññadatto gurukulaṃtyatra tu gāmanti sādhanaṃ passeti sādhyamapekkhate, gatoti gamanakiriyā tu
gurukulamapekkhate, tato ca gāmagatānaṃ vākyantarāvayavānaṃ natthevāpekkhāti na bhavati
samāso, sabbatthevamūhanīyaṃ, sambandho hi aññamaññāpekkhālakkhaṇo sambandhyantarato-
navaṭṭhitaṃ nivattetvā visese niveseti, tathāca vuttaṃ–
Tassa tvākaṅkhato bhede, yā pariplavamānatā;

Visese taṃ nivesento, sambandhovāvachindatīti.
Bhede visese gāmantetaṃ sāmaññaṃ visesāpekkhaṃ ‘gāmamāsīsati, jahāti, gato’ti, tathā ‘gato
gāmaṃ, vanaṃ, gurukula’nti vevamākaṅkhato-bhilasato tassa tu padhānapadassupasajjanapadassa ca
yā pariplavamānatā anavaṭṭhitatā taṃ visese visiṭṭhe sambandhini nivesento patiṭṭhapento
sambandhovānekappakāro kvaci sādhyasādhanabhāvalakkhaṇo kvaci pakativikārabhāvasabhāvo
kvaci sassāmi sambandharūpo avachindati sambandhyantarato nivattetīti attho, yato-yamapekkhā
vākyakāleyeva nirūpyate, tato yatthātthi padānamapekkhā, tattha samāsāvagamo, yatra tu natthi, tatra
na bhavatītyanupadiṭṭho visayavibhāgo ñāyateti bhāvo, bāle abudhetu nissāya vicitto
samāsavidhānalopādinānekappakāro paṭipattiyā sādhusaddaparijānanatthamupāyo sambhavati,
paramatthato tu saddantarattā accantaṃ [aññattaṃ] vākyasamāsānaṃ bhedo, na hi vākye
diṭṭhapadāni samāse santi, tathā ca vuttaṃ–
Bāle nissāyupāyo-yaṃ, vicitto paṭipattiyā;

Bhedo vākyasamāsānaṃ, ccantaṃ [ññattaṃ (potthake)] saddantaraṃ yatoti.
Atoyevāti yato sāmaññena vuttepiyassayena sambandhotena saha tadekatthambhavatīti

sambandhato viññāyatīti nāniṭṭhaṃ kiñcipīha hoti, atoyeva hetutoti attho. Byapekkhā
sāmatthiyapariggahāyeti padānamaññoññākaṅkhā byapekkhā, sāva sā matthiyaṃ, tassa pariggahāya.
Samatthavacanaṃ na katanti pāṇiniyehi viya ‘‘samattho padavidhī’’ti (pā, 2-1-1) samatthavacanaṃ
na kataṃ. Samattho pada vidhīti paribhāsāyamayamattho ‘‘vidhīyate [vidhīyatīti (potthake)] vidhi,
padānaṃ vidhi padavidhisamāsādi, yokocīha satthe padavidhi,so samattho viggaha
vākyatthābhidhāne (satti) veditabbo’’ti, tādisaparibhāsāya byāpārato tesaṃ ‘passa devadatta gāmaṃ,
gato yaññadatto gurukulaṃ’ tyādo nāniṭṭhappatti, sāmatthiyañcettha dvidhātyupagamyate vākye
byapekkhāvuttiyamekatthībhāvo ceti [vuttiyamekatthībhāvo vākye byapekkhāceti (potthake)]. Tattha
paṭhamassa pariggahaṃ vacanamantarena paṭipādiya dutiyassa pariggahamidāni vacanena
paṭipādayamāha- ‘ekatthī bhāvo’ccādi, ekatthībhāvo bhinnatthānaṃ sādhāraṇatthatāvasena
pavattiviseso, vākye hi sādhāraṇatthatā natthi bhinnatthattā, atoyevettha bhedanibandhanā
chaṭṭhyupajāyate ‘rañño puriso’ti, vuttiyantūbhayapadabyavacchinnatthābhidhānato sādhāraṇatthatā
bhavati, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘samāse visesanaṃ visessamanupavīsati ekībhavati visesanaṃ, vākye tu
visesanaṃ visessato visuṃyevā vatiṭṭhate’’ti. Dvandasamāsassa tu padānaṃ visesanavisessābhāvepi
sakalapadatthappadhānattā ‘rañño go ca asso ca puriso cā’ti vākyato ‘rañño gavāssa purisā’ti
samāsassa viseso ekatthī bhāvalakkhaṇo bhavatyeva, tathāhi tattha vākye bhinnatthanibandhana
samuccayapaṭipādanāya casaddo payujjate, samāse tu nappayujjate, ekattha vacanenevāti
‘‘syādisyādinekattha’’ tyekatthavacaneneva, ekattībhāvoyeva bhavatīti seso, evakāro na vākye
tathāhi dīpeti. Vākye kathanti āha- vākye’tiādi.
Vākyeti viggahavākye, visesena gayhati ñāyatyaneneti viggaho, so ca taṃ vākyaṃ ceti
viggahavākyaṃ, visesena vā gahaṇaṃ viggaho, tadatthaṃ vākyaṃ viggahavākyaṃ, tasmiṃ, kāyaṃ
byāpekkhāti āha-‘bhedādilakkhaṇā’ti, ādisaddena saṃsagga bheda saṃsaggānañca gahaṇaṃ.
Tattha sāntarehi sāmyantarehi ca byāvutti chedo, saṃvisesa sāmivisesānaṃ sambandho

saṃsaggo, tadāha- ‘tathāhi’ccādinā, bhedako byāvattako, atthagahitoti kāraṇavasena bhedavādinā
gahito, yadeccādinā saṃsaggavādino-dhippāyamāha yadā tūbhayampiccādinā ubhayavādino,
abhimatoti ‘‘pākkaḍārāsamāso’’ccanena (2-1-3) pāṇininā icchito. Pākkaḍārāti ‘‘kaḍārā

Page 66 sur 136
kammadhāraye’’ccanena (2-2-38) kaḍārāsaṃsaddanā pagevāti attho.
‘Putha bhinno attho yesaṃ padānaṃ tāni puthagatthāni, vākye hi rañño puriso tettha rājasaddo
rājatthameva vadati, purisasaddo purisatthameva, vuttiyantu rājapurisotettha rājasaddopi
purisatthameva vadatīti dvinnamekatthībhāvo bhavati, aññoyevāvayavatthānvito samudāyattho
pātubhavatīti tadapekkhāya cekatthībhāvo vuccate, jahamānasakatthavuttimabhyupagamma vuttaṃ-
‘visesanassa sakattha pariccāgene’ccādi, atoyeva paro codessati ‘nanu ce’ccādinā. Ekatthībhavanaṃ
samasananti iminā ekatthanti samāsoti nātthantaranti dīpeti.
Jahamānāni padāni sakatthaṃ yassaṃ (sā) tathā vuttā, nāccantāya jayātīti evammaññate
‘‘pariccāgamattamabhisandhāya jahamānasakatthaṃtyuccate, na tu sabbathā pariccāgoparopakārāya
tassopādānato, sabbathā ca sakatthapariccāge paropakārāsampādanato-nupādānameva
payojanābhāvā tassa siyā’’ti, thapati vaḍḍhatī. Atthanti rājasaddavāccaṃ. Accantapariccāgepi na
doso… vākye diṭṭhassupasajjanassa vuttiyaṃ soyevāyantyanvayāvasāyato tadatthāva gatiyāti
dassento āha- ‘atha ve’ccādi.
Soyevāyantyajjhavasāyo-nvayo, soyevāyaṃ rājasaddo yo vākyatāle diṭṭhoti

vohārīnamekattāvasāyenāsatyapi (rājasaddassa)tthe purisassa visesanambhavissatīti bhāvo, ettheva
diṭṭhantamāha- ‘yathe’ccādi.
2. Asaṃ
Abyayanti yadaññesaṃ pasiddhanti liṅgavacanabhedepi byayarahitattā upasagganipātānaṃ

parehi abyayasaññākaraṇato abyayanti paresaṃ pasiddhaṃ, tesantvayaṃ samāso
abyayatthapubbaṅgamattā anabyayaṃ abyayambhavatīti abyayībhāvo pasiddho, asaṅkhyassa sutattā
tasseva vibhatyatthādayo visayabhāvena visesanānīti viññāyantītyāha- ‘asaṅkhye’ccādi, iminā
nemesamāsatthāti dīpeti.
Tāvasaddassa kamavuttiyaṃ yo-ttho sampajjate tamāha- ‘vibhatya’ccādi, vibhatyatthe

udāharitvāti vibhatyatthavisaye vattamānassāsaṅkhyassa itthisaddena samāsamadhitthīti uvāharitvā,
niccayamāsāna maviggaho, asakapadaviggaho vā yutto, aññathā aniccatāpattītyāha-
‘niccasamāsattā’iccādi.
Asakapadena anattaniyapadena aññapadena viggaho asakapadaviggaho, tena, ettha hi yathā

kumbhassa samīpaṃtyaññapadavākye samīpa saddenupasaddavacanīyassa vuttattā upasaddo
nappayujjate, yathā itthī sūti etthādhisaddavacanīyassā (dhā)ratthassa sattamiyā vuttattā nādhisaddoti
‘itthīsū’ti aññapadavākyaṃ vuttaṃ, kathāpavattāti tvādheyyo padassanaṃ, evaṃ sabbatthonneyaṃ,
asakapadaviggahenātthova vutto,
Adhisaddassa pana puratovaṭṭhitassādhāre vattamānassa taṃsamānādhikaraṇena

sattamyantenitthisaddena saha samāsoti dassetumāha-‘adhisaddo’ccādi.
Syādilopoti adhisaddato itthisaddato ca paresaṃ sattamī bahuvacanānaṃ lopoti attho. Atta

(bhāva) sampattīti sarīrasampatti adhippetāti brahmasaddassa sarīraṃ atthoti āha- ‘brahmaṃ
sarīranti, katthacī uttarapadatthappadhānattāvāsaṅkhyasamāsassa ‘sampannaṃ brahma’nti viggaho
vutto.
Samāsavibhattiyāti samāsato uppannavibhattiyā, sakalo padesasakalo, pariggahāpekkhāti

abhyupagamāpekkhāyāti attho, abhyupagamepi hi pariggahasaddo–
Sapathe parivāre ca, mūlābhyupagamesu ca;

Ravimhi rāhugahite, dāresu ca pariggaho’’ti nighaṇṭu.
Sakalassa bhāvo sākalyaṃ-sakalasaddappavattinimittaṃ, tampana nissesa [matanissesa

Page 67 sur 136
(potthake)] ggahaṇā puthu bhavatītyāha- ‘asesaggahaṇa’nti, tiṇānaṃ sākalyanti viggaho,

tiṇasaddena hi tiṇasahitāni gahitāni, teneva vakkhati byatirekanaye- ‘taṃ sabbaṃ tiṇasahitamajjho-
haratī’ti, satiṇamajjhoharatītetthādhippāyattha māha-‘yāvā’tiādi.
Tiṇasaddo upalakkhaṇaṃ sesā-najjhohāriyānaṃ, tenāha ‘tiṇādikampī’ti.

Pariggahāpekkhāyantabhūtassa gahaṇatthaṃ ‘‘abyayaṃ vibhattisamīpā’’disutte ‘sāgyadhīte’ti
nipphādanatthamantavacana mudāhatampāṇininā, tampi sākalyeyevāharituṃ [sākallenodāharituṃ]
sāgyadhītetyūdāhaṭanti dassetuṃ ‘tato’tyādi vuttaṃ.
Tatoti yato sakalasakale na vattati, pariggahāpekkhāya samattiyā antato sakāsā sākalyaṃ na

bhijjateti sambandho, samatthiyampi ante udāharaṇanti seso.
Aggipariyantanti aggiattho gantho tādatthiyā aggi, sopariyanto-ssa ajjheyassāti aggipariyantaṃ,

yattakassājjheyassa pariggaho, tassa aggi pariyanto, agginā pariyantabhūtena sahito sakaloti viggaho,
aggino sākalyanti vā.
Saddikānanti byākaraṇaññūnaṃ. Atthābhāveityatthaggahaṇaṃ itaretarābhāve dhammābhāve ca

mā siyāti, atoyeva coccate ‘athetaretarābhāve’iccādi, itarasmiṃ itarassa abhāvo itaretarābhāvo, go
asso na bhavatīti hi atthantarattaṃ nisedhīyate, na vatthubhāvo, brāhmaṇo na
bhavatītyatrapibrāhmaṇattadhammo nisedhīyate, na vatthubhāvo, parattātiādinā vippaṭisedha
visayamāha.
Atikkamābhāvetī ettha atikkamāti pañcamiyā asamāsaniddesoti āha- ‘atikkamā’ti, na

panuppannassa pacchāti iminā atikkamābhāvo nāma uppannassa pacchā abhāvoti dasseti.
Nittiṇanti uttarapadatthappadhāno-saṅkhyasamāso. Sampatisaddassa sāmaññavacanattepi

idhādhippetaṃ kālaṃ dassetumāha- ‘upabhogasse’’ccādi, upabhogo kammasādhano lahupāvuraṇassa
nāyamupabhogakāloti viggaho, (ati) lahupāvuraṇanti rūpasiddhīti dassetuṃ lahupāvuraṇassātiādi
vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ.
Yoggaṃ rūpanti viggahe anurūpaṃ, nanu cātra niccasamāsattāsapadaviggahena

bhavitabbaṃtyāsaṅkiyāha-‘vicchāya’miccādi, anusaddena hi yoge vicchāyaṃ ‘‘anunā’’ti (2-10)
dutiyā vidhīyate, vākyeyevāssa ca payogo nāññatreti vākyampi bhavatīti maññate. Sakikhīti etthāpi
‘‘akāle sakatthe’’ti (3-81) sahassa so.
Sadiso kikhiyāti ettha kikhiyā pasiddhabhūtāya sādhiyassa sādhanabhāvena gahitāya

sadhammattena koci sādhiyo sadisoti vuttoti kimidha sadiso appadhānaṃ [padhānamevāti attho]
tathā sati puppapadatthappadhānenāsaṅkhyasamāsena sakikhīti ettha na bhavitabbanti āha-
‘nanuce’tyādi, kikhiyāti sambandhe chaṭṭhī, ettha pana sadisattassa kikhīyā-
ppaṭibaddhattāppadhānattaṃ. Netadatthītiādinā yathāvuttaṃ codanaṃ pariharati.
Yathā devadattoti ettha yadi samāso bhaveyya, devadattena sadiso yathādevadattanti bhaveyya,
paṭisiddhattā pana (na) samāsoti, kikhīti makkaṭassābhidhānaṃ. Jeṭṭhānukkamenāti vuttattā
anujeṭṭhanti tatiyantatā gamyate. Cakkena yugapadi sacakkaṃ.
4. Yāvāvadhāraṇe
Amattānaṃ yattako paricchedo yāvāmattaṃ.
5. Payyapābahitiro purepacchāvāpañcamyā
Pañcamyāti kasmā vuttaṃ nanu avuttepi tasmiṃ vakkhamānanayena pañcamyantattā

pañcamyanteheva samāso viññāyatītyāsaṅkiyāha‘yadipi’ccādi. Tathāpiccādinā pariharati, hotu
kāmaṃ ‘paripabbataṃ vijjotate’ti dutiyānisedhāya, aññatra kathanti āha ‘iha ce’tyādi.

Page 68 sur 136
Ācattāro vāti āsaddo vākye, saraṇe vā, gāmo bahi tiṭṭhatītyattho, purato gāmampassāti vadanto
puretyatthappaghānoyanniddeso, nasarūpappadhānoti dasseti, abhimukhe gāmampassātyattho.
Avuttānametānyupalakkhaṇāni, tasmā ‘tiro gāmampassā’tipi vuttaṃ hoti, tiriyato gāmampassa,
pacchato gāmampassāti attho.
Apasaddayoge niccapañcantassa vikappena samāsavidhānāvābhavanenodāharaṇaṃ dinnaṃ

(ettha) pañcamyāti payojanābhāvepi aññadatthaṃ kariyamānamihāpyatthavantaṃ hoti.
6. Samī
‘‘Anu yaṃ samayā’’ti (2-1-15) ca ‘‘yassa cāyāmo’’ti (2-1-16) ca pāṇinino vacanadvayaṃ,

ayametesamattho ‘‘yassa samayā samīpavācī anusaddo, tena saha samassateti ca, anu
yassāyāmavācī, tena syādyantena saha samassate’’ti ca. Vatthuto tu
sāmīpyāyāmavantānamaniddesepi sāmatthiyā tadākkhepoti dassento āha-‘samīpāyāmāna’miccādi.
Sambandhittāti sambandhisaddā sakatthamiva niyatapaṭiyoginamākkhapanti… tena vinā tesaṃ

sakatthābhāvā. Āyāmo dīghatā, ‘‘yassa samīpāyāmesvanu’’ti
yathāvuttasuttadvayamākkhepenupadisati, vanassa sāmipyamanuvanaṃ, ‘‘asaṅkhyaṃ
vibhattisampattisamīpa’’ icceva (3-2) siddhepuna samīpaggahaṇaṃ vikappatthaṃ, tena vanassānuti
vākyenāpi bhavitabbaṃ.
Gaṅgāya āyāmo anugaṅgaṃ, bhāgavuttikāro ‘‘lakkhaṇene’’ti vattate. Yassāyāmavācī anu, tena

lakkhaṇena samassate anugaṅgaṃ bārāṇasī, gaṅgāya lakkhaṇabhūtāya pasiddhāyāmaguṇāya bārāṇasī
lakkhīyate yāvāyatāyāmā gaṅgā tāvāyampīti sabhāvato tūpamānopameyyabhāvo samāse patīyate
gaṅgā viya dīghā’’ti lakkhiyalakkhaṇabhāvaṃ vaṇṇeti. Evaṃ sati bārāṇasīti paṭhamā nopapajjateti
maññamāno āha-‘gaṅgāyā mena yuttā ‘‘tyādi. Anugaṅgaṃ bārāṇasiyāti bārāṇasiyā gaṅgāyāmo
lakkhaṇanti attho.
7. Tiṭṭha
Akatasamāsācāti anena iminā katasamāsataṃ dīpeti, tiṭṭhantīti

idaṃntappaccayantassātthapadanti dassetumāha-‘‘ntokattari vattamāne’’ticcādi, (5-64)
āyatītīmassāttapadaṃ āyantīti, pumbhāvābhāvo nīpātanā, akāro ca nipātanā ‘‘gotva catthe cā
lope’’tyatra (3-46) ‘nāññāsaṅkhyatthesū’tyanuvattanato.
Lūnayavādīnamettha nipātanā kālepi napuṃsakaliṅgattaṃ, saṃhaṭāyavā yasmiṃ kāle

saṃhaṭayavaṃ, ummattagaṅganti saññāyamaññapadatthe vādhikārepi niccasamāso, na hi vākyaṃ
saññāti, ādisaddena‘samassa sobhanattaṃ susama’miccādīnañca saṅgaho, pabhāvanaṃ pakāsanaṃ.
8. Ore
Oraṃ gaṅgāya, pāraṃ yamunāyāti samāse kate nipātanā ekāro, teneva vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ
‘ekārantattaṃ nipātanato’ti, vuttivikappanatthatoti vuttiyā vikappo attho yassāti viggaho.
10. Amā
Socekatthībhāvo visiṭṭho-bhimatoti sambandho, muhuttanti accantasaṃyoge dutiyā,

pādisamāsaṃ katvāti āsaddassa harasaddena vuttisaddena [vuttipadena (pañcikā)] kiriyākhyāpyateti
asatyupasecanādikiriyāyaṃ saṅkhārakaṃ saṅkhāriyaṃ vā na bhavati, atthiceha tadubhayaṃ, tato
tesaṃ sambhavāyeva samāsantobhūtakiriyā gamyateti maññate, tathāhi dadhibhojanaṃtyādo vutte
adhyādino saṅkhārakattaṃ bhojanādino ca saṅkhāriyattaṃ patīyate, na copasekādimantarena
saṅkhāriyasaṅkhārakabhāvo-tthīti sāmatthiyāyevupasekādippatīti.
Tadapekkhāyāti gammamānopasecanādikiriyāpekkhāya. Pāṇiniyehi atthena ‘etassida’nti atthe

Page 69 sur 136
niccasamāso-bhimato sabbaliṅgatā ca, tathā vacanābhāvamiha manasikatvā ‘katha’miccādinā

vutti yaṃvuttaṃcodakavacanamāharitvā tatthādhippāyaṃvivarati ‘evamaññate’ccādinā, vidhānaṃ
katanti evamaññateti sambandho, tattheccādinā añña padatthe bhavissatītyetthādhippāyaṃ vivaranto
niccasamāsataṃ sabbaliṅgatañca paṭipādayati, vākyanivattisiddhāyevāti.
Atthasaddenāvagatatthatāya etassāti vattumayuttanti ‘etassa attho’ti vākyanivatti siddhāyeva,

kathañcipi catutthyantā bhinnatthassa samāse katepi tattha virodhamāha- ‘catutthyantasse’tyādi.
Vacanampīti ‘‘atthena niccasamāso sabbaliṅgatāca’’iti (3-1-36) vākyakārena

patiṭṭhitavacanampi, pāṇinīyānaṃ ‘etassa ida’nti atthe samāse kate yo-ttho sampajjati,
aññatthasamāsepi soyevatthoti dasseti ‘yo’ iccādinā, anupādāparinibbānanimittaṃ vāyāmoccādinā
yojetabbaṃ… taṃnimittattā vāyāmādīnaṃ, tesaṃ kathādīnanti ettha tesaṃ vāyāmādīnanti
vattabbaṃ… vāyāmotyādinā vuttattā so ca tannimittaṃ hoteva, ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘etassa idanti
vākye atthena samāse sabbaliṅgatā ca ‘etadattho etadatthā etadattha’nti vāyāmādayo ca samāsatthā
honti, etaṃ anupādāparinibbānamattho payojanametassa etissā etassāti aññapadatthepi esaṃ
padānaṃ soyevatthoti nātthabhedo’’ti.
Idañca ‘‘avippaṭisāratthāni kho ānandaṃ kusalāni, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya…pe…

vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya etadattho vāyāmo etadatthā kathā etadatthā mantanā
etadatthaṃ sotāvadhāna’’ntiādi (tikaṅguttara, ānandavagga) pāḷiṃ nissāya vuttaṃ.
Pāṇiniyehi ‘‘kattukaraṇe kitantena bahula’’nti (2-1-32) kitantena tatiyāsamāsavidhānā tattheva

bahulaggahaṇena ‘gāmaniggatā’dīsu samāso vutto, tenetthāntodāharaṇānaṃ dvinnamadhikattaṃ,
samāsābhāvo-bhimatoti pāṇinīyehi ‘‘pūraṇaguṇasuhitatthasadabyayatabbasamānādhikaraṇene’’ti (2-
2-11) sutte guṇa itivacanenābhimato, saditi saññā tesaṃ ntamānānaṃ.
So kathanti iha ‘bhāvatittatthehī’ti bhāvappaccayanteneva samāsapaṭisedhavidhānā

‘brāhmaṇassa sukkā’ iccādo so samā sappaṭisedho kathaṃ sijjhatīti attho.
Guṇattaniyevāti guṇasabhāve eva, abhimatoti vāttikakārassābhimato ‘‘tadavaṭṭhehi ca

guṇehī’’ti, tasaddenāssa guṇassa parāmāso tasmiṃyeva guṇe avatiṭṭhantīti tadavaṭṭhā, guṇeyeva
guṇātiṭṭhanti na kadācipi soyamityabhedā dabbavuttayo sukkādayo viya te tadavaṭṭhā guṇā
gandhādayo, tadavaṭṭhitehi guṇehi chaṭṭhī samassateti vattabbanti attho.
Ābhimatoti ‘‘pūraṇā’’disutte abyayaggahaṇena, devadattassāti chaṭṭhiyā gurumhi sāpekkhattepi

gurusaddassa sambandhisaddattā sakatthe [vākye] viya vuttiyaṃ byapekkhā-yāhānito
vuttisabbhāvaṃ vacanantarena sādhetumāha- ‘tathācāhū’ti.
Sātthevāti sakatthe viya, assāti sambandhisaddassa, sāmatthiyaṃ gamakattañcatthīti

padānamaññoññāpekkhālakkhaṇaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ sāmatthiyābhāvepi viggahavākyatthassa
gamakattaṃ vā atthīti attho, guruno kulaṃ dāsassa bhariyāti viggaho, athātra brāhmaṇassa
ucce’iccādo sāmatthiyaṃ gamakattaṃ vā natthīti kuto-vasitaṃ, yena tadābhāvātra samāsābhāvo
vaṇṇīyateccāha-‘sāmatthyādinotvi’ccādi.
Samāsābhāvo-bhimatoti ‘‘pūraṇā’’disutte samānādhikarassāpi upādānato. Sehīti attaniyehi,

nābhimatoti ‘‘cayuttehi sehi asamāsitehi chaṭṭhīsamāsappaṭisedhovattabbo’’ (vā) tyanena,
puthagatthatāya [bhinnatthatāyaṃ-vutti] miccassavivaraṇaṃ gavādīnamasamāseti, evamassādīnaṃ
samāsenālanti sambandho.
Yogīnanti itarītarayogīnaṃ, anenetaretarayogacatthasamāsaṃ vadati. Vuttihotītyassa vivaraṇaṃ

chaṭṭhīsamāso bhavatīti, ekatthībhāveiccassa vivaraṇaṃ gavādīnañca catthasamāse satīti.
Ruḷhittāti samāsasseva kīḷāvācakattena jīvikāya ca paccāya kattena pasiddhattā, na vākyassāti

‘uddālapupphabhañjikā’tyādo ruḷhīvasena niccasamāso bhavissatīti tatra kiṃ vacaneneti maññate,
sarasi ruḷhanti viggaho.

Page 70 sur 136
Ayampana amādisamāso kammadhārayadigusamāsāti sabbepi paresaṃ tappurisasadisattā

tappurisā, yathā hi tassa puriso tappurisoti uttarapadatthappadhāno, tathā te siyuṃ, saṅkhyāpubbatta
napuṃsakattasaṅkhātehi dvīhi lakkhaṇehi gacchati pavattatītidigu.
11. Vise
Kintaṃ visesana micchāha-‘yami’ccādi, yaṃ avatthāpayati taṃ vuccatīti sambandho, kintaṃ

visessamiccāha-‘yadaneke’ccādi, yaṃ avatthā pīyate tamabhidhīyateti sambandho,
nanvekatthenetyuccamāne visesseneti kathamavagamyate, yato evaṃ vivaritavā tyāsaṅkiyāha-
‘yadipi’ccādi.
Sambandhisaddattāti evaṃ maññate ‘‘sambandhisaddā sakatthamiva niyatampaṭi-

yoginamākkhipanti… tena vinā tesaṃ sakatthassāsambhavāti, vivaritavāti vivarittha,
ekatthenetīmassa samānādhikaraṇena saha samāso hotīti evaṃ sājjhāhāro attho veditabbo,
atthasaddassānekatthattā viseseti ‘attho abhidheyyo’ti. Kathaṃ tenattho vuccatītyāha-
‘adhikarīyati’ccādi.
Visessassa samānādhikaraṇattañca visesanāpekkhanti sambandho. Visessasaddassa visesanena

saha samānādhikaraṇattaṃ visesana saddāpekkhanti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo, tattha kāraṇamāha-
‘sambandhā’ti, adhikaraṇassa samānattaṃ nāma bhinnānaṃ sambandhīnaṃ bhavati, sambandhino ca
sambandhamantarena na hontī [hoti (potthake)] ti visesanavisessānaṃ sambandho viññāyate, evaṃ
viññātā tasmā sambandhāti attho.
Saddabyatirekena hettha atthānaṃ visesanavisessabhāvo na sambhavati, tathā hi

‘nīlamuppala’nti pañca vatthūni sannihitāni nīlanti nīlattaṃ guṇasāmaññaṃ, nīlo guṇo, tadādhāro
dabbanti tīṇi, uppalanti uppalattaṃ uppalajāti, dabbañca tannissayoti dve.
Tattha uppalajāti guṇajātīnaṃ [nīlajātiuppalajābhadhanaṃ (kātantaṭīkā)] tāva na sambhavati

visesanavisessabhāvo jātiyā nigguṇattā, nīlattassa ca nīlaguṇe samavāyino, uppalattassa ca
uppaladabbe samavāyino samānādhikaraṇattampi natthi, uppalajātiyā nīlassa ca guṇassa atthi
samānādhikaraṇattaṃ… nīla muppalanti pavattinimittānaṃ uppalajātinīlaguṇānamekamadhi
karaṇaṃnissayoti, visesana visessabhāvo tu natthi jātiyā anīlattā, guṇadabbānantu
sambhavativisesanavisessattaṃ dabbassānekaguṇattā, samānantu tesamparamadhikaraṇaṃ tatiyaṃ
natthi, yena samānādhikaraṇattaṃ siyā, evaṃ nīladabba uppaladabbānampi aññamaññaparihārena
vattumicchitānaṃ na visesana visessabhāvo, nāpi samānādhikaraṇattaṃ, kasmā
aññamaññāsambandhato apekkhābhāvato, vuttapaṭipakkhato pana vakkhamānanayena saddānameva
sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ visesanavisessattañca veditabbaṃ, tenevāha-‘atoyeve’ccādi.
Atoyevāti yato visessassa samānādhikaraṇattaṃ visesanāpekkhaṃ, atoyeva hetutoti attho,

bhinnanimittappa yuttānamevāti sāmaññena nīlaguṇādhāre dabbe guṇeyeva vā nīlasaddassa,
uppalasaddassa ca sāmaññena guṇavati dabbe vattamānattā aññamaññesu bhinnesu saddappavattiyā
kāraṇesu payuttānaṃ saddānameva [niṭṭhānameva (potthake)].
Samānādhikaraṇattanti nīluppalasaddānaṃ visuṃvisuṃ yoge visiṭṭhadabba vācittassāsambhavā,

nīlañca taṃ uppalaṃ ceti sāmānādhikaraṇye sannipatite sati sambhavā evaṃ tattha visiṭṭhe vatthumhi
pavattānaṃ tesaṃ samānatthatā, evakārena byavacchinnamatthaṃ dassetumāha-‘natvabhinne’ccādi.
Nanucetyādi codyaṃ, sīsampātīti sīsapā rukkhaviseso, nayida mevamiccādi parihāro.
Atha tuccateiccādinā parassa vacanāvakāsamāsaṅkate, visesavuttīti phalassa rukkhassa ca

sāmaññasaddattā bhāvena visese vutti, imesanti sīsapādīnaṃ na samodhāritāti na nicchitā,
sāmaññavuttiyeva samodhāritāti adhippāyo, avasitā nicchitā vutti yesaṃ sīsapādīnaṃ te
avasitavuttayo, payatanaṃ vinā tadā pappoti cāti sambandho, payatananti
‘sāmatthiyaladdhepivisesse’tivacanaṃ. Tañcanatthiccādi parihāro, sarūpamattakathanāyāti
vuttatthānampi sarūpamattakathanāya ‘pūpe bahū ānaye’ti yathā, evaṃ jātīyakanti

Page 71 sur 136
sarūpakathanappakārayuttaṃ. Upasaṃharamāha-‘tadeva’miccādi, nipātasamudāyovāyaṃ

vuttena pakārenetyassa atthe vattate.
Aññatarasambhavepi tannivattiyā vacanasabbhāvaṃ dassetumāha- ‘athapi’ccādi,

aññatarasambhavepīti visesanassa visessassa vā sambhavepi, yatrapyubhinnamatthi
visesanavisessabhāvasambhavo tatthapitāva bahulaṃvacanatova nivatti hoti, kimpanā-
ññatarasambhaveti dassetumāha-‘yathā puṇṇo’iccādi, ettha pana aññepi puṇṇanāmakā santīti
byabhicārasambhavā ubhinnampi visesanavisessabhāvasambhave bahulaṃvacanameva samāsaṃ
nivatteti, evaṃ vidhepīti aññatarasambhavepi, na kevalaṃ visesanavisessabhāvasambhave, atha kho
evaṃ vidhepyañña tarasambhavepityavisaddassa attho.
Yajjevamiccādi paccekaṃ visesanavisessabhāve sati aniṭṭhā pādanacodanā, paccekaṃ

visesanaṃ siyā ubhinnampi visesanattā, tattha dosamāha-‘visessassaca pubbanipāto’ti, co-vadhāraṇe,
vattabbantarasamuccaye vā, kutoccāha- ‘nāggahite’ccādi, iti kāraṇe, ato kimaniṭṭhamāyāta miccāha-
‘uppalanīlantipi siyā’ti, itthañcarahi kintyāha- ‘nīluppalanti ce’ccādi. Parihāramāha-‘nesadoso’ccādi,
upapattyantaramāha- ‘atha ce’ccādi.
Aññamaññānupakārittāti aññamaññassa visesanavisessatte nānupakārittā sappadhānattāti attho,

atha dvinnampi appadhānattaṃ kasmā na siyā tyāha- ‘appadhānattepi’ccādi,
sakasakappadhānāpekkhāvantānanti sakesake padhāne attani apekkhāvantānaṃ. Atha kuto
dabbasseva padhānattamasitaṃ, na tu guṇassetyāsaṅkiya ñāyamupanissayati ‘atha ce’tyādinā.
Chāgotyajo vuccate, taṃ setavaṇṇamālabhetha māreyya, phusanaṃ vā kareyyāti attho, āpubbo labhi
hi māraṇe phusane ca vattate, desanāyanti [codanāyanti codanāvākya (potthake)] vedavākyeti attho,
kuto chāgato-ñño nālabbhateccāha- ‘na hi’ccādi.
Chāgābhāveti setaguṇayuttassa chāgassābhāve, piṭṭhapiṇḍimālabbhāti setaguṇayogena

viṭṭhapiṇḍiṃ ālambha, na ca nālambhate tasmā guṇo appadhānanti ajjhāharitabbaṃ.
Puna codento āha- ‘nanu ce’ccādi, athetyadhippāyamāsaṅkate, aniṭṭhamāpādayati nīlasaddepi

pasaṅgo’ti, kutoccāha- ‘sopihi’ccādi, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti- ‘‘uppalasaddo jātivācī, na tu dabbavācī, jāti
visiṭṭhadabbavācittā yadi dabbavācīti vuccate, tadā nīlasaddopi guṇavisiṭṭha dabbavācittā
dabbavacanamāpajjatīti imesaṃ na koci viseso’’ti, pariharanto āha ‘nedamatthi’ccādi, apāyino
apagantāro dabbāti gamyate, kutoccāha- ‘satīpi’ccādi, iti kāraṇe.
Visesanamekattheneti siddhepi papañcatthaṃ paripphuṭatthañca udāharaṇabahuttaṃ dassetuṃ

pāṇiniyehi bahuṃ suttitaṃ, sabbassetassa paccakkhātabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ vuttiyamudāharaṇamattaṃ
dassitaṃ, tadidāni byākhyātukāmo āha- ‘pubbakāle’ccādi, chinnoca visesanantī sambandho
‘‘pubbakāleka sabbadhurapurāṇanavakevalāni samānādhikaraṇene’’ti (2-1-49) te samettha suttaṃ,
tatthekādīnaṃ vuttiyamudāharaṇāni na dassitānyupalakkhaṇatova viññāyantīti dassetumāha-
‘eke’ccādi, eko ca so purisocātyādinā viggaho upalakkhaṇattāyeva ca ‘satta ca te isayo ca
sattisayo’ccādikañca daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Upamīyate paricchijjate-nenetyupamānaṃ, upamīyatītyupameyyaṃ, tesaṃ

upamānopameyyānaṃ sādhāraṇo yo dhammo sāmatātena visiṭṭhaṃ yadupameyyaṃ, taṃ
vacanenetyattho upamānopameyyaccādi kassa, samāso bhavatīti seso, kāraṇamāha- ‘visese’ccādi,
visesāpariggahāti visesanantyeva sāmaññena pariggahā, evambhū tassāpīti upamānarūpassāpi. Nanu
satthīsaddassasatthiyaṃ vutti sāmāsaddassa tu devadattāya, ato byadhikaraṇattā kathamettha
samāsoccāsaṅkīyāha- ‘yade’ccādi, samāno dhammo sāmattādi yassa so sadhammo, tassa bhāvo
sādhammiyaṃ sāmattaṃ, tasmā devadattātthe vattate upacāravasena, sāmāsaddopi guṇavacanopi
sāmattaṃ vatvā saddhādittavasenābhedopacārena vā devadattāyaṃ vattate, nanu ca sāmāsaddassa
devadattābhidhāne caritatthatāya satthī guṇena niddiṭṭhātyaniyataguṇappatītippasaṅgo
nekaguṇādhārattā satthiyātyāsaṅkiyāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi.
Ihāti niddhāraṇe, etesaṃ guṇānaṃ majjheti attho, iha vā satthiyaṃ, sāmaguṇavantatāya

sāmāyāti gamyate, pasiddhivasenāti satthisāmātyatropamānaṃ satthī, upameyyā devadattā,

Page 72 sur 136
pasiddhantupamānaṃ bhavati nāppasiddhaṃ… pasiddhasādhammiyā sādhyu

sādhanamupamānanti katvā satthiyeva sāmaṅguṇena pasiddhā na devadattā, tasmā
sāmaguṇappasiddhiyāti attho. Sādhyute upamīyateneneti sādhanamupamānaṃ, sādhyate upadhīyateti
sādhyamupameyyaṃ, pasiddhassa sādhammiyaṃ tena, sādhyassāppasiddhassa kassaci sādhanaṃ
sādhyasādhanaṃ. Yatratviccādinā bahulaṃvacanasāmatthiyā sāmaññavacaneneva samāsasabbhāvaṃ
vatvā aññenāsabbhāvamudāharaṇena phuṭayituṃ ‘phālā iva taṇḍulā’tyādi āraddhaṃ.
Taṇḍulasaddoti upameyyabhūtataṇḍulasaddo, taṇḍulattampi vatvā dabbe pavatto

sāmaññavacano natu bhavatīti sambandho, dabbeti taṇḍuladabbe phāladabbe ca.
Upamānopameyyasādhāraṇasūrattādidhammavacanāppayogeti upamānopameyyānaṃ
sādhāraṇo yo visāradattādidhammo tabbacanassa ‘muni ayaṃ sīho viya visārado’tyādo
visāradādisaddassāppayogeti attho, kesañciti kesañci saddānaṃ majjhe, visessattameva phuṭayati.
‘Tathā ce’tyādinā, visesanavisessānaṃ yathiṭṭhattā niccaṃ sīhādīnaṃ visessatāyeva vacanicchāti
pubbanipātattāppasaṅgoti bhāvo, upapatyantaramāha-‘visesanasseve’ccādi, yadipi sīho visesanameva
na visessaṃ, tathāpi bahulādhikārā visesanassāpi paranipātoti bhāvo.
Athātrāpi visesananteva samāsappaṭipādane’muni ayaṃ sīhova visārado’ccādo sāmatthiyatova

samāsāppasaṅgepi upamāno pameyyānaṃ sādhāraṇavisāradattādidhammavacanāppayoge sati
tappasaṅgābhāvatthaṃ vacanamārabbhanīyanti codeti ‘nanuce’tyādinā, sāmatthiyatoti
sāmaññavacanappayoge sāpekkhattā samāsāppasaṅgoti sāmatthiyaṃ tasmāti attho.
Sāmaññappayogatthanti samāsavākye sāmaññavacanassa sūrattādi(no), appayogatthaṃ, tathā
hiccādinā sāmaññasaddappayoge sāmatthiyato samāsāsabbhāvā suttantarassānārabbhanīyabhāvaṃ
sādheti.
Visesānantabbhāvāti sāmaññassa samāse antobhāvepi tikhīṇattādito visiṭṭhassa

sūrassādivacanīyassa visesassa samāse anantogadhattā appasaṅgo sāpekkhamasamatthanti. Atheti
‘saccameta’ntiādiṃ paravacanamāsaṅkiya vadati, evamādisijjhanatthaṃ samāsoti (ñāpanatthaṃ)
ārabbhanīyambhavatīti sambandho.
Padhānassāti ‘raññopuriso-bhirūpo’tettha abhirūpasāpekkhassa purisassa visesanattenevā

[visesanaṃ tenevā (potthake)] ppadhānaṃ, samāsāvayavabhūtaṃ rājānaṃ pati
visessabhāvenāviphalitasakatthatāya padhānabhūtassa purisassa. Ādisaddena ‘rājapurisassa
dassanīyassa geha’nti saṅgaṇhāti.
Ettha hi gehampati visesanabhāvenāppadhānattepi rājānampati padhānabhūtassa purisassa

sāpekkhassāpi samāso hoteva. Idañcañāpanatthaṃ vacanārambhappayojanañca, kāraṇamāha-
‘gamakattā’iccādi.
Gamakattāti viggahavākyatthassa vuttiyampatīyamānattā gamakattaṃ tasmā, naceha

gamakattamatthīti ‘muni sīhova sūro’tyatra tu vākyato yottho patīyate, nāyaṃ ‘muni sīho sūro’tyato
gamyateti gamakattaṃ natthī-ti attho, tathāhi munisīhasaddenevo pamānopameyyabhāvanimittassa
visāradattassa sabhāvenevopādānato visāradasaddassa tena sambandhābhāvo.
Apavaggo nibbānaṃ, vākyameveti evakārena byavacchinnamatthampadassayamāha-

‘vuttinivattetī’ti bahulādhikārato viññāyati, nanu cātra visessabhāvāsambhavāppasaṅgoyeva vuttiyāti
codeti. ‘Nanuce’tyādinā.
Puṇṇatābyabhicārāti puṇṇatāsaṅkhātassa bālādiavatthāvisesassa avināppavattito byabhicārī hi

visessambhavati yathā nīlatāyuppalaṃ, pariharati ‘nedamatti’ccādinā, mantāṇiputtānaṃ anekattāti
kevalaṃ mantāṇiyā putto puṇṇoyevāti abhāvā tesaṃ bahubhāvato, attano attano gahassa patayoti
gahapatīnaṃ bahuttaṃ pākaṭameva.
Vuttiyeveti evakārena byavacchinnamatthamāha-‘vākyaṃ nivattetī’ti. Visiṭṭhajātivacanāti

vuttaṃ kaṇhasappajātiyā lohitasālijātiyā ca visiṭṭhattā.

Page 73 sur 136
Tacchako sappoti byākhyeyamupanikkhippacodayamāha- ‘nanu ce’ccādi.

Tacchakabhāvānapetoti bālayuvattādisaṅkhātatacchakabhāvato abyāvutto, atthināmadheyyoti
tacchako nāma koci tannāmo atthi, kiriyāsaddoti tacchatīti tacchakoti evaṃ kiriyāya
pavattinimittattenopādinno vaḍḍhakīvācī tacchakasaddo, evaṃ maññate ‘‘yathāvuttanayena
visesanavisessasabbhāvā samāsena bhavitabbaṃ, tathā sati kimidaṃ paccudāharaṇaṃ kata’’nti. Atra
kenaci na nāmadheyyassetyādi nopajāyatevātyetadavasānaṃ vuccamānamanudyataṃ nirākattukāmo
āha-‘yopā he’ccādi.
Imassāyamadhippāyo ‘‘vuttanayena tacchakasaddassa kiriyā

saddassātthavisayāpekkhāyābhāvato visessattābhāvā paccudāharaṇamidaṃ kata’’nti.
Kasmā ayuttamiccāha-‘yato’ccādi, nāmadheyyassa kiriyāvācino ca atthābhidhānasāmatthiyaṃ

tulyaṃ vā na vā, avayavappasiddhiyā samudāyappasiddhi balavati vā navetyetaṃ vicāretuṃ yato
nādhikatantyattho, kiñcarahi adhikatantyāha- ‘apitvi’ccādi, tacchakasaddonekatthavutti nānekatthoti
vicāretumadhikatanti yojanā.
Evaṃ maññate- ‘‘visesanavisessabhāvacintāyaṃ saddānamatthābhidhānasāmatthiyacintā na

yujjate ‘sati sambhave byabhicāre ca visesanaṃ sātthakaṃ hotī’ti visesanaṃ maggīyate, nāsambhave
nābyabhicāre yathā sītaṃ (himaṃ) uṇhoggīti, tasmā sambhavabyabhicāracintā
visesanavisessabhāvacintāyamupayujjatīti tacchakasaddo-nekatthavuttivā na vetyetadeva
vicāretumadhikatanti katthacipi visesanavisessa sabbhāve samāso hotevā’’ti, yadipi
nāmadheyyakiriyāvācīnamatulyamatthābhidhānaṃ samudāyappasiddhiyā ca balavatittaṃ, tathāpi
vakkhamānanayena samāsasabbhāvā na kāci hānīti dassetumāha- ‘ettha cā’tiādi.
Etthacāti keci pakkhe ca, kañci pīḷamāvahatīti sambandho, kutoccāha ‘tathāhi’ccādi. Evaṃ
maññate- ‘‘yadīpi samudāyappasiddhiyā sati kiriyāsaddatthavisayāpekkhā nopajāyate, tathāpi
nāmadheyyasseva tacchakasaddassāpyanekatthavuttittamattheva… sappavisese manusse ca
tannāmake nāmadheyyassa tacchakasaddassa pavattisabbhāvā(ti) visesanavisessasabbhāvato
samāsappasaṅgo tadavattho yevā’’ti, na kevalaṃ sappavisesasseva tacchakasaddo
nāmadheyyamapitu manussānampīti pisaddattho. Tacchakasaddassānekatthavuttittepi na
samudāyappasiddhiyā avayavappasiddhībādhāti dassetumāha- ‘nacā’tiādi. Co-vadhāraṇe, kutoccāha
‘kiriye’ccādi. Kamenatthappasiddhīti yaṃ, etampana sakkā viññātunti yojanā.
Yanti yaṃ pasijjhanaṃ, kamenāti bādhābhāvato anukkamena. Evañceti iminā nacetyādinā

vuttaṃ paccāmasati… kimpaṭivihitaṃ siyā parihaṭaṃ siyāti attho, iti iminā kāraṇena ‘tacchako
sappo’ti paccudāharaṇaṃ na yuttaṃ… tacchakasappoti samāsasabbhāvatoti adhippāyo,
nedamevamiccādinā pariharati, yadā carati yathā vuttena visesanavisessabhāvasambhavo, tadā
kathaṃtyāha- ‘yadā visesane’ccādi. Tadāpi kathaṃ vākyena bhavitabbamiccāha- ‘idañce’ccādi.
Bahulaṃvacanatoyevāti adhippāyo.
Aññassāti kammani sambandhavacanicchāyaṃ chaṭṭhī. Avacchedakattāti ettha kattunā

bhavitabbanti kāḷassāti kattari bhāvayoge chaṭṭhiyā ajjhāharitabbaṃ. Pattāpannehi dutiyantassa
jīvikampatto jīvikā pannoti samāso ‘kārakaṃ bahula’’nteva (caṃ-2-2-19) vihito dutiyantena tu tesaṃ
samāsatthaṃ suttantaraṃ kataṃ parehi, atthañca tesamitthiliṅgānampi samāseneva, kāranivattiyā,
tathā māso jātassāti viggahe parimāṇivācinā chaṭṭhiyantena parimāṇavacanānaṃ kālasaddānaṃ,
tadāha- ‘pattāpannāna’miccādi, parimāṇaṃ māsādi paricchedo tamassatthīti parimāṇī jātādi.
Ettha hi māso parimāṇaṃ paricchedakattā, jāto parimāṇī paricchejjattā, pattā jīvikānenāti [patto
jīvikanti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ] vacanicchāyaṃ yo-ttho so- ñāpadatthasamāsepyatinno
vacanicchābhedamantarenātidassetuṃ ‘aññapadatthe bhavissatī’ti yaṃ vuttiyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ
byākhyātukāmo āha- ‘vānekaññatthe iccevā’tiādi. Aññattha samāse kate sabbattha ‘‘itthiyaṃ
bhāsite’’ccādinā (3-67) pumbhāvo. Māso jātassāti vacanicchāyaṃ yo-ttho, so-
ññatthasamāsepyabhinno vacanicchābheda mantarenāti dassetumāha- ‘yassa jātādino’ccādi.
Jātasaddassatthamāha sampannoti, sampuṇṇotyattho, iminā ca māso jāto-ssāti viggahassa attho

Page 74 sur 136
dassito, aññathāti yadi māso tassa aññapadatthassa jātādino sampuṇṇo na bhātīti attho.
Ttattavantūnaṃ niṭṭhāsaññaṃ vidhāya tadantassaññatthasamāse ‘‘niṭṭhā’’ti (2-2-36) suttena
pubbanipāto vutto, tadāha- ‘nace’ccādi, pubbanipātappasaṅgo naca siyātisambandho, kutoccāha-
‘jāti’ccādi. Kesañciti vākyakāramāha, naca yuttanti sambandho, kāraṇamāha- ‘visesana’meccādi,
tathāhiccādinā visesanassa sātthakatte samāsabbhāvamabhāve cābhāvaṃ sādheti… chaṭṭhīsamāse
‘sati sambhave byabhicāre ca visesanassa sātthakambhavatīti visesanassa sātthakattā.
Avacanepīti niyamavacane (a)satīpi, chaṭṭhīsamāsappasaṅgo carahi vuttanayena byavacchejja

byavacchedakattābhāvena visesanānatthakyā na bhaveyya ce vākyenāpi na bhavitabbanti āha-
‘vākyaṃ tvi’ccādi. Ayampana visesanasamāso parehi kammadhārayoti ñāyati… yathā kammaṃ
kiriyaṃ payojanañca dhāreti evamayaṃ samāso kammamiva dvayaṃ dhārayatīti.
12. Naña
Etthevāti ‘‘ṭa nañssa’’iti (3-74) sutteeva. Pāmanaputtotipāmā kuṭṭhaviseso assa atthīti

pāmasaddā ‘‘dissantaññepi paccayā’’ti (4-120) nappaccayo, pāmanassa putto, yadi hettha ñakāro
visesanattho na karīyetha, tadā ‘‘ṭa nassā’’ti suttaṃ karīyetha, tathā ca satyuttarapade parato
pāmanasadde nakārassāpi ṭo
Siyāti bhāvo, nanu ciha samāsavidhimhi ña kāroccāraṇā ña lopa rahitassa samāso na bhavatīti
vattumucitaṃ, na tu ‘‘ṭa nañssā’’ti visesanatthoti [ññakāro etthova visesanattho, ti bhavitabba]
saccaṃ, kintviha samāsavidhimhi ña kārassa byavacchajjaṃ na dissate.
Pariyudāsavuttīti pari tulitamuggayha nisedhanīyassa asanaṃ khepanaṃ vajjanaṃ pariyudāso,

tena pariyudāsena visiṭṭhe-tthe vutti asseti pariyudāsavutti, pasajjappaṭisedhavuttīti
paṭisedhanīyameva pasajja patvā taṃsadisamanapekkhiya nisedho, tena vutti asseti pasajjappaṭisedha
vutti.
Yattha brāhmaṇā aññova bhavatītyevaṃ vākyenātthantaravidhānā vidhino padhānattaṃ,

atthantaravidhānasāmatthiyeneva brāhmaṇassa paṭisedho patīyate, brāhmaṇassa [brāhmaṇassā
(potthake)] nivattane tadapekkhāyāññassa vidhānayogato sakapadena nañkhyena vidhibhāgī na
vuccate, kiñcarahi aññasaddena… pariyudāsanissayinoññasaddasseva vākye payogato’ añño
brāhmaṇā abrāhmaṇo’ti, nañssaca syādyantena sāmatthiyaṃ, na tyādyantenetyekavākyatā… añño
brāhmaṇā abrāhmaṇoti tattha tattha pariyudāsavuttittā.
Pasajjappaṭisedhetu paṭisedhassa padhānattā brāhmaṇo na bhavatīti vākyena brāhmaṇassa

paṭisedho vidhi atthagammo vākyabhedo, sakapadena ca nañkhyena paṭisedhabhāgivācī sambajjhate.
Ko so brāhmaṇā aññoti āha- ‘brāhmaṇattānajjhāsito’ccādi.
Itarasminti pasajjappaṭisepekkhe, kenaci saṃsayanimittenāti upavītadassanādinā kenaci

saṃsayakāraṇena, sabbampi padaṃ sakatthe payogampati ñāṇamapekkhate, tañca ñāṇaṃ dvidhā
sammāñāṇaṃ micchā ñāṇañca. Ubhayampetabrāhmaṇasaddaṃ pavattayati. Tattha sammāñāṇa
pubbake abrāhmaṇasaddappayoge natthi nañssa byāpāro, na hi tattha tena kiñci karīyati.
Micchāñāṇapubbake tu vijjate tassa byāpā ro tattha hi tena micchāñāṇappabhavatā parassākhyāyate,
micchāñāṇaṃ cendriyahetukaṃ, vinā sadisattaṃ na bhavatīti paṭisedhe sati uttarapadatthasadiso
samāsattho jāyateccāha- ‘tattha sadisattaṃ vine’ccādi. Rajjuyaṃ hi sappabuddhi sadisattā.
Payogasāmatthiyāceti abrāhmaṇamānayeccādipayogasāmatthiyā ca. Evammaññate- ‘‘yadyatra

brāhmaṇamattassānayanaṃ siyā pubbapadassuccāraṇamanatthakaṃ siyā, atha na kassaci ānayanaṃ
evampi sabbassevā brāhmaṇasaddassānatthakattaṃ, tasmā payogasāmatthiyāpi sadisappaṭipattī’’ti.
Taggatāti sadisatthagatā. Yathāvuttassevā-tthassupabrūhanāya viññūvacanamupaññassati

‘atoyeva vuccate’ccādi. Ayañcettha attho ‘‘nañvacanena ivasaddena ca yaṃ yuttaṃ tadaññasmiṃ
tappadatthasadise-tthe paṭipattiṃ janeti, tathāhyatthasampaccayo loke dissati ‘abrāhmaṇamānayā’ti
brāhmaṇasadiso khattiyādi ānīyatīti, adhikarīyati niyujjate saddo-smintyadhikaraṇaṃ. Yathāvuttena

Page 75 sur 136
ca byākhyānena kimiṭṭhaṃ siddhantyāha- ‘tadeva’miccādi. Keci pana

uttarapadatthappadhānattamiha vaṇṇenti.
Samatthavādīnanti ‘‘samattho padavidhi’’ (pā 2-1-1) tvevaṃ vādīnaṃ. Samattha vādīnaṃ

samāso vidheyyoti sambandho, vidheyyoti vacanantarena vidheyyo, tathāhi apunageyyāti gāyanena
nañssa sambandho, na tu punasaddatthena. Anokāsaṃ kāretvāti karaṇena sambandho na okāsena.
Amūlāmūlaṃ gantvāti gamanena, na mūlenāti asāmatthiyaṃ. Gamakattavādinoti asāmatthiyepi yatra
gamakattaṃ tattha samāso hoteva, tato gamakattañca samāsassa nibandhananti yo vadati
tassetyattho. Etthāpīti apunageyyātyādopi, nanvayamapyācariyo gamakattavādī, tathāsati
gamakattāiccanabhidhāya bahulādhikārāti kasmāvuttanti āha-‘so ce’ccādi.
Kehicīti vuttigganthena byavacchinnamatthaṃ dassento āha- ‘kehiciyeva na sabbehī’ti,

apunageyyāti ‘‘ṭa nañssā’’ti (3-74) nassaṭo, atippasaṅgābhāvatoti suttantarena samāse avihitepi
anabhimatatthānampatītiyā abhāvato.
13. Kupā
Syādividhinoti kārakavibhattividhānato visuṃ itthambhūtādīsuvidhānā syādividhītisaṅkhaṃ

gatassa syādividhino, asyādividhimhīti pariyudāso-natthakoti codento āha ‘nanvi’ccādi, anatthakaṃ
bhaveyya… lakkhaṇādyatthānaṃ samāse guṇībhūtattā samāsato
kiriyāsambandhānurūpavibhattiyatthassa padhānabhāvato, pariharati ‘nayidameva’miccādinā.
‘‘Anunā’’ti (2-10) vicchāyamanunā yoge dutiyā vidhānasāmatthiyā vākyampi hoti, aññathā
niccasamāse dutiyā vidhānamanatthakanti bhāvo, nigamayati tasmāiccādinā, ‘‘ku pāpatthe’’ti
paresaṃ gaṇapāṭho, evamuparipi ‘‘dunindāyaṃ’’tyādi veditabbaṃ.
14. Cīkri
Cīsaddoti ettha cīti iminā cīppaccayantaṃ parāmasati, cīppaccayanta saddoti attho.
15. Bhūsa
Pītisambhamoti pītiyā sambhamo pītipubbikā paccuṭṭhānāsana dānādivisayā turitatā,

alaṃbhutvā pariyattaṃ sampuṇṇaṃ bhutvā.
16. Aññe
Purobhūya aggatobhūya. Tirobhūya antaradhānībhūya. Anaccādhāneti imassa attho

‘upariyādhānato aññatrā’ti, ādhānaṃ patiṭṭhāpanaṃ, icchantīti pāṇiniyādayo icchanti, urasi katvā
pāṇinti pāṇiṃ urasi katvā.
17. Vāne
Anekaggahaṇassa payojanaṃ vattumupasakkati ‘idhe’ccādi, vivacchitekasaṅkhyāsāmaññanti

vivacchitaṃ ekasaṅkhyāya sāmaññaṃ, evaṃ maññate ‘‘yadi‘syādi syādine’ti
vattumicchitekasaṅkhyāsāmaññassa pariggaho na siyā tadā ihānatthaka (maneka)ggahaṇaṃ siyā
tenehāne kaggahaṇasāmatthiyāyeva ‘syādisyādine’ti vattumicchitekasaṅkhyā
sāmaññampariggahitanti viññāyate’’ti teneccādinā idaṃ dasseti ‘‘tena yathāvuttena pubbe vutto
sabbopi samāso pubbaparānaṃ dvinnaṃyeva syādyantānaṃ hotī’’ti.
Yajjevaṃ kathaṃ ‘tadahujāto’ti bahulādhikārena visesana samāsagabbhakārakasamāsena vā

sijjhati, ayaṃ aññapadatthasamāso. Catthe bahunnamiṭṭhattā tadatthañcānekaggahaṇaṃ, tena ‘hotu
potu pitā puttā’ti hoti uttarapade (yoni) sambandhe parato pubbapadassa ‘‘putte’’ti (3-65)
suttenāttena, aññathā dvinnaṃdvinnaṃ samāse sabbattha uttarapadasambhavena
‘‘vijjāyonisambandhānamā tatra catthe’’ti (3-64) ‘‘putte’’ti ca suttadvayenāttena‘hotā potā pitā

Page 76 sur 136
puttā’ti āpajjeyya. Anekanti paṭhamantattā syādītīdamevānuvattate, tenevānekaṃ

syādyantamicceva vuttaṃ. Athāññattheti vutte-ññassa vākyassattheti avatvā padassecceva kasmā
vuttantyāsaṅkiyā ha- ‘syādyantasse’ccādi, tassevāti sāmatthiyaladdhassa syādyanta padasseva
samāso viññāyatīti sambandho.
Tassa guṇā tagguṇā tasseccanenāññapadattho niddisīyate, tassa aññapadatthassa ye guṇā yāni

visesanāni, tesaṃ saṃviññāṇaṃ gahaṇaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ, athavā so guṇo yassa so tagguṇo,
tagguṇassa tagguṇayuttassāññapadatthassasaṃviññāṇaṃ, na guṇavirahitassā(ti)
tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ, ettha pana ‘aññapadatthe tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ pyatthī’ti paribhāsīyati,
tatthāyamattho ‘‘aññapadatthe samāse-ññapadattho visesanena saha viññāyati navisesanarahito’’ti,
kvaci atagguṇasaṃviññāṇassāpi dassane nāpisaddo, yatrāvayavena viggaho samudāyo samāsattho
tattheva tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ bhavati, tagguṇasaṃviññāṇato aññaṃ atagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ, tasmiṃ,
yatrāvayavoyeva samāsattho tatrātagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ.
Ettha pana bahudhanasaddo purisassa upalakkhaṇabhāvena katattā. Abhimatoti pāṇinīyānaṃ

abhimato dasannaṃ samīpe āsannā dasannamiccādivākye.
Parimāṇamevasaṅkhyeyanti parimāṇalakkhaṇameva saṅkhyeyaṃ, tañca parimāṇalakkhaṇaṃ

saṅkhyeyañca.
Saṅkhyānarūpanti saṅkhyānasabhāvaṃ.
Parimāṇenāti pañcasaṅkhyāya paricchijjamānena saṅkhyeyasaṅkhātena parimāṇena.
Saṅkhyānavuttīti tena anativattiyamānatapparicchedaka saṅkhyānarūpa saṅkhāte saṅkhyāne

vutti yassā sā saṅkhyānavutti-pañcasaṅkhyā.
Diṭṭhanteniminā imaṃ dīpeti ‘‘yathā pañca parimāṇamesanti pañcakāti ettha parimāṇarūpo-

vayavabhedasamudāyasabhāvo pakatiyattho samudāyino sakunā paccayattho, tathā tidasāti
etthāpi’’ti, kappaccayo pakatippaccayatthabhedasambhavena.
Keci panāti iminā pāṇinīye dasseti.
Pakatippaccayatthabhedasambhavāti iminā paresaṃ pakatippaccayatthānaṃ bhedābhāvassa

icchitattā saññāyaṃ sakatthe kappaccayassa vidhānaṃ dasseti.
Syādyantassāti iminā vāsaddassa padattaṃ dasseti.
Tadatthepīti tassa vāiti aññapadassa atthepi, tadattho cettha vikappattho vā siyā tadā pana
dvinnaṃ gahaṇe na tiṇṇaṃ, tesantu gahaṇe na dvinnaṃ, saṃsayo vā, tadā tu saṃsayassobhayā
lambanarūpattā dvevāti vutte tayo, tayovāti vutte dve apekkhīyantīti buddhivisayā pañca atthā
samāsābhidheyyo honti.
Nāmattenāti ruḷhināmattena, abhimato pāṇiniyānaṃ, vikappitaṃ suttantarena vibhāsā

sabbanāmasaññāvidhānena.
Avayavadhammenāti avayavasaṅkhātena sabhāvena.
Nanu ca samānādhikaraṇānaṃ bahubbīhi vutto pāṇiniyehi ‘pañcahi bhuttamasseti

byadhikaraṇānaṃ na siyā’ti, tathā paṭhamatthaṃ vajjetvā sabbavibhatyatthesu iṭṭho ‘vuṭṭhe
devegatoccatra vuṭṭhadevoti na siyā’ti tasmā kathamatra byadhikaraṇānaṃ paṭhamatthe samāso
vaṇṇīyateccāsaṅkiyāha-‘byadhikaraṇānampi’ccādi, byadhikaraṇānampi
yathābhidhānaṃsamāsasabbhāvato pañcahi bhuttamassetyādo bahulādhikārā anabhidhānato vā na
bhavissati, tatoyeva ca pañca bhutta vanto-sseti samānādhikaraṇānampi kvaci na bhavissati, tathā

Page 77 sur 136
paṭhamatthepi kvaci na bhavissati vuṭṭhe deve gato’ti. Tulyayoge gamyamāneti attho.
Aññatracāti tulyayogato-ññatra salomakotyādīsu ca, vijjamānāni lomānyassa, vijjamānā pakkhā

assāti viggaho. Upasaṅkhyāto ‘‘syādyadhikāre-tthikhīrādīnamupasaṅkhyāna’’nti (2-2-24-vā)
sabhāvato eva nivatto na suttantarato, gatatthassāpi hi payoge anavaṭṭhānaṃ siyā piṭṭhapesane viya,
kathañcarahi brāhmaṇe bahū ānaya, ahaṃ pacāmīti nāvassamevaṃ payogo, katthaci pana
vacanasiliṭṭhatādippayojane sati hoteva.
Kaṇṭhe sambhavoti kāḷassa kaṇṭhe sambhavo. Ṭṭhasaddatthoti kaṇṭhaṭṭhasadde ṭṭhasaddattho.

Oṭṭhasaddova mukhavuttītyanena gammamānatthattā dutiyassa mukhasaddassāppayogamāha, tasmā
oṭṭhova mukhamassāti viggayha oṭṭhamukhoti samāso, na ca pāṇi pāṇyantarassa mukhaṃ,
mukheneva ca pāṇimukhassa sadisattaṃ pasiddhanti sāmatthiyā oṭṭhamukhamiva
mukhamassetyattheva tiṭṭhate, upanyasyantetyupanyāsā, visayadassanatthāti iminā’kaṇṭhe kāḷo
yassā’tyādīkameva vākyanti dasseti. Samudāye vikārecāti samudāyasambandhe vikārasambandhe ca.
Taṃsamāsassāti tassā chaṭṭhiyā samāsassa, tadabhidhāyinanti saṅghāta vikārābhidhāyīnaṃ, kesānaṃ
saṅghāto iccādi paresaṃ vākyaṃ. Dhātuto jātaṃ dhātujaṃ, uttarapadaṃ patitasaddādi, tassa payogoti
patitasaddassa payogo.
‘‘Nañsmātthyatthāna’’nti (2-2-24) vāttikaṃ, etanāha-‘ña kārānu bandhā’iccādi. Pāṇiniyā tu

avijjamānasaddo nañsamāso, padantare nāssa bahubbīhi vottarapadalopo, avijjamānā puttāssa
aputtovijjamānaputtoti sādhenti, icchate pāṇinīyehi… dakkhiṇapubbā saddānaṃ nānatthattā
byadhikaraṇattā, vacanepīti sutte vijjamānepi, aya maññapadatthasamāso parehi bahubbīhīti vuccati
tathāhi bahavo vihayo yassa so bahubbīhi, yathā bahubbīhīti aññapadatthappadhāno tathā ayampi.
19. Catthe
Samuccīti piṇḍīkaraṇaṃ, ko soti āha- ‘sādhanameka’miccādi. Ekaṃ sādhanaṃ ekaṃ kiriyaṃ vā

paṭicca cīyamānatāti sambandho, kesanti āha- ‘kiriyāsādhanāna’nti, kenāti āha- ‘attarūpabhedenā’’ti.
Tattha devadatto bhuñjati tiṭṭhati pacaticāti sādhanampaṭicca kiriyānaṃ attarūpabhedena cīyamānatā
veditabbā, dhave ca khadire ca palāse ca chindāti kiriyampaṭicca attarūpabhedena sādhanānaṃ
cīyamānatā veditabbā.
Soti samuccayo bhavatīti seso, kesanti āha- ‘tulya balāna’miccādi.
Tulyabalānanti iminā visuṃ padhānabhāvena kiriyābhisambandhā aññamaññānapekkhattamāha.
Aniyatakkamayogapajjānanti kamo ca yogapajjañca, aniyataṃ kamayogapajjaṃ yesaṃ

saddānaṃ tesaṃ, yathetyādinā tatthodāharaṇaṃ dasseti, etthāyamadhippāyo ‘‘ettha gavādīnaṃ
visuṃ padhānabhāvenānayanakiriyābhisambandhā tulyabalatā gavādīnaṃ vuttakkameneva
nayanābhāvā aniyatakkamatā gavādīnaṃ yugapadi nayanābhāvā aniyata yogapajjatā ca hoti, tathā
aññaṃ tādisampī’’ti. Anu pacchā padhānānurodhena (cayanaṃ) anvācayo, taṃ byañjayati
‘yatthe’ccādi, tadanurodhenāti tadanuguṇena, udāharati ‘yathe’ccādi, bhikkhāgamanamettha
padhānamantaraṅgattā, netaraṃ bahiraṅgattā, taṃ karaṇe yadi gāvopi passati tāpyānayati, ettha tu
gossānayanaṃ bhikkhāṭanamapekkhate, netaramitarassa… vināpi tena tadanuṭṭhānato. Itarassa
itarena yo go itaretarayogo, so ca etādisoti āha- ‘aññamaññe’ccādi.
Avayavappadhāno cāti sābhāvikābhidhānasāmatthiyenāputhubhūto ca, vuttivayena

sāriputtasaddo moggallānattho hoti moggallānasaddo sāriputtatthopīti aññamaññatthe padhānato
yugapadyadhikaraṇavacane sati cattha samāsoti so-yamadhikaraṇa samudāyo
ubhayapadānugataubhayatthavasena catubbidhopi yugapadi buddhiyā gayhamāno kadāci
ubbhūtāvayavabhedo teneva sābhāvikābhidhānasāmatthiyeneccevamavayavappadhāno ca, nanu ca
jananamaraṇānīti viruddhānaṃ kathamekenābhidhānanti vuccate- sabbopi saddo payujjamāno (itarī)
tarenāvadhāraṇaṃ vattate, tena ekeko saddo ekekassatthassa vācako, tathāpi yathā
sāriputtamoggallānāti ettha bahuvacanassaññathānupapattiyā yugapadyadhikaraṇavacanatā hotī,
tathātrāpi bahuvacanassaññathānupapattilakkhaṇena sāmatthiyena ekenāpyabhidhānaṃ hoti. Iti

Page 78 sur 136
hetumhi, yato evamavayavappadhāno tatoti attho.
Bahuttāti kiñcāpi vākye nesaṃ [vākyenevesaṃ (potthake)] visuṃ bahvatthatā, na hi

sāriputtamānayāti vutte moggallānassāpi sampaccayo bhavati, tathāpi yato vuttivisaye
sahabhūtānamevesaṃ visuṃ bahvatthatā, tato tattha vacanīyassa atthassa saṅkhyātedena bahuttaṃ.
Samāharaṇaṃ piṇḍīkaraṇavasena saṃharaṇaṃ samāhāro, so cevaṃ veditabboti dassetumāha
‘aññamaññe’ccādi.
Ettha ca kiñcāpi itarītarayogassa samāhārassa ca bhāvarūpattā adabbarūpatā, tathāpītarītarayoge

tu yathā guṇavaca nānaṃ sukkaṃ vatthaṃ sukko kambalo sukkā gāvīti nissayabhedato
liṅgavacanasiddhi, tathā taddhammānamabhidhānato nissayato liṅgavacana siddhi veditabbā,
saṃhatippadhānattācekavacananti yadā bahunnaṃ samudāyo tirohitāvayavabhedo saṃghāto
pakkamīyate, tadā samāhārocceva saṃhatippadhānattā ekavacanaṃ hotīti attho. Tadanuṭṭhānatoti
tassa karaṇato. Byatikaro missatā, byatikaraṃ dasseti pāṇiccādinā, paccekaṃ parisamattiyaṃ
vākyabahuttaṃ dasseti ‘tattha hiccādi.
Cakkhuñca sotañca, mukhañca nāsikā ca, hanu ca gīvā ca, chavi ca maṃsañca lohitañca,
nāmañca rūpañca, jarā ca maraṇañcāti viggayha samāso, ‘‘samāhāre napuṃsaka’’nti (3-20) sabbattha
napuṃsakaliṅgaṃ, syādimhi mukha nāsikantiādīsu ‘‘syādīsu rasso’’ti (3-23) rasso. Alabhatā
gomukhaṃ ḍiṇḍimo bherivisesā, āḷambaraṃ paṇavo, murajo mudaṅgo, maddavo mudaṅgo.
Maddavavādanaṃ paṇavavādanañca sippamassa maddaviko pāṇaviko, sammaṃ kaṃsatāḷaṃ, tāḷaṃ
hatthatāḷaṃ, alasatā ca āḷambaro ca, murajo ca, gomukho ca, saṅkho ca ḍiṇḍimo ca, maddaviko ca,
pāṇaviko ca, gītañca vāditañca, sammañca tāḷañcāti viggaho. Yugassa hitā yoggā goṇā, tesamidaṃ
yoggaṃ kasikammaṃ, tassa aṅgaṃ. Tenāha- ‘kasibhaṇḍāna’nti, phālokasako, pācanaṃ patodo, yugo
ca naṅgalañcāti viggaho. Piṇḍamāyudhaviseso, asi ca satti ca tomarañca piṇḍañcāti viggaho.
Cammaṃ saravāraṇaphalakaṃ, kalāpo tūṇīraṃ, paharaṇañca āvaraṇañcāti viggaho. Ahi ca nakulo
ca, bīḷāro ca mūsiko ca, kāko ca ulūko ca, nāgo ca supaṇṇocāti viggaho. Saṅkhyā ca parimāṇañca
saṅkhyāparimāṇaṃ, tattha parimāṇasaññānaṃ yathādīgho ca majjhimo ca dīghamajjhimaṃ.
Ekakañca dukañcāti viggaho, dukatikādīsupi esevanayo.
Khuddajantu siyā- naṭṭhi, athavā khuddakova yo;

Sataṃ vā pasate yesaṃ, keci ānakulā api.
Kīṭo ca pataṅgo ca, kuntho ca kipilliko ca, ḍaṃso ca makaso ca, makkhikā ca kipillikācāti
viggaho. Pacanacaṇḍālāti o rabbhikādīnaṃ ruḷhīsaññā. Urabbhe hantvā jīvatīti orabbhiko, evaṃ
sesesu. Sānaṃ sunakhaṃ pacatīti sapāko, venā tacchakā, rathakārā cammakārā. Sādhāraṇā samānā,
caraṇasaddo- yaṃ idha gayhatīti sambandho, yathā sakamajjhayanāya carīyanti vatānyetesūti
caraṇāni, kaṭhādivājhānyajjhayanāni sākhāsaññakāni. Yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati
amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā caraṇāni sīlādayo paṇṇarasa dhammā. Tenāha- ‘kaṭhādīhī’tiādi, kaṭhādīhīti
pasiddhivasena kamātikkamenāpi vuttaṃ, tato ādisaddena atisādayo gayhanti. Atisena bhāradvājena
kaṭhena vuttaṃ vidantyadhīyanti vāti ‘‘aññasmi’’ti (4-121) ṇo, ‘‘lopo’’ti (4-123) lopo atisā
bhāradvājā kaṭhā. Kalāpinā vuttaṃ vidantyadhīyanti vāti, teneva ṇo, kalāpā, kaṭhā ādi yesaṃ te
kaṭhādayo, tehi ajjhenavisese ca purise ca upacārāti sambandho.
Sīlādayotiādisaddena indriyasaṃvarādayo gayhanti. Sīlañca paññāṇañca, samatho ca vipassanā

ca vijjā ca caraṇañcāti viggaho. Ekato ajjhayanametesūti ekajjhayanāni, pakaṭhāni vacanāni
pāvacanāni saddhammo, ekajjhayanāni ca tāni pāvacanāni ca tesaṃ, dīgho ca dīghāgamo ca
majjhimo ca majjhimāgamo ca, ekuttaro ca aṅguttarāgamo ca saṃyuttāgamo ca, khandhako ca
vibhaṅgocāti viggaho.
Tesanti iminā liṅgavisesānanti chaṭṭhiyantataṃ dīpeti, itthī ca pumā ca, dāsī ca dāso ca,
cīvarañca piṇḍapāto ca senāsanañca gilānapaccayo bhesajjaparikkhāro ca, tiṇañca kaṭṭho ca sākhā ca
palāso cāti viggaho. Cheko dakkho, pubbā ca parācātiādinā viggaho.
Pubbadakkhiṇantiādīsu ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasso. Kāso ca kuso ca usiro ca

Page 79 sur 136
bīraṇañca, muñjañca babbajañcāti viggaho. Khadiro ca palāsocātiādinā ca, gajo ca gavajo

cātiādinā ca, hatthī ca goca asso ca vaḷavācāti ca, haṃso ca balāvā cātiādinā ca, bako ca balākācāti
ca. Hiraññañca suvaṇṇo ca, maṇi ca saṅkho ca muttā ca veḷuriyo ca jātarūpañca rajatañcāti ca, sāli ca
yavakocātiādinā ca, sākañca suvañcātiādināca, kāsiyo ca kosalācātiādinā ca viggaho, janapadavācinā
ca bahuvacanantā.
Ekavīsaticcādino ekañca taṃ vīsaticāti visesanasamāso vā siyā, ekañca vīsati ca ekavīsatīti

catthasamāso vā, samāhāre napuṃsakattantu na pappoti, ‘‘nānusāsanīyaṃ liṅgaṃ sokanissayattā
liṅgasse’’ti loke napuṃsakaliṅgassehānabhidhānato napuṃsakaliṅgaṃ na bhavissatītyadhippāyo,
sabhāparisāyāti ñāpakato vā samāhāre napuṃsakaliṅgamatra byabhicaratīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Pubbappayogo-bhimatoti upasajjanasaññakassa syādīti paṭhamāya niddiṭṭhassa samāse

pubbanipāto ‘‘upasajjanaṃ pubba’’miccanena (2-2-31) iṭṭho kamassa padhānabhāvena
vattumiṭṭhattāti ‘‘syādisyādinekattha’’nti (3-1) ettha syādīti paṭhamāniddiṭṭhassāsaṅkhyādino
pubbamavaṭṭhānato syādineti tatiyāniddiṭṭhassa pacchāvaṭṭhānato ‘‘syādisyādinā’’ti sutte paṭipāṭiyā
padhānabhāvena vattumiṭṭhattā.
Parappayogo-bhimatoti heṭṭhā vuttasuttena pubbanipāte patte ‘‘rājadantādīsu para’’ntīminā (2-

2-30) paranipāto-bhimato, vacanenāti- ‘‘bahula’’nti vacanena, pubbakā layuttassa parappayogo-
bhimatoti rājadantādipāṭhato evā-bhimato.
Kamampaccanādarāti iminā padhānabhāvenā-kkamassa vattumiṭṭhattamāha. Saro ādi yassa taṃ

sarādi, saṅkho ca dundubhi ca vīṇā ca, udukkhalañca musalo ca, dhanapati ca rāmo ca kesavocāti
viggaho. Jaṃdaṃsaddā jāyāsaddasamānatthā asaṅkhyā-jañca pati ca, dañca paticāti viggaho,
avantayo ca assakāca, aggi ca indocāti viggaho, taṃnivāsimhi gahite avanti ca assakocāti ekattenapi
viggaho vattati. Dvandasamāso- yaṃ dvandasadisattā dvando, dve ca dve ca padāni dvandānīti hi
ubhayatthappadhāno- yaṃ dvandasaddo.
21. Saṅkhyā
Atha ‘‘samāhāre napuṃsaka’’nti (3-20) vijjamāne kiṃ ‘‘saṅkhyādī’’ ti iminā

satthagāravakarenāti āsaṅkiya codeti ‘nanuce’ccādi. Tathāhiccādinā ‘‘samāhāre napuṃsaka’’nteva
sijjhanaṃ samattheti. Yathāvuttacodanācālane parādhippāyaṃ parikappento’catthe’tiādimāha.
Neti iminā catthetiādinā kataparikappanā na sijjhatīti dasseti, tattha hetumāha- ‘sambandhassa

purisādhīnattā’ti, saticeccādinā ‘samāhāre napuṃsaka’ntettha visesanaggahaṇe payojanaṃ vatvā
‘saṅkhyādī’ti imassa niratthakattameva thirīkaroti.
Payojaneti lāghavappayojane;
Sambandhīyatīti visesanaggahaṇaṃ sambandhīyati;
Etthāti etasmiṃ ‘saṅkhyādī’sutte;
Tanneti iminā yathāvuttaṃ codanaṃ nivatteti.
‘Saṅkhyādī’ti suttassa sātthakattamāha- ‘catthasamāsānantara’miccādinā. Ekattabyapadeso

kātabboti ‘‘saṅkhyāpubbo digū’’ti (2-1-52) saṅkhyāpubbassa samāsassa digusaññaṃ vidhāya
tadatthassa ‘‘digurekavacana’’ntīminā (2-4-1) ekattabyapadeso parehi viya kātabbo.
Samāharaṇaṃ samāhāroti iminā bhāvasādhano-yaṃ samāhārasaddo. Yadi samāharīyatīti

samāhāroti kammasādhano siyā, tadā pañca kumāriyo samāhaṭāti vākyassātthe vutti siyā
pañcakumārītyettha sakapadatthappadhānattā bahuvacanaṃ siyā ‘‘ghāpassāntassāppadhānassā’’ti (3-
24) appadhānarassattañca na siyā… samāhaṭānameva kumārīnaṃ padhānattā, tasmā pañca gāvo sa
māhaṭātyetasmiṃ vākye samāsova natthi kammasādhanassānupagamato. Pañcannaṃ gunnaṃ
samāhāro, catunnaṃ pathānaṃ samāhāroti vākye pana atthi, samāhārassekattā tu sataṃ yūthaṃ
vananti ettha viya sābhāvikamekavacanaṃ siddhameveti viññāpeti.

Page 80 sur 136
22. Kvace
Kvacisaddassa payoganiyamanattho ‘‘paro kvicī’’ti (1-27) ettha vuttanayena veditabbo.

Avisesena udāharaṇepīti paresaṃ viya ‘‘chāyā’’ti (2-2-73) suttayitvā vikappena ‘(kuḍḍacchāya)
kuḍḍacchāyāti ca ‘‘bāhulle’’ti (caṃ, 2-2-74) suttayitvā niccaṃ ‘ucchucchāyaṃ salabhacchāya’nti ca
nodāharitvā sāmaññena ‘salabhacchāyaṃ sakuntacchāya’nti udāharaṇe dassitepi. Aññatthāti
bahulabhāvato aññattha. Viggahasamattassāti viggahasāmaññassa, yathāsambhavanti pāsādassa
chāyāiccādinā sambhavānatikkamena, saddāti saddato parāya.
23. Syādi
Nanuceccādinā vuttaṃ codanaṃ nisedheti ‘tanne’ti. Tattha kāraṇamāha- ‘ghasaññattā’tyādi.

Aghonanti ghaokāravajjitānaṃ, nanu itthi yamākāro gho, tathāsati napuṃsake so (na siyāti)
parikappeti ‘napuṃsakattā ghattameva natthīti cedi’ti. Tampi neti yathā vuttampaṭikkhipitvā attheva
napuṃsake ghattanti [napuṃsakattanti (potthake)] dassetumāha-chaṭṭhīsamāsasse’ccādi. Napuṃsake
ghattassa [napuṃsakattassa (potthake)] sabbhāvameva samattheti napuṃsakattaṃ hi’ccādinā,
pāribhāsikanti ettha suttamevādhippetaṃ, paribhāsāya nibbattaṃ pāribhāsikaṃ suttikanti attho.
Ārabhitabbamevidaṃ suttaṃ (napuṃsakassāpi) rassattavidhānāyāti adhippāyo. Ghanissitampi
kāriyanti ‘‘ghabrahmādīte’’tyādinā (2-60) vidhiyamānamekārādikāriyampi. Etaṃ ghanissitaṃ
kāriyaṃ naca yuttanti sambandho. Ayuttattepi doso-yamāpatatevākyāsaṅkiyāha-‘nāyampidoso’ccādi,
na rassassa ettheva laddhāvasarattā paṭhamaṃ tena paviṭṭhe… (ghani)ssitaṃ kāriyanti nāyampi doso
paribhāsāva senāti mantabbaṃ. Salabhacchāye iti padacchedo.
24. Ghama
Atoevacātiādi heṭṭhā vuttanayāvalambena vuttaṃ.
25. Gossu
Sakatthapariccāgena kule pavattattāti iminā chaṭṭhīsamāsassa uttarapadatthappadhānattamāha.
26. Itthi
Itthividhīsu ‘‘puthussa pathavaputhavā’’ti (3-39) suttapariyantesu. Itthiyanti idaṃ

nāmavisesanaṃ vā siyā paccayatthavisesanaṃ vā, tattha nāmavisesanamevidaṃ na
paccayatthavisesananti dassetumāha- ‘nāme’ccādi. Akārantato nāmasmāti ekattādimahantatthavācito
akārantato nāmasmā. Itthattanti ettha itthīti itthiliṅgaṃ vuccati. Itthiyeva hi esāti liṅgīyati
saṅketīyatīti liṅgaṃ. Itthiyā esāti pasiddhimato atthassa bhāvo sāmaññaṃ bālayuvattādi lakkhaṇaṃ
itthattaṃ. Kimettha liṅgaṃ nāma–
Eseso etamiti ca,

Pasiddhi atthesu yesu lokassa;
Thīpuṃ napuṃsakānīti,
Vuccante tāni nāmāni.
Atthesu yesu esā eso etanti pasiddhi lokassa hoti etāni yathākkamaṃ
itthipurisanapuṃsakaliṅgānīti lokena vuccantīti attho. Evañcakatvā vuccate ‘‘liṅgaṃ nānusāsanīyaṃ
lokanissa yattā liṅgassā’’ti. Tattha goiccādīsvesā esoti pasiddhiyā itthiliṅgattaṃ, acciādīsvesā etanti
pasiddhiyā itthinapuṃsakattaṃ, taṭobhaṭī taṭamiccādīsveso esāetanti pasiddhiyā
pumitthinapuṃsakattaṃ, mālāiccādīsvesāti pasiddhiyā itthattaṃ, rukkhoccādīsvesoti pasiddhiyā
pulliṅgattaṃ, kulamiccādo etanti pasiddhiyā napuṃsakattaṃ. Samāsassāpyevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ,
jotakāti dassetīti sambandho. Jotakā itthattasseti pakaraṇato viññāyati. Tato veccādinā
paccayatthabhāvino ye dosā tesametthanāvakāsoti dasseti. Samānādhikaraṇattaṃ bahuvacanampi
hotītisambandho. Iminā idaṃ dīpeti ‘‘itthattassa paccayatthatte sati padhānattāssa

Page 81 sur 136
byatirekalakkhaṇāya chaṭṭhiyā ‘kumārittaṃ (devadattāyā’tibhavitabbaṃ, tato ca na siyā kumārī)

devadattā’ti samānādhikaraṇattaṃ, tathā kumāriyoti bahuvacanampi itthattassekattā. Pakatiyattha
visesanapakkhe tu pakatiyā itthattavisiṭṭhaṃ dabbamevoccate, āādayo tu jotakatāti tattha
byatirekābhāvā chaṭṭhiyā appasaṅgo ca bahuvacanampi anekattāva dabbassa yuttanti
yathāvuttadosāvasarābhāvā iṭṭhatthasiddhī’’ti. Aññeti jayādicca jinindabuddhyācariyādayo dasseti.
Itthiyamabhidheyyāyanti itthiliṅgasaṅkhāte itthatte atthabhūte, yathevahītiādinā upamāvasena

yathāvuttamevatthaṃ vibhāveti. Tattha itthattamiccādinā
paropavaṇṇitapakkhassāyuttattannicchindeti, no papajjate [nopapajjeyya (pañcikā)]
devadattāsaddavacanīyassāpi itthattato abyatirittattā ‘itthattaṃ devadattāyā’ti bhinnādhikaraṇatā na
yujjate, anupapattimeva samattheti ‘devadattāyāti’ccādinā. Samānādhikaraṇattameva siyā
itthisaddavacanīyato anaññattā devadattā saddavacanīyassa itthī devadattāti.
Atoevāti itthatte āvidhānatoyeva. Tabbatotthassāti idaṃ jayādiccādimatānugāminā [nugāmī

pana (potthake)] vuttaṃ, tathā hi te evaṃ liṅgalakkhaṇa māhu (pā, 4-1-3 kāsikāyaṃ)
‘‘sāmaññavisesā itthattādayo gottādayo viya bahuppakārabyattiyoti [sāmaññāni ca
tulyajātiyapadatthasādhāraṇattā tāni visesā ca añña maññehi vijātiyeti ca visissante byāvattanteti
sāmaññavisesā. byañjīyantiā etehīti byattiyo sāmaññavisesānaṃ nissayā, bahuppakārā byatti yo
yesaṃ sāmaññavisesānaṃ te tathāvuttāti– (kāsikāvivaraṇa pañjikā.)] te hyevaṃ maññante ‘‘yathā
gottādayo samānajātiyesu sabbesvanuvattante, vijātiyehi pana nivattante, tathā itthattādayopi.
Vicittattā pana sāmaññavisesanissayānaṃ byañjakānaṃ kociyeva sāmaññaviseso kenacideva
nissayena byañjate, na sabbo sabbena (pati) niyatavisayattā bhāvasattīnaṃ, tattha yenatthena
itthattameva byañjate na pumattaṃ nāpi napuṃsakattaṃ, sā itthiyeva bhavati na pumā nāpi
napuṃsakaṃ. Yena pumattameva byañjate, so pumāyeva. Yena tu napuṃsakattaṃ taṃ
napuṃsakameva. Yo tu dvinnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ (vā) byañjako, so dviliṅgo tiliṅgo ve’’ti (pā, 4-1-3
kāsikāvivaraṇapañjikā) tasmā pabbato yathā vuttaitthattavato atthassa abhidheyyassāti evamettha
attho daṭṭhabbo.
Atheccādinā yathāvuttadosaparihārāya jinindabuddhinā yadupavaṇṇi taṃ taṃ parikappeti. So

eva carahiccādinā upahāsapubbakamuttara mācikkhate. Masimakkhitakukkuṭoviyāti yadā koci
aññakukkuṭo aññasmā bhīto siyā, tadā vijayino kukkuṭassa mukhaṃ masiyā makkhetvā upanenti so
paṭhamaṃ tato bhītopi puna aññoti mantvā yujjhitumussahate. Yathātra sova kukkuṭo byāje
nopadassito, tathā trāmītyattho.
29. Ārā
Puṃyogena bhariyāyaṃ vattamānatova niyamena ‘‘mātulāditvānī bhariyāyaṃ’’ (3-33) tyānī,

iminā tvaniyamena bhariyāyamabhariyāyañca inītyaniyamena vattumāha- ‘ārāmikassa
bhariyā’iccādi.
31. Kti
Ttimhāti ettake vuttepi ttippaccayantatoti vacane kāraṇamāha-kevalassa aññapadatthe

payogābhāvā’ti. Iminā paccayaggahaṇaparibhāsamantarenāpi sāmatthiyenevāyamatthaviseso
labbhatīti dīpeti.
32. Ghara
Taṃsanniyogāti tena nīppaccayena sanniyogā ekībhāvā, ayametthādhippāyo ‘yattha nīppaccayo

tattheva yalopo’ti.
33. Mātu
Bhariyāyanti pakativisesanattā māha- ‘bhariyāya’ntiādi. Punnāmadheyyāti purisassa

Page 82 sur 136
samaññābhūtā, puṃyogenāti purisena saha sambandhena hetunā. Itthiyaṃ vattantīti

soyamityabhedavacanicchāyaṃ yadā bhariyāsaṅkhātāyamitthiyaṃ vattante, nadādipāṭhāti vutte
viññāyati ‘ākatigaṇattā nadādipāṭho honto evaṃ hotī’ti dasseti, punnāmasmāyogāapālakantāti
nadādipāṭhatoti atthoti seso. Idañca nadādīsu gaṇasuttanti veditabbaṃ, tassa atthaṃ vadati-
‘pumuno’iccādi, apālakantāti kiṃpasupālikā khettapālikā.
39. Puthu
Puthusaddato saññāyaṃ vīppaccayaṃ samattheti‘puthubhūtā pathavīti hi mahī vuccatī’’ti,

puthubhūtāti hi iminā pathavīsaddassa puthusaddabhūtattaṃ viññāpeti, mahī vuccatīti iminā
nadādipāṭhā saññāyaṃ vīppaccayattaṃ, puthubhūtā patthaṭāti attho.
40. Samā
Parādhikārato paccayassa paravidhināva sāmīpyassa siddhattā sādhīpyavacanassantasaddassa

gahaṇamanatthakaṃ siyāti mantvāvayavavacano yamantasaddo gayhatīti dassento āha- ‘tassa
anto’iccādi. Avasānavati+avayavoti padacchedo, samāsaggahaṇena gahaṇe kāraṇamāha-
‘avayavattā’ti. Yathāvuttacodanāya niddosattamupamāvasena dassetumāha-‘nāyaṃ doso’ccādi.
Pallavitassa rukkhassa pallavānamavayavattaṃ viya samāsato uttarakālaṃ vidhīya mānassa akārassa
samāsāvayavattaṃ na virujjhatīti attho.
44. Asaṃ
Atikkantamaṅguliyoti viggaho. Dve aṅguliyo samāhaṭāti paraviggahenātthamāha, dve aṅguliyo

pamāṇamassāti viggahenevaṃ samāso tato mattappaccaye tagghappaccaye vā tassa ‘‘lopo’’ti (4-123)
iminā lope kate visesanasamāsā akāroti dassetuṃ ‘katha’miccādinā yaṃ vuttaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ
‘aññapadatthe’ccādi vuttaṃ. Samāsavidhānaṃ atopīti mattādippaccayalopaṃ katvā
‘‘visesanamekatthene’’ti (3-11) samāsavidhānā, atha nāyamaṅgulisaddenevaṃ samāso, māne
paccayalopavasena vināva appaccayena niṭṭhappattīti mantvā ‘aṅgulasaddo vā’ccādinā yaṃ vuttiyaṃ
vuttaṃ tattha āsaṅkaṃ viracayati ‘athe’ccādi. Dvaṅgulasaddassa pamāṇinivattanato kathañcipi
aññapadatthatā siyāti ‘yathā tathā aññapadatthe vattatū’tivuttaṃ. Nanu niraṅgulantyādi
sabbamaṅgulasaddena sādhetuṃ sakkā, tathā sati kimaṅguli saddā appaccayavidhānenetyāsaṅkiya
payojanantaraṃ apadisitumāha- ‘sabbatthe’ccādi. Aṅgulisaddato appaccaye avihite niraṅguliccādipi
siyā tannivattanamettha payojananti dasseti ‘aṅgulisaddanivattanattha’nti.
45. Dīghā
Dīgharattantyādo nānusiṭṭhattā liṅgavisesassa kathaṃ napuṃsakattameviccāsaṅkiya codeti

‘nanuce’ccādi. Nāyaṃdosoccādinā pariharati. ‘‘Liṅgaṃ nānusāsanīyaṃ lokanissayattā
liṅgassā’’tīdamālamba vadati ‘loke’tiādi. Athavāti pakkhantaropadassanatthe nipāto, vibhajjāti
vibhajitvā. Kvacīti yogavibhāgenāti adhippāyo.
Ahorattanti samāhāre (cattha) samāsā napuṃsakattaṃ. Atirattoti pulliṅge pādisamāso,

samudāyasaddassāpyavayave vutti sabbhāvato ekadesavacano pubbarattādo rattisaddoccāha-‘pubbā
ca sā ratti cā’tiādi. Evamekarattanti pāṭhena na bhavitabbaṃ… tassa samāhārena samāsattābhāvā.
Napuṃsakaliṅgampana lokasannissa yattā viññeyyaṃ.
Asamāsantapakkheti samāsantaappaccayassābhāvapakkhe. Pubbā atikkantā ratti pubbarattī(ti

ratti saddo) nekadesavacanoti samāsantābhāvo.
46. Gotva
Nanuceccādinā yathāpāditadosaṃ nāyaṃ dosoti pariharati. Syādilopassiccādinā sulabhasyādi

lopato pyasulabhataddhita lopova alopetīminā parāmaṭṭhuṃ yuttoti dasseti.

Page 83 sur 136
47. Ratti
Rattindivaṃ bhuñjatīti payoge ādheyye bhojanasaṅkhāte apekkhite ratyādayo ādeyyasāpekkhā,

tesampi iminā nipāta nenevātimatā samāsassa siddhīti dassento āha- ‘rattandiva’ntiādi, ratti ca
divācāti viggaho, catthasamāse tu ra(ttindi) vā.
50. Dāru
Samāsattho (ettha) dāru, nāssa mukhyāhi aṅgulīhi sambandho yujjati, nanu dve aṅgulī
pamāṇamassa dārunoccādiṃ mukhyo aṅgulisaddogahitoti sambandho sambhavati kimevaṃ
vuccateccāsaṅkiyāha-‘yadipi’ccādi, pamāṇavacanenāti mattādipaccayatthabhūtapamāṇavācakena,
aṅguli saddassa dāruno pamāṇavācakattā vuttaṃ- ‘dāruno sambandho atthī’ti. Visesanasamāsato
paraṃ tadatthavisaye tasmiṃpamāṇatthavisaye ‘‘mānematto’’tiādinā (4-46)
mattādippaccayenabhavitabbantiattho, lopenabhavitabbanti sambandho, ‘‘asaṅkhyehi cāṅgulyā
naññāsaṅkhyatthesu’’iccatra (3-44) yadākhyātaṃ, tadihāpyatidisamāha-‘pubbe viyasiddha’nti,
anakārantānanti bhūmiādīnaṃ, tabbidhāne tassa appaccayassa vidhāne
payojanaṃsissokārotisambandho. Iminā kaccāyanānaṃ pakaraṇe payojanaṃ dassitaṃ. Athaca
panettha ‘‘kvaci samāsantagatānamakāranto’’ti (ka, 2-7-22) iminā akārantassa samāsante kate
sāmatthiyā ‘syāca’iti (ka, 2-3-29) sissākārādesābhāvā niccamokārantarūpaṃ sampajjatīti
parikappiyatassāyuttabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ yaṃ vuttaṃvuttikārena, taṃ
dassetumāha‘akārantassapi’ccādi, yaṃ-vuttaṃ sissākārā desanivattane akārakaraṇe sāmatthiyaṃ,
tadabhāvā sissākārādeso na nivārīyatīti dassetumāha-‘nace’ccādi. Caritatthatāya
niṭṭhitappayojanatāya, teneva kaccāyanavuttikāreneva appaccayanta mudāhaṭaṃ
sakkataganthānusārena, abyañjanantattāti iminā tiṇṇamesaṃ saddānaṃ sakkate byañjanantattameva
bodheti, niratthakanti pubbeva akārantattā niratthakaṃ, ākāravidhānenevāti (ka, 2-7-25)
‘‘dhanumhāca’’ ityākāravidhāneneva.
51. Civī
Aññamaññakiriyeti kiriyāparivattanamāha, iminā sutte kiriya saddābhāvepi vītiharaṇasaddeneva

kiriyābyatihāreti labbhatīti dasseti.
52. Latvī
Paṭimukkakambū āmukkavalayā.
53. Vāñña
Kāpekkhehīti kappaccayamapekkhitehi.
54. Utta
Āparicchedāvasānā na pare [parena (potthake)] tato paraṃ ṇādikāriyavidhānā.
57. Ṭanta
Ṭādese pubbasaralopo, atisayena mahantīti viggahe ‘‘taratamissikiyiṭṭhātisaye’’ti (4-64)

tarappaccayo ṇādivuttiyaṃ vibhattilopo. Mahattarasaddā ‘nadāditovī’’ (3-27) mahato bhāvoti
vākye‘‘tassa bhāvakammesuttatā ttana ṇya ṇeyya ṇiya ṇiyā’’ti (4-56) tto, vibhattilopo,
chaṭṭhīsamāso, tenāha ‘rattaññūna’miccādi.
58. A
Nto neti sambandho.

Page 84 sur 136
60. Para
Parāsaddo ettha adhikatthoti āha-‘adhikā’ti.
63. Klu
Apavādavisayepīti ‘‘vijjāyonisambandhānamā tatra catthe’’ti (3-64) imassa apavādasuttassa

visayepi.
64. Vijjā
Atha vijjāyonisambandhānamityuccamāne vijjāsambandhīnaṃ yonisambandhīnanti kathaṃ

vivaraṇamiccāha-‘vijjāyoni’ccādi, vijjā ca yoni ca vijjā yonī tāsaṃ sambandho, so yesaṃ atthi te
hotādayo mātādayo ca abhedopacāreneha vijjāyonisambandhisaddena gayhantīti adhippāyo,
tasaddenāti tatretyatra. Te ca ltupitādayoti tasaddena parāmaṭṭhā ltupitādayo ca, atthe kāriyā
sambhavā taṃvācako saddo gayhati.
65. Putte
Ltupitādī (ti pubba) sutte tatreti gahitaltupitādi.
66. Cismiṃ
Paccayaggahaṇaparibhāsāya cippaccayanteti vuttaṃ.
67. Itthi
Itthisaddena itthiliṅgaṃ gahitaṃ na itthī, taggahaṇe sati ‘itthiyaṃ vattamāne’ti vuttiganthassa

itthisaṅkhāte atthe vattamāneti attho gayheyya, evaṃ sati ‘kalyāṇippadhānā’ti etthāpi pumbhāvo
pasajjeyya… padhānasaddassa kalyāṇiyaṃ vattamānattāti āha- ‘itthiyanti itthiliṅge’ti. Atha itthiyanti
ettake vutte kathaṃ taggahaṇaṃ siyāti āha-‘visesane’ccādi, ekattheti vuttepi itthiyaṃ vattamāneti
ayamattho viññāyatīti itthiyanti vacanamanatthaṃ siyāti samatthamaññathānupapattiyanti itthiyanti
visesanamitthiliṅgasseva gahaṇeti āha- ‘visesane’ccādi, itthiyanti itthiliṅgasseva gahaṇanti
sambandho. Byavacchejjābhāvā visesanamanatthakaṃ siyāti ekattheiccaneneva itthiyaṃ vuttiyā
(gamma) bhāvatoti bhāvo. Pume pulliṅge vattamāno saddo pumāsaddo, sakaloti padesasakalo hi
gayhati… kassaci suttatthassa puthabhūtattā, tenevacāha- ‘itthiyantu na vattatte’ti.
69. Sabbā
Vattanaṃ ekasmiṃ atthe adhitthiccādo itthivisiṭṭhe sattamiyatthādo, vāsiṭṭhoccādo

vasiṭṭhādivisiṭṭhe apaccādo, puttīyaticcādo puttādivisiṭṭhe icchādyatthe pavatti, tenāha-
‘ekatthībhāvo’ti. Sāmañña gahaṇatthanti iminā mattasaddassa kasiṇatthe pavattimāha.
70. Jāyā
Evanti iminā itarītarayoge catthasamāsaṃ vibhāveti. Jānijāyā, saddantarenāti jānisaddena

tathāsaddopadiṭṭhena daṃ jaṃ saddantarena ca, kesañciti kharīgatantiādīsu ‘kharī’tiādīnaṃ kesañci,
kharīti kharatthe vattamāno-yaṃ saddo niyatavisayo… gatasaddaṃ vinā aññattha adiṭṭhattā,
nāyampayogoti tudampatippayogaṃ nivattetvā hetumāha- ‘āgame’ccādi, aññehi cāti iminā
rūpasiddhiṃ gaṇhāti.
75. Ana
Nanu sutte‘sare’ti ettakaṃ vuttaṃ‘sarādo’ti kathaṃ laddhanti āha-‘sare’tiādi, vaṇṇe

Page 85 sur 136
yantantadādoti siṭṭhavacanaṃ, vaṇṇe parabhūte yaṃ kāriyaṃ vidhīyate taṃ so vaṇṇo ādi yassa
taṃ tadādi, tasmiṃ tadādo uttarapade sampajjatīti attho, khādhātuto ktappaccaye vihite
rassenākārenevāyampayogo, na visuṃ akārenāti dassetuṃ na ākkhātaṃ anakkhāta ‘‘byañjane
dīgharassā’’ti uttarapadādi sarassa rassatta’nti vuttaṃ.
76. Nakhā
Saññāsaddesucātiādinā avayavatthanirapekkhānampi yathākathañci nipphattiṃ dassento

sabbesameva saddānaṃ nipphannavācitañcāttano dīpeti, yathākathañci nipphatti, ruḷhiyā
atthanicchayo, tena saññeccādo-dhippāyaṃ vivarati ‘yaṃkiñci’tyādinā, itthī ca pumā ca itthipumaṃ,
na itthi pumanti samāse nipātaneniminā napuṃsakādeso [napuṃsakaniddeso (potthake)] ti dasseti
‘na itthi’ccādinā. Khī-khaye, khara-vināse cāti hi etehi ‘na khīyati na kharatī’ti atthe
‘‘bhāvakārakesva ghaṇa ghakā’’ti (5-44) appaccaye’ na khaya na khara’iti ṭhite khattādesoti āha- na
khīyati’ccādi.
77. Nago
Evanti iminā gacchatīti vākye kvippaccayādiṃ dasseti, viseso panettha nañssa(ṭo) vasalo
caṇḍālo, sītena karaṇabhūtena.
78. Saha
Tattha tasmiṃ parabhūte, yassa ca jhattanti sambandho.
80. Apa
Appaccakkhaṃ paccakkhañāṇenānupalabbhanīyaṃ tampanātthato-numeyyameva. Tasmiṃ

gammamāne yamādesoti kenaci liṅgenādhigatenānumānañāṇenānumeyuttamagyādinoti
dassetumāha- ‘kapote’ccādi. Kapotādibhāveti katthaci gharādo kapotavātamaṇḍalikādīnaṃ
dassanavasena sabbhāve sati. Agyādidassanatoti aggipisācādidassanato, aññatrāpīti gharādito
aññatra, kapotavātamaṇḍalikādino liṅgassa, agyādiyoganti aggiādīhi anumeyyehi sambandhaṃ.
Mantvāti anumānañāṇena jānitvāpayogoti sāggisapisācāti payogo.
81. Akā
Sakatthe vattamānassa sahasaddassāti vattabbe vattamāno tappadhānoyevāti āha-

‘sakatthappadhānassa sahasaddassā’ti, vutti bhavatīti sambandho, yugapadi dhurā sadhuraṃ.
Aparaṇhena sahitaṃ sahā paraṇhaṃ.
82. Gantha
‘‘Aṭṭhādasa nimesā tu, kaṭṭhā tiṃsantu tākalā’’ti vacanato āha- ‘kalā kālaviseso’ti.
Kalādisaṅkhātaganthassānte sahasaddo vattatītisamāsavākyaṃ niddisati ‘kalanta’miccādi.
Ganthanteccādinā āsaṅkatoyamadhippāyo ‘‘kālatthapariccāgena ganthante vattamānattā akālattho’’ti.
Ganthavuttipi kalādi kālasaddatthaṃ nātikkamatīti adhippāyenāha- ‘ganthavuttipi’ccādi. Adhiko
māsako assāti samāsako, vikappena siddheti ‘‘sahassa so-ññatthe’’ti (3-78).
83. Samā
Samāno pati yassā sapattinī sapattī iti nipphannānamekadeso ‘pattinī pattī’ti dassitoti
vattumāha- ‘yakkhādi tvini’ccādi. Vayasaddassa ‘‘saravayāyavāsacetā
jalāsayākkhayalohapaṭamanesū’’ti gaṇapāṭhato akkhaye vattamānasso manādittā okārantattanti
dassetumāha- ‘vayo’tiādi. Yappaccayantoti iminā nipātanena takayappaccayanto.

Page 86 sur 136
84. Uda
‘‘Aññasmi’’nti (4-121) iyappaccayavidhāyakaṃ suttaṃ.
88. Tumhā
Tumhe viya dissantīti tumhādī amhādīccādiṃ ‘‘sabbādīnamā’’ti (3-86) ā.
90. Vidhā
Gabbhenāti iminā kucchigatena gabbhena saha dvihadayattamassāti dasseti, pubbapadeti

dusadde.
92. Digu
Guṇā paṭalā [dve padāni assa iti bhavitabbaṃ] dve pādā esaṃ dve satāni assa, dve sahassāni
assa, dvinnaṃ satānaṃ dvinnaṃ sahassānaṃ vā samāhāroti viggaho.
93. Tīsva
Dvattipattāti paṭhamantā‘pūra-pūraṇe’iccasmā karaṇatthe ‘‘bhāva kārakesva ghaṇa ghakā’’ti (5-

44) appaccaye syādisamāsoti dassetu māha- ‘dvattipatta’iccādi.
94. Āsaṃ
Dve ca tiṃsā ca, dvīhi vā adhikā tiṃsāti viggaho.
96. Cattā
Sampattavibhāsāyanti ayaṃyogo (sampattavibhāsāti) dasseti, sampatte vibhāsā vikappoti attho,

tayo ca cattālīsā ca, tīhi vā adhikā cattālīsāccādinā viggaho, tisso cattālīsā assa ticattālīsaṃ gaṇo.
97. Dvissā
Sampattavibhāsattāti ‘‘āsaṅkhyāye’’ccādinā (3-94) ākāre sampatte vibhāsattā.
Tatiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
Catutthakaṇḍa
1. Ṇo vāpacce
Nanu ca ‘ṇo vāpacce’ti vacanato kathaṃ pakativisayāvagamo siyā. Yathākathañci

pakativisayāvagamepi sāmaññavacanato pana dhammenāpaccantyādo yato kutoci
dhammeniccāditopi siyā ṇā dipaccayotyāsaṅkiyāha ‘apaccavatā’ccādi. Apaccassāti apaccatthassa,
apaccavatāti ‘‘ṇo vāpacce’’ti vasiṭṭhādyatthasseva pariggahaṇāya sāmaññavacanato yo apaccavā tato,
atthato pana asambhavā dabbācakasaddāva sāmatthiyena chaṭṭhiyantā sabbaliṅgavacanā jāyateti
viññātabbaṃ. Dhammasmāpaccaṃtyādīsu ṇādippaccayo (na jāyate) ti sambandho.
Dhammenāti dhammena karaṇabhūtena. Dhammāyāti dhammatthaṃ, dhammasmāti

dhammahetunā, tato asambhave kāraṇamāha ‘sāpekkhattā’ti. Sāpekkhattameva samattheti

Page 87 sur 136
‘apaccavāhi’ccādinā, dhammenāpaccaṃ kassāti pucchitvā devadattassāti apekkhiyamānaṃ

vadati. Devadattassāti apaccavā devadattādi apekkhīyateti sambandho, hisaddo hetumhi. Na hettha
ṇādivutti aññattha [nahetakāmantattha (potthake)] sāpekkhattā kambalo vasiṭṭhassāpaccaṃ
devadattassāti ettha pana vasiṭṭho-paccavāti tato chaṭṭhiyantā hoticcāsaṅkiyāha- ‘na ce’ccādi. Na ca
hotīti sambandho.
Kāraṇamāha- ‘asambandhā’ti. Na hettha sambandho vasiṭṭhassa kambalāpekkhattena apaccassa

ca devadattāpekkhattenātthantarāpekkhāya vasiṭṭhassāpaccena sambandhābhāvāyeva vasiṭṭhassa
apaccaṃ vāsiṭṭhoti ṇādivuttiyā bhāve sāmatthiyaṃ natthi, samatthañhi vasiṭṭhaṃ rājapurisādi
samāsavuttiyamekatthattamiva vāsiṭṭhādiṇādivuttiyaṃ ṇādippaccayamupajanayati, nāsamatthaṃ,
tato sabbamevetammanasi nidhāya vuttaṃ- ‘asambandhā’ti.
Yadi panettha ṇādippaccayo sabbathā sambandhamapekkhate, tadā visesato yassāpaccena

sambandho tatova janakato so siyāti dassetumāha- ‘yajjeva’miccādi.
Yo janakoti yoyo yassa yassa apaccassa janako. Tatoyevāti tasmātasmā janakatoyeva. Siyāti
tasmiṃ tasmiṃ apaccatthe ṇādippaccayo siyā. Tattha hetumāha- ‘tassevāpaccena yogā’ti. Yogāti
apaccasambandhato, na mūlappakatitoti paramappakatito na hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Hetumāha- ‘ayogā,ti,
vacanābhāvampettha dassetuṃ ce’tyādi vuttaṃ.
Vacananti suttaṃ, sambandhābhāvā (tādisavacanābhāvā) ca mūlappakatito

ṇādippaccayassābhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni mūlappakatitovāssābhimatabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ
‘mūlappakatito’ccādi vuttaṃ.
Kathampanidaṃ viññāyaticcādinā janakassevābyāhitassāpaccena mukhya sambandhamānīya

idamayuttantyādinā byavahitajanitassāpyapaccayassa paramappakatiyābhisambandhasabbhāvaṃ
vatvā taṃ sādhayitumārabhate ‘katha’miccādi, evaṃ hiccādi kathaṃpanidamiccādinā yathāvuttassa
samattha navākyaṃ, hiyasmā taṃ disvā tathā pucchito devadattassavātiādinā uppādetārameva
niddisati, nāttānaṃ pitāmaho, tasmā uppādetāyevāpaccena sambajjhati na pitāmahoti yojetvā
adhippāyo veditabbo. Idaṃ yathāvuttamuppādetuniddisanaṃ, tena apaccena saddhiṃ uppādetuyeva
janakasseva yogo sambandho paṭipādetuṃ na sakkāti sambandho.
Tantitaṃ [tattha-iti (pañcikāyaṃ)] pucchānimittaṃ, tenāti apaccena. Apatananti narake

apatanaṃ bhavati, soti yoso yassātyaniyamaniddiṭṭho so ñātuṃ na icchitoti sambandho. Iminā idaṃ
dīpeti- ‘‘napatatyanena naraketyapaccanti vuccati apaccenānena yassakassaci
avisesenāpatanambhavati narake soso tāya pucchāya ñātuṃ na icchito’’ti. So vāti kassāyaṃ puttoti
pucchāyānurodhane so uppādetāyeva ñātumicchitoti sambandho. Tusaddo cetthāpaccena
narakāpātasabba janajānanicchāvisesajotako, yadi siyāti sambandho, attānampi niddiseyya na
kevalamuppādetāraṃ, atthiccādi pitāmahassa attanopi niddese kāraṇavacanaṃ, taṃ apaccaṃ
nimittaṃ kāraṇaṃ, yassa taṃ taṃnimittaṃ tasmā [katvā (potthake)] evaṃ diṭṭhiko hiccādinā
yathāvuttaṃ samattheti.
Byavahitajanitenāpīti byavahitena kattunā janitenāpi, karaṇe cāyaṃ tatiyā, hetumhi vā. Kasmā
evaṃ diṭṭhikoti āha ‘yaṃ nimittaṃ hi’ccādi. Hisaddo yasmādatthe. Yassāti pubbajassa, tena
apaccena apatanaṃ tadapatanaṃ tato, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘tena byavahitajanitenāpi pumunā pubbajopi
narakaṃ na patati so pubbajassāpya paccaṃ bhavati yathāvuttena nibbacanenā’’ti. Tasmāccassa
pubbe vuttayasmātyanenābhisambandho veditabbo. Upapatyantaramāha-‘upacāratove’ccādi. Pubba
pubbabhāve satīti pubbassa pubbassa vijjamānatte sati. Byavahitena janite apaccepi nimittaṃ
apāyāpatakāraṇabhāvo atthiye vāti sambandho. Kesanti āha-‘pubbesanti pubbajānanti attho, ke nāti
āha- ‘pārampariyenā’ti. Abhedopacārenāti pubbapubbabhāve saticcādinā vuttanayena janakassa viya
pārampariyenapubbesampinimittatā vato janakasadisattā janakāva nāma te siyunti evamabhedena
upacaraṇato cintanatoti attho. Ubhayathāti ñāyena upacārenacāti ubhayena pakārena,
evamubhayathāpi mūlappakatiyā paccenābhisambandhā kathamanantara [manantarādi (potthake)
(tattha) potthake] janitenāpaccenādipurisasambandhoyena tato ṇādippaccayo siyāti nāsaṅknīyaṃ.

Page 88 sur 136
Tato cāti mūlappakatito ca, apaccasāmaññavacanicchāyanti itthi punnapuṃsakattavisesopaggāhi

apaccasāmaññassa vacanicchāyaṃ.
Evammūlakatito- paccasāmaññena ṇādippaccayaṃ vavatthapetvā idāni apaccāditopi hoteva

ṇādi sāmaññavidhānā. So ca bahulādhikārato gurujanāyattattā tanniyogācaraṇena pasatthe yevāpacce
byavahitajanitepi itthivajjite siyāti dassetumāha ‘nattādīhi’ccādi. Satiyeva gurujane
sappadhānabhāvena kucchite-paccetu nattādīvuttīhi vasiṭṭhādīhi ṇādippaccayo hoti vāsiṭṭhotiādi,
itthiyañca na hoti vāsiṭṭhītiādi.
Atthatoti sāmatthiyato. Apacce vidhīyamāno paccayo apaccavatā jāyamāno tassāpaccanti atthe

jāyati. Socāya matthaviseso cha(ṭṭhiyanta) tābhāve kathaṃ siyāti idamettha sāmatthiyaṃ. Anantare
vāpacce putte-bhidheyya nattādo vāpacce-bhidheyyāti sasambandho. Kutoci apaccavatā nattādo eva.
Idañca sabbambahulavacaneva sampajjatīti āha- ‘bahulādhikārā’ti. Apacceti ekavacanena niddese
pumunā napuṃsakena kariyati, tene kasmiṃ yevāpacce siyā, na bahūsu vasiṭṭhassāpaccāni
vāsiṭṭhāni, na citthi vāsiṭṭhāni, na citthiyaṃ vāsiṭṭhītyāsaṅkiyāha-‘idañce’ccādi. Idañca
apaccavacanañca. Iminā cettha tathā nissayakaraṇaṃ dasseti. Tassa vacanicchābhāvatoti tassa
liṅgavacanassa sutte vattumicchāyābhāvatoti attho.
Kiṃ pana kāraṇaṃ sutte liṅgavacanāvacanicchāyaṃ tassāppadhānattā yenakenaci liṅgādinā

niddeso-vassaṃ kattabboti nānantariyakattā tassehopādānaṃ,
yathādhaññatthinopalālādinopyappadhānassopādānanti. Tatoyevāha-‘upalakkhīyassettha
padhānattā’ccādi. Itthipumattayuttajaññaviseso upalakkhīyo, apaccetīdamupalakkhaṇaṃ, sayanti
yathāvuttamupalakkhaṇaṃ sayaṃ. Kāriyappaṭipattiyāti pume napuṃsakepacce-bhidheyye vidhi
hoticcevaṃ kāriyappaṭipattiyā vattuṃ na iṭṭhaṃ.
Vacanantarepi aññasmiṃ vacane. Āṇīti ṇippaccayasuttaṃ vadati. Agottāditoti

yogottassādibhūto na hoti, tato, teneva ‘‘āṇī’’ti sutte (4-5) vakkhati-‘akārantamattatovāyaṃṇina
gottādibhūtato’ti. Vākyasamāsāpīti yathāsaṅkhyenāha. Tasmiṃ attheti tasmiṃ vākyopadassite atthe,
tanti vākyaṃ. Samāsavuttiñca nivatteyyunti sambandho.
Satipanāti vākāre sati tu aniccattā ṇappaccayassa. Sopīti samāsopi, samāsotiādinā

pakkhantaramāha. Tena vākyasijjhanena. Pakkhe vākyasamāsāpi siyunti pakkhe samāsavuttiyā eva
bādhitattā pakkhantare ṇādivutti na bādhīyatīti vākyavuttiyopi siyunti attho.
2. Vacchā
Vacchakaccādinā kaccādigaṇaṃ dassetvā tassa vibhāgena nipphattiṃ dassetuṃ

‘vacchādīhī’tiādimāha. ‘‘Kaṇho brāhmaṇe’’ti gaṇasuttaṃ. Tattha kaṇhasaddo brāhmaṇe vattamāno
ṇānaṇāya nappaccaye uppādayatīti attho. Evamādīhiccādinā ākatigaṇattamassa dasseti.
‘‘Katāṇiyove’’ti gaṇasuttaṃ, diccādīsūti yatoṇyo dissati ‘‘ṇya diccādīhī’’ti (4-4), te diccādayo, tesu
pāṭhāti taṃsuttappadese ‘‘katā ṇiyove’’ti pāṭhābhāvepi diccā dīnamākatigaṇattā paṭhitameva nāma
tanti vuttaṃ.
Ṇyeti ṇyappaccaye kate. Gottādisaddāti gotte vaṃse ādibhūtā saddā. Vaṃsoti anvayo. Soyeva
gāvaṃ sajāti sādhāraṇaṃ vijātivinivattanaṃ sakaṭādivacanaṃ tāyatīti gottanti vuttaṃ, tenāha-‘gottaṃ
vaṃso’ti. Tassāti gottassa, tassādayo gottādayoti seso. Kete gottādayoccāha- ‘saññākārino’ccādi.
Vacchādayo nattādino apaccassa apaccaṃ tadapaccādi cāti dassetumāha-‘nattādino’ccādi.
3. Katti
Ghapasaññantāvettha bhīyyo kattikādayoti gayhanti. Yadi panettha aññepi gayhanti, atthi

paṇhiādayo keciyeva kattikādīsu antogadhā hontīti vattumāha- ‘etthā’tiādi. Vinatā supaṇṇamātā,
tehīti vidhavādīhi. Vidhavādigaṇaṃ dasseti ‘bandhaka’ccādi. Vigato dhavo pati assāti vidhavā,
bandhakī abhisāriṇī.

Page 89 sur 136
4. Ṇyadi
Yassa ca cavaggoti sambandho, kevalaṃ gaggyoti ettakamevā dassetvā

parasatthāgatagaggādigaṇekadesabhūtakuṇḍanīsaddatopi koṇḍaññoti mudāharanto so
gaggādigaṇopyatrābhyupagatoti viññāpeti. Tasmā tasmiṃ gaggādikepi parasatthapaṭhite yoyo
payogo āgame dissati vaccho aggivessoccādi. Sopīha veditabboti dassetumāha-‘gaggādi’ccādi.
Gaggādīti gaggādi ayaṃ. Gottassa gaggavaṃsassa ādibhūtena gaggena upalakkhito gaṇo
gottādigaṇo, tena gaggo nāma koci, tassatvapaccaṃ gaggīti bhavati. Paputtādovāti avadhāraṇaṃ
gaggassāpaccaṃ gaggicceva yathāsiyāti.
5. Āṇi
Pakatassāti ‘‘māgadhaṃ saddalakkhaṇa’’nti vā ‘‘nāmasmā’’ti vā pakatassa. Āti

nāmavisesanesati ‘‘vidhibbisesanantassā’’ti tadanta vidhinā akāranto gayhatīti āha-‘visesanena
cā’tiādi. Anantaramapaccanti sambandho.
6. Rāja
Paccayantenāti rājaññoti paccayantena. Rājaññotīmassattho khattiyajātīti, rājaññajātīti attho.

Rañño apaccaṃ rājāpaccaṃ.
8. Manu
Samudāyenāti paccayantasamudāyena, jātiyanti manussajātiyaṃ. Jātisaddāeteti idaṃ manusso

mānusoti ettha apaccatthābhāve hetuvacanaṃ. Apaccattho ettha natthevāti ca idaṃ visuṃ
manussamānusa saṅkhātassa paccatthassābhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Ṇovāti manuno apaccanti
atthe‘‘ṇo vāpacce’’ti (4-1) ṇappaccayova. Na jātīti byatirekamāha.
9. Jana
Rājasambandheti raññeti vuttarājasambandhe. Pañcālānaṃ khattiyānaṃ apaccaṃ, pañcālānaṃ

janapadānaṃ rājāti vā evamettha vi(bhāgo) veditabbo okkākānaṃ apaccaṃ rājā vā okkāko.
11. Ṇarā
Sāmaññena rattasaddassātthamāha- ‘kuṅkumādinā’ti. Aññathā ‘rāgo kusumbhādī’ti vuttattā

kusumbhādināti (vuttaṃ) siyā, rañji aya matthi abhisaṅge‘bhojane ratto’ti. Atthi vaṇṇavisese
‘rattogo’ti, lohitotyattho, atthi sukkasaja vaṇṇantarāpādane‘ratto paṭo’ti. Iha tu tatiye-tthe vattamāno
gayhatīti vuttaṃ- ‘vaṇṇantaramāpādita’nti. Rāgāti.
Atthaggahaṇanti atthappadhānattā niddesassa vuttaṃ. Tañcācariyāna mupadesato avicchinnā

(cariya) pārampariyāvagamyate, rāgāti kasāva saṅkhātaatthaniddeso. Tenāti paṭassa rattabhāve
rāgassa karaṇaniddeso, rattanti paccayatthaniddeso, paccayo cāyaṃ kasā vatthato
bhavatyasambhavā, tena sutte rāgāti vuttepi tabbācakā kasāvasaddāti viññāyati, rāgāti pana tenāti
rāgasseva niddiṭṭhepi tabbhāvenā [tabbāvakabhāvenā-ti bhavitabbaṃ] ttho niddiṭṭho, tabbācakā ca
honto‘tena ratta’nti atthe hotīti kasāvena rattanti viññāyatīti rāgavācino tatiyantattaṃ sampajjati, tena
‘ṇa rāgā tena ratta’nti vuttepi labbhamānatthavasena vuttaṃ- ‘rāgavācitatiyantato’ti. Sutte pana
rāgena rattantetasmiṃ atthe rāgā rāgavācīsaddā tatiyantā ṇappaccayo hotīti attho. Abhidhānatoti
upacāravasena kathanato. Vināpi tenāti taṃpaccayaṃ vināpi.
12. Nakkha
Tatiyantato vijjhatthaṃ tenāti anuvattateti sambandho. Sutte ayamattho ‘‘induyuttena

nakkhattena lakkhito ce kālo, tadā tena lakkhite kāletyasmiṃ atthe tatiyantato nakkhattā ṇo hotī’’ti.

Page 90 sur 136
Suttavivaraṇe tu tañcetyādikamadhippāyavasena vuttaṃ. Tenātyanuvuttiyā tatiyantatoti labbhati

nakkhattenāti sutattāti, kāleti pana atthaniddesato ṇappaccayādheyyassa kālo ādhāroti viññāyatīti
‘lakkhite kāle’ti vuttaṃ, visessagatavibhattiyā vicāritāya visesana gatā ca (vicāritā) nāmāti āha-
‘nakkhattene’ticcādi, iha keci khandhapañcakasaṅkhātaṃ kiriyāsabhāvamicchanti aniccaṃ, apare tu
dabbasabhāvaṃ niccaṃ. Tasso bhayassapi kālassa candayuttena phussādinā lakkhiyabhāvā lakkhaṇe
tatiyā yuttanti vattumāha- ‘kiriyā rūpo kālo’ccādi.
Visesāvasāyoti kālassa visesāvadhāraṇatthameva hi ‘phussī ratti’ccādi. Loke payujjate.

Gurunāti ettha guru jīvo, na nakkhattaṃ, candayuttatā panettha atthi… candayuttena gurunā rattiyā
lakkhitattā. Kattikāya lakkhito muhuttoti ettha candaṃ vinā kattikāya tu kevalāya muhutto kālo
lakkhito ‘kattikā muhutto’ti. Phussena lakkhitā atthasiddhīti ettha phusseninduyuttena atthasiddhi
lakkhitā na kālo phussoti. Nakkhattayuttassa kālassa ratyādivisesāparāmāsena nakkhattavācito
uppannassa paccayassa suttantarena lopaṃ vidhāya puna aññena suttena yuttāti desavidhānena
sakaliṅgasaṅkhyāyuttehi-ṭṭhamabhidhānaṃ parehi, tadāha- ‘aho ratto’ccādi.
Ratyādivisesāparāmāsenāti phussī ratti phusso ahoti evaṃ ratyādivisesassa aparāmāsena

asammassena aggahaṇena. Sakaliṅgasaṅkhyāyuttenāti phussakattikādīnaṃ yaṃyaṃ liṅgaṃ yāyā
saṅkhyā, attaniyehi tehi tehi liṅgehi tāhitāhi ca saṅkhyāhi yuttena nakkhattasaddena. Na
tadupalakkhito kāloti kattikā saddobahuvacananto bahutārakattā kattikāya, tāyakattikāya
lakkhitokāloparehiviya na kathīyatīti attho. Atha tadupalakkhitassakālassevakattikāsaddenābhidhāne
ko doso ye nevamuccateccāha- ‘ajjeti’ccādi. Iminā ca paramate doso ubbhāvito, tadatthatte satīti
tadupalakkhitakālatthatte sati.
Sattamī siyāti nakkhattasaddā taddhitalopantā phussena pāyasaṃ bhuñjeyya, phusse pāyasaṃ

bhuñjeyyā’tyādo ādheyyantarāpekkhā siyā sattamī, yā suttantarena vidhīyati pāṇinīyehi, tato
‘ajjakattikā’tetthāpyādheyyantarāpekkhā sattamī siyā lopantattā ‘ajjakattikāsū’ti, na paṭhamā.
Paṭhamāyeva panāyaṃ payogo ‘ajjakattikā,ti. Ajjetyadhikaraṇappadhāno ahorattakālavācī saddo,
kattikāsaddopi taddhitalopena takkālābhidhāyako, tato yevaubhinnampisāmānādhikaraṇyā
kattikāyopyadhikaraṇaṃ sampajjante, tañca na vinādheyyena hotītyādheyyantarāpekkhāyaṃ tesu
sattamīyeva siyā, na paṭhamā (upa) pajjeyyātyadhippāyo. Attanodāni dassane sattamiyā appasaṅgaṃ
paṭhamāyevopapattiṃ dassetumāha- ‘cande panūpacārene’ccādi, nādheyyantarāpekkhāccanena
sattamiyā appasaṅgamāha. Evañcarahi vacanamantarena paresaṃ viya sattamīvidhāyakaṃ kathaṃ
kattikāya jātoccāsaṅkiya tampaṭipādetumāha- ‘kattikāya jāto’ccādi. Bahuvacanantattepi kattikāya
jātiyameka vacanantaṃ. Pakārantaramāha- ‘lopoti’ccādi. Lopenāti kattikāhi induyuttāhi lakkhito
kāloti viggayha kataṇappaccayassa lopena.
13. Sāssa
Seti paṭhamantāti sāti niddiṭṭhapaṭhamantā, yaṃ paṭhamantanti sāceti dassitaṃ

paṭhamantamāha. Paṭhamantassa devatāpuṇṇamāsittabhāvato tadatthamabhedenāha- ‘sā’ti. Kā sā
devatāccāha- ‘lokappasiddhāyeva devatā’ti. Yāgasampadānampi loke devatāti pasiddhanti yāgassa
yajitabbassa puroḍāsādino sampadānampi paṭiggāhako pindādi loke deyyassa puroḍāsādino devatā
sāmīti pasiddhantyattho, indo devatā assa indaṃ, ādicco devatā assa ādiccaṃ, havi puroḍāsādi
yāgadabbaṃ.
Mantathomanīyampi devatāti pasiddhanti yena manthena yo thūyate so tassa mantassa devatā

sāmīti loke pasiddhantyattho mahindo yamo varuṇo devatā assāti viggaho. Vuttanaya mevāti
‘‘nakkhatteninduyuttena kāle’’ti sutte vuttanayameva. Jātyekavacanaṃ maghāyāti,
tārakarūpānampana bahuttā maghāsaddo bahuvacananto. Pāṇinīyā ‘‘sāsmiṃ puṇṇamāsīti
saññāya’’nti (4-2-21) suttayitvā phussī puṇṇamāsī asmiṃ phusso māso phusso addhamāso phusso
saṃvaccharoti saññāyaṃ paṭipādenti, tena tesaṃ phussī puṇṇamāsī asmiṃ pañcadasaratteti ettha ca
bhatakamāse ca taddhito na bhavati. Idha pana ‘saññāya’nti vacanābhāve bhatakamāsepi chaṭṭhyatthe
bhavatītyāsaṅka viracayati ‘bhatakamāsepi’ccādi. Puṇṇo mā iccatra māsaddo candapariyāyoti āha-
‘māsaddene’ccādi. Puṇṇo mā assanti nibbacanāti ettha puṇṇamāsīsaddassa puṇṇo mā assanti
nīharitvā vacanāti attho. Vuttiyā atthassa phuṭīkaraṇāya vuttaṃ- ‘so puṇṇo tiādi. Tassanti

Page 91 sur 136
puṇṇamāsiyaṃ. Sāpuṇṇamāsī, bhatakassa bhatiyā kammakārakassa yo tiṃsati ratto māso

paribbayaniyamito, tassa sambandhinī neti sambandho.
Yassañcatithīyanti aniyamena paṭipadādimāha. Atoeva ca nipātanāti imasmāva nipātanā,

tenevāha- ‘sutte vacanameva nipātana’nti. Māsasutiyāccādo sādhippāyamatthaṃ vivarati
‘yadipi’ccādinā. Assāti sāmaññavacanepi ‘sāssa devatā puṇṇamāsī’ti sutte assāti avisesavacanepi
soyeva puṇṇamāsīsadde sūyamāno māsoyeva chaṭṭhyattho viññāyatīti sambandho.
Pañcadasarattādoti paresaṃ saññāgahaṇena nivattitapañcadasarattādo. Atha

addhamāsasaṃvaccharānampi udāharaṇatte nopaññāso kasmā na katoccāha-
‘addhamāsasaṃvaccharāna’miccādi. Evammaññate ‘‘addhamāsasaṃvaccharānaṃ na
paccayenojukamabhidhānamapi tu saṃvaccharepi phussādimāsasambhavāsmiṃ saṃvacchare
phussena māsena sambandhā phussotyupacārīyate, yathā ca phussādimāsassa sambandhī addhamāso
phusso addhamāsotyupacārīyate, na panojukanti tesamudāharaṇatte nānupādāna’’nti.
14. Tama
Nākaḍḍhanatthoti ṇassākaḍḍhanattho na hoti. Yadyākaḍḍhanattho assa, tadā cānukaḍḍhitaṃ

nottaratrānukaḍḍheyyāti maññate, kociyeva hotīti hontīti ito bhinditvā ānetabbaṃ. Tadā desassāti
iminā ‘‘tadādesā taggahaṇena gayhantī’’ti paribhāsamupalakkheti. Katayādesassāpīti kato yādeso
yassa tassa katayādesassāpīti. Ikārassāti yādesato pubbe ikārassa, iminā cādesādesīnamabhedo
dassito. Tasadde nekenāpi paccekābhisambandhe siddheti evamaññate- ‘‘yathā’tena kataṃkīta’ (4-
29) ntyādisutte ekova tasaddo bahūhi paccayattehi sambajjhate, tathihāpi ekameva tasaddaggahaṇaṃ
‘tamadhīte taṃjānātī’ti paccekamabhisambajjhate, tasmā kimetadatthena dvitaggahaṇene’’ti.
Dvitaggahaṇe payojanattayaṃ vuttaṃ, tattha paṭhamaṃ dassento jānaniccādinādhippāyamāvīkatvā
dvitaggahaṇamiccādinā padatthamāha.
Tattha-‘yo yamadhīte jānāti cā’ti iminā dvitaggahaṇābhāve paccayatthāvayavassa

samuccayappasaṅgamāha. Samuccaye sati(yo) yamadhīte jānāti ca, tattheva siyā, yo panādhīte
kevalaṃ, na (jānāti) tattha na siyāti bodhayituṃ byabhicāramāha‘na paccekāti sambandhene’ti.
Yathā ‘‘tena kathaṃ kīta’’miccādo ‘‘tena jitaṃ jayati’’ccādi paccekasambandhena bhavati
evammāviññāyīti yatheccādi kassāttho. ‘Tena kataṃ kīta’’miccādīhi avatvā ‘‘tena jitaṃ
jayati’’ccādisuttekadesavacanamatthabyatti tathā vutte hotīti vuttaṃ, tena jitamiccādo jayanādikā
kiriyāne kadabbasamavāyittena pasiddhāti yutto tattha paccekābhisambandho, nevamajjhena vedanā
pyekadabbasamavāyittābhiyyotyadhippāyo.
Idāni dutiyaṃ dasseti ‘jānana’miccādi, nimitta miṭṭhāniṭṭhabodhakāraṇaṃ muhutto kattikādi,

uppāto iṭṭhāniṭṭhasūcakaṃ pathavisamuddādīnaṃ sabhāvapariccāgenāññatattagamanaṃ.
Jānanasāmaññeti nimittādīnaṃ jānana sāmaññe. ‘Yathāvuttajānanassa ajjhena visayatte hetumāha-
‘taṃ jānātīti tasaddena adhīyamānaparāmasato’ti. Tatiyaṃ dasseti ‘yato ce’ccādinā. Yato ca
uppannena vidhinā ajjhena ñātu abhidhānampasiddhanti sambandho, potthakesu pana ajjhetuñātūsuti
pāṭho dissati, etthāyamadhippāyo ‘‘katthaci pasiddhivisayo hoti tasaddo, tathā ca vuttaṃ
subodhālaṅkāraṭīkāyaṃ pakkantavisayo tathā pasiddhavisayo anubhūtavisayo ca taṃsaddo yaṃ
saddaṃ nā pekkhate’ti, tasmā pasiddhivisayena tasaddena puthageva pasiddhiyā upasaṅgahatthaṃ
dvitaggahaṇaṃ kattabba’’nti. Atthattaye vattamānassa tu tasaddassa savisayo viseso tatovātthikehi
veditabbo.
15. Tassa
Visayasaddo gāmasamudāyepi vattate, gāmasamudāyo ca nāma desoyeva, tenāha visayopi

gāmasamudāyattā desoyevā’ti, iminā visayadesasaddānaṃ samānādhikaraṇattamāha. Vasāti
desavāsino vasātayo, anuvāko ganthaviseso.
16. Nivā

Page 92 sur 136
Tannāmeccādinā na kevalaṃ nivāseyeva, athakho vakkhamānesu pīti dasseti. Paccayantaṃ

sebbādi. Desanāmambhavati catūsu atthesūti viññāyati, tenāha-‘nivāsādo vidhī’ti. Nivāsādoti nivāsa
adūrabhavanibbattaatthiatthesu. Saṃhitanāmaṃ nāma lokiyasaddavo
hārāppasaṅgamaññasaddavohārenupāttanāmaṃ.
17. Adū
Nagarampi desoyevāti āha- ‘adūrabhava’nti.
18. Tena
Yathāyogatthoti vuttiyaṃ vuttayathāyogasaddassa attho.
19. Tami
Paccayantanāmeti paccayantanāmaṃ yassa sattamyatthabhūtassa desassa hasminti attho,

nāññasseti bhūmādivisiṭṭhatthayuttato aññassa paccayantanāmaṃ na hotīti attho. Badarā babbajā
asmiṃ dese santīti viggaho.
21. Ajjā
Hīyyattanoti ‘‘saramhā dve’’ti (134) dvittaṃ.
23. Amā
Amāsaha bhavo amacco.
24. Majjhā
Majjhe bhavo majjhimo, ante bhavo antimo iccādi.
25. Kaṇa
Magadhesu araññe gaṅgāyaṃ pabbate vane kule bārāṇasiyaṃ campāyaṃ mithilāyaṃ

sambhavoti viggaho. ‘‘Dissantaññepi paccayā’’ti (4-120) eyyakoti seso. Paccayantaradassane sati
imināva suttena ito aññatrāpi paccayantarāni hontīti seso, gāme bhavo udare bhavo pañcālesu bhavo
bodhipakkhe bhavoti viggaho.
26. Ṇiko
Sarade bhavo, bhavā vāti viggaho.
27. Tamassa
Sippasaddatthamāha-‘losalla’nti. Tameva byañjayati ‘kiriye’ccādinā, karaṇaṃ kiriyā

vādanādikassa abhyāso, so pubbo yassāti samāso, vīṇādisaddehi kimuccateccāha- ‘vīṇādi’ccādi,
dabbaṃ taṃtaṃsamudāyarūpaṃ. Sippañcāti vatvā tadatthaṃ vibhāveti ‘kiriyā viseso’ti.
Vādanādikiriyāya visiṭṭho jānanakiriyāvisesoti attho, iminā vīṇādisaddā dabbatthavuttino
vādanādikiriyaṃ kiriyā visesañca sippamupacārena vadantīti dīpeti. Itisaddo hetumhi. Sāyeveti
abhyāsitabbā jānanakiriyāvisesassa pubbabhūtā vādanakiriyā, visesetuṃ yuttā vīṇādisaddenāti
adhippāyo.
Yuttatā cettha… vīṇādivādanavasena sippassa gahetabbabhāvato, kathaṃ vīṇādisaddehi

dabbavuttīti vādanā vuccatīti āha- ‘vīṇādi visayattā’ti, vādanavuttivīṇādisaddānaṃ sippavuttittaṃ

Page 93 sur 136
yathāvuttasso pamāvasena vattumāha- ‘yathe’ccādi. Vīṇādivādananti yatheti sambandho.

Vuttameva phuṭayanto vuttiganthassa mukhaṃ vivarīyati ‘kiriye’ccādinā. Kiriyātyāsapubbakaṃ
ñāṇakkhamaṃ kosallaṃ vādanakiriyā visayattā vīṇāvādanamiccanena kiriyāsaddena vuccatītyattho.
Mudaṅgaṃ mudaṅgavādanaṃ sippamassa, vaṃso sippamassāti viggaho. Sīlamaddabbaṃ kathaṃ
paṃsukūlādi(no) sīlatthasamānādhikaraṇattenābhidhānantyāha- ‘paṃsukūlādidhāraṇa’miccādi.
Tañca sīlanti sambandho.
Appicchatāyāti paccayappicchatāya. Santuṭṭhitāyāti catūsu paccayesu dvādasavidhasantuṭṭhiyā.

Anuvidhīyamānaṃ karīyamānaṃ. Phalanirapekkhanti iminā idha loke cīvarādihetu paṇidhāya
paṃsukūla dhāraṇādiṃ paṭikkhipati, sīlaṃ tapparabhāvena sevanā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti
‘‘paṃsukūlādidhāraṇaṃ paṃsukūlādivisayanti paṃsukūlādisaddenopacārenābhidhīyate, sīlaṃ
paṃsukūladhāraṇavisayanti paṃsukūlādi saddenopacārenoccatī’’ti. Ticīvaraṃ sīlamassāti viggaho
tesaṃ guḷo paṇyamassāti viggaho tomaraṃ, muggaro paharaṇamassāti viggaho,
upadhīyatyupariādhīyatīti rathaṅgaṃ vuccati. Kāmakkhandhakilesābhisaṅkhārā vā upadhi
upadadhāti sukhaṃ dukkhaṃvāti katvā.
28. Taṃhanti
Bahumhi bhūtānagatesupi paccayabhāve kāraṇamāha-‘saṅkhyākālānamavivacchitattā’ti, sutte

vuttāya ekasaṅkhyāya vuttamānakā lasseva ca vattumanicchitattāti attho.
Tadupādānantūti tesamekavacanādīnamupādānantu. Taṃ nānantarīya kattāti

upalakkhaṇavasena tesaṃ vacanakālantarānamavinābhāvittāti adhippāyo. Hanticcādityādyantassa
kiriyāppadhānatte kathaṃ ṇādīnaṃ tadatthe jāyamānānaṃ sādhanappadhānatta miccatra hetumāha
‘sabhāvato’ti. Mīne hantīti meniko. Ajivhā animisā ca macchā, diṭṭhova sandiṭṭhanti iminā
saṃsaddassa visuṃ atthabhāvaṃ dasseti. Lokuttaradhammoti navavidho lokuttaradhammo,
phaladhammopi heṭṭhimo sakadāgāmivipassanādīnaṃ paccayabhāvena uparimaggādhigamassa
upanissayabhāvato pariyāyato dissamānova vaṭṭabhayaṃ nivatteti, bhāvanābhisamayavasena
maggadhammo sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena nibbānadhammo.
Vaṭṭabhayanti kammakilesavipākasaṅkhātaṃ tividhavaṭṭabhayaṃ. Vidhāna vacananti appatte-

tthe niyogasaṅkhātavidhino pakāsataṃ ehipassa vacanaṃ. Parisuddhattāti kilesamalavirahena
sabbathā visuddhattā. Amanuññampi kadāci sappayojanaṃ yathāsabhāvappakāsanena dassetabbaṃ
bhaveyyāti tadabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘vijjamānampi ce’ccādi. Nanu ca ehipassāti tyādyantā, tasmā
neteti paccayo pappoti, tathāhi pāṭipadikato paccayavidhānampaṭipāditaṃ, na tyādyantato nāpi
vākyato, tasmā kathamehipassikoti hotīti āha-‘ehipassasaddocāya’miccādi.
Padasamudāyassānukaraṇoti padasamūhassa anukaraṇabhūto eko ehipassasaddo. Athavā ehi āgaccha
imaṃ dhammaṃ passāti yo appatte-tthe niyogasaṅkhāto vidhi, tabbācako yannipāto ehipassāti,
ehipassavidhiṃ arahatīti ehipassiko, athavā ehicceva nipāto, dassanaṃ ñāpanaṃ passo, ehīti passo
ñāpanaṃ ehipasso, ehipassaṃ arahatīti ehipassiko.
29. Tena
Ekībhāvoti muggehi saṃsaṭṭhānaṃ māsānamiva missībhāvo. Esoti saṃsaggo, ukkaṃsenāti

ukkaṃsādhānena [utkaṃsasādhanena (potthake)] ca bhavitabbanti sambandho.
Saṃsaggaukkaṃsānaṃ sahabhāvassa anekanti katte kāraṇamāha- ‘asucidabbe’ccādinā.
Byatirekamāha- ‘nukkaṃso’ti yattha saṃsaggarahitaṃ kevalamabhisaṅkhattamatthi, tattha
paccayamudāharaṇena dassetvā vijjāya saha saṃsaggassāvijjamānatte kāraṇaṃ vadati ‘rūpī
dhammattā’tiādi. Rūpaṃ bhūtopādāyabhedamassa atthīti rūpī, ghatādi saṃsaṭṭhaṃ bhattādi. Tassa
dhammo sabhāvo saṃsaggo, tassa bhāvo tattaṃ, tasmā, tassāti saṃsaggassa, vijjātvarūpī…
yathāvutta rūpasabhāvābhāvā, tenāha- ‘vijjāya ca arūpittā’ti caraiccandhātuyeva carati.
Vācasikaṃ mānasikanti ‘‘manādīnaṃ saka, yaṃkiñcīti satādikaṃ yaṃkiñci.

Bāhulakenevetthāvadhāraṇaṃ labbhatīti vuttaṃ- ‘tato vā’ti, devadattena kītoti so attho tadattho, tassa
appatīti abhidhānasattivekallena vuttiyamanavagamo, devadattikoti hi vutte devadattena

Page 94 sur 136
kītotyayamattho nappatīyate… tādisa saddasattivekallena tadatthassānamidhīyamānattā,

avagamo ca nāma sati sāmatthiye siyāti imamatthaṃ saṅkhepato dassetumāha-
‘tadatthāppatītiyā’tiādi.
Abhidhānalakkhaṇattanti abhidhānaṃ sati sāmatthiye vākye vacanīyassātthassa vuttiyā

kathanaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ sabhāvo yesante abhidhānalakkhaṇā, tesaṃ bhāvo tattaṃ,
tabbādisamāpyevameva daṭṭhabbā. Maricena abhisaṅkhataṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ vāti, salākāya jitanti
viggaho.
30. Tassa
Yo ‘‘dissantaññepi paccayā’’ti (4-120)
34. Ṇo
Pavuttepīti kaccāyanena pavuttanti atthe ‘‘aññasmiṃ’’tismiṃṇo hotevāti adhippāyo.
35. Gavā
Duno rukkhassa.
38. Mātā
Mātāpitunnaṃ mātāpitaroti mātuyā mātāpitaro pitussa mātāpitaro, na ekamekato dvīsūti ekato

ekato vuttanayena dvīsudvīsu atthesu na bhavatīti attho.
39. Hite
Mātu hito, pitu hitoti viggaho.
40. Ninda
Sena rūpena ñātepi visesarūpena aññāto aññātaviseso. Kaṭṭhādimayā yā paṭimā

tampaṭicchandakaṃ. Sambandho sassāmīlakkhaṇo assa atthīti sambandhi kassāti kiṃ saddaniddiṭṭho,
sova viseso, sambandhiviseso visayo assa aññāṇassāti samāso. Payogāsambhavāti ayamassoti vutta
assappakatiyāpi payogā sambhavā. Tathāhi yadi yassāccantamajānanaṃ siyā tathā sati sabbathā
vatthujānanābhāve pakatiyeva na siyā, na hi sabbathā aviññātattho saddo payogamaharati, tasmā
sarūpena ñātassa yassa viseso aviññāto, soyevidha aññāto-timatoti viññāyate, aññāto-ssokassa
[aññāto sesaññassa (potthake)] vā kutotivā kiṃ sabhāvo veti hi assakoti. Kappaccayanto
hatthikaiccayannāmadheyyaṃ nāmaṃ yassa hatthiviyāti dassitapaṭibhāgassa so
kappaccayantanāmadheyyo. Abhinivesena vā sijjhanti yathā ajjunādivesadhārini ajjunādisaddenāti
adhippāyo.
Paṭimāyāti ettha pūjanatthā eva paṭimā gahitā, morasamāna nāmattā moroviyāti yojanā, cañcā
tiṇapuriso, idha pana taṃ sadiso puriso manusso cañcā. Akasmā eva ākasmikaṃ ‘‘sakatthe’’ti (4-
122) ṇiko. Yaṃkiñci abuddhipubbakaṃ, tamākasmikaṃ, tasmiṃ ākasmikebhidheyyo sati
ivasaddatthe vattamānato īyo hotīti attho. Kāko ca tālañca phalaṃ kākatālāni, tesamiva milanaṃ.
Ajākhaggānamiva milanaṃ yadākasmikaṃ, kiñci tama jākhaggīyaṃ, ṇo ivatthe. Sakkaranti
‘‘saṃyoge kvacī’’ti (4-125) vuddhyabhāvo. Munīva, bālova, kulisamiva, ekasālāivāti viggaho,
lohitova lohitiko phaṭikamaṇi.
41. Tamassa
Doṇādītyādisaddena khārasatādayopi parimāṇavisesā gayhanti. Saṅkhyā asītipañcādayo, aññaṃ

Page 95 sur 136
vā yaṃkiñcīti upaḍḍhakāyādi, soḷasa doṇā ekā khārī. Nanu pañcakaṃ ganthajātanti vatvā aññaṃ
vā saṅghādikanti vuttaṃ taṃ kathaṃ pāṇiniyehi viya ‘‘saṅkhyāya saññāsaṅghasuttājjhayanesū’’ti (5-
1-58) suttitattābhāvāti manasi nidhāya ‘saṅkhyāvācīhi’ccādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ādasahi saṅkhyeye vattantī’’ti
pañcasaddassa saṅkhyeye vuttattā āha- ‘pañcāvayavā’ti. Parimāṇasaddasannidhāne saṅkhyānepi
pañcasaddoti maññamāno āha- ‘pañcasaṅkhyānañce’ti. Pañcā vuttayoti pañcavārā, rūpānīti ca
pariyāyantarena āvuttisaddasse vātthaṃ byattaṃ karoti.
44. Kimhā
Nanu sutte saṅkhyāyanti na vuttaṃ katyādayo ca payogā saṅkhyā parimāṇeyeva dissanti

kathaṃ nāmetthāyaṃ vidhīti āha- ‘bahule’ccādi. Saṅkhyāparimāṇeyevāyaṃ vidhīti kiṃ sadde
saṅkhyāparimāṇa visayeyeva vattamāne ayaṃ ratyādiko vidhīti attho, nanu cettha kiṃ saddo pañhe
vattamāno kathaṃ saṅkhyāparimāṇe vattateti vuccate, yajjapi saṅkhyāparimāṇe na vattate, tathāpi
saṅkhyāparimāṇassa pucchiyamānattā saṅkhyāparimāṇavisaye vattate vāti. Bahulādhikāra
payogasāmatthiyahetunidassane phalamāha- ‘yatratvi’ccādi, paricchedakattena parimāṇakattena.
Ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘yadākimidaṃ saṅkhyā parimāṇamesaṃ dasannaṃ na kiñci appakamevetanti
saṅkhyāparimāṇameva kiṃ saddena nindīyate, tadāpi saṅkhyā parimāṇassa nindīyamānattā
saṅkhyāparimāṇavisayattameveti khepe vattamānāpi kiṃ saddā raticcādi siyā, bahulādhikārāditova
panettha na siyā’’ti. Rakārānubandhā isaddalopatthāti yojanā.
45. Sañjātaṃ
Bubhukkhāpipāsappakatīhi khasantāhi akammavacanicchāyaṃ ‘‘gamanatthā kammakādhāre

cā’’ti (5-59) kattari kte ñimhi ca bubhukkhito pipāsitoti siddhepi vattamāne payogatthaṃ
bubhukkhāpipāsāti pāṭho.
46. Māne
Sabbamparicchedarūpanti ummānaparimāṇādikaṃ sabbaṃ paricchedarūpaṃ. Tatra ca uccattena

mānamummānaṃ, sabbato mānaṃ parimāṇaṃ.
47. Taggho
‘‘Pamāṇaparimāṇehi saṅkhyāyacāpi saṃsaye mattovattabbo’’ti (5-2-37)

pāṇiniyavattabbakāravacanaṃ, tattha pamāṇa māyāmo. Saṅkhyāyāti pañcamī. Etehi saṃsaye matto
vattabboti attho. Vidatthimattaṃ ratanamattaṃ vātiādīni kamena tatthodāharaṇāni.
Na vattabbanti yathāvuttavattabbavacanaṃ paṭikkhipati. Paṭikkhitte tasmiṃ vidatthimattaṃ

ratanamattaṃ vātiādi(nā) yaṃkiñci daṇḍapubbaṇṇādikaṃ [paṇṇādikaṃ (potthake)] saṃsayitaṃ, tena
mānasaṅkhātassa paricchedassābhāvā kathamete payogā siyunti āsaṅkiya tattha kāraṇamāha-
‘tathābhyūhanato siddhattā’ti. Tathābhyūhanatoti vidatthimānampamāṇamassa ratanammāna
massātyādinā tenappakārena abhyūhanato abhyupagamatoti attho. Saṃsayo ca nāma
ubhayapakkhaparāmasane sati siyāti yathāvuttamabbhūhanaṃ sādhetumāha-nāntarene’ccādi.
Pakkhadvayehīti vidatthi mānamassa ratanammānamassāti evamādikehi pakkhadvayehi.
Abhyūhanaṃ saṃsayassāti gamyate. Jaṇṇu mānamassa jaṇṇutagghaṃ.
48. Ṇoca
Puriso pamāṇamassāti viggaho.
49. Ayū
Upādhyantaropādānāti ‘aṃse’ti nimittantaropādānā nivattatīti yojanā.

Page 96 sur 136
50. Saṅkhyā
Saccutīsāsadasantāya saṅkhyāya paṭhamantāya asmiṃ satasahasse adhikā saṅkhyāti atthe ḍo

bhavatīti suttattho. Saccutīsā sadasantāti paṭhamāvacanaṃ paṭhamantato vidhiñāpanatthaṃ. Nanu ca
sutte ‘satasahassa satasahasse ḍo’ti na vuttaṃ, tathā sati vuttiyaṃ kathaṃ ‘sataṃ sahassaṃ
satasahassaṃ vā’ti vuttantyāsaṅkiyāha-ubhayathāvagamā’tiādi. Ubhayathāvagamāti sataṃ sahassanti
ca satasahassanti ca ubhayappakārenāvagamā, ubhayathāvagamo payoga dassanañcettha evaṃ
vivaraṇe kāraṇanti adhippāyo. Paccayatthena samānajātiye pakatyatthe satīti yenakenaci
suvaṇṇakahāpaṇādinā paccayatthena samānajātiye. Suvaṇṇamāsakadīna [suvaṇṇakahāpaṇādīnaṃ
(potthake)] masamāna jātiyānaṃ. Akevalaṃ codāharaṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘ekavīsa’nti vuttaṃ.
Anipphannattā saddānamidha paccayaggahaṇaparibhāsāvatāro natthi.
51. Tassa
Nanu ca saṅkhyāsaddo saṅkhyāne saṅkhyeyye ca vattate, kathamettha saṅkhyānevasitā vutti

yenevaṃ vivaraṇaṃ katamiccāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi, paccāsannaṃ saṅkhyāsaddassāti adhippāyo. Iminā
ca karaṇasādhano-yaṃ pūraṇasaddoti viññāpeti. Yatoti vuttayaṃ saddasambandhinā taṃsaddena seti
ulliṅgitassa saṅkhyātiatthamupadassiya sāyeva pūrīyatetīmassa kammabhāvena tiṭṭhatīti dassetuṃ
tena pūraṇena pūrīyate’ti āha.
Sampajjateti pūrīyatetyassatthamācikkhati. Anenetaṃ dasseti ‘‘(na) ghaṭikādīnamiva dabbānaṃ

dabbantare nātirittīkaraṇaṃ saṅkhyāya pūraṇaṃ kiñcarahi tassa samappattiyevā’’ti. Atha kāyaṃ
vacoyutti ‘sāsaṅkhyā pūrīyate yene’ti, yāvatā sāti yasmā paccayo vihito tassa saṅkhyāsaddassa
parāmāso tassa ca pūraṇena abhedoccāsaṅkiyāha- ‘abhedenoccate saṅkhyā pūrīyate yenetī’ti
abhidhānābhidheyyānamabhedopacārena vuccatītyattho, saṅkhyeyyapūraṇe ḍo na hotīti vatvā
tadatthaṃ vibhāvetumāha- ‘dvādasanna’miccādi. So ghaṭo tāsaṃ ghaṭikānaṃ pūraṇo dabbānaṃ
dabbantare nāti rittīkaraṇavasena. Vīsatiyā pūraṇotiādinā viggaho.
54. Chā
Kaccāyanena ‘‘dvitīhi tiyo’’ti (2-8-42) suttena dvitisaddehi tiyappaccayaṃ vidhāya ‘‘tiye dutāpi
cā’’ti (2-8-43) dvitīnaṃ dutādesena dutiyaṃ tatiyanti ca ‘‘catuchehi thaṭhā’’ti (2-8-41) suttena catuto
thappaccayaṃ vidhāya dvittena catutthanti ca nipphāditaṃ. Idha tathā bhāvena kathaṃ te sijjhantīti
āsaṅkiya vuttiyaṃ ‘katha’miccādi vuttanti dassetumāha ‘saṅkhye’ccādi. Vuttiyaṃ ‘dutiyassā’tiādinā
suttekadesā dassitāti tāni sampuṇṇaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ‘dutiyassā’tiādinā ‘catutthatatiyāna’miccādinā
ca vuttāni.
55. Ekā
Saṅkhyāvacanassa gahaṇe ko dosoccāha-‘saṅkhyāvāci’ccādi. Bahuttavisaye payogo na siyāti

saṅkhyāvacanassa ekatthe niyatattā vuttaṃ. Ekākīhiccassa atthamācikkhati
padhānabhūteheva’ccādinā. Upapajjake bahuttavisaye payogotyapekkhate.
56. Vacchā
Taro hotīti vuttepi tehi taro hotīti viññāyati, vacchādīhīti sutattā pana vacchādīnanti ca
viññāyatīti vacchādīnantiādinā vuttiganthopadassanaṃ. Nanu tanutte vavacchādīhi paccayo
vidhīyate, ye ca sarīrena kisāvacchādayo, tatrāpyavisesena payogo pasajjati [payopasajjane
(potthake)] visesānupādānato, tasmā kathamatra sabhāvasseva tanuttaṃ viññāyate yenevaṃ
vivaṭamiccāha- ‘vacchādisaddāna’ micca-di, vacchādīhi pakatīti paccaye vidhīyamāne tāsaṃ
pavattinimittaṃ vayovisesādi, yasmiṃ sati vacchādayo saddā dabbe-bhinivisante, taṃ paccayā-
sannaṃ, na ca kisattassa bhāvā dabbe vacchādisaddā pavattante. Ato tasseva saddappavattinimittassa
tanutte yuttaṃ paccayena bhavituṃ, (na) tanuttamatteti maññate. Pavattinimittaṃ sambandhi
āsannanti samānādhikaraṇāni.

Page 97 sur 136
Vaccho paṭhamavayo, tassa tanuttaṃ dutiyavayappatti. Dutiyañhi vayaṃ pappontassa vacchassa

paṭhamo vayo vacchasaddassa pavattinimittaṃ kiñcimattāvasesaṃ bhavati amumevāha-
‘susuttasse’ccādinā. Ukkhotaruṇodutiyavayappatto vuccate, tassa tanuttaṃ tatiyavayappatti.
Tatiyañhi vayappattakāle dutiyassa vayassa ukkhasaddappavatti nimittassa kiñcimattā vasesato
[vasissate (potthake)] jātisaṅkarattā gaddabhajātiyā vaḷavājātiyā ca missattā. Bhāravāhakattampati yo
samattho, so usabhotyuccate, yadātu tassa bhāravāhakatte sāmatthiyaṃ mandaṃ bhavati
parikkhīṇaṃ, tadā tanuttambhavatītyāha- ‘sāmatthiyassa tanuttaṃ appabalatā’ti.
57. Kimhā
Samudāyo nāma dvyavayavo vā siyā bahukāvayavo vā, tattha dvyavayavasamudāyā niddhāraṇe

sāmatthiyā ekasseva niddhāraṇaṃ viññāyati tamevānusarati. Bahukāvayavasamudāyāpye ‘kassa
niddhāraṇe’ti sutte ekassāti vacanābhāvepi ekasseva niddhāraṇaṃ viññātabbaṃ teneva kataro
bhavataṃ devadatto’tyādikamudāharaṇamadāsi. Kataro bhavataṃ devadatto kataro bhavataṃ
kaṭhotyādyudāharaṇabahuttena niddhāraṇavācīnamabahutthepi niddhāriyamānavācīhī’ti bahuttena
vuttaṃ. Apaccaparaṃparāya pavattaṃ gottaṃ vaṃso, tadabhi dhāyino apaccappaccayantāpi
abhedopacārena gottaṃ, tevāpaccā paccavantasambandhadvārenāpacce pavattāti sambandhisaddā
bhavanti, caraṇasaddā ca kaṭhā yo kiriyāsaddā bhavanti kaṭhādīhi vuttajjhayanatthaṃ yathā
sakaṃvatacaraṇakiriyānimittattenājjhetūsu pavattāti tesaṃ sambandhisaddānaṃ kesañci atthassa
kiriyāsaddānaṃ cātthassa asatyapi jātitte jātinibandhanaṃ loke kāriyamiṭṭhaṃ taduttaṃ ‘‘gottañca
cara- ṇehi sahā’’ti. Tatthāpi jātittamparibhāsitaṃ, tenāha- ‘kaṭhassa caraṇattā jātittaṃ gotattā
jātitta’nti ca.
58. Tena
Lokiyāti parasaddasatthakāre sandhāyāha. Iha tu avisesena vuttanti sambandho. Niruttiyaṃ

sāmaññena vuttattāti yojanā. Sāmaññena vuttākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘katha’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Devehi datto
brahmunā dattotiādīni kattari karaṇe vā viggahavākyāni. Devadatto devadattiko deviyo devalotiādīni
vuttipadāni.
Tattha niruttipiṭakāgatānaṃ ‘devadattā devadattiko’tiādīnaṃ vuttipadānamaññathā

nipphattimupadassiya devalo deviyotiādīnampana vacanantareneva nipphattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘devehi
datto’tiādi vuttaṃ. Parasaddasatthakārānampi devalo deviyoti vacanantareneva sādhanaṃ
sādhanākārañca tesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘kecīhī’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekadesatoyeva paccayamicchanti tena tesaṃ
devalo deviyo datti loccādi bhavati. Kappanāgāravoti dattasaddalopanāmekadesavasena
kappanāgāravo.
59. Tassa
Na ca sabbetiādinā bahulādhikāre phalaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhāvasaddo katthaci kiriyāyaṃ vattate

‘bhāve ayaṃ vidhī’ti. Katthaci adhippāye ‘ayametesaṃ bhāvo [bhāvodhippāyo]’ti. Katthaci padatthe
‘ime bhāvā’ti. Katthaci sattāmatte‘tiṇānaṃ bhāvo’ti. Tenāha-‘bhāvasaddasse’ccādi. Rūpasādhana
dvārenāti bhāvasaddassa rūpasādhanadvārena, sappanti pakāsenti attha manenāti saddo. Sova
abhidhānaṃ abhidhīyate-nenatthoti katvā. Bujjhati atthasarūpanti buddhi, sāva patīyate-nenāttho
pacceti attha miti vā paccayoti vuccati.
Nanu ca ‘bhavanti etasmā buddhisaddā’ti vuttaṃ tasmā pavattinimittamubhinnampi bhavati,

tathāsati ‘saddappavattinimitta’nti saddasseva pavattinimittatā kasmā vuttāti vuccate. Pākaṭabhāvena
abhidhānābhidheyyasambandhassa saddasseva pavattinimittataṃ vatvā visuṃ buddhiyā nimittassa
rūpānugatattaṃ visesetvā pavattinimittatamassā dīpetuṃ ‘nimittavasāhi’ccādimāha. Dabbeguṇoti
dabbe vuttiyaṃ guṇo nimittanti sambandho. Guṇasaddasseva jātisaddattenodāharaṇadvayaṃ
dattaṃ… guṇassa jātiyā visuṃ jātinimittassābhāvato [nidhittassa bhāvato]. Kiriyādītiādisaddena
dabbādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ, keci pana kiriyāsaddānaṃ kiriyā pavattinimittantyāhu. Tesaṃ devadattādīnaṃ
avatthāvisesena avatthābhedena sāmaññaṃ tadavatthā visesasāmaññaṃ. Tenāha- ‘devadattassā’tiādi.
Vijjamāno padattho visayo yesaṃ devadattādīnaṃ saññāsaddānaṃ tesaṃ pavattinimittaṃ

Page 98 sur 136
jātilakkhaṇamācikkhitampaṭipāditanti attho.
Anena ca devadattādayo saññāsaddāpi samānā jātisaddāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yadi carahi saññāsaddāpi
jātivacanā siyuṃ, pañcavidhattamesaṃ parihāyatīti. Nedamevaṃ viññeyyaṃ…
pasiddhatarajātyābhidhāna kaṭhagovīhiyavādisaddā jātisaddattena visuṃ pariggayhanti.
Sambandhibhedatoti ghaṭādisambandhīnaṃ bhedato. Abhāvassabhedatoti ghaṭapaṭādīnaṃ

sambandhīnaṃ bhedena abhāvassa bhedato abhedepi bhedā upacaritā santīti yojanā. Yassa
sāmaññassa vasā, tesu upacaritabhedesvākāsādīsu. Niravayavāvijjamānavisayānantiye ākāso viya
niravayavā abhāvo viya asantā ca, te visayo yesaṃ saddānaṃ tesanti attho. Sāmaññaṃ bhāvoti
puthujjanādisāmaññaṃ bhāvoti attho. Alasassa bhāvo kiriyāsambandhittaṃ, brahmaññaṃ jāti
cāpalyaṃ nepuññaṃ guṇo vā. Vuttiyaṃ sakatthekantāti ‘‘sakatthe’’ti (4-122) iminā sakatthe
katakappaccayantāti attho. Na daṭṭhabbanti sambandho. Pattakālova pattakallaṃ. Karuṇā eva
kāruññaṃ.
62. Aṇvā
‘‘Ekayoganiddiṭṭhānaṃ sahavāpavatti sahavā nivattī’’ti ‘bhāva kammesū’ti anuvattate. Tathāpi

bhāvetīmināvettha sappayojanattaṃ dassetumāha- ‘bhāvakammesu’ccādi.
64. Tara
Yajjapi sīdhātussa kevalassa supane pavatti, tathāpyatipubbassa ukkaṃse pavattīti āha- ‘atisayo
ukkaṃso’ti. So ca atisayo kassa sambhavaticcāha- ‘so ca kiriyāguṇāna’nti. Kathaṃ
tesamatisayoccāha- ‘ādhārabhūtadabbavasā’ti. Kutoccāha- ‘anapekkhite’ccādi. Anapekkhito
kiriyāguṇānaṃ nissayo dabbasaṅkhāto yesanti viggaho, dabbassa nissayabhūtassā-tisayattaṃ
hontampi nissitānaṃ kiriyā guṇānaṃ vaseneva siyā nāññathāti vattumāha-‘paccadhikaraṇa’ntiādi.
Nanu ca yadi kiriyāguṇānamevātisayo, tadā na sijjhati ‘gotaro’ti nesa doso, no cettha

jātiyātisayo, kassa carahi guṇassa go ayaṃ yo sakaṭaṃ vahati, gotaro-yaṃ yo sakaṭaṃ vahati
sirañcāti, jātiyā hi niccāyekarūpāya nokkaṃsāpakaṃsayogo sambhavatīti dabbassāpi
nātisayasambhavo. Tathāhi tulyappamāṇassa guṇakatova mūlato ukkaṃso dissati samānepi hi āyāme
vitthāre ca paṭassa kāsikassāññovāggho bhavati māthurassāñño vāti. Dabbassāpi sātisayehi
yuttatāmattena sātisayattassupaṭṭhāpitattā vuttaṃ- ‘tenevāhā’tiādi. Yadaggena kiriyāguṇānaṃ
nissitānamatisayavasena nissayabhūtampi dabbaṃ kathañcidapyatisaye vattati nāma, tadagge
tabbācikāpi pakati attano vacanīyatthavasena tattha vattatiyeva nāmāti ‘atiyaye vattamānato’ti
pakativisesanavasena vuttaṃ, tenevāha- ‘iminā pakati visesanattañcāhā’ti. Sakatthikānaṃ pakatiattho
jotanīyo hotīti sambandho.
Sakatthikānanti kattari chaṭṭhī sambandhavacanicchāya, sakatthikehīti attho. Hetumāha-

‘pakativisesanantī’ti. Itisaddo hetumhi, yasmā ‘atisaye vattamānato’ti, pakativisesanaṃ, tato
pakatyatthabhūte-tisaye jātattā sakatthikehi yathāvuttanayena pakatyatthabhūtetisayo jotanīyo hotīti
attho. Tattha nābhidheyyoti byatirekamāha, tathā ca vakkhati- ‘atisayajotakātarādayo’ti.
Atha pakativisesanatte kasmā nābhidheyyo jotanīyoccāha ‘pakatiyāyeva’ccādi. Ukkaṃso

samānaguṇavisayeyeva loke diṭṭho [paviṭṭho (potthake)] tena sāmaññavacanepi tādithavisayeyeva
[soyeva] kāraṇa vasena hotīti dassetumāha- ‘atisayene’ccādi. Dvinnamekassā-tisayeccādinā
‘dvibahūsukkaṃse taratamā’’ti (caṃ 4-3-45) sakkatasuttatthassādhippāyaṃ vivarati. Taraiyāti
sakavohārena vuttaṃ, tesantu īyappaccayo. Evamihāvidhānaṃ sukhasānettanti sambandho.
Ayametthādhippāyo ‘yathāvuttasuttatthavasena dvinnamekassa ukkaṃsābhāvā ‘māthurā

pāṭaliputtakehi sukumāratarā’ccādo tarappaccayo na hotīti eko māthuro dutiyo pāṭaliputtako imesaṃ
sukumārānaṃ dvinnameko māthuro-tisayena sukumāro sukumārataro, ekamaññesaṃ
dvinnamukkaṃsetathāññesaṃ dvinnamekassāti evaṃ dvinnaṃdvinnamekekassa ukkaṃse
tarappaccayo bhavati, ubhayatra tvavayavāpekkhambahuvacanaṃ, tathāhi

Page 99 sur 136
sukumārattenukkaṃsiyamānānaṃ samudāyānamavayavā māthurā bahavo pāṭaliputtakāpi

nikkaṃsiyamānā tathevāvayavā bahavo honti, evaṃ māthurā pāṭali puttakehi sukumāratarā’ti
tarappaccayena sijjhati. Imasmiṃ gāme aḍḍhatarā vāṇijjāccādopi kathitena ñāyena
dvinnaṃdvinnamekekassa ukkaṃse tarappaccayo bhavati, bahuvacanantu katthaci avayavāpekkhanti
sabbaṃ sakkate kicchena sādhenti. Iha tu tathāvidhassa suttassā vidhānā
‘‘taratamissikiyiṭṭhātisaye’’ti tarādīnamatisaye sāmaññena vidhānā sabbattha tarappaccayena
sukhasādhanaṃ hotī’’ti.
Avatthābhedenāti paṭutarāvatthāvato paṭuavatthāya bhinnattā vuttaṃ, tathāhi

tamevāvatthantarayuttaṃ vattāro bhavanti aññe ‘bhavaṃsūavattho’ti. Pakārantarenapi sādhane
hetumāha- ‘atisayamatte vā vidhānato’ti. Anavaṭṭhitattamāha- (‘atisayavāpi’ccādi). Pañcasvetesūti
etesaṃ yathāvuttānaṃ tarādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ majjhe, rūpāni guṇavacanassa vuttiyamudāharitāni.
Kiriyāvacanassa tu ‘atisayena pācakataro pācakatamo’ti. Issika iyaiṭṭhā sarādī tato (aññato) na honti
bahulādhikārā.
66. Tassa
Tassāti sāmaññena vuttepi vikārasambandhīyeva chaṭṭhiyanto gayhati,

chaṭṭhiyantasambandhīyeva ca vikāro gayhati sambandhavasāti dassetumāha ‘yassā’ccādi.
Kosakārakapāṇavisesehi kato koso. Pāṇayo sattā, osadhyophalapākantā, rukkhā pupphaphalūpagāti
rukkhosadhīnaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vadanti tallakkhaṇenettha rukkho sadhayo na gayhanti, kiñcarahi
osadhisaddena latādipi gayhati, rukkhasaddena (vanappa)tayopi, vanappatayo hi phalavantā na
pupphavantā. Kathaṃ gāvassa vikāre purise mayoccāha- ‘aññasmi’ntiādi. Gāvassa idaṃ gomayaṃ.
67. Jatu
Upapatyantaranti paccayalopato yutyantaraṃ.
68. Samū
Tīsuttaresu ca vattateti sambandho. Rājaññamanussānampi jātiyamapacce ññassappaccayānaṃ

vidhānā vuttaṃ ‘gottappaccayantā’ti āha- ‘rājaññānaṃ samūho’ccādi. Ukkho usabho. Oṭṭho kharato,
urabbho meso, evamiccādinā ‘ukkhānaṃ samūho’ccādi. Vākyamapadisati. Kākānaṃ samūhoti
viggaho, ṇikaacittāti iminā ṇiko acittavāca keheva dissatīti ñāpeti. Apūpo piṭṭhapūpo, saṃkulanti
(guḷa) missakakhajjakaviseso.
69. Janā
‘‘Tadassaṭṭhānamīyo cā’’ti (2-8-13) kaccāyanasuttassāya mattho ‘‘tadassaṭṭhānamiccetasmiṃ

atthe chaṭṭhiyantato īyappaccayo hotī’ti. Tena madanassa ṭhānaṃ madanīyaṃ bandhanassa ṭhānaṃ
bandhanīyaṃtyādikaṃ sādhenti. Idha pana tathāvidhassābhāvā kathaṃ taṃ sijjhatītyāsaṅkiya
‘madanīya’ntiādikaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ dassetumāha- ‘madanīyādippasiddhiyā’ccādi. Sādhanakkamaṃ
dassetumāha- ‘evamaññate’ccādi.
Ṭhānanti kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Upamatthāyitatta’’nti (2-8-14) kaccāyanasuttassāyamattho ‘‘upamatthe

āyitattappaccayo hotī’’ti tena dhūmo viya dissatīti dhūmāyitattaṃ timiramiva dissatīti
timirāyitattaṃtyādikaṃ sādhentīti vuttanayameva. Tampihaccādikaṃ dvīsu sādhanakkamadassanaṃ,
dhūmo viya dissatīti dassito yo kammattho sopi dhūmāyīti kattuvasena sakkā parikappetunti
kattusādhanato dhūmāyitasaddā sakatthettappaccayepi dhūmo viya dissatīti atthe āyitatthappaccayepi
nātthabhedo-ññatravacanicchābhedāti daṭṭhabbaṃ, bhāvattho pana tesaṃ bhāvappadhānavasena
labbhati, dhūmasseva dassananti viggahe āyitattena vā.
70. Iyo

Page 100 sur 136
Aññasminti aññasmimpi atthe iyoti yojanā.
74. Kathā
Pavāse dūragamane sādhu pavāsiko, upavāse ratyabhojane sādhu upavāsiko.
75. Pathā
Pathe sādhu upākārakaṃ pātheyyaṃ, maggopakaraṇaṃ, sapatimhi dhana patimhi sādhu

upakaraṇaṃ sāpateyyaṃ dhanaṃ.
77. Rāyo
Tumantakiriyāyāti ghātetuṃ (tyādītu) mantakiriyāya. Vā saddo samuccayo, ghātetuṃ vātiādinā

yojetabbo.
78. Tame
Itisaddena byavacchinnamatthamupadassayamaññanāpekkhaṃ sappadhānaṃ mantvādi

vidhimhidamatthadvayaṃ byāpārīyaticcāha-‘ettha assa atthī’ti. Nanu ca yaṃ yassa hoti taṃ
tasmimpi hoti (yaṃ yasmiṃ hoti) tassāpi taṃ hoti teneva vuccate- ‘chaṭṭhīsattamīnamaviseso’ti,
tatrañña taraniddeseneva siddhe kimatthamiha chaṭṭhīsattamīnaṃ bhedenopādānaṃ karīyatīti
vuccate-yatrāvayavāvayavibhāvo, tattheva chaṭṭhīsattamīnamatthassa aviseso [vatthuto (potthake)]
yathā ‘rukkhesākhā rukkhassa sākhā’ti. Sassāmibhāvajaññajanakabhāvādo tu
nāvassamādhārādheyyabhāvoti dvinnamevatthānamupādānanti.
Nanu ca sambhave byabhicāre ca sati visesanaṃ sātthakaṃ bhavati yathā ‘nīlamuppala’nti,

nevātthittassātthi byabhicāro, tathā ca vuttaṃ- ‘na sattaṃ padattho byabhicaratī’ti, tasmā
byavecchejjābhāvā niratthakamatthītivisesanantyāha- ‘padatthasse’ccādi. Sattāyaṃ abyabhicāre pīti
sambandho. Kālantarā byabhicāratthamatthītivisesananti dassetumāha- ‘kāle’ccādi.
Nanu ca suttesu kālo padhānaṃ na hoti, ‘‘tena kataṃ kītaṃ’’tyādinā hi paccayattho dassito,
tathā hi kāyikaṃvācasikaṃ tyādo na kālasampaccayo, evamihāpi sattāmatte bhavitabbaṃ, atthīti tu
vattamānasattāya eva pariggaho kathamavasīyate yena kālavisesanaṃ siyāti. Saccaṃ, kintu
padatthassa sattābyabhicārābhāvepi atthītivisesanopādānasāmatthiyātra visiṭṭho sattā atthīti
visesanattenopāttā, na sattāmattanti patīyate, sā pana visiṭṭhā sattā sampatisattā, atthi ca tassā
byabhicāro sāmaññasattāyāti yujjateva visesanavisessabhāvoti maññate. Upādhīti visesanaṃ.
Na bhuñjaticcādiviyāti yathā na bhuñjatīti nañssa paṭisedhattā viruddhatthapadassa sannidhāne-

tthantarassa paṭisedharūpassatthassāvagati padanibandhanassa vidhino abādhikā bhavati,
tamivākyattho. Adhippāyattha māha- ‘atthivacanicchāya yo visayo tassa niyamo’ti. Kati
payasambhave na pana gomā rukkhavāti yojanā, tehīti pasaṃsāpahūtehi. Kakude āvatto kakudāvatto,
nindito kakudāvatto assa atthīti kakudāvattī. Kathaṃ ninditattamassiccāha-‘kakudā vatto’ccādi.
Saṃsatto daṇḍo assa atthiccanena gehaṭṭhitena vijjamānenapi daṇḍena daṇḍīti nābhidhīyatīti vadati.
Dabbebhidheyyeti jātisannissayagopiṇḍaassapiṇḍādisaṅkhāte dabbe-bhidheyye, bhavaṃ bhaveyyāti
yadākadāci bhavanto yadi bhaveyya.
79. Vantva
Paññavā ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasso.
80. Daṇḍā
Dve hontīti iko īceti dve honti, ekamekaṃvāti ubhinnaṃ. Vāsaddo dve hontīti etthāpi

Page 101 sur 136
daṭṭhabbo. Uttamīṇeva dhanā ikoti gaṇasuttaṃ vivarati ‘uttamīṇevā’tiādi. Kenettha samāsoti

āha- ‘syādisyādinekatthanti samāso’ti. Uttamīṇo dhanasāmī. Asannihite atthāti gaṇasuttaṃ,
asannihitetīmassa atthaṃ vivarati ‘appatte’ti. Asampatteti attho. Asannihiteti ca attho iccassa
visesanaṃ. Atthanaṃ asannihite atthe āsisanaṃ attho, so assa atthīti atthiko atthī. Tadantācāti
gaṇasuttaṃ, asannihitetyanuvattate, asannihitopādhikā atthantā ca ika īppaccayo bhavatītyattho.
Vaṇṇantāīyevāti gaṇasuttaṃ, brahmānaṃ devānaṃ vaṇṇoti vā samāso. Hatthadantehi jātiyanti
gaṇasuttaṃ.
Jātiyanti paccayavisesanaṃ. Vaṇṇato brahmacārimhīti gaṇasuttaṃ. Brahmasaddena

niyamaviseso vuccaticcāha-‘vijje’ccādi. Tasmiñcaniyamavisesacaraṇe tiṇṇaṃ
brāhmaṇādīnamevādhikāro, nasuddassāti dassento āha- ‘tañce’ccādi. Tevaṇṇiko vaṇṇīti vuccatīti
sambandho. Tīsu vaṇṇesu bhavo tadantogadhattā tevaṇṇikoti bhavatthe ṇiko. Vaṇṇasaddo
brāhmaṇādivaṇṇavacano. Tatra brahmacārimhityanena suddo byavacchijjate.
Athavā brahmanti nibbānaṃ tadattho ganthopi, taṃ brahmaṃ nibbānaṃ dhammaṃ vā

tepiṭakaṃ caratīti brahmacārī, yati. Yatayopi hi vaṇṇīti brahmacārinoti vuccanti. Vaṇṇīliṅgīti hi vutte
tiliṅgavāti attho. Vaṇṇa saddo panettha yathāvutta brahmapariyāyo. Pokkharādito deseti gaṇasuttaṃ.
Deso cettha yattha(tthi pokkharādīni so). Padumagaccha pokkharaṇīnaṃ vācakassāti iminā padumāni
assaṃ santīti paduminīti pokkharaṇīpi vuccatīti dasseti. Nāvā atthīti nāviko, yāgame nāvāyiko.
Sukhadukkhā ī, balā bāhūrupubbā ceti ca gaṇasuttāni.
82. Mukhā
Ihāpi pasajjeyya madhu asmiṃ ghaṭe atthīti etthāpi payoge madhuranti rappaccayo pāpuṇeyya
madhumhi abhidheyyati adhippāyo. Na gacchantīti nagā. Yajjapi ūsavāccādo
pahūtādivisayāyātthitāya sambhavo, tathāpi ñusādivato paccaya(ttha)ttena vacanicchābhāvā ñusavā
ghaṭoccādi na sijjhati tasmā pahūtādivisayātthitāsambhavepi taṃvato-tthassa paccaya(ttha)ttena
ñusaro desoti vattu micchāyaṃ paccayo yathā siyā aññatramābhaviccevamattho veditabboti āha-
‘iti’ccādi. Kuñjavātiettha kuñjasaddo tiṇalatādyacchāditapabbatekadese vattate.
87. Picchā
Parehi vācāsaddā ālo vihito nindāyaṃ, neha tatheti codanamubbhāvayati ‘nindāya’miccādinā.
88. Sīlā
Sīlamassa atthi, kesā assa santīti viggaho. Aṇṇā niccanti niccavidhyutthaṃ gaṇasuttaṃ.
Gāṇḍīrājīhi saññāyanti saññāvisayaniyamanatthaṃ gaṇasuttaṃ. Gaṇḍassa gaṇḍamigasiṅgassa ayaṃ
gāṇḍī, sā assa atthīti gāṇḍīvo.
90. Sissa
Samassa atthīti suvāmī,saṃ sakiyaṃ.
91. Lakkhyā
Akārādeso ca ṇasanniyogenāti iminā yattha ṇakāro tatthevāyamakārādesoti dasseti. Upādānatoti

iminā nissayakaraṇameko satthiyo ñāyoti dasseti. Antassa avidhānasāmatthiyācāti iminā satipi
pubbalopena payoga nipphattiyaṃ akāraṃ vidhāya tassa lopo niratthakoti dasseti. Lakkhī sirī assa
atthīti lakkhaṇo.
94. Imiyā
Kappo yogyatā assa atthīti kappiyo, jaṭā hānabhāgo, senā assa atthīti viggaho.

Page 102 sur 136
95. Topa
‘Ohāka cāge’ iti sakakārassa hādhātuno payoge toppaccayaṃ nisedhetvā‘satthā hīyate satthā
hīno’ti udāharaṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Tenāha- ‘sakkateccādi. Dassetuṃ tatiyampanudāharaṇanti sambandho.
Cīppaccayāvasānānanti ‘‘abhūtatabbhāve karāsabhūyoge vikārācī’’ti (4-119) vutto cīppaccayo
avasāne ye santi viggaho. Jātiyavajjitānanti ‘‘tabbati jātiyo’’ti (4-113) suttena jātiyappaccayena
vajjitānaṃ. Kaccāyane tu toādīnaṃ vibhatti saññattā na tato puna vibhattuppatti.
96. Ito
Vuttiyaṃ ‘etassa ṭa eta’ iti atoiccatra etassa ṭādeso etto iccatra etaādesoti attho.
97. Abhyā
Nanu ca kiṃ iminā suttena, pañcamyantā ‘‘to pañcamyā’’ti (4-95) bhavissati, apañcamyantātu
‘‘ādyādīhī’’ti (4-98) netadevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘To pañcamyā’’ti (4-95) pakativisesānamaparāmāsato
kutoci pañcamyantā hotu, apañcamyantā pana ‘‘ādyādīhī’’ti sutte sasaṅkhyassādisaddassa gahaṇena
taṃsadisā sasaṅkhyāevopalakkhīyantītipi viññāyeyya tato apañcamyantehi abhyādīhi to na siyāti
abhitoccādi na sijjhatīti ‘‘abhyādīhī’’ti suttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
98. Ādyā
Nanu ca toicceva sāmaññena suttite yatokutoci pañcamyantā vā apañcamyantā vā bahulaṃ vā

tomhi iṭṭhappasiddhīti kiṃ ādyādīhīti suttenāti saccaṃ, tathāpi vibhāgena dassite vibhāgaso
visesāvasāyo siyāti na dosoti. Yanti paṭhamantā tomhi yato.
100. Katthe
Pubbenevāti ‘‘sabbādito’’ (4-99) ccādināva. Etassāti etasaddassa, imassāti imasaddassa.
101. Dhi
Vāvidhānāti vikappena dhippaccayassa vidhānā.
102. Yā
Yatrāti vutte yatthāti uppalakkhitameva siyāti na vuttaṃ. Evamuparipi.
104. Kuhiṃ
Hiñcanaṃ vidhīyate ‘‘hiṃ haṃ hiñcana’’nti (2-5-9) suttena. Hiñciādīnanti

hiñcidācirahaciādīnaṃ.
105. Sabbe
Etasmiṃ kāle ekadāiccādi daṭṭhabbaṃ.
106. Kadā
Kudāsaddo canaṃsaddayogeva dissati kudācananti.
107. Ajja
Nimittanimittīnanti kāraṇakāriyānaṃ, samāneti sādhāraṇe. Samānameva bodheti

Page 103 sur 136
‘taṃyathe’ccādinā. Ettha pana mammatāḷanaṃ nimittaṃ pāṇa haraṇaṃ nimittī, tassāti

anajjatanassa. Upari tyādikaṇḍe karahasaddo tu cisaddasaṃyuttova dissati karahacīti.
110. Dhāsaṃ
Saṅkhyāvācino saddā saṅkhyāsaddena gahitāti āha- ‘atthe’ccādi. Pakāro dabbaguṇadhisayopi

atthi, tattha yadi sopi gayheyya dabba guṇānaṃ liṅgasaṅkhyāhi yogā dhāppaccayanta(mpi
tabbisayoyeveti) [cettha (potthake] (pakāravācakaliṅgasaṅkhyāhi yogā) aliṅgamasaṅkhyañca
[dhāppaccayantamaliṅgamasaṅkhyañca-iti kāsikāvuttipañjakāyaṃ] na siyā, evañca
satyabyayattamabhimatantassa na siyā, tañciṭṭhaṃ, kiriyāvisaye tu tasmiṃ gayhamāne
ekadhābhuñjati dvidhābhuñjati dvidhāgacchaticcādo bhojana gamanādikiriyāya sabbathā
liṅgasaṅkhyāhi yogābhāvā yathāvutta doso na siyāti pāṇinīyavuttikārena jayādiccena kiriyā
visayoyevettha pakāro gahito. Tampati āha- ‘dabbe’ccādi. Kasmā panevamāhāti āha-
‘navadhādabba’miccādi. ‘‘Navadhā dabbaṃ, bahudhā guṇo’’ti vesesikānaṃ saṅketo.
Tattha puthabyāpotejovāyvākāsakāladisāttamanānīti nava dabbāni. Rūpa rasa gandha phassa

saṅkhyāparimāṇa puthuttasaṃyogavibhāga parattāparattabuddhisukhadukkhecchādosapayatanā ca
guṇā, casaddena gurutta davattasinehasaṅkhāradhammādhammasaddā ceti catubbīsati bahudhā guṇo.
Atrāpi yathāvuttakāsikāvuttiyā pañcikākārena jinindabuddhinā navadhā dabbaṃ bahudhā
guṇotyatrāpi ‘‘kiriyājjhāharitabbā navadhā dabbaṃ bahudhā guṇo upadisīyati viññāyati byākhyāyate
vijjatevā’’ti kiriyāvisayoyeva pakāro paṭipādito, payogadassanato byavacchejjabhāvā sabbattha
kiriyeveti visesanopādānamayuttanti sambandho.
Navadhā dabbaṃ bahudhā guṇoti payogadassanato dabbaguṇavisayānampakārānaṃ

gayhupagattā byavacchedayitabbānaṃ dabbaguṇavisayānampakārānaṃ bhāvā sabbasmiṃ
dabbaguṇavisaye jinindabuddhinā vuttanayena kiriyā atthevāti kiriyāvisayova pakāro gayhatīti
vuttikāra pañjikākārānaṃ visesanopādānamayuttanti attho.
Tatoyevāti yato visesanopādānamayuttaṃ tatoyeva dvīhiccādikamāheti attho.

Ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘dvidhā karotīti kiriyāpayogepi pakāro dabbaguṇavisayo… dabbavisayassa
guṇavisayassa vā dvidhābhāvassa karīyamānattā, natu kiriyāvisayo… dvidhābhāvassa
karaṇakiriyāvisayassettha vattumanicchitattā. Tatoyeva kiriyāpakāropādāne [pakārotisayane
(potthake)] atra dhāppaccayantappayogo na siyāti viññāpetuṃ ‘dvīhi’ccādikamāhe’’ti
tenāha‘atre’ccādi.
Dabbaguṇavisaye pakāre gayhamāne yoyaṃ doso sambhāvito parehi, taṃ dāni nirākattumāha
‘satipice’ccādi. Sabhāvato aliṅgamasaṅkhyañcāti sambandho, saṅkhyantarāpādane gamyamāne
dhāppaccayo vihito pāṇiniyehi, tadāha- ‘dabbasse’ccādi saṅkhyāntarāpādanepīti pubbaṃ yā
vavatthitā saṅkhyā, tato- ññaṃ saṅkhyāntaraṃ tassāpādanaṃ karaṇaṃ saṅkhyantarāpādanaṃ,
tasmimpīti attho.
113. Tabba
So pakāro assāti tabbā, tasaddena pakārassa parāmaṭṭhattā tabbatītettha pakāravatīti attho vuttoti
āha- ‘tasaddene’ccādi. Pakāravatīti pakāravati atthe. Muduppakāravā mudujātiyo.
115. Kati
Kiṃ saṅkhyānamparimāṇamesanti atthe ‘‘kimhā rati rīvarīvataka rittakā’’ti (4-44) suttena

ratippaccayaṃ vidhāya katīti siddhattā vuttaṃ- ‘saṅkhyāparimāṇavisaye sādhitattā’ti, kati ca so
saṅkhyā parimāṇavisayattā saṅkhyā ceti katisaṅkhyā, tāya.
116. Bahu

Page 104 sur 136
Paccāsattīti sambandhimhi ekamhi dassite dviṭṭhattā sambandhassa paro sambandhī

viññāyamāno parova viññāyati yuttitoti ‘sambandhatovā’ti vuttaṃ.
117. Sakiṃ
Nipātanassāti sakinti nipātanassa.
118. So
Khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaso, puthu pakāro puthuso.
119. Abhū
Nanu ca abhavanannāma sabbathā anuppattiyā vā avatthantarena vā, tathā satyabhūtasaddo-

nuppannamattavacanopīti kathamabhūtasaddo-vatthantare nābhūte vuttoccāha- ‘abhūtassi’ccādi.
Kathamavatthāva tasaddena parāmasīyatīti ce abhūtasaddo yadyanuppannavācī siyā, tadā tasaddappa
yogoyeva na siyā… tasaddenābhūtasseva gahaṇato, abhūtabhāveccādinā suttitaṃ siyā, tena
tasaddappayogasāmatthiyā avatthāva tasaddena parāmasīyati, tapparāmaṭṭhañcāvatthantaramabhūta
saddo apekkhate, tenāha- ‘tabbhāvetivacanā’iccādi. Bhavanaṃ bhāvo tāya avatthantare bhāvo
tabbhāvo tasmiṃ. Tenāha ‘abhūtasse’ccādi. Bhāveti visayasattamī, saṃsattamī vāti āha- ‘visaye
gammamāne vā’ti. Kuṇḍalattenāti kuṇḍalasabhāvena.
120. Dissa
Dissantīti vutte payoge dissantīti ayamattho viññāyatīti āha ‘disi’ccādi, idaṃ suttaṃ vijjhaṅga
paribhāsā bhavatīti seso. ‘‘Ṇovā-pacce’’tiādinā (4-1) suttena vuttesvanekavidhesu atthesu pari
samantato bhāsatīti paribhāsā, vidhino paccayassa aṅgabhūtā paribhāsā vijjhaṅgaparibhāsā.
Vidhiyevāti suttamidanti sambandho. Vakkhamānasuttadvayanti ‘‘aññasmiṃ sakatthe’’ti
suttadvayaṃ.
125. Saṃyo
Antarasaddo-nekatthopīhāntarāḷavācī majjhavācī gayhati, na vijjatentaramesanti

antarāḷamattapaṭisedhepayojanaṃ natthīti katvāntarā ḷaṭṭhassābhāvāntarāḷaṃ natthītyupacarīyati,
evañhi loke payujjate ‘anantarā ime gāmā anantarā ime pāsādā’ti antarāḷagatassa ññassa
gāmassaññassa pāsādassa vābhāvā tathā byapadisīyate, tathevamihāpyantarāḷagatassaññassa
byañjanassābhāvā anantarā ityuccante, athavāntarasaddo byavadhānavācī byavadhānābhāvato-
nantarā iti vuccante. Antaraṃ karotīti vā khādiippaccayaṃ [ṇippaccayaṃ (potthake)] vidhāya
antarāyati byavadhānaṃ karotīti kattari appaccayaṃ vidhāya antaro byavadhāyako natthetesanti
anantarā. Yathā ‘rukkhā vanante’ttha rukkhā samuditāvekavanabyapadesaṃ labhante, tathātrāpi
byañjanā samuditāvete saṃyogabyapadesagocarattaṃ paṭipajjante.
Saṃyogoti hi samudāyappadhāno niddeso byañjanātyavayavappadhāno, tasmā byañjanāti

bahuvacanena saṃyogoti ekavacananiddeso ghaṭate, nanu ca vaṇṇānamuccāritappadhaṃsittā
yogapajjamaṭṭhitamānānaṃ na sambhavati samudāyattanti samudāyattamayuttanti nāyuttaṃ, tathāhi
uttaruttaraggāhini buddhi pubbaparībhūte byañjanāvayave samudāyarūpena saṅkappentī
samudāyavohārampavattayīti.
Ṇānubandheti ditisaddassa saṃyogāvisayattā deccoti ‘sarānamādissā’ti visayo, uḷumpasaddassa

saṃyogavisayattā oḷumpikoti etassa visayoti tattha rāghavo venateyyo meniko decco dosaggānti
rūpāni. Idha tu oḷumpiko koṇḍaññoti yujjanti. Teneva ca tattha pañcikā ettha, ettha ca pañcikā tattha
upanetabbāti.
127. Kosa

Page 105 sur 136
Kosajjanti ettha tassa jattañca nipātanā, ajjavanti etthha ‘‘uvaṇṇassā vava sare’’ti (4-129).
135. Jovu
Yakārassa dvitte jeyyo.
137. Kaṇa
Atisayena appo, atisayena yuvāti viggaho.
139. Ḍesa
Satissāti vutte satisaddo viññāyati satyantepi visesanattena vattumicchitesatyanto kathaṃ

viññāyaticcāsaṅkiya ‘‘saṅkhyāya saccutīsāse’’ccādinā (4-50) satyantādīhi ḍo vihito, tasmiñca
ḍetinimittenopādinne tadupādānasāmatthiyāsatyantova viññāyatīti dassetumāha- ‘ḍeti
nimittopādānā’tiādi.
142. Adhā
Dhātuto añño saddo adhātu tassa. Pañcikāyampana pakatipi saddoyevāti dhātutoiccādinā

adhātusaddassa atthamattaṃ vuttaṃ.
Tassāti adhātuppakatiyā, adhātusaddassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenacāti kakārena ca, tasmāti tena
kāraṇena. Pubbaggahaṇamantarenātipāṇininā ikārādesavidhāyake imasmiṃyeva suttekakārato
pubbassa ikārādesavidhānatthaṃ pubbaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, taṃ pubbassātivacanaṃ vināti attho.
Sacetiādinā kathayatīti sambandho. ‘‘Byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasso vutto, assāti jātiniddese tu
ākārassacikāro bhavatyeva, siyā etanti bahuparibbājakāti etaṃ rūpaṃ hoti. Syādyatra byavahito…
kakārato pubbe syādi, na syādi kakārā paroti.
Nanu ca asyāditoti ettha pasajjappaṭisedho naña kasmā gahito, na pariyudosoti āsaṅkiya

pariyudāsesmiṃ gahite sati dosaṃ vattumārabhate ‘pariyudāse’iccādinā. Syāditoti syādyantato
paribbājakasaddato. Paribbājakasaddohi syādyanto vākye syādyantattā, teneva vakkhati-
‘paribbājakasaddato ettha syādyuppattī’ti. Asyādismā paroti katvā bahuparibbājakasaddato na
syādyuppattīti sambandho.
Tatocāti bahuparibbājakasaddato ca. Pasajjappaṭisedhena nañasaddena aññapadatthasamāsepi

siyāva dosoti dassento āha- ‘avijjamānosyādi’ccādi.
Catutthakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
Pañcamakaṇḍa
1. Tija
Khamāvīmaṃsāsūti pakativisesanameva kathamicchitanti āha- ‘sambandhassi’ccādi,

padānamaññamaññasambandhassa purisādhīnattāti attho, pakati visesananti tijamāha saddānaṃ
visesanaṃ, kimpana pakativisesane phala miccāha- ‘pakativisesanopādāna’miccādi. Yajjatra
‘khamāvīmaṃsāsū’ti pakativisesanaṃ, kasmiṃ atthe carati khasā vidhīyanticcāha- ‘atthantarassā
niddesā’iccādi. Atthantarassāti nisānādiatthantarassa. ‘‘Sutānumitesu sutasambandhova balavā’’ti
paribhāsamupalakkheti ‘sutānumitāna’miccādinā. Tenevāti kiriyārūpāsu khamāvīmaṃsu khasānaṃ
vīdhāneneva, sakatthe vidhāneneti vuttaṃ hoti. Titikkhakiriyattāti iminā paresaṃ viya khādyantānaṃ
dhātusaññāvidhāna manatthakanti dasseti.

Page 106 sur 136
Titikkhā khamā, titikkhati khamati, vīmaṃsā upaparikkhā, vīmaṃsati upaparikkhatīti attho.

Sutte tijaiti niddesā bhūvādikassa gahaṇaṃ. Niccaṇyantassa curādikassa hi tādise payojane sati
bahulaṃ vidhīyamānepi niccattamattano nātivattati. Athavā curādimānenābyabhicārinā sāhacariyā
tijopi curādikova, taṃ yathā ‘gāvassa dutiyenāttho’ti. Vuttegoyevopādīyate, nāsso, na gadrabho.
Kadāci pana assādinopi dutiyassa gahaṇaṃ siyā atthappakaraṇā dippabhāvato.
Nanu ca vīmaṃsāyaṃ sappaccayavidhāna manupapannamitaretaranissayadosa duṭṭhattā, tathāhi

siddhe vīmaṃsāsadde sappaccayo uppajjate, sati ca tasmiṃ vīmaṃsāti rūpaṃ sampajjatīti
itaretaranissayo, itaretara nissayāni ca kāriyānī nopakappantīti tenāha- ‘anuvādarūpāna’miccādi.
Anādikālasaṃsiddhasaddānuvāto natthi itaretaranissayo dosoti bhāvo.
Payojakabyāpāraṇippaccayābhāve tejateti rūpaṃ.
2. Kitā
Pubbeviya pakativisesanādītyanena ‘‘sambandhassa purisāyattattā ‘tikicchāsaṃsayesū’ti

pakativisesananti āha- ‘tikicchāya’miccādi’tyādikaṃ sabbaṃ yathāyogametthāpi
vattabbantyatidisati. Vissatthoti visaddassa attho. Atha kimitthaṃ chappaccayantasseva
dvidhodāharaṇantyāsaṅkiyāha- ‘atthabhedā dvidhodāharaṇa’nti. Niketo nivāso, saṅketo lakkhaṇaṃ.
3. Nindā
Ninda=garahāyaṃ tato ‘‘itthiyamaṇattikayakyā ce’’ti (5-49) appaccaye tato ‘‘itthiyamatvā’’ti

(3-26) āppaccaye rūpaṃ. Bandhatīti badhako.
4. Tuṃsmā
Tuṃsmātīha paccayaggahaṇamācikkhati ‘tuṃtāye’ccādinā. Tato ceti yato tuṃsmāti

paccayasseva gahaṇaṃ yato ca visesana niddeso, tatoti attho. Paccayaggahaṇe tadādiggahaṇaṃ
viññāyate… ‘‘paccayaggahaṇe yasmā so vihito tadādino gahaṇa’’nti ñāyato. Visesanattena
vattumicchitattā tadantaggahaṇaṃ… ‘‘vidhibbisesanantassā’’ti (1-13) vacanābhi manasi nidhāyāha-
‘yato kiriyatthā’iccādi. So kiriyattho ādi yassa samudāyassa so tadādi so paccayonte tassa (so
tadanto). Tadāditadantasamudāyavisesassa gahaṇaṃ, (natu) tadantamattasse tyattho. Nanu ca
tuṃsmāiti visesanattena vattumicchite bhavatu ‘‘vidhibbisesanantasse’’ti tadantaggahaṇaṃ
paccayaggahaṇe tu kathaṃ tadādino gahaṇaṃ vacanābhāvatoccāha- ‘tadavinābhāvittā’ti. Yato vihito
tena vinā na bhavati sīleneti tadavinābhāvī tassa bhāvo tasmā. Imāya yuttiyā viññāyate-ttho,
yamākhyāyate ‘paccayaggahaṇe yasmā so vihito tadādino gahaṇa’nti. Bhavatvevaṃ tadādino
tadantassa ca gahaṇaṃ, tato kipphalaṃtyāha- ‘tene’ccādi.
Sapāditoti pādisahitato. Kha cha suppattābhāvāti kha cha sānaṃ uppattiyā abhāvā.
Vuttappakārasseva tuṃppaccayantassa pakatibhāvena gahaṇā sapādito kha cha sānamanuppattīti
adhippāyo. Vipubbā ‘ji-jaye’iccasmā tuṃpaccayantā ‘vijetumicchatī’ti atthe ‘‘tuṃsmā’’iccādinā(so),
tuṃssaca lopo, nemittike ekāre nivatte ‘jisa jisa iti dvitte anādibyañjanalopo ‘‘jiharānaṃ gī’’ti (5-
102) gī. Jigīsappakatito ‘‘bhūte īūṃ’’iccādinā (6-4) ī. Tasmiṃ aña. ‘‘Ā ī ū mhā ssā ssamhānaṃ vā’’ti
(6-33) īssa rasse byajigīsi. Yadi tu sapādito sassa uppatti siyā, tadā byajigīsīti ettha dvibbacanaṃ
karīyamānaṃ sappaccayantassa paṭhamassekassarassa dvibbacanaṃ bhavatīti ‘‘kha cha
sāna’’miccādinā (5-69) vijiya iti samudāye ādibhūtassa visaddassa siyā īmhi ca vihite sapādino
pakatibhāvoti visadda pubbe añāgamo siyā, tato ca avivijisīti aniṭṭhampasajjeyya.
Tuṃsmā icchāyanti ca pakatippaccayatthānamupadiṭṭhattā tena sabhāva liṅgena kha cha

sappaccayā tadanto ca anumito na pana tuṃ, tumiha sutoti āha- ‘na tadanto, nāpi cha chasā’ti.
Jighacchāiccatra dvitte pubbassa ghassa ‘‘catuttha dutiyānaṃ tatiyapaṭhamā’’ti (5-78) go. Tassa
‘‘kavaggahānaṃ cavaggajā’’ti (5-79) jo. Pāṇinināpīha sappaccaya vidhāyake sutte vākyampi yathā
siyāti vāvacanaṃ kataṃ, tadayuttanti nirākattumāha- ‘vākyampi’ccādi. Pakatyādityatra ādi saddena
atthaviseso gahetabbo, pakati viseso tumanto, icchattho-tthaviseso. Idaṃ lakkhaṇanti ‘‘tuṃsmā lopo
cicchāyaṃ te’’iti idaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ. Niyogatoti niyamena. Āsaṅkāyamupasaṅkhyāna’’nti (3-1-7)

Page 107 sur 136
vākyakārena vuttaṃ nirākattumāha- ‘āsaṅkāya’miccādi.
Acetanattā kūlassa icchāyāsambhavoti ‘kūlappatitumicchatī’ti

vākyamevecchāpakāsanamasiddhaṃ, tenāsiddhena vākyenāsiddhānaṃ kha cha sānaṃ sādhanaṃ
asiddhenāsiddhasādhanaṃ. Icchāvacanicchāti icchāya vattumicchā. Icchāyapavattito upaladdhīti
icchāya upaladdhi upālambo parijānanaṃ pavattitoti attho. Cetanāvaticāti vuttaṃ tasmā cetanāvati
pavattito upaladdhiṃ dassetvā tadapadese nācetanepi dassetuṃ ‘yopesā’tiādimāha. Devadatte rajju
khīlādipāṇinā uyyogo, kūle mattikāvikīraṇādi. Rajju guṇo. Khīlo [kīla (pañcikā)] saṃkvādi.
Pulo tiṇādīnaṃ saṅghāto. Sā sunakho mimarisatīti mara=pāṇacāge’icchāyaṃ tumantā so. ‘‘Ñi

byañjanasse’’ti (5-170) ñi. Dvitte pubbato-ññassa lopo ‘‘kha cha sesvī’’ti (5-76) dvitte pubbassāssa
imimarisati. Tathā pipatisatīti ‘patapatha=gamena’ iccassa. Sā mimarisatīti satipi sacetanatte
visattajīvitassa sunakhassa maraṇicchā sambhavatīti paṭipāditaṃ. ‘‘Icchāsantā paṭisedho vattabbo’’ti
(3-1-7) pāṇinīyavāttikakārena vuttaṃ, tannirākattumāha- ‘bubhukkhitu’miccādi.
Jātipadatthanissayena nivuttimpaṭipādayamāha- ‘jātipadatthe’ccādi. Itaro icchattho.
5. Īyo
Karīyati sambandhīyatīti kammaṃ. Tañca nāma jāti guṇakiriyādabba sambandhato pañcadhā

bhavati. Tattha nāmakammaṃ’ ḍittho ḍavitthoti nāmena piṇḍassa sambandhā. Jātikammaṃ goassoti
gottādijātiyā piṇḍassa sambandhā. Guṇakammaṃ sukkonīloti sukkādinā guṇena dabbassa
sambandhā. Kiriyākammaṃ pācako pāyakoti pācakādikiriyāya dabbassa sambandhā. Dabbakammaṃ
daṇḍīvisāṇīti daṇḍādinā dabbena piṇḍassa sambandhā. Evaṃ kammassa
pañcappakārasambhavepicchāyamatthe īyassa vidhānato icchāsambandhiyeva kammaṃ gayhatīti
kiriyākammamevātra gayhate amukamevatthamupadassento āha- ‘yadipi’ccādi. Ayañca nipāta
samudāyo visesābhidhānanimittāsyupagame vattate.
Tathāpītilokavuttirayaṃvisesābhidhānārambhe. Taṃsambandhiyevāti icchāsambandhieva.

Attanoputtamicchatītyādivacanicchāyamattasambandhiniputtādo
attanotyanuvattiyasuttantarenapaccayovidhīyatepāṇininā, ettha tva(tta)ggahaṇamantarenātta
sambandhinyeva puttādo kathaṃ viññāyate visesavacanābhāve hi parasambandhinyapi
pappotītīmaṃcodyamubbhāvaya māha- ‘attasambandhini’ccādi. Īyassa parasambandhinyapi
pasaṅgoti sambandho. Kutocāha-īyassāitidhānā’ti. Atthaggahaṇassāvacane īyassānabhidhānāti
bhāvo.
Appattiyāti karaṇe hetumhi vā tatiyā. Etthāti attano puttamicchatītetthāpi. Na iṭṭhoti

īyappaccayo nābhimato. Nevettha bhavitabbanti vadato-dhippāyāmāha ‘sāpekkhatta yeveti bhāvo’ti.
Yadi attano puttamicchatīti vattumicchāyaṃ sāpekkhettepi siyā, tadāyamaniṭṭhappasaṅgoti
dassetumāha- ‘yadicettha’iccādi.
Aniṭṭhappasaṅgassa sarūpamāha- ‘attano puttīyatīti siyā’ti. Uppajjamānena īyeneva

attatthassābhihitattā attasaddassāppayogoti cetampi na saṅgatanti paṭipādayamāha ‘na ca sakkā’tiādi.
Kasmādevaṃ vattuṃ na sakkāti āha- ‘pakati’ccādi. Apūpādikāya pakatiyā samānatthasseva
visesanassa vuttipade antobhāva dassanāti attho. Kvapanevaṃ diṭṭhantyāha- ‘taṃyathe’ccādi.
‘‘Tamassa sippaṃ sīlaṃ paṇyaṃ paharaṇaṃ payojanaṃ’’ti (4-27) ṇike āpūpiko. Natu bhinnatthassāti
byatirekaṃ dassetvā taṃ diṭṭhantena sādhetumāha- ‘devadattassi’ccādi. Kāraṇamāha-
‘sāmyantare’ccādi. Devadattassa dhuruno kulanti sāmyantarabyavacchedāya devadattasaddasso
pādānato gurukulanti vuttipadena devadattatthassānto bhāvoti attho. Tametthopi
samānantūpadassento āha- ‘tathehāpi’ccādi. Athāttano puttamicchatītyetasmiṃ vākye
padassānvākhyānato attasaddassāpphayogo kinna siyāti dassetumāha- ‘nacāpi’ccādi.
Padassāti puttīyādino padassa. Nacāpi appayogoti sambandho. Kāraṇamāha- ‘īyantassā’tiādi.

Īyanto puttīyādi, niyogato na pappotīti sambandho. Tabbācīsaddappayoganti aññavācīsaddayogaṃ.
Sutaggahaṇanti asutattāti vuttasutaggahaṇaṃ. Atthappakaraṇādyupalakkhaṇantyanena atthato
pakaraṇāditopi puttassatta niyatā gamyate, sutasaddassa tu gahaṇamupalakkhaṇatthanti vadati.

Page 108 sur 136
Nanu ca sutte kammāti vuttattā kammasamudāyatopīyo siyā tyāsaṅkiyeva (mabhā)vaṃ

sādhayamāha- ‘kammā’tiādi. Vattuṃ iṭṭhā ekasakhyā yassa kammasāmaññassa taṃ tathāvuttaṃ.
Vattumiṭṭheka saṅkhyassa gahaṇamāha- ‘kammasamudāyato’ti. Kimpanāvayavato na siyā’
mahantamputtamicchatī’ccatra puttamiccatoccāsaṅkiyāha ‘avayavatopi sāpekkhattāyevā’ti. Na
bhatīti sambandho. Evañcarahi idampi na sijjhatīti codento āha ‘carahi’ccādi. Mahā cāyaṃ puttoceti
mahāputtamicchatīti yadevaṃ karīyati tadāyampayogoti dassento āha- ‘bhavitabbameve’ccādi.
6. Upamā
Upamīyate paricchijjati sādhīyatītyattho. Kīdisantamupamānamiccāha-

‘pasiddhasādhamyā’iccādi. Pasiddho gavādi, tassa sādhamyā samāna rūpatāya yampasiddhassa
gavayādino sādhiyassa sādhanaṃ tamupamānantyattho. Samāno dhammo-sseti sadhammo,
gavādiyeva. Tassa bhāvo sādhamyaṃ. Sādhyate upamīyate-neneti sādhanamupamānaṃ gavādi.
Sādhute upamīyateti sādhiyo, gavayādi. Tassa sādhanaṃ sādhiyasādhanaṃ.
Puttamivācaratīti ettha ‘āvasathamāvasati’ccādo viya ādhāratthassa viññāyamānattā putte viya

māṇavake madhurannapānadānādikamācaraṇaṃ karoticcevamatthasambhavena dvinnampi
upamānopameyyabhāvotyavagamayitumāha- ‘putte’iccādi. Pasiddhena
sādhanabhāvenupamānabhūte putte ācaraṇampi pasiddhanti āha- ‘tampasiddha’nti. Tadācaraṇena
tena ācaraṇena puttamāṇavakavisayamācaraṇaṃ vā puttamāṇavaka saddenupacārato gahetvā
visayīvasena visayabhāvavohārotipi yujjati. Vākyattho panetasmiṃ pakkhe ‘puttamiva puttavisaya
māṇavakamiva ācarati māṇavakavisayamācaraṇaṃ karotī’ti, vuttiyantu yathāvuttamatthadvayaṃ
yathāyogaṃ yojetvā veditabbaṃ.
Nanu ca yajjatropamānopameyyabhāvo vuttiyaṃ īyeneva jotitoti ivasaddo nivattate,

tadopamānopameyyabhāvo putta saddeva vattate, taṃ kathamupameyyavacanassa
māṇavakasaddassa vuttatthassa payogo yuttoccāsaṅkiyāha- ‘upamānavacanato’ccādi.
Tabbisiṭṭhācaraṇeti tenopamānena visiṭṭhe ācaraṇe. Upamānopameyyabhāvassānivattattāti

etthāyamadhippāyo ‘upamāna visiṭṭhācaraṇe upamānavacanato īyassa vidhāne
nopameyyavacanamantarenopamānavacanassa pavattīti upamānopameyyabhāvassānivattī’’ti.
Aññathāti yadyupamānopameyyabhāvassa īyeneva jotitattā tadantassupameyye vutti siyātyattho.
Pabbatāyatīti ‘‘kattutāyo’’ti (5-8) āyo. Upameyyassānivattattā upameyya kattusāmaññe tippaccayo.
7. Ādhā
Yathānantarasutte upamāne upameyyassa māṇavakassa payogo upapanno, tathātrāpi ‘pāsāde

kuṭiya’nti copameyyassapayogoti atidisanto āha- ‘heṭṭhāviye’ccādi. Upamāne
upameyyassānantobhāvāti attho. Nanu kimatthamidamuccate yavatāyo pāsāde ivācarati so
pāsādamivācaratītipi vattuṃ sakkāti nātthabhedo-ññatra vacanicchābhedāti pubbenevetthāpi īyo
siddho, tato nāttho-nena vacanene ccāsaṅkiyāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi.
8. Kattu
Ettha kattutoiti vacanā kammāti nivattate, āyaggahaṇā īyo. Kadā pana kattuviseso-
vasīyaticcāha-‘yatthyādisaddasamānādhikaraṇatte’tiādi. Pabbatāyati hatthiccevamādinā hatthyādi
saddena samānādhikaraṇatte satīti attho.
9. Jhatthe
Koyaṃ cyatthoccāsaṅkiya ‘‘abhūtatabbhāve karāsabhūyoge vikārācī’’ti (4-119) cīssa

abhūtatabbhāve karādiyogesati vidhānā ‘abhūtatabbhāvo karādivisiṭṭho’ti āha. Abhūta tabbhāvassa
karādivisiṭṭhattā karotyatthanivattiyāvassaṃ pāṇiniyā viya bhuviggahaṇaṃ kattabbamaññathā
karotyatthepi siyātyāsaṅkiya nivattihetumāha- ‘tenevā’tiādi. Yeneva karotyādivisiṭṭho

Page 109 sur 136
abhūtatabbhāvocyattho teneva hetunāti attho. Bhavatyatthe-nena kāraṇena laddhe

karotyatthopyaniṭṭho labbhaticcāsaṅkiya tannivattimpaṭipādayamāha- ‘karotyatthe’ccādi. Adhavalaṃ
dhavalaṃ karoti dhavalīkaroticceva cīppaccaye kattabbe kammeneva karotissābhisambandhassa
diṭṭhattāti attho. Kāraṇantaramāha- ‘iha ce’ccādi. Itisaddo hetumhi yasmā iha kattutoti vattate tatoceti
attho.
Asatyatthassa pana bhavatyattheyevāntobhāvā na tannivatti paṭipāditā. Tappakaraṇeti

dhātuppaccayappakaraṇe. Dvibbacananti paṭaiccassa dvibbacanaṃ tato ‘‘dissantaññepi paccayā’’ti
(4-120) rāppaccayo. ‘‘Rānubandhentasarādissā’’ti (4-132) antasarādissa lopo. Cyantā
paccayābhāvatthaṃ- ‘acīto’ti paccayavidhānasutte paṭisedho na kato, tenāha-‘acītoti
paṭisedhābhāvā’ti. Cīti bhusoiti
Paṭhamantācī. Ṇādivuttittā ‘‘ekatthatāya’’nti (2-119) vibhattilopo. Iheceti ‘cyatthe’’

itīmasmiṃyeva. Na ca vuccateti sambandho.
10. Saddā
Nanu ca asati sutte dutiyāggahaṇe dutiyantehiccāyaṃ viseso kuto labbhate yena ‘saddādīhi
dutiyantehī’ti vivaraṇaṃ katanti saccaṃ, tathāpi paccayavidhimhi yuttepi pañcamiyā niddese
‘saddādīnī’ti dutiyāyopādānasāmatthiyā tathā vivaraṇaṃ kataṃ.
Sabbatthāti ‘‘tamadhīte taṃ jānāti kaṇikācā’’do (4-14) sabbattha. Kiriyāvātyavadhāraṇena yaṃ

byavacchinnaṃ, tamupadassento āha- ‘na kāle’ccādi. Yadīpi adhīteccādīsu vattamānakālena kattunā
ekavacanena ca niddeso, tathāpi tesamappadhānattā aññasmimpi bhūtādike kāle kammādo sādhane
bahuvacanena ca paccayo siyā eveti bhāvo.
Nanu ca ‘‘dhātvatthenāmasmī’’ti (5-12) ippaccaye patte-yamārabbhate assapi dhātvattheyeva

vidhānaṃ, tato ca saddādīhi dhātvatthe ippaccayena na bhavitabbaṃ, dissate ca
ippaccayapayogoccāsaṅkiya ‘nāyamippaccayassa bādhako’ti paṭipādetumāha- ‘dhūvaṃ karoti’ccādi.
Nānābhinnaṃ vākyaṃ nānāvākyaṃ, tassa bhāvena, tena bhinnavākyabhāvenāyassa ippaccayassa ca
samuccayatoti attho. ‘‘Dhātvatthenāmasmī’’tyekaṃ vākyaṃ, ‘‘saddādīni karotya’’paraṃ. Etāni dve
bhinnavākyāni- ‘dhātvatthe nāmasmā ippaccayo bhavati, saddādīni karoticcasmiṃ atthe āyo
bhavatī’ti paccekamākhyātāpekkhāya vākyaparisamattiyā bhinnatā, abhinne hi kiriyāpadekavākyatā,
bhinnetu nānāvākyatā, nānāvākye ca sati samuccayo. Na hi sāmaññavisesabhāvena vidhānameva
bādhāhetu, kiñcarahi ekavākyatāpi, taṃ yathā-‘brāhmaṇānaṃ dadhi diyyataṃ, takkaṃ
koṇḍaññāye’ti. Nānāvākye tu samuccayo, taṃ yathā- ‘brāhmaṇā bhojīyantu, māḍharāya
vatthayugalaṃ dīyatū’ti māḍharo brāhmaṇabhāvena bhojīyate vatthayugalañca labhate, tenojukaṃ
vuttena vatthayugaladānena sāmaññavuttaṃ bhojanaṃ na bādhīyate, tathehāpi ujukaṃ vihitenāyena
sāmaññavihito ippaccayo na bādhīyate lakkhiyānurodhena satthakārassa vākya bhedābhedoti
nānavaṭṭhitidosoti maññate. Timhi le ca siddhanti sambandho.
Yappaccayo na vihito pāṇinīādīhi viyāti adhippāyo. ‘Jala dala- dittiyaṃ’. ‘‘Māno’’ti (5-65)
māno, ‘‘kattari lo’’ti ‘‘parokkhāyaṃ ce’’ti (5-70) caggahaṇena ‘dala dala’itidvittaṃ
‘‘loponādibyañjanassa’’ (5-75) ‘‘saramhā dve’’ti (1-34) dassalassa ca dvibhāve daddallamānā.
Jalamānāti aṭṭhakathāvacanatoti iminā kiriyāsamabhihāre yappaccayābhāvaṃ dasseti. Iminā ca
sakkate viya bhusābhikkhaññepi kiriyāsamabhihāro kiriyāparivattanaṃ, tañca yadā kiriyamaññena
kattabbamañño karoti, tena kattabbañcetaro, tadā bhavatīti viññeyyaṃ. ‘‘Sāmaññavihitā vidhayo
payogamanusarantī’’ti iminā lakkhaṇena ‘dala-dittiya’nti imasmā ‘‘māno’’ti sāmaññena vihito
mānappaccayo bhusatthe ābhikkhaññe ca bhavissati. Daddalla mānāti ettha bhusaṃ jalamānā,
punappuna jalamānāti ca attho veditabbo.
11. Namo
Namo karoti namosaddamuccāreti, saddaṃ karoti saddamuccāretīticcevamattho (na) gahetabbe

anissayanato anabhidhānato vā.

Page 110 sur 136
12. Dhātvā
Aparinipphannoti anipphanno asiddhāvatthoti attho. Kārakasādhiyoti yathālābhaṃ kārakehi

sādhiyo. Asatvabhūtoti adabbabhūto. Ayantu kiriyārūpo padattho pacatyādīnaṃ
vikledanādipadhānakiriyārūpo ca tadavayavarūpā pubbaparībhūtauddhanāro panādikādayo tādatthiyā
ca pacatyādivacanīyā. Tasmā yathā vuttalakkhaṇe dhātvatthe dhātuto vidhīyamāno tyādippaccayo
tathābhūtameva vadatīti bhedābhāvā abhedasaṅkhyāyekavacanenoccate, ‘na bahuvacanena, tenettha
‘ṭhīyate devadattena, ṭhīyate devadattehī’ti bhavati. Na yatokutocītiādinā yato yattha na dissati, tato
tattha na hotīti dīpeti. Yato yattha vidhi, sa tassa sambandhī bhavatīti nāmehi vacanīyatthato-
tthantarabhūto yoyaṃ dhātvattho kamādīnamatthabhūto, so sakatthoti sakattheyevāyamippaccayo
curādiṇiviyāti veditabbo.
Tassacāti ekārassa ca. Atha atihatthayaticcādo pādivisiṭṭhe eva dhātvatthe ippaccayassa vidhānā
tadatthavihiteneva ippaccayena pādivisiṭṭho dhātvattho vutto, tena kimattho ippaccayantassa
pādiyogoccāsaṅkiya payojanamākhyātumāha- ‘atihatthayati’ccādi. Na sāmatthiyanti samatthatā
natthīti attho.
13. Saccā
Atthamācikkhati, vedamācikkhatīti viggaho. Sukhāpeticcādo sukhaṃ vedayaticcādinā viggaho.

Vāpāṭhāti vikappena pāṭhato.
15. Curā
Asati sutte sakattheti kathaṃ labbhatīti āha- ‘atthānati desā’ti. Atthā-natidesāti atthavisesassa
kassaci sutte aniddesāti attho. Atthavisesassā-natidesamattena sakatthoyeva ṇinā vāccoti kathaṃ
viññāyateccāha- ‘sakatthassa ca sutattā’ti. Cura=theyye iccādīsu theyyādikassa sakatthassa sutattāti
attho. Yogavibhāgatoti ‘ṇī’tiyogavibhāgato, rajjaṃ kāretīti ettha sāmyamaccādikaṃ sattaṅgaṃ
rajjaṃ pavattetīti vā attho, payojakabyāpāre ṇi.
16. Payo
Payojako codako byāpārakoti attho nanu ca vuttiyaṃ ‘kattāraṃ payojayatī’ti vuttaṃ kathaṃ
payujjamānassa kattuttaṃti āha- ‘payujjamāno’ccādi. Nāvassaṃ kiriyāpavattakatteneva
yoggatāmattenapi kattuttaṃ siyāti dassento āha- ‘kiriyāya yoggo’tiādi.
Pāsāṇambalenuṭṭhāpeti’ccādīsu hi yogyatāyapi kattuttāvasāyosiyā, kopanāyaṃ payojakabyapāroti
āha- ‘pesane’ccādi. Dāsādino hīnassa katthaci atthe niyojanaṃ pesanaṃ. Guruādino sakkārapubbaṃ
byāpāraṇamajjhesanaṃ. Taṃ pesanajjhesanādikaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ sabhāvo yassa so tathā vutto.
Ādisaddena ānukūlyabhāgino byāpārassa gahaṇaṃ, tathā ca ‘bhikkhā vāsayati kārīso-jjhāpesī’ti

sijjhati. Bhikkhā hi pacurabyañjanavatī labbhamānā vāsānukūlaṃ tittivisesamupajanayati. Kārīsopi
nivāte padese suṭṭhu pajjalitojjhayanavirodhi sītakatamupaddavamapanayanto-
jjhayanānukūlasāmatthiyamādadhāti tato tesampi yuttampayojakattanti.
Payojakabyāpāretīdaṃ paccayavisesanaṃ vā siyā pakativisesanaṃ vā. Tattha yadi

pakativisesanaṃ siyā, tadā payojakabyāpāre vattamānā ṇīṇāpī vidhīyantīti (gamanaṃ) pati yo niyogo
tadattho gami, na gatyattho, tassa cāyaṃ payojjoti ‘gamayati māṇavakaṃ gāma’nti gatyatthassa
payojje ‘‘gatibodhāhāre’’ccādinā (2-4) vihitā dutiyā na pappoti, tato pakatyatthavisesanapakkho
duṭṭhoti paccayavisesanapakkhaṃ dassetumāha- ‘paccayavisesanaṃ vedaṃ na pakativisesana’nti.
Payojakamattaggahaṇeti mattasaddo sāmaññavācī, yathā ‘kaññā mattaṃ vārayatī’ti. Kattāraṃ

yo payujjati yo ca karaṇādīnaṃ payojako tesaṃ sāmaññena gahaṇe satīti attho. Byāpāretvevāti
payojakaggahaṇamantarena byāpāreicceva vacanaṃ kattabbaṃ siyāti bhāvo, tanti
payojakaggahaṇaṃ, visiṭṭho visayo yassa payojakaggahaṇassataṃtathāvuttaṃ. Kopanāyaṃvisiṭṭho

Page 111 sur 136
visayoccāha- ‘yo loke’iccādi. Itovāti vakkhamānassa hetuno parāmāso. Tanti curādīhi

ṇividhānaṃ. Evaṃsaddo vakkhamānāpekkho. Taṃ visuṃ curādīhi ṇividhānameva
vakkhamānappakārena saphalaṃ siyā nāññathāti attho. Tameva pakāraṃ dasseti‘yadiminā’ccādi.
17. Kyotā
Kattari vihitesupi mānantatyādīsu parabhūtesu kyo bhavatīti viññāyeyyāti ‘bhāvakammesū’ti na

kyassa visesananti āha- ‘mānantatyādīna’miccādi.
Yadi hi kattari vihitesu siyā, tathā sati tesamubhinnaṃ

padhānattenābhidhīyamānānamaññamaññānapekkhattā asambandho siyā, na ce
vambhūtānamabhidhānamatthi, na hi ‘ṭhīyate’ccasmā bhāvo kattā ca patīyate, nāpi ‘gamyate’ccasmā
kammaṃ kattāca. Api tu bhāvakammāneva gamyante, tenāha- ‘tasmā’iccādi.
Tesamevāti mānantatyādīnameva. Parasamaññābhi paresaṃ kaccāyanā naṃ parokkhāicceva

nāmaṃ. Tabbajjitesūti parokkhāsaññipaccayavajjitesu. Aparokkhesūti ettha parasamaññāvasena
parokkhāiccanena saha samāsaṃ dassetvā idāni aññathāpi paṭipādetuṃ ‘athavā’tiādimāha.
Parokkheti indriyāvisaye kāle. Parokkhevihitā paccayāti iminā upacārena taddhitappaccayavasena vā
parokkhāti saddanipphattimāha. Te pana‘a u’ iccādayo. Tatoti parokkhappaccayato.
Nanu pubbapakkhe ‘aparokkhesū’ti ettha ‘parokkhāvajjitesū’ti attha vacanaṃ yujjati,

dutiyapakkhe pana ‘parokkhavajjitesū’ti, tathā sati kathamettha ‘parokkhāvajjitesū’ti atthavacanaṃ
yujjatīti āha- ‘tepanā’tiādi. Idhāti aparokkhesūti imasmiṃ. Nanu ca ‘‘parokkhe a u’’iccādisutte (6-6)
‘parokkhe’ti pakativisesananti paccayānaṃ parokkhe vihitatā kathanti manasi nidhāyāha
‘parokkhe’iccādi. Bhavanaṃ bhāvo kiriyādhātvattho.
Sādhīyamānāvatthoti iminā siddhāvatthā nirassate. Pubbaparībhūto padhānakiriyāvayavabhūto

kiriyārūpo attho lakkhaṇaṃ sabhāvo yassa dhātvatthassa so tathā vutto. Satvabhūtoti ettha patīyatīti
seso. Bahuvacanampi hoti pākāpāketi adhippāyo, karīyatīti kammaṃ, tañca yadipi
nāmādikammamatthi, tathāpi kriyatthāiccādhikārato mānādīnamaññatthālabbhanato ca kiriyā
sambandhova gayhate, su-savane sūyamānaṃ.
Pāṇiniyehettha ‘‘bhindati kusūlaṃ’tyādo yā bhedanādikiriyā kammani dissate, sā yadā

sukarattamattena sappadhānattavacanicchāyaṃ kattuttepyupalabbhati ‘bhijjate kusulo
sayameve’ccādinā, tadāssa kattuno suttantarena kammasarikkhabhāvo vidhīyate ‘kammanissayaṃ
kāriyaṃ yathā siyā’ti. Tannissāyāha- ‘yadā kammameve’ccādi. Yadā kammameva kattubhāvena
vivacchīyateti sambandho. Kathaṃ katvā tathā vivacchīyateccāha- ‘attasamavetāya’iccādi.
Attasaddena kammamatra vivacchitaṃ, attani samavetā ekadesībhūtā attasamavetā, tassā kiriyāya
kammaṭṭhakiriyāyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
Subhedattādineti hetumhi karaṇe vā tatiyā. Atthatoti ‘kammeyeva kyo’ti (na sakkhi) [tasmā]
vuttanti adhippāyo. Tathāhi ‘bhijjateti savanā kammatāvagamyate’ti iminā atthato
kammeyevakyotipaṭipāditameva. Vuttameva phuṭīkaramāha- ‘bhijjate iccasmiṃ pade’iccādi.
Aññathāti yadi kammeyeva tepaccayo na siyā. Atoti bhijjate iccasmā. Upasaṃharamāha-
‘tasmā’iccādi. Kiṃ vacanenāti pāṇinīyānamiva kiṃ suttattarenāti attho.
Vacanābhāvepi kammakattari padasaṅkhārakkamopadassanamukhena vutti ganthaṃ

vivaritumāha- ‘vākyato’iccādi. Vākyato uddharitvā padesaṅkhariyamāneti ‘bhijjate kusūlo
sayameve’ti vākyato visuṃ katvā bhijjate’ti pade saṅkhariyamāne nipphādīyamāneti attho. Tadevāti
padatthasāmaññameva. Tannipphādaneti tassa saṅkharimānassa padassa saṅkharaṇe.
Sayantīmassātra attanāti attho. Na kevala manenetadeva vuttaṃ- ‘kammeyeva paccayo’ti, kiñcarahi
aññampatthīti dassetumāha- ‘anena ce’ccādi. Co vattabbantarasamuccaye. Anenabhijjateti
savanāiccādinā idañcāhāti attho. Kintadiccāha ‘kamma kattuno’ccādi, na padamudāharaṇanti
kammakattuno vākyamevodāharaṇaṃ… vākyeneva tassa patītiyā maññate. Padamevodāharaṇaṃ
kasmā na siyāti āha- ‘padehi’ccādi. Dutiyamudāharaṇaṃ dassetumāha- ‘kattunissayo pi’ccādi.

Page 112 sur 136
Asmiṃ pakkheti asmiṃ kattuttena vivacchite pakkhe. Tabbisayattanti kammavācīsayaṃ

saddavisayattaṃ. Bhāvakammesūtīmassa kattariccassa ca paccayavisesanatthe sati
sāmatthiyaladdhampayojanaṃ dassetumāha- ‘bhāvakammesū’tiādi. Iminā anena ca visesisattāti
sambandho. Kintaṃ visesitanti āha- ‘mānanta tyādīsū’ti. Kintampayojananti payojanaṃ
dassetumāha- ‘tyādīna’miccādi. Yadi bhāvakammesu kattari ca tena tena [dhānena] suttena
mānādayo na siyuṃ, kathantaṃ visesitesu mānādīsu paresu kyādayo siyuntīminā sāmatthiyena ( )
[(sati)] bhāvakammesu kattari ( ) [(ti)] ca ‘‘vattamāneti anti’’ccādippabhutikehi (6-1) suttehi
yathālābhaṃ bhāvādīsu paccayā hontīti viññāyatīti bhāvo.
Natadatthaṃ vacanamāraddhanti bhāvakammesu kattari mānantatyādividhānatthaṃ pāṇiniyehi

viya suttantaraṃ nāraddhanti attho. Atha bhāvakammesu kattari ca mānādividhānatthaṃ vacanaṃ
nāraddhaṃ dhātuniyamanaṃ [dhātuniyamatthaṃ] tvassa vattabbanti tañca sāmatthiyāva (labbhateti)
dassetumāha- ‘kiriyatthaniyamopi’ccādi. Akammakā dhātuto bhāve kattari ca sakammakā kamme
kattari ceti kiriyatthaniyamo yathāvuttena sāmatthiyā labbhateti sambandho. Akammakānaṃ
kammavirahā, sakammakānañca satopi bhāvassāppadhānattā akammakā kattari bhāve ca bhavanti na
kamme, sakammakā kammasabbhāvā kattari kamme ca bhavanti na bhāvetīdaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ.
Kammamapekkhateti pacādito kattari paṭhamapurisekavacane kate pacaticcādīsu pacādino

pacanādikiriyā odanādikaṃ kammamapekkhate. Kattuttamapekkhateti bhavaticcādīsu bhūādīnaṃ
bhavanādikiriyā kattumattamapekkhate.
20. Ṇiṇā
Yadatthanti yaṃpayojanaṃ.
23. Jyā
Jinantoti ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasso. Sabbattheva yattha kattari paccayo tattha
vikaraṇāpi kattariyeva, yattha bhāvakammesu tattha vikaraṇāpi bhāvakammesuyeva,… ekāya
pakatiyā kārakabhede(na) paccayassāsambhavato. Tasmā sahābhidhānānaṃ mānādivikaraṇānaṃ
kathannāma sahāsambhavaṃ gaccheyyunti vidhīyante.
27. Bhāva
Vivacchābhedenāti sakammakākammakavacanicchābhedena. Ubhayatthāti bhāvakammesu.

Karīyatīti kattabbo karaṇīyo. ‘‘Apavāda visaye ussaggo nābhinivisatī’’ti eso ussaggadhammo.
Tabbādīnantu kesañcussaggānampi apavādavisaye pavatti hoti bahulādhikārā. Yathā
‘‘bhāvakammesu tabbānīyā’’ti ussaggo, ‘‘vadādīhiyo’’ti (5-30) apavādo taṃvisayepi tabbānīyā honti
‘gantabbo gamanīyo’ti veditabboti.
28. Dhyaṇa
Kāriyaṃ ‘‘ñi byañjanassā’’ti (5-170) ñi.
30. Vadā
Annatotīminā ‘bhoggamañña’ntettha aññaṃ nāma annavatā aññanti atthamāha.
31. Kīcca
Kammakaro bharitabbatāyeccādinā kiriyāsaddattaṃ bhaccasaddassa dassento

saññābhāvamapākaroti. ‘‘Saññāyaṃ bharā’’ti ca gaṇasuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ, tenāha- ‘saññāyaṃ
bharā’tiādi.

Page 113 sur 136
Abharitabbāpiccādinā idaṃ dīpeti duvidhā saññāsaddā keci daccanta vigatāvayavatthā yathā

ḍitthādayo, kecidavayavatthānugatāyathā sattapaṇṇādayo, tattha bhariyāsaddassa
kammampavattinimittaṃ ‘bharitabbā bhariyā’ti, yathā satta paṇṇāni assāti sambandho
pavattinimittaṃ sattapaṇṇasaddassa, etañca pavattinimittaṃ saddanipphattikiriyāyamevopadisīyate,
kvacideva tvatthavisese satyasati vā tasmiṃ nimitte saddo vattatī’’ti. Okārassāti ‘‘yuvaṇṇāname
oppaccaye’’ti (5-82) kataokārassa.
32. Guhā
Saddikānanti pāṇiniyakaccāyanādiveyyākaraṇānaṃ. Pesanaṃ sakkārapubbakaṃ vā niyojanaṃ.

Kāmacārānuññāti kattumicchato yathiccha manujānanaṃ atisaggonāmāti attho. Nimittabhūtassāti
‘‘bhotā kaṭo kattabbo’ccādīsu kaṭakaraṇādino kāraṇabhūtassa.
Nanu ca sāmaññena vihitā e(te), tathā ca sati vijjhatthavihi tehi eyyādīhi te bādhīyanticcāha-
‘nace’ccādi. Vidhivisesatte pīti vidhānaṃ vidhi niyojanaṃ kiriyāsu byāpāraṇā, tassa vidhino
pesādīnaṃ visesattepi, nāvassantiādi jayādiccabyākhyānaṃ nissāya vuttaṃ, vuttañhi tena
‘‘kimatthaṃ pesādīsu kiccasaññino tabbaanīyaṇyatyappaccayā vidhīyante, na sāmaññena
bhāvakammesu vihitā, evamete [vihitāeva, vo-kāsikāvutti] pesvādīññasvatra ca bhavissantīti
visesavihitena vidhyādīsu paccayena bādhīyante, vāsarūpavidhinā bhavissanti evañcarahi etaṃ
ñāpeti ‘itthīadhikārato parena vāsarūpavidhi nāvassambhavatī’ti [kimatthamiccādi codya,
vicasasavihiteccādi parihāro, kiccā hi sāmaññena vihitā, pañcamī tu pesādinātthavisesena, ato tena
visesavihitena kiccā pesādivisaye bādhīyeranti punabbiyate, vāsarūpeccādinā parihāraṃ vighaṭayati.
evaṃ carahiccādinā pesādīsu kiccavidhānassa ñāpakattaṃ dassayati. (jinindabuddhinu 21 sa)].
Asarūpavidhi asarūpāpavādappaccayo vā vikappena bādhako hoti ussaggassāti etaṃ avassaṃ na
hotīti ñāpanatthampi na vidhīyateti yojanā. ‘‘Vā-sarūpo-nitthiyaṃ’’ti (pā, 3-1-94) parasuttaṃ.
Dhātvadhikārevihito asarūpo apavādappaccayo ussaggassa bādhako bhavati itthi adhikāre
vihitappaccayaṃ vajjayitvāti attho. Heṭṭhā vuttānusārenedaṃ viññātabbaṃ.
Bhotā khalu kaṭo kātabboccādi pesane. Tvayā kaṭo kātabboti anuññāyaṃ. Pattakāle
paramudāharaṇaṃ. Ettha pana kaṭakaraṇe kālārocanamattameva viññāyati, na pesādi.
‘‘Sattyarahesveyyādī’’ti (6-11) suttaṃ visesavihitaṃ, tenāha- ‘sāmañña vidhānato’ccādi.
Sattivisiṭṭheccādinā vuttamatthaṃ vivarati ‘sattī’tiādinā. Kathaṃ sattivisiṭṭhatā kattunoti āha-
‘taṃyogā’ti. Tāya sattiyā yogo taṃyogo. Avassakādhamīṇatāvisiṭṭhe tu kattari kiccānaṃ
tadaññesañca bhāvāya visuṃ- suttitaṃ, tena, vuttaṃ ‘āvassakādhamīṇatā visiṭṭheva kattarī’ti.
Sabbatthevettha ‘uddhaṃ muhuttato’tiādinā ekekamudāharaṇaṃ kamena dassitaṃ. Bhotā rajjaṃ
kātabbanti arahe, bhavatā rajjaṃ kātabbanti attho. Bhavaṃ arahoti pana arahakattuttappakāsanatthaṃ
vuttaṃ. Evamuparipi. Sabbametaṃ bahulaggahaṇānubhāveneti viññeyyaṃ.
33. Katta
Galecopakoti alopasamāso. Abhimato parehi. Arahādīsu vihitappaccayehīti

‘‘sattyarahesveyyādī’’ (6-11) ca ‘‘sīlābhikkhaññāvassakesu ṇī’’ti (5-53) ca arahādīsu
vihitappaccayehi. Upādānasīlo sikkhāpanasīlo. Muṇḍanaṃ dhammo sabhāvo yesaṃ te
muṇḍanadhammā. Vadhuṃ katapariggahaṃ sāviṭṭhāyanā muṇḍayanti etesaṃ kuladhammo.
35. Āsiṃ
Kāpanāyamāsiṃsā nāmeccāha- ‘appattasse’ccādi. Kiriyā visesakattuvisayāti kiriyāvisesassa yo

kattā so visayo yassā sā tathā vuttā. Kiriyāvisesakattuvisayattameva phuṭī kattumāha- ‘assā’iccādi.
Assā jīvanakiriyāya nandana kiriyāya bhavanakiriyāya vā kattā taṃkiriyaṃ sampādento bhaveyya
bhavatūti attho. Jīvatu nandatu bhavatūti āsiṃsāyaṃ payogena jīvaka nandaka bhavakasaddānaṃ
taṃsamānatthatā dassitā.
Akenevāsiṃ sanatthassa gamitattāti āsiṃsanā eva attho, tassa akappaccayeneva gamitattā

avabodhitattā. Nāsiṃ sanatthassa payogoti āsiṃsanā attho yassa jīvatu nandatu bhavatviccādino

Page 114 sur 136
saddantarassa, tassa nappayogoti attho.
36. Karā
Karoti attano phalanti kāraṇaṃ.
37. Hāto
Jahanti udakanti vīhīsu hāyanasaddassa pavattinimittaṃ dasseti. Jahāti bhāve padattheti imināpi
saṃvacchare. Bhāveiccassatthamāha ‘padatthe’ti. Nipphattimattaṃ kiriyopādānanti keci.
39. Vito
Nanu ca vitoti pañcamīniddiṭṭhattā ‘vito parasmā ñāiccasmā’ti vattabbaṃ kathaṃ vipubbāti

vuttanti āha- ‘vito paro’iccādi. Vipubbo yassaso vipubbo. Visaddato dhātumhi parabhūte sati visaddo
pubbo nāma hotīti attho.
40. Kasmā
Sabbaṃ jānāti, kālaṃ jānātīti viggaho.
41. Kvaca
Nāmajātiguṇakiriyā dabbasambandhato pañcavidhattepi kammassa

kriyatthassāvadhirayamupādinnoti kriyatthasambandhā kiriyākammasseha gahaṇaṃ. Tañca
nibbattivikatipattibhedena tividhaṃ, tividhassāpyetassa visesānupānato gahaṇanti kamenudāharanto
āha- ‘karakaraṇe’iccādi.
Lokavidūtiādidassanato kvaciggahaṇe payojanaṃ vattumāha- ‘kammato’ccādi. Nanu ca

kvaciggahaṇeneva ‘ādiccaṃ passati’ccādopi (nivatti) vattuṃ sakkā kasmā ‘bahulādhikārā’ti vuttanti
āha ‘tene’ccādi. Tenāti yena kvaciggahaṇaṃ kutociyevāti dassanatthaṃ kataṃ tenāti attho. Tenāti vā
kvaciggahaṇena. Atha ādiccaṃ passaticcādo viya kammakarādīsupi nivattimadassetvā ‘kvacīti kiṃ
kammakaro’ti kasmā vuttanti āha- ‘yajjeva’miccādi.
Tassāti bahulavacanassa, mahādhikārattāti mahāvisayattā. Kutociyevāti kutoci dhātutoyeva.

Atheha kasmā na hoti devadatto sayati dāttena lunāti sunakhānaṃ dadāti nagarā apeti thāliyaṃ pacati
mātu saratī’’ti, sabbamevedaṃ kiriyā (yā) bhisambandhīyatīti yadipevaṃ, tathāpi kammatteneva yaṃ
vattu micchitaṃ na kārakantarattena nāpi sambandhabhāvena, tasseva kammasaddena gahaṇaṃ
kammavacanasāmatthiyā, aññathā syāditocceva vadeyya kiṃ kammāti vacanenāti.
42. Gamā
Vedanti ettha atthamāha vittinti, tuṭṭhinti attho.
43. Samā
Tañceti upamānassa parāmāso. Bhedena vivaraṇanti samānādīhīti avatvā bhedena vivaraṇaṃ.

Tulyatāyupalabbhamānassa sadisādisaddavacanīyattā avayavatthānugamenāttano-bhidheyye
sadisādisaddānampavatti veditabbā.
44. Bhāva
Kārakaṃ sādhakaṃ nibbattakanti anatthantaraṃ. Karoti kiriyaṃ nibbatteti nimittabhāvenāti

kārakaṃ. Kattādīnaṃ kiriyānimittattantu sayameva ‘tattha kattā’tiādinā bhedena pakāsayissati.

Page 115 sur 136
Kiriyānimittaṃ… nibbattakesu kattādīsu chasupi ruḷhattā tenettha kattāvāttappadhāno,

karaṇādayopyappadhānā kārakabyapadeso labbhante… aññathā kārakasaddena tesaṃ gahaṇaṃ na
siyāti. Kimidaṃ kārakantyāha- ‘sattikāraka’nti. Evaṃ carahi dabbādīnaṃ kathaṃ kārakattamiccāha-
‘tadadhikaraṇā’tiādi. Tassā sattiyā ādhārā nissayāti attho, puṃ napuṃsake adhikaraṇasaddo. Tesu
dabbā dīsu tiṭṭhatīti tatraṭṭhā, satti. Tassā bhāvo tatraṭṭhatā, tāya. Atha dabbādīnaṃ mukhyato
kārakatte sati kimāyātantyāha ‘yadi’ccādi.
Tesanti kattādikārakānaṃ. Aññamaññabyāvuttarūpattāti aññamaññato byāvuttaṃ nivattaṃ

rūpaṃ karaṇādisabhāvo yesaṃ kattādi kārakānaṃ te tathā vuttā, tesaṃ bhāvo tattaṃ tasmā. Karaṇa
rūpanti karaṇaṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo yassa adhikaraṇassa taṃ tathā vuttaṃ. Evañcasatiko dosoccāha
‘tathā ce’ccādi. Kenaci sukarattena sappadhānattavacanicchāyaṃ ‘thālī pacatī’ti bhavati.
Tatrevukkaṃsavaca nicchāyaṃ ‘thāliyā pacatī’ti.
Evañcakatvāti nipātasamudāyo-yaṃ hetvattho. Tasmāti attho. Kattā nimittanti sambandho.

Kattuṭṭhakiriyānimittassa kattuno udāharaṇaṃ ‘hasati naccatī’ti. Tadattheti tāya kammasamavāyiniyā
pacanādikiriyāya atthe adhissayanādayo pavattento kiriyāya nimittanti sambandho. Evamuparipi.
Odanaṃ pacati devadattoti kammaṭṭhakiriyāya nimittabhūtassa kattuno udāharaṇaṃ.

Bhājanasaṅkharaṇamadhissayanaṃ. Ādisaddena taṇḍulavapanaindhanāpaharaṇādayo gayhanti.
Dvidhāpattiyanti rukkhādīnaṃ dvidhā pavattiyaṃ.
Byāpaneti sambandhe. Giradhātuto appaccaye- ‘‘eonama vaṇṇe’’ti (137) sutte ‘avaṇṇeti

yogavibhāgato gakāre ikārassa attaṃ hotīti dassetumāha- ‘avaṇṇeti yogavibhāgā attaṃ issā’ti.
Aññathāpi paṭipādetumāha- ‘essa vā’tiādi. Essāti ‘‘lahussupanthassā’’ti (5-87) kataessa. Sakalenāti
‘eonama vaṇṇe’’ti sakalena suttena. Purīti nipāto.
Īsakkaroti bindulopo, dvittaṃ, sāmaññena vidhānatoti paresaṃ visesavidhānasabbhāvamāha.

Gaṇikālayaṃ gaṇikānaṃ gehaṃ. Nepathyamākappo. Dattoladdhoti paccayassa kammasādhanattaṃ
dīpetuṃvuttaṃ. Vināliṅgavacanehi pāṭipadikatthaṃ niddisituṃ na sakkāti bhāveti
sabbaliṅgasaṅkhyāsambandhayoggapāṭipadikatthasāmaññe paccayanimittattena gahitepi sāmaññe
caritatthattā liṅgavacanaṃ nappadhānanti iṭṭhiāvudhantī itthi napuṃsakebhāve, pākāti bahuvacanepi
bhāve bhavati eva.
45. Dādhā
Sapādīhi apādīhicāti pādisahitehi pādirahitehi ca dādhāhi.
46. Vamā
Sāpānadoṇiyanti sārameyānaṃ bhuñjanakaambaṇe. Ṭhitasupāna vamathuviyāti

pavattasunakhacchaddanaṃ viya.
47. Kvi
Yathādassananti ācikkhatīti yojanā. Tena kutoci dhātutoti. Gaṇhantīti gaha=upādāneccassa.

Salākāsaddassa salākanti. Sabhāsaiccassa antabyañjanalope sabhāpakatito ‘‘itthi yamatvā’’ti (3-26)
āppaccayo. Pabhātīti ā=dittiyamiccassa.
48. Ano
Calanādīnaṃ sīlādīsu nipphādanatthaṃ visuṃ suttitaṃ parehi, idha pana bahulaṃ vacanenevāti
dassetumāha- ‘calanādīsū’tiādi.
49. Itthi

Page 116 sur 136
Klikayakiccatra kakārabahuttā kakārāti bahuvacanaṃ. Titikkhā iccādo titikkhanamiccādinā

viggaho ‘‘itthiyamatvā’’ (3-26). Apari paṭhitoti dhātupāṭhe aparipaṭhito. Pāṇivisesoti sattaviseso.
Iminā ca ‘‘yathākathañci nipphatti, ruḷhiyā atthanicchayo’’ti dasseti.
Āsiṃ sāyaṃ gammamānāyaṃ saññāvisaye dhātūhi tippaccayo kiccappaccayo ca yathā siyāti

‘‘tikiccāsiṭṭhe’’ti (7-2-3) suttitaṃ kaccāyanena. Tamiha sāmaññena vidhānāva siddhanti
nirūpayitumāha- ‘kaccāyanena pane’ccādi. Tabba anīyaṇya teyya riccappaccayānaṃ ‘‘te kiccā’’ti (7-
1-22) kiccasaññaṃ vidhāya sesānaṃ ‘‘aññekitī’’ti (7-1-23) kitsaññā katā kaccāyanena. Tenāha- ‘kita
sañño’ti.
Tabbādippaccayo ca vihitoti sakiyavohārenāha. Sakiya satthe avuttadosaṃ [suttadosaṃ]

pariharitvā vakkhamānanayena yutyabhāvā tathā vidhāne ayuttataṃ dassento ‘nacāsiṃ
sāya’miccādimāha. Guhanaṃ, rujanaṃ, modananti viggaho. Sayanaṃ vā seyyā. Vajadhātuno vassa
bakārena bhavitabbaṃ, so kathaṃ yakāre parabhūte asatīti āha- ‘cavaggabayañātiyogavibhāgā vassa
bo’ti.
51. Karā
Ririyappaccaye ādirakārassa anubandhattā āha- ‘antasarādi lopo’ti.
52. Iki
Atha sarūpeccetāvati vutte- ‘kiriyatthassa sarūpe’ti kathaṃ viññāyaticcāha- ‘kiriyatthā’ticcādi.

Nanu ca lo-yaṃ kattari vidhīya mānokathamettha siyātyāha- ‘akattaripi’ccādi. Abhimato
kaccāyanassa. Paṭipādayitumāha- ‘tatthā’tiādi. Karaṇaṃ uccāraṇaṃ, assa karoti samāsavākyaṃ. Na
hi eva dīhi kāro vihitoti akkhare heva kārassa vihitattā akkharasamudāyato na pappotīti bhāvo. Atha
ceti matappadāne. Evādisaddavācakā evakārādayo sādhavoti atha matanti attho.
Tatthāti tathā abhimate tasmiṃ. Niyamahetuno abhāvāti akkhareheva kārappaccayo vidheyyo

na pana evādīhiccassa niyamassa yo hetu tassa hetuno abhāvā.
53. Sīla
Kimidasīlamiccāha- ‘sīlampakatisabhāvo’ti. Tañca sīlamanumānena viññāyaticcāha-

‘tañce’ccādi. Kiriyāvisayarucivisesānumitanti uṇhabhojanasaṅkhātā kiriyā visayo yassa so (kiriyā)
visayo ruciviseso, tena anumitanti attho. Kimidamābhikkhaññanti āha- ‘ābhikkhañña’miccādi.
Punappunabhāvo ponopuññaṃ. Āse vā tapparatāti tamevābhikkhaññaṃ pariyāyehi phuṭīkaroti.
Yajjevanti yadi ābhikkhaññaṃ tappato vuccate. Tassīlyamidaṃ hotīti iminā-

‘sīlābhikkhaññādi’’sutte sīlasaddenevābhikkhaññassa gahitattaṃ dīpeti. Aññathāpi sīlato
aññamevābhikkhaññanti dassetumāha- ‘yasmiṃ dese’tiādi.
Gammamāneti patīyamāne. Patīti ca atthappakaraṇasaddantarādīhi. Abhimatoti pāṇiniyehi

abhimato. Āvassakaggahaṇāyeva siddhoti vuttaṃ kathametthāvassambhāvo patīyati ccāha-
‘tañcā’tiādi.
Yogavibhāgāti ‘ṇī’ti yoga vibhāgā. Sādhuṃ karoti, brahmaṃ vadati, asaddhaṃ bhuñjati,
paṇḍitamattānaṃ maññatīti viggaho. Sādhunti kiriyāvisesanaṃ. Assaddhabhojīti vate. Vatañca
bhojane atthitāyaṃ saddhaassaddhabhojanavisayāyaṃ pavattiyaṃ yadi bhuñjati assaddhameva
bhuñjati na saddhanti satthe vuttaniyamo, assaddhaṃ bhuñjati evāti nottarapadāvadhāraṇaṃ…
evañhi viññāyamāne yadevāssaddhaṃ na bhuñjati tadeva vatalopo siyāti [atthitāya
(bhojanākaṅkhitattā) yathecchaṃ sāmaññena bhojane pavattiyaṃ mattāyaṃ asaddhabhojanaṃ
satthavihitamupalabhamānassa saddhato nivattitvā visese hi saddhe pavattiniyamo vatamuccate,
niyamocātraduvidho sambhavati-asaddhaṃ bhūñjati eva, athaddhamo bhuñjatīti vā, tatrādime

Page 117 sur 136
niyame yadevā saddhaṃ na bhuñjati tadevavata loposiyā (ra-3-228) kātantapañjikā]. Aññathāpi

paṭipādayitumāha- ‘ghaṇantādīhi’ccādi.
54. Thāva
Sayameva attanāeva. Kammakattarīti ubhayatthāpi kammakattari paccayo bahulādhikārāti

adhippāyo. Ettha pana ekopi padattho kammañca hoti kattāca kārakasattibhedato. Yathā ‘pīyamānaṃ
madhu madayatī’ti ekassāpi sattibhedā kammattaṃ kattuttaṃ, tathā trāpīti viññeyyaṃ. Yo paraṃ
bhañjati tatthapi siyā sāmaññavidhānatoti āha- ‘nipātanassi’ccādi. Dosandhakāraṃ bhindatīti
dosandhakārabhiduro.
55. Katta
Bhūtasaddenetthādhippetatthamupadassetumāha- ‘bhūtamatīta’miccādi. Aññathāti

yadyatikkantavacano na siyāti attho.
Nanucātretaretaranissayadoso pasajjate, satī hi bhūtādhikāretto vidhīyate, sati ca tte

bhūtasaddassa nipphattīti phuṭo yevitaretaranissayadosoti. Nesadoso, saṅketāti byatto
saddatthasambandho cirakālappavatto, nāssa kiñci asādhuttaṃ, atikkante cāssa vutti
saddasattisabhāvato veditabbā. Ktavantā dayopi carahi saddasattisabhāvato bhūteeva bhavissantīti na
vattabbaṃ. Bhūtasaddo-yamatikkantatthe pasiddho ktavantādayotvappasiddhā, ato tena
pasiddhatthenāppasiddhānamanvākhyānaṃ karīyatīti. Bhūteti cāyaṃ pakativisesanaṃ vā siyā
‘bhūtatthe vattamānā’ti, paccayattha visesanaṃ vā’bhūte kattarī’ti, tatra kassidaṃ visesananti
āhabhūteti pakativisesana’nti. Kutoccāha- ‘sambandhassa ce’tyādi. Atha paccayatthavisesane ko
dosoccāha- ‘paccayatthavisesane hi’ccādi. Paccayatthassa kattuno anabhikkantattā ayanti payogo
nopapajjateti bhāvo. Abhidheyyeti iminā payojanādiṃ byavacchindati.
56. Kto
Kamme guṇībhūtattāti kamme sati bhāvassāppadhānattā. ‘‘Guṇamukhyesu mukhyeyeva

kāriyasampaccayo’’ti mukhye kammeyeva paccayo, na tu bhāve tassetthāppadhānattā.
57. Katta
Nanucārambheti vuttaṃ- ‘kiriyārambhe’ti kathanti āha- ‘soce’ccādi. So ca ārambho. Kiriyāyeva

ārambhokiriyārambho tasmiṃ. Kiriyārambheti sāmaññena vuttattā kiriyatthavisesanaṃ vā etaṃsiyā
paccayatthavisesanaṃ vā ubhayathāpi na dosoti dassetumāha- ‘kiriyatthavisesanaṃ ceta’ntiādi.
Paccayatthavisesanapakkhepi sāmatthiyā ārambhe kiriyatthassāpi pavattī hotīti dassetumāha-
‘kiriyatthassāpi’ccādi. Sāmatthiyaṃ dasseti ‘sāmatthiyampanā’tiādinā. Anantarasuttena yo vihito
kto, sopi sāmaññena vacanato bhāvakammesu ārambhepi hotīti yojanā. Sāmaññena vacanatoti ‘‘kto
bhāvakammesū’’ti (5-56) sāmaññena vacanato. Bhāvakammesuceti evaṃ na vuttanti
‘yathāpattañce’ti vadatā vuttikārenevaṃ na vuttanti attho.
Kasmā evaṃ na vuttanti āha- ‘pubbasmiṃ viyā’ti ādi. Aniyamuppatti saññāya sati ñāpananti
tannisedhetumāha- ‘punabbacanato’tiādi. Māsaṅkīti kammani, tenevuppattīti paṭhamā. Evaṃ
maññate ‘‘bhāvakamma gahaṇaṃ cākārenānukaḍḍhiya ‘bhāvakammesu cā’tyanena ktevidhīya māne
idamāsaṅkīyate ‘pubbeneva sāmaññena siddhe punabbacanā [punabbacanaṃ] kiriyatthāniyamena
ttassuppattī’ti, yathāpattañceti hyuccamāne cakārena yathāpattampi kāriyamanuññāyateti pubbeneva
vacanena bhāvakammesvārambhepi yathāpatto kto bhavatīti viññāyate’’ti. Evañcarahi
bhāvakammesvārambhepi pubbeneva siddhattā ‘‘kattariārambhe’’icceva vucceyya kiṃ cakārene
ccāsaṅkiyāha- ‘padānamavadhāraṇa phalattā’ccādi.
Nanucādibhūto kiriyākkhaṇo ārambho nāma, bahūhi kiriyākkhaṇehi kaṭe parisamatteyeva bhūto

kālo ca bhavatīti kiriyāphalassāparinipphannattā vattamānova kāloti tatrakto na

Page 118 sur 136
pappoticcāsaṅkiyāha- ‘kiriyāphalassi’ccādi. Kaṭekadesassāpi kaṭattā tassa ca nibbattattā

bhūtavacanicchāti bhāvo. Nanucādisūte kiriyākkhaṇakāle kaṭo nābhinibbatto, kaṭakāraṇabhūtā
bīraṇāva hi tadā santi, na ca tadavatthā te eva kaṭoti kathaṃ ‘pakato kaṭo’ti bhūtakālena
pakatasaddena kaṭasaddasamānādhikaraṇattamiccāha- ‘ādibhūtene’ccādi. Tattha tasmiṃ visese.
Pakattuṃ ārabhi, pakattuṃ ārabhīyittha, pasottuṃ ārabhi, pasottuṃ ārabhananti atthe tto.
58. Ṭhāsa
Anārambhatthaṃvacananti ārambhe pubbeneva siddhattā. Apādinopisilisassa sakammakattā-

‘yebhuyyenā’ti vuttaṃ. Sakammakatthanti vatvā sakammattamesaṃ pādiyoge sati hotīti
dassetumāha- ‘pādisahitā’ccādi. Khaṭopikā mañco.
59. Gama
Avivacchitakammo cehākammakoti kathayamāha- ‘avijjamāne’ccādi. Yātavanto yātā, yānaṃ

yātaṃ. Ayoyitthāti yā to. Kto na vidhātabbo pāṇiniyehi viya. Kāraṇasāmaggiyaṃ bhūtāyanti
sassādihetubhūtasamiddhiyaṃ bhūtāyaṃ. Sā ca bhūtā yevātīminā kāraṇasāmaggiyā
atītakālikattamāha.
60. Āhā
Ādhāreceti anuvuttiyā ettha cakārato ‘yathāpattañce’ti sambandhā vuttanti seso. Evaṃ na kutoci
apakassanaṃ siyāti evamādhārādike anuvattamāne sati kutoci ādhārādito apakassanaṃ visuṃ
karaṇaṃ na siyāti attho. Tathā sati heṭṭhā suttenekayogameva kareyyāti adhippāyo. Bhāvakammesūti
sambajjhateti yojanā.
Bahulassa bhāvo kammaṃvāti bahvatthādānamevātra bahulasaddassa pavattinimittaṃ bhāvo

kammaṃceti tattha paccayo. Kecīti pāṇiniye yeva sandhāyāha. Tassāpi bhūteyeva pavattimupadisati
‘sopi’ccādi
Nā. Bhijjamānanti paccamānaṃ. Pararūpena passinnoti yojanā. Keciti teyeva.

‘‘Matibuddhipūjatthehi ce’’ti (3-2-188) tesaṃ sutte casaddākaḍḍhite dasseti ‘yathā’tiādinā. Akkocchi
tanti kamme viggahamāha, tanti kammapadaṃ, evamuparipi curādiṇilope ‘‘nimittābhāve
nemittikassāpyabhāvo’’tyākāranivatti. Kasirayaṃ gatyādyane kattho, kaṭṭhaṃtyatra kimatthoti āha-
‘ettha hiṃsattho’ti.
Hetunoti dukkhaphalassa hetuno agyādino. Kaṭṭhasaddassa phalahetubhūte agyādike vattamāne

evaṃ hotu phalevattamāne kathanti āha- ‘yadāpanā’tiādi. Kodhātiko idha.
61. Tuṃtā
Nanu ca bhāveiti bhavatināyaṃ ghaṇantena niddeso karīyatīti bhavativisayova

paccayatthaniddeso kato bhavati, tato ca bhavatino yo bhāvo tasmiṃyeva vācce paccayo siyā, so ca
bhavatito yevuppajjamānena paccayena sakkābhidhātuṃ tato tasmāva paccayena bhavitabbaṃ,
tasmā kathaṃ pacituṃ pāko cāgo rāgotipacādīhibhavati ccāha- ‘bhavanaṃbhāvo kiriyādhātvattho’ti.
Kiriyāsāmaññañhi sabbadhātvatthānugataṃ bhavatissattho, tena

kiriyāsāmaññavācinātthaniddeso karīyamāno sabbadhātuvisaye kato bhavati tasmā pacādīhipi
bhavatītyadhippāyo.
Nanu cātra tumādayo bhāve bhavantīti vutte na viññāyate kiṃvisesite bhāve tumādayo
bhavanticcāha- ‘yato’ccādi. Tassāti dhātuno. Yo vattabbo bhāvoti yo vācco bhāvo. Kutoccāha-
‘sambandhā’ti. Tumādīnaṃ yā pakati tāya vācceneva bhāvena saha sambandhāti attho. Ṭhātabbanti
bhāve tabbo. Atha kriyāyaṃtyanena tabbādyabhihitassa dabbarūpāpannassa bhāvassa kathaṃ

Page 119 sur 136
gahaṇaṃtyāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi. Sakanissayakiriyābyapadesoti dabba rūpassa attano

nissayabhūtāya kiriyāya byapadeso daṭṭhuṃ cakkhuccādo bhavanakiriyāya patīyamānattā tumādayo
bhavanteva.
Nanu ca tumādīnaṃ bhāve vihitattā kiriyāyeva padhānattanti kamma kārakaṃ nappatīyateti

kathaṃ ‘kaṭaṃ kātuṃ gacchatī’ti siyāccā saṅkiya paṭipādetumāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi. Dhātvatthakato
kiriyāsaṅkhātena dhātvatthena kato. Atthīti iminā yattha ‘supyate deva dattene’ccādo natthi, tattha na
kammampatīyateti dasseti.
‘‘Icchatthesu samānakattukesu tavetuṃ vā’’ti (4-2-12) kaccānena atadatthāyampikiriyāyaṃ

tumādayo yathāsiyunti visuṃ suttitaṃ, tenāha- ‘icchatthesmi’ccādi. Yathā ‘bhottuṃ pacatī’tyādo
bhojanakiriyā payojanā pacanakiriyā hoti, nevamettha tappa yojanā icchā…
pacanakiriyāyaviyatappayojanattābhāvatoti ayamassādhippāyo. Puneccādinā
vuttāniṭṭhapātassāsaṅkaṃ viracayamāha- ‘atadatthāyampi’ccādi.
Icchatthassa dhātuno payogāti iminā ‘icchanto karotī’ti ettha icchantoti icchatthassa dhātuno
payogatthameva, na icchāya payojanaṃ karaṇanti dīpeti. Devadattaṃ bhuñjamānamicchatītettha
bhottunti na hoti samānakattukesūti vacanato, bhojanassa devadatto kattā, icchatissa aññoyevātipi
suttassa visuṃ payojanaṃ na vattabbanti dassento āha- ‘devadatta’miccādi.
Icchatissāti’devadattaṃ bhuñjamānamicchatī’ti ettha icchatīti vuttaisissa. Sādhanaṃ

‘devadattaṃ bhuñjamāna’nti vuttakammasaṅkhātaṃ attho payojanaṃ yassa so sādhanattho-icchati.
Tassa bhāvo tattaṃ, tasmā. Kammamevicchāya payojanabhāve ṭhitanti bhāvo. Niratthakanti
etadatthameva samānakattukaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ tañca yathāvuttena pasaṅgābhāvā niratthakanti
adhippāyo.
Sakādyatthesu dhātū sūpapadesu dhātu mattā tumādayo suttantarena vihitā pāṇiniyehi, tenāha-
‘sakādidhātuppayoge’tiādi. Siddhāti tumādayo siddhā. Bhujikiriyatthāti bhujikiriyā attho yassā
sattiyā sā bhujikiriyatthā patīyate. Patīya mānatte kāraṇamāha- ‘asatopi hi’ccādi. Parehettha
akiriyatthopapadattho punārabbhoti vaṇṇitaṃ. Tadetaṃ vighaṭayitumāha- ‘tene’ccādi.
Paresamayamadhippāyo ‘‘sakkoti bhottuṃtyādo kosalyaṃ gamyate. Gilāyati bhottuṃti tadasatti.
Ghaṭate bhottuṃtyādo yogyatā. Ārabhate bhottuṃtyādobhujisse vādyavatthākiriyantaraṃ. Labhate
bhottuṃti appaccakkhānaṃ. Atthi bhottuntiādīsu sambhavamattaṃ. Vaṭṭati bhottuṃtyādo dosā
bhāvo gamyate. Sakkoticcādino upapadassa bhojanādikiriyatthatā na gamyate tasmā akiriyatthesupi
sakādīsūpapadesu tumādayo bhavantī’’ti.
Patīyamānesvapyetesvatthantaresu tādatthiyamatthiyevāti pubbena vihitassa tumādinotra na

bādheti dassetumāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi. Tādatthiyamatthiyevāti bhojanakiriyatthatā sakkotiādīnaṃ atthi
yevāti attho siddhāyeva ‘‘tuṃtāye’’ccādinā. Alamatthavisiṭṭhesu pariyattivacanesūpapadesu dhātuto
tumādayo vihitā parehi, tatthāha ‘alamatthavisiṭṭhe’iccādi. Pahusaddampi antogadhaṃ katvā
‘samatthādī’ti vuttaṃ, bhavatissa sambhavo ‘‘pubbekakattukāna’’nti (5-63) ettha byākhyāyissate.
Abhimatāti kaccāyanena ‘‘arahasakkādīsu ce’’ti (4-2-13) casaddena abhimatā imassāti ‘kālo
bhottuṃ’tiādino. Yathā bhottumanotiādinā paresampi ayameva nipphattikkamoti dīpeti.
Abyabhicāratoti avinābhāvato, bhavati bhojanaṃ bhāvoti bhojanaṃ bhuñjanaṃ bhāvo bhavatīti
attho. Natugamissakiriyātadatthāti gamanakiriyā bhojanatthā na hotīti attho. Atthasaddohyayaṃ
payojanavacano yañca yamuddissa pavattati, taṃ tassa payojanaṃ bhavati. Nacāyaṃ
bhojanamuddissa gamissati, kiñcarahi kāriyantaraṃ, kevalaṃ tena nimittena sambhāvīyate. Yadā tu
bhojanatthamevārabbhate gamanakiriyā, tadā bhavatyeva’gamissati bhottu’nti.
Tuṃvisaye ṇakopi vihito pāṇiniyehi, tatrāha- ‘kārako vajati’ccādi. Parihāramāha-

‘pubbe’ccādinā. ‘Kattariltu’ccādinā yoyaṃ ṇako tīsupi kālesu sāmaññena vihito, kriyatthā yaṃ
kriyāyaṃ upapade kattuno-bhidhānaṃ siddhaṃ, na cāssa visesavihitena tuṃpaccayena bādhā
bhinnattā, tuṃpaccayassa hi bhāve vidhānaṃ ṇakassa tu kattarīti. Pubbaṇakeneva siddhepi
ltvādinivattiyā so vidheyyova, no ce ltvādayopi siyunti codakappasaṅgamāsaṅkiyāha-
‘naceva’miccādi. Avagamābhāvameva phuṭayitumāha- ‘nahiṃ’ccādi. Hi yasmātyatthe yo eso vajati

Page 120 sur 136
so kattā, yo eso vajati so vikkhipotyayamattho-tra gamyate, na pana tehi tādatthiyaṃ gamyateti

attho. Codako ltvādīhi sāmyamāpādayituṃ sāmarisaṃ vuttavidhinevāppattiṃ ṇakassāpyāha-
‘ṇakopi’ccādi. Agatthaṃ [apakatatthaṃ (potthake)] yadipi ṇakena tādatthiyaṃ na gamyate
pakaraṇato gamyateti ṇako bhavissatītyāsaṅkiya codako āha- ‘athe’ccādi. Pubbeccādinā vutto-yaṃ
‘ṇako na vidheyyo’ccassa na parihāro… sottarattā yathāvuttena, kintu‘tasmā nevi’ccādinā iminā
vuccamānovaparihārotiviññātabbaṃ. Tadevaṃltvādīnampipattitoṇakaltvādīhi tādatthiyānavagame
vinicchite tādatthiyavisesena tesaṃ sambhavoti anatthakaṃ ‘‘ṇakassa kiriyatthopapadassavidhānaṃ
ltvādipaṭisedhanattha’’nti vākyakāravacananti satthakāro nigamayamāha- ‘tasmā’’ccādi. Bhavatu
pakaraṇatova [cāpaccayabhova] tādatthiyāvagamo, tathāpiṇako paro vidheyyotyadhippāyenāha-
‘athāpi’ccādi. Gatattaṃ. Bhavissati kāle kriyatthāyaṃ kriyāyamupapade bhāve ca ṇappaccayādayo
vihitā, tatrāha- ‘pākāya vajati’ccādi. Avihitesupi tādatthiyā siddhameveti adhippāyo.
62. Paṭi
Sotunādīsu ‘savanaṃ kātuna’iccādinā viggaho. Suteneti savananti viggaho.
63. Pubbe
Veti nātisambajjhate vidhino niccattā. Ekasaddassānekatthattā viseseti

‘sakhyāvacanoyamekasaddo’ti. Kutoccāha-‘saddāna’miccādi. Ekasaddassa saṅkhyāvacanatte yottho
sampajjate, tamāha ‘ekasaṅkhyāvacchinno’ti, tadatthāti kriyatthassatthā. Yadipi ‘pubbaṃ byāpāra’nti
samudāye ekadesabhūto byāpāro niddhāriyamānoti vuttaṃ, tathāpi pubbasaddena byāpāravācako
kriyattho vuccate upacārā, teneva ‘tesu yo pubbo tadatthato kriyatthā’ti vuttiyaṃvuttaṃ. Nanu ca
satti kārakaṃ, aññā ca pubbakālakiriyāya satti, aññā uttara kālakiriyāya, tasmā kuto
ekakattukattamiccāsaṅkiya paṭipādento āha- ‘yadipi’ccādi. Sattimato dabbassāti devadattādino
sattimato dabbassa. Tadajjhāropāti ekattassa ajjhāropā. Eka kattukānaṃ byāpārānaṃ
kamābhidhānāya tunādayo vidhīyamānā bhāveyevuppannā sakkonti kamamabhidhātunti
bhāvetyatrābhisambajjhate.
Ekakattukānanti bahuvacanattā ‘bhutvā pitvā vajatī’tipi bhavati. Bhuttasmintettha

anekakattukattā bhuñjitvāpi bhavati. Pāṇini yānamiva visuṃ vacanamantarena
tunādividhippaṭipādayamāha- ‘mukhaṃ byādāya supati’ccādi. Byādāyāti dādhātussa viāpubbassa
tvāppaccaye ‘‘pyo vā tvāssa samāse’’ti (5-064) tvāssa pyādese rūpaṃ, mukhavivaraṇaṃ
katvātyattho, byavadhāyakakālassāti byādāna supanānamantareyo kālo tassa, bhedānupalakkhaṇanti
bhedassādassanaṃ. Bhedassīnaṃ kesañcivijjamānattā’kehīcī’ti vuttaṃ. Sahabhāvepīti
byādānasupanānaṃ sahabhāvepi. Vaḍḍhitako bhattarāsi.
Abhimatā pāṇiniyānaṃ, parāya nadiyā pabbato-varo visesī yateti appatvā nadimpabbato’ti vutte
nadiyā orabhāge pabbatoti attho. Bhavati, tato ca pārebhūtanadīvisiṭṭho pabbato patīyate. Avarena
pabbatena parā nadī visesīyateti atikkamma pabbataṃ nadīti vutte pāre nadiyā ore pabbatoti attho
patīyate, tato ca orabhāge pabbatavisiṭṭhā nadī viññāyate. Bhavatino sabbattha sambhave sati
ekakattukatā pubbakālatā yathā gamya te tathā dasseti ‘paṭhamaṃ na pappoti’ccādi. Nigamayati
‘tadeva’miccādinā.
Bhutvā bhutvā gacchatīti pare-ññathā nipphattimākaṅkhanti pāṇiniyādayo, tatrāha-

‘ekakattukāna’miccādi. Ābhikkhaññāvagame kāraṇaṃ pucchati ‘yajjeva’miccādi. Vuttameva
phuṭayati ‘yehi’ccādinā. Yehīti veyyākaraṇehi. Jivaggāhaṃ agāhayiccādo pareññathā
paṭipannātadāha- ‘kamma’miccādi. Sakaṅgeti pāṇipādādike-ttaniyevayave. Ṇaṃ paccayo abhimatoti
sambandho. Kiṃ ṇampaccayenāti idaṃ vuttaṃ hotīti sambandho. Aññathā siddhippakāramāha-
‘jīvassi’ccādi. Kiṃ visiṭṭhanti pucchitvā jīvaggāhena visiṭṭhanti dassetuṃ jīvaggāha’nti āha.
Jīvaggāhasaṅkhātaṃ gahaṇamakāsīti attho.
Ākhyātanti agāhayīti ākhyātaṃ kattabbarūpanti imānā gahaṇa kiriyāya kammattaṃ bodheti.

Tabbisesanampīti kattabbarūpāya gahaṇa kiriyāya visesanampi. Tathābhūtamevāti
kattabbarūpameva. Tathā ceti kiriyāvisesane dutiyāya ṇamante jāte sati. Ṇamanta rūpanti ṇamantassa

Page 121 sur 136
rūpaṃ yassāti viggaho. Ṇaṃpaccayeniha kiñcineti sambandho. Iheti imasmiṃ byākaraṇe. Kiñci
payojanaṃ. Pacāditotiādisaddena tehi avihitaṇampaccayā gahitā.
64. Nto
Yo sādhayitumāraddho naca niṭṭhamupagatoti yo kaṭādisādhayituṃ nibbattayituṃ āraddho

niṭṭhaṃ parisamattiṃ na copagato nappatto. Pavatto-nuparatovāti yo pabbatādi niccappavato-avirato
teneva niṭṭhaṃ nopagatosovattamānoti vuccateti yojanā. Tabbi sayakiriyādvārenāti
yathāvuttakaṭādivisaya kiriyāmukhena, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘yathāvuttakaṭādīnaṃ vattamānattā
tabbisayā kiriyāpi vattamānā evāti taṃdvārena kriyatthavisesana’’nti.
Bhuñjati devadattoti ettha yajjapi bhuñjamāno hasati khajjati [vadati] pāniyaṃ pivati, tathāpi
yuttā vattamānatā kattumicchitassārambho na parisamattoti vuttaṃ- ‘sādhayitumāraddho na ca
niṭṭhamupagato’ti. Tiṭṭhanti pabbatātiādīsu niccesu pabbatādīsu bhūtānāgatānamasambhavā
tannisedhino vattamānassāpyasambhavā yadīpi kālavibhāgo na viññāyate, tathāpi āraddhassa
ṭhānassāparisamattiyā vattamānā evāti vuttaṃ- ‘pavatto-nuparato vā’ti. Kattuvisesane sati ko
dosoccāha- ‘kattu visesane’ccādi. Ihāpi siyā kattuno vattamānattā, vattamānatta mevāssa
pakāsetumayanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Apaṭhamā samānādhikaraṇe’’tyādīhi (3-2-124) anekehi
suttehintappaccayo pāṇiniyehi vihito.
Idha pana sāmaññena vihitattā āha- ‘sāmaññenā’tiādi. Santo ‘asa-bhuvi’ntappaccayo. ‘‘Kattari

lo’’ (5-18) ‘‘ntamānānti yiyuṃsvādilopo’’ti (5-130) akārassa lopo. Tapanto ‘tapa-santāpe’. Jappanto
‘jappa=vacane’. Paṭhanto ‘paṭha=uccāraṇe’ pacanto ‘paca=pāke’dhārayanto ‘dhara=dhāraṇe’.
Payojakabyāpāre ṇi, dharituṃ payuñjamāno dhārayanto. Dissanto disa dusa=appitiyaṃ’’ divādīhi
yaka’’ (5-12) yajanto ‘yaja-devapūjāyaṃ’. Arahanto ‘araha-pūjāyaṃ. Yathācātiādinā
apaṭhamāsamānādhikaraṇādīsu ‘saṃvijjamāno virocamānaṃ jappamāno’ccādīsu māno nto viya
daṭṭhabboti vadati.
65. Māno
Kālakato avatthāviseso vayo. Mānovāti imināntappaccayābhāvamāha.

Yujjhamānā’yudha=sampahāre’ ‘‘divādīhi yaka’’ (5-12) ‘‘tavaggavaraṇāna’’miccādinā (1-48)
dhassa jho’’vaggalasehi te’’ti (1-49) yassa ca. ‘‘Catutthadutiyesvesa’’ntiādinā (1-35) jhassa jo.
Naccamānā ‘nacca=naccane’.
67. Tessa
Savisayeti kattari bhāve kammeca.
68. Ṇvāda
Ṇvādayoti ‘ṇvādayo’ccanena suttena. Katipayadhātvādipariggahenāti dhātavo pakatibhūtā ādī

yeyaṃ kālādīnaṃ te dhā tvādayo tesaṃ pariggahenāti attho. Kālo vattamānādi, kārakaṃ kattādi
pakaṃsena niyamena paccayo karīyate etasmāti pakati. Kākriyaṃ āyukādi.
Kāriyavisesanti ādesādikāriyavisesaṃ. Kāru sippijāti viseso. Tacchakādayo (tacchakakamma)

kāratantavāyarajakanahāpitā pañca kāravo cārudāruti vattamāne kālaniyamenāññatrāpi bhavissati.
Evaṃ kāruādīsupi.
69. Khacha
Khachasānanti vutte tadantaggahaṇaṃ kathamiccāha- ‘paccayaggahaṇe’ccādi. Byākhyātatthaṃ,

nanu sutte ekassaroti pulliṅgena niddeso, ādīti ca tabbisesanaṃ, evaṃ sati napuṃsakena vivaraṇaṃ
kathaṃ yujjatīti āha- ‘sadde’ccādi, atha jāgareccādo puthagavayavekassarassa jāgarasaddassa ca

Page 122 sur 136
paccekaṃ kasmā na dvibhāvoccāha- ‘teneve’ccādi.
Tenevātiādīti ekassaroccassa visesanattahetunāva. Avayavekassarassāti visesanasamāso

‘avayavo ca so ekassaro ce’ti. Athādīhi ekassaravisesanattepyavayavekassarassa kasmā na
dvibhāvoccāha- ‘ekassevādittā’ti.
Itarassāti paṭhamekassarato-ñāssāvayavekassasarassa. Dosaduṭṭhattā nettha visesanasamāsoti

vattumāha- ‘ekassaroti’ccādi. Tathā sati ko dosoti āha- ‘eko ce’ccādi. Sarodīti ca vutte ‘īha-
ghaṭane’ccādīnameva siyā.
Nanu ca pacatimhi yenevākārena pacasaddo ekassaro teneva tadavayavāpi acsaddo pasaddo ca

ekassaro, tatovāvayavānampi paccekaṃ dvibbacanaṃ pappoti… dvibbacanakāriyino ādissa
ekassarassa sāmaññena niddesā, evañca samudāyassa tadavayavānañcekassarānaṃ visuṃ
dvibbacane kate aniṭṭhampappotītīdamapākattumāha- ‘sakiṃsatthappavattiyā sāvayavassa
samudāyassa gahaṇa’nti. Sakiṃ satthappavattiyā ekavāraṃ dvibbacanasuttassa pavattiyā
dvibbacanakaraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti.
Sāvayavassāti yathāvuttāvayavehi saha vattamānassa na vinā tehi. Evaṃ maññate ‘‘yassa

dvibbacane karīyamāne sabbesamavayavānaṃ gahaṇaṃ bhavati, tasseva samudāyassa dvibbacanaṃ
yuttaṃ nāvayavānaṃ, tesañhi dvibbacane ekāya dvibbacanassuppattiyā na sabbesaṃ gahaṇaṃ kataṃ
hoti nāvayavantassa samudāyassa ca katanti puna tesaṃ dvibbacanāya satthappavattiyā
bhavitabba’’nti. Upapattantaramāha- ‘athave’ccādi. Iha ṭhāne dvibbacanaṃ dvippayogo
dvibbacananti dve pakkhā. Tatra ṭhāne dvibbacanapakkhe dosadassanato dvippayogo
dvibbacanantyayameva pakkhobbhupagatoti dassento paṭhamantāva ṭhāne dvibbacanapakkhe
bhāvinaṃ dosamāha- ‘paṭhamassekassarassi’ccādi. Dvisaddo saṅkhyeyye vattate.
Saṅkhyeyyañcettha saddarūpamuccāraṇaṃ vā, tattha uccāraṇe saṅkhyeyye ṭhāne dvibbacanaṃ

na sambhavati… uccāraṇassa saddā(nugata) dhammattā. Saddarūpe saṅkhyeyye ṭhāne dvibbacanaṃ,
tattha [tañca (potthake)] doso. Tathā cāha- ‘rūpadvaye vidhīyamāne’ti. Tathā sati nivuttidhamme
ṭhānī bhavatīti ṭhānino nivuttiyā bhavitabbaṃ, nivuttiyā ca dhātuttā nivutti, tenāha-
‘pakatippaccayavibhāgābhāvato’ti. Tena ppaccaye pare pakatiyā vidhīyamānaṃ kāriyaṃ na siyā,
tena vuttaṃ- ‘assa ittaṃ na siyā’ti. Pipāsati ‘pā=pāne’. Icchāyaṃ pātuntitumantā ‘‘tuṃsmā’’ccādinā
(5-61) so. ‘Pāsa pāsa’ iti dvitte pubbato-ññassa lopo, ‘‘rasso pubbassa’’ (5-74) ‘kha cha sesvassi.
Dvippayoge tu dvibbacane nāyaṃ doso samāvisatīti āha- ‘āvuttiyaṃ ti’ccādi. Dvidhā bhūtassā
tidhinā dhātusseva dvidhābhūtattaṃ dīpeti.
70. Paro
Yogavibhāgā ‘a ña’ādīsu gamyate. Yadi hyatrāpi chaṭṭhī abhimatā siyā tadā ‘‘kha cha sa
parokkhānamekassarodidve’’ti ekameva yogaṃ kareyya. Parokkhe vihitā añaādayo dhātutova,
nāññatoti parokkhāvacanasannidhānā casaddena dhātuvihitappaccayāva gayhantīti āha- ‘aññasmimpi
dhātuvihitappaccaye’ti. Yadi pana bhusattho ābhikkhaññattho vā vattumiṭṭho siyā, tadā bhūsatthādīsu
ca daddallaticcādikaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Caṅkamati momūhacittānīti bhusatthassa yujjamānattā
tyādayo bhusatthe bhavanti bahulādhikārāti vattuṃ sakkāti.
71. Ādi
Paṭhamo dutiyoti ca dve ekassarā. Tattha ‘‘khachasānamekassarodi dve’’ (5-69) ‘‘parokkhāyaṃ

ce’’ti (5-70) paṭhamassekassa rassa dvibbacanaṃ ‘ādismā sarā’’ti tu dutiyassa, tasmā
kathamaññassuccamāneaññassabādhakaṃsiyā tasmā katepidutiya dvibbacanepaṭhamadvibbacanaṃ
sambhavatvevātinapaṭhamadvibbacanāpavādo-yaṃ yogoccāsaṅkiyāha- ‘paṭhame’ccādi.
Kriyatthādhikārā kriyatthānanti chaṭṭhiyā dutiyenekassa renaca sambandhā
paṭhamadvibbacanassavidhāya kamaññavākyamaññaṃ dutiyassāti na vākyabhedoti āha- ‘eke’ccādi.
Assāti ‘ādismā sarā’’ti assa yogassa, pubbayogeti pubbehi dvihi suttehi. ‘‘Ādismā sarā’’ti
saramadvittenupādāya sāmaññena saddarūpassa dvibbacanavidhānato pubbe viya

Page 123 sur 136
byañjanayuttasseva vidhānaṃ tatheviṭṭhatthattāti paṭhamadvibbacana sambandhino byañjanassa

dvibbacanabādhātyavagantabbaṃ.
72. Napu
Paṭinimittanti nimittaṃ nimittaṃ pati paṭinimittaṃ, nimitte satīti attho.
73. Yathi
Paṭhamekassarassa paṭhamadvibbacanaṃ visayo, dutiyekassarassa dutiyadvibbacanaṃ, tenāha-

‘yathā visaya’nti. Paṭhama dutiya tatiya dvibbacananti ettha puiti paṭhamaṃ saddarūpaṃ, ttiiti
dutiyaṃ, yisiti tatiyaṃ.
76. Kha cha
Khappaccayādi karīyatīti seso.
82. Yuva
Catthaparattāti catthasamāsā parabhūtattā. Tena paccekāti sambandhena. Samānādhikaraṇattena

visesananti sambandho. Ācariyena yovibhattilopeneva niddiṭṭhattā āha- ‘luttayovibhattiko vā
niddeso’ti.
83. Lahu
Dhūpāyatīti dhūpitā, paccayassāti tippaccayassa. Kānubandhakaraṇamanatthakaṃ siyāti

ghakvikaraṇassa paccayattābhāve (taṃ) nibandhanassa kāriyassābhāvā ‘na te
kānubandhanāgamesū’’ti (5-85) paṭisedhā bhāvoti kakārānubandhamanatthakaṃ siyā.
85. Nate
Pucchīyitthāti viggayha tto, tassa ‘‘pucchādito’’ti (5-143) ṭho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. E

onampaṭisedhamukhenāti eonampaṭisedhassa pakatattā vuttaṃ. Cinitabbantiādīsu cīyittha cīyati
vātiādinā viggaho. Cinituntiādīsu cinanā yāti(ādinā). Nanu ca (ñiāga)mo, na paccayoti
kathampaccaye ‘‘lahussupantassā’’ti (5-83) eo papponti kathañce sampaṭisedhoccāsaṅkiyāha-
‘ñisse’ccādi. Nanucādimhi na yuvaṇṇābhi kathametthappasaṅgoti āha- ‘sakāpānaṃ kukkūṇeti’ccādi.
Pattokārassāti dhusadde ukārassa pattokārassa. Yuvaṇṇeccādināpattassāti (tabba) tuṃ

paccayesu ca ṇino pattassa. Vā vidhānā na ñi. Dhunāpetabbantiādipāṭhe ñimhi akate ‘‘aññatrāpī’’ti
(5-87) paṭisedhābhāvo. Dhunāpetīti pāṭhetimhi le ca ‘‘kvaci vikaraṇāna’’nti (5-161) vikaraṇalope ca
ekāro. Asati nāgame ‘‘yuvaṇṇe’’ccādinā ettaṃ siyā tampināgame upantattā netyadhippāyenāha-
‘tathāpi’ccādi. Pakkhantaramāha- ‘nāgame’ccādi.
87. Añña
Sama dama-upasame. Sametīti samako, dametīti damako, jana-janane, janetīti janako

badha=bandhane, badhatīti badhako.
92. Padā
Nipajjati nipajjanaṃ. Pamajjate pamajjitabbaṃ. Pamajjanāya pamajjituṃ. Pamajjati

pamajjanaṃ.
93. Maṃvā

Page 124 sur 136
Rundhituntiādīsu rodhanāyāti viggaho.
94. Kvimhi
Nanu kimatthamantaggahaṇaṃ yato ‘‘kvimhi lopo-ntabyañjanassā’’ti vuttaṃ,

‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’ti (1-17) antasseva lopo siyāti codanaṃ manasi nidhāya taggahaṇe payojanaṃ
dassento āha- ‘antaggahaṇa’miccādi. Lopavidhīsūti (vīādilopavidhīsu, chaṭṭhī niddiṭṭhanti) ‘‘vīmantu
vantū’’nti (4-138) chaṭṭhīniddiṭṭhaṃ. Bhadantavidhicaritattabyāpāraṃ
[tadantavidhicirabhedanāccanabyāpāraṃ (potthake)] nissāyāha- ‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’tī byāpārā’ti.
Antassāti vīādīnamīkārādino. Aññathāti sabbāpahārilopaññāpanābhāve. Anatthakaṃ siyā
‘‘chaṭṭhiyantassā’’timassa byāpārasambhāvā. Idāni chaṭṭhīniddiṭṭhānaṃ visesena vattumicchittaṃ
antasseva lopapattidosaṃ dassetumāha- ‘tadante’ccādi.
101. Para
Atha dvitteti kathamavasīyate sadde abhāvetiāha- ‘para’iccādi. Anantarasutte ‘‘paripaccasamo

hī’’ti vuttattā tato parassāti kinnāvasīyatīti codana mubbhāviya tadayuttataṃ dassetumāha-
‘nanuce’ccādi.
103. Dhāssa
Apacurappayogattāti abahuppayogattā.
104. Kimhi
Kto dūsidhātuto dūsayatīti atthe.
106. Muha
‘‘Vaṇṇe yantaṃ tadādo’’ti paribhāsāya ayamattho ‘‘vaṇṇe pare yaṃ kāriyaṃ taṃ tadādo
tasmiṃ vaṇṇe ādibhūte hotī’’ti teti takāre pare.
107. Vaha
Tetvevāti vatvā paccudāharaṇaṃ dasseti ‘vuyhatī’ti. Vuttivacanaṃ mulliṅgiya atthaṃ vadati

‘ussā’tiādi.
108.
Nidhīyitthāti viggaho.
109. Gamā
Rānanti vutte ‘rā-ādāne’iccassa gahaṇampi viññāyeyyāti āha- ‘rāna’ntiādi.
110. Vacā
Sutte ‘vassā’ti sassarova gayhatīti dassetumāha- ‘vassāti hī’tiādi.
112. Vaddha
Vatta=vattanetīmasmā ttippaccaye vā ukāro na vihitoti āsayena ‘katha’miccādi vuttanti dassento

āha- ‘vattavattaneti’ccādi. Vuttimatteti nipātanāti ‘‘sabbādayo vuttimatte’’ tettha (3-69) ‘vuttimatte’ti
nipātanā. Ṭhā=gatinivattiyanti ettha ‘gatinivattiya’nti nipātanā pakkhe ukāro na hoti, tenāha-

Page 125 sur 136
‘vattī’tiādi. Vattanaṃ vutti vatti.
113. Yaja
Kassa sabbassāti āha- ‘ya akārāna’nti.
115. Gāpā
Byattiniddesenāti iminā jātiniddesassānissitattaṃ dasseti. Īsseccādinā vuttiganthassādhippāyaṃ

vivarati.
117. Sāsa
Satthaṃ ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasso.
120. Ñā
‘‘Nto kattari vattamāne’’ti (5-64) ntoti sambandho.
121. Sakā
Kukppaccaye antakakāro kuppaccaye ādikakāro antāvayavattho.
122. Nīto
Nāññatracayādīsūti nicchayato-ññesu [aññasmiṃ] cayādīsvatthesu cho na bhavatīti attho.
123. Jara
Īmhi jasadde akārassa lopo, le tu jīrāpayati. Tassātikyassa.
124. Disassa
Diṭṭhi dassanaṃ, dassanāya daṭṭhuṃ. ‘‘Saramhā dve’’ti (1-34) dvitte duddaso. ‘‘Ā ī’’ccādinā (6-
33) īssa rasso (addakkhi). Dakkhissati ‘‘bhavissati ssati’’ccādinā, (6-2) ssati.
125. Samā
Vādassareti vikappena dakārassa rādese.
127. Ana
Dassātyananuvattamānepi dasseva pappoti vacanabalenāti dassetuṃ pakkhantaramāha-

‘ādissā’tiādi. Anaghaṇsu paresu āparīhi dassāniyamena ḷoccāsaṅkiya nevaṃ, yathākkamameva
nissitoti dassetumāha- ‘anaghaṇsu’ccādi. Āparassāti ākārato parassa dassa.
128. Atyā
Vuttiyaṃ etasmiṃ visayeti ettha etasminti tyādintavajjitapaccaya visayeti attho.

Viññāyamānattā ñāpito hotīti gamyate. Na ñāpakatoti iminā idaṃ dasseti ‘‘kiñci vacanānusārato
viññāyamānatāmattena ñāpīyate kiñci ñāpakena, asmimpakkhe vuttānusārato katthaci kassaci
dhātuno appayogo viññāpīyatī’’ti. Pakkhantaramāha- ‘ñāpakattāyeva vā’tiādi. Samattheti
tathāhiccādinā. Asassāppayogoti asadhātussa kismiñci tabbādike paccaye pare
bhavitabbantiādīnamappayogoti attho.

Page 126 sur 136
Vināpi suttanti ‘‘atyādī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ vināpi. Evaṃ maññate ‘‘asassa bhūādesena

sādhīyamānaṃ sabbamiṭṭhaṃ bahulādhikārato bhūdhātunāva sijjhati vināpi bhūādesasuttantaranti
katthaci kassaci appayogassa ñāpakattampissa yujjati aññattha karīyamānamihāpi atthavantaṃ
siyā’’ti.
Yeti dhātuppayogā yasminti visaye, pātissāti ‘pā-rakkhaṇe’tīmassa, nappayogo pāyayati

pāyayitabbantiādippayogo na hotīti. Evamuparipi yathāyogaṃ ñeyyaṃ. Brūssāti
‘brū=vacane’iccassa. Adissāti ‘ada-bhakkhaṇe’iccassa. Īādīti bhūte īādi. Etissa ca īādīsūti
sambandho.
Avabodhe etissa ṇisesu ca īādīsu ca, ajjhene etissa parokkhāsu ca ṇisesu ca īādīsucāti
yojetabbaṃ. Sabbattha nappayogoti yojetvā attho veditabbo. Bahulaṃvidhānato ñātabbāti yojanā.
Yakvikaraṇena niddesā ‘asa-kkhepanetī massā’ti vuttaṃ, tadāha- ‘asassā’tiādi.
129. Aā
Ssāti jātiniddesoti āha- ‘ssaiti’ccādi.
130. Nta
Pubbasaralope rūpassa samānattā antinā antu ca gahitoti ‘santi santū’ti udāharaṇadvayaṃ

dassitaṃ.
131. Pādi
Te ca pādayo jotentīti sambandho. Anvayabyatirekehi kiriyā yadipi dhātunāva vuccatīti

sambandho. Kiṃ visiṭṭhā kiriye ccāha- ‘sāmaññabhūtā visiṭṭhā vā’ti. So visesoti yena visesena
visiṭṭhā kiriyā dhātunāva vuccati so viseso. Vācaka bhedatoti sāmaññāya ca kiriyāya visiṭṭhāya ca
vācakānaṃ dhātūnaṃ bhedato tenāpīti kaccānenāpi. Saṇṭhānaṃ saṇṭhiti.
141. Kasa
Kiṭṭhamadatīti kiṭṭhādo, kiṭṭhasaddenupacārato kasitaṭṭhāne uṭṭhita sassaṃ vuccati.
142. Dhasto
Ṭhassābhāvattaṃ nippaccanteti ajjhāhāro.
144. Sāsa
Anusāsīyitthāti anusiṭṭho kamme kto ‘‘sā sassa sisvā’’ (5-117) sāsanāya sāsituṃ.
147. Baha
Atha bahassāti ḍhādesasambandhe chaṭṭhī kasmā na viññāyateti āha- ‘bahassā’tiādi.

Ḍhayogapajjenāti ḍhakārena saha yogapajjena ekībhāvenāti attho.
148. Ruhā
Ḷocāti vuttattāti evaṃ maññate ‘‘yadāyaṃ paccayādeso siyā tadā ete samāsene-kato
niddiseyyā’’ti, tenāha- ‘haḷāti vadeyyā’ti.
149. Muhā

Page 127 sur 136
Muddhoti ‘‘dho hetehī’’ti (5-145) tassa dho.
150. Bhidā
Imassāti ‘pī-tappane’tīmassa, ihāti imasmiṃ ṭhāne. Pinayīti thūlo ahosīti attho sūyīti itisaddo
ādyattho, tena adīyi aḍīyi alīyi alūyītime saṅgayhanti. Yāva ktiggahaṇāti ‘‘lopo vaḍḍhāktissā’’ti (5-
158) ktivacanāvadhi.
151. Dātvī
Adīyitthāti dinno, adadīti dinnavā.
152. Kirā
Akirī, akirīyitthāti vā kiṇṇo, akirīti kiṇṇavā. Apurī purīyitthāti puṇṇo, apurīti puṇṇavā. Akhiyīti
khīṇo khīṇavā.
153. Tarā
Atarī, ajīrīti kamena viggaho. Cīyitthāti ciṇṇo, cinīti ciṇṇavā.
157. Mucā
Asakkhīti satto sattavā. ‘Saja=saṅge’tī massāpi satto sattavāti hoti.
158. Lopo
Vaḍḍhanaṃ vaḍḍhi.
159. Kvi
Abhibhavatīti abhibhū.
162. Māna
Massa lopoti sambandho.
163. Ññila
Gahetvā ‘gaha-upādāne’gahaṇaṃ katvā gahetvā.
164. Pyo
Ossaṭṭhānubandhassāti pariccattānubandhassa. Yakāramattassa nivattanatthoti

visesanatthotīmassa adhippāyatthamāha. Tathāhi visesanaṃ kevalayakārato visuṃ karaṇaṃ attho
yassāti añña padatthe sati kevalayakārassa nivattanaṃ viññāyate. Yakāramatte gahite ko dosoti āha-
‘yo vā tvāssa samāsetihī’tiādi. Patvāti ‘pata patha=gamane, pada=gamane’iccassa vā.
165. Tuṃ
Tayopīti tuṃyāna raccā.
169. Disā

Page 128 sur 136
Nāppakketi na appatte patteyevāti attho. Ñāpakālopoti ‘‘titālīsā’’ti (1-1) ñāpakatoyeva

ktvāppaccayassa yo vakāro tassa lopoti attho.
171. Rā na
Nanu nassāti vutte paccayanakārassāti kathaṃ viññāyatīti āha- ‘nassā’tiādi,ntamānatyādīnaṃ

paccayānaṃ nassa ‘‘nantamānatyādīna’’nti (5-172) ṇattapaṭisedhā viññāyati pakaraṇatoti [pakāroti
(potthake)] āha- ‘paccayanakārovā’ti.
173. Gama
Icchīyateti icchitabbaṃ. Esanaṃ icchā. Icchīyitthāti icchitaṃ, āsanamāsitabbaṃ. Āsanāya

acchituṃ. ‘‘Byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) rasso.
177. Kara
Amānaparacchakkatte kuruādesena nodāhaṭaṃ. Karānoti ‘‘mānassamassā’’ti (5-16) malopo.

Kasmā ntapubbachakkesu kuru ādesena nodāhaṭanti āha- ‘vavatthite’ccādi.
179. Ṇo
Niggahītassāti ‘‘mañcarudhādīna’’nti (5-19) kataniggahītassa. Gahaṇīyaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ.
Pañcamakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
Chaṭṭhakaṇḍa
1. Vatta
Tadatthassevāti tassa kriyatthassa. Yo kiriyāsaṅkhāto atto tasseva. Etena ādhārametaṃ

kriyatthassāti ñāpeti. Nahiccādinā tadatthasseva visesane kāraṇamāha. Suttaṃvinātiparesaṃviya
suttaṃ vinā. Tāpi vattamāneyeva bhavissantīti iminā vattumiṭṭhattāti ettha sesavacanamavabodheti.
Evakārenā (ti vattamānassevāti ettha evasaddena.) Tabbivacchāti vattamānavacanicchā.
Taṃsamīpassāti ettha tasaddena mahākassapassa subhaddavacanānussaraṇasaṅkhāto

maraṇappattihetu dukkhānubhavasaṅkhāto ca kiriyāviseso pariggahito, te vā vattamānakiriyāvisesāti
tesamubhinnamāsannāni kamena adhammadīpanamaraṇāni, tenāha-dīpana maraṇānamāsannattā’ti.
Evaṃ maññate ‘‘takkālavattamānakiriyāvisesassa dīpanamaraṇasaṅkhātaṃ taṃsamīpatāvipi
kiriyantaraṃ vattamānaggahaṇena taṃsāmīpyaṃ gayhati, yathā (gaṅgāsamīpo) deso gaṅgāti vuccati
tato ‘gaṅgāyaṃ gāvo’ti siyā’’ti. Pure iccādinā pakkhantaraṃ viracitaṃ vuttikārena, tadupadassetuṃ
mukhayati ‘sabhāvato’ iccādi.
Kiriyākāloti vattamānakiriyākālo. Avasissatīti purepurāsaddehi dīpitaanāgatakālato avasissati.

Kiriyā kāleti dīpanamaraṇakiriyākāle. Tassāti dīpanamaraṇassa. Vattamānattāti ettha vattamāneyeva
bhavissantīti seso. Anenāti pureccādivuttivacanena. Purepurāsaddehi anāgatakālāvagame sati dippati
maratīti ettha dīpanamaraṇakiriyākālo mukhye tadā vattatītiāha- ‘mukhyaṃ vattamānattamāhe’ti.
Puna pakkhantaramupanītaṃ kāleccādinā vuttikārena, tamupadassetuṃ mukhamāvattayati
‘anāgate’ccādi.
Vuttiyaṃ kālabyattayoti kālātivattanaṃ, vattamānakālātikkamena anāgatakālepi

bāhulakātyādayo hontīti adhippāyo. Tadeva samattheti ‘bhavanteva’iccādinā. Tyādayotīminā
sabbesaṃ ākhyātikānaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Lassa dīghoti sambandho. Gacchatīti sakkassa sahabhāvaṃ

Page 129 sur 136
gamissatīti attho.
3. Nāme
Paṭijānissantīti vattamāne anāgatavacanaṃ, paṭijānantīti attho. Itarampana bhūte bhavissatīti āsi,

karissatīti akari, cete ssasīti cetitā asi, bhuñjissasīti bhuñjitā asi. Anokappanā assaddhā. Amarisanaṃ
akkhamā. Imināvāti atthivacane upapade kodhā saddhāsu gammamānesva-satīpi vacanantare
imināva sāmaññavacanena siddhanti attho. Garahāvamāti tassa hetuvacanaṃ. Tathāhiccādinā
garahāvagamameva samattheti. Atthināma īdisanti [atthināmāti (potthake)] ābhidosikassa
kummāsassa paribhuñjanaṃ vijjate nāmāti attho. Vijjamānampi taṃ asaddahanto amarisanto evaṃ
vadati. Natthīti maññeti adhippāyo, tenāha- ‘paccakkhamapī’ti [īdisampīti] ādi. Yopīti saddassa
sopīti tasaddena sambandho veditabbo. Atthīti vijjamānattheti vuttavijjamānattho
vakkhamānapakkhattayepi daṭṭhabbo.
Nanu atthināma tātāti ettake vutte paṭhamo atthinukhoccādiko nisīditvāti saddapariyanto ca,
dutiyo atthinukhoccādiko nisīditvāti saddapariyanto ca tatiyo atthimaññeccādiko jigucchaneyyanti
saddapariyanto ca vacanappabandho kathaṃ labbhatīti manasi nidhāyāha- ‘sopanā’tiādi. Imināti
‘atthiyevihāpi nindāvagamo’ti vacanena. Ṭhānabhojane garahatīti sambandho. Vuttaṃ
sakkatānusārena. Nissāyanissāyāti yattha bhagavā nisinno taṃ ṭhānaṃ nissāya nissāya.
4. Bhūte
Kiriyārūpeti kiriyāsabhāve, evamaññatrāpīti agami agamitthātīmehi aññatra agamuṃ iccādike

agamoccādike ca. Anudarā alomikāti santamapyudarādikaṃ mahattābhāvapaṭipādanāya bahuttā
bhāvapaṭipādanāya ca na vattumicchīyate.
5. Ana
Aññapadatthavuttiyāti vuttamaññapadatthaṃ dasseti ‘vakkhamānalakkhaṇo’ccādinā.

Vakkhamānalakkhaṇotivuttikārena ‘‘āñāyyā’’ccādinā vakkhamānalakkhaṇo. Antokatvāti iminā
āsaddassābhividhimhi pavattimāha. Aharubhayataḍḍharattaṃ vāti ettha vāsaddo pakkhantare.
Aḍḍharattasaddena rattiyā catuttho bhāgo-tra vattumiṭṭho, aho ca tassa aḍḍharattañcāti attho.
Imassādhippāyatthamāha- ‘atīteccādi. Ubhayattha adhippāyaṃ vivarati‘aya’miccādinā. Pañcayāmoti
atītāya rattiyā pacchimapañcacattālīsavināḍikādhikaghaṭikāttayaṃ anāgatāya
purimapañcacattālīsavināḍikādhikaghaṭikatthayañceti aḍḍhādhikasattaghaṭikāparimāṇo eko yāmo
ahassa cattāroti pañca yāmā pahārā assāti pañcayāmo.
Gatāyapacchimo yāmo, pacchimaddhamimassa vā;

Pahāro-nāgatāyādī, tadaddhamapi vā tathā.
Vuttakālāvadhi majjho, kālo so-jjatano mato;

Tannisedhena yotvañño, so-najjatano mato.
Agamatthātiādīsu aīssaādīnaṃ sambandhibyañjanassābhāvā na iña. Byāmissepīti

ajjatanamissepi bhūte. Nañsamāsanissaye byāmisse yathā pappotīti dassento āha-
‘pariyudāsetāve’ccādi.
Ajjatananissayoti byāmisse ajjatanabhāgīnissayo. Atthuti pañhe tu tadaññanissayoti

byāmisseyeva tato ajjatanato itarānajjatana nissayo aññatrāti byāmissato aññatra bhūtakāle.
Pasaṅgoti ā ñuādīnaṃ pasaṅgo. Ajjahiyyovāti byāmissatādassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
6. Paro
Samāsoti chaṭṭhīsamāso kārakasamāso vā. Nipātanatā cāssa visesatoti. Etañcāti parokkheti

Page 130 sur 136
etañca. Kriyatthassa upādhi visesanaṃ kriyatthopādhi, tassa kriyatthopādhino bhūtā

najjatanassa sādhanadvārena visesanaṃ, na tūjukaṃtyattho. Kasmā nojukaṃ visesanaṃ tyāha
‘byavacchejjābhāvā’ti. Tameva phuṭayitumāha- ‘tathāhi’ccādi.
Sādhiyamānāti iminā dhātvatthassāparinipphannataṃ bodheti. Te santi indriyānaṃ. Santo

vijjamāno visayo yesaṃ indriyānaṃ te sambhāvo tattaṃ, tasmā. Neti paṭisedhe, sādhanadvārena
visesanatte byavacchejjasabbhāvā yathāvuttadoso na bhavatīti attho. Dosā bhāvameva dassetumāha-
‘yassi’ccādi. Yassāti dhātvatthassa. Tatthāti tasmiṃ appaccakkhe dhātvatthe. Kārakānaṃ
sattisabhāvattā sāpi apaccakkhā vāti codeti nanuceccādinā. Asattoti asamattho.
Attānāma attano paccakkhoti tabbisaye amhakārakassa vidhānamayuttanti manasi nidhāya yaṃ

vuttaṃ vuttikārena, tamupadassetumāha- ‘nanuce’ccādi. Attabodhanīyāpi hi kiriyā yadā
cittavikkhepato nopalakkhīyate, tadāyaṃ parokkhā bhavati, tenuttamavisayepi parokkhabhāvo tassā
bhavatveva. Jāgaratopi yadā madā manobyātaṅgato anupaladdhi, tadāpi bhavatyeveti dassetuṃ
vuttaṃ byāsattavacanaṃ. Abhinibbattikāleti kiriyā nibbattikāle, ‘sutto-haṃ kiṃ vilalāpa, matto-haṃ
kiṃvilalāpe’ti idamatrodāharaṇaṃ. Citta cikkhepavisayappadassanāyettha suttavacanaṃ.
7. Eyyā
Eyyādotīminā eyyādyattho gahitoti bodhetuṃ yeneccādikaṃ vuttaṃ. Nimittasaddāpekkhāya

tanti vattabbe visayasaddāpekkhāyasoti vuttaṃ. Tesanti eyyādīnaṃ. Visayaṃ dasseti
‘hetuphalesviccādiko’ti. Ādisaddena pañhapatthanādayo gahitā. Athātra kriyaggahaṇābhāve
kriyātipattiyanti kathaṃ labbhaticcāha- ‘kriyāti pattiya’nti ādi. Kriyātipattiyanti vivaraṇaṃ katanti
sambandho.
Abhidheyyadvārenāti kiriyāsaṅkhātaatthamukhena, pakatakriyattha visesanattāti

kriyatthādhikārato adhikatassa dhātussa visesanattā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘atipattiyanti
adhikatakriyatthavisesanaṃ, visesanañca hontaṃ nojukaṃ bhavitumarahati kiñcarahi
abhidheyyadvārena, tathāhi atipatanaṃ nāma kriyāya hoti, na kriyatthassa ayujjanato, tasmā
atipattiyantivuttekriyātipatti yanti idaṃ kriyatthavisesanaṃ hontaṃ abhidheyyadvārena hotīti
kriyātipattiyanti vivaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Vidhurappaccayopanipātatoti viruddhappaccayasamavāyāti
attho.
Kāraṇavekallatovāti hetumato phalassa yo hetu tassa vikalattena. Tatretīmassa attho

vattamānavisayeti. Kriyātipattiyanti bhūtādi kriyātipattiyaṃ. Liṅgatoti nimittena. Gamakena liṅgena
gammāyātipattiyā bujjhanakālaṃ vattamāno kālo na tiṭṭhati atikkamatīti āha- ‘vattamānatāya
byatikkamā’ti. Tadeva phuṭayati ‘samakāla’ntiādinā. Samakālanti ekakkhaṇe. Vattamānassa
kriyātipatyasambhavā tadavasiṭṭhātītānāgatesveyyādīnambhāvo (aññathā) nupapattiyāti vuttaṃ
vuttiyaṃ ‘sāmatthiyātiādi.
Liṅgenāti ettha pubbe dakkhiṇena gamane sati sakaṭissāpariyā bhavanadassanaṃ dakkhiṇena

gamanassa sakaṭāpariyābhavanahetutte liṅgaṃ, dakkhiṇena gamanassātipattiyā aññato gamanādi
liṅgaṃ. Sakaṭā kiriyābhavanātipattiyā sakaṭe garubhārāropanādi liṅgaṃ. Paṭhamavaye
arahattabhavanaṃ taṃhetubhūtañca pabbajjaṃ paresaṃ paṭhamavaye
pabbajjānimittārahattappattiliṅgena viññāya pabbajjāyātipatti gharakammabyāvaṭatādiliṅgena,
arahattassātipatti ca pabbajjānimittābhāvena [bhāvavirahena (potthake)] liṅgenāvasīyateti liṅgena
bhūta kriyātipatti pana veditabbā, yadi panevamabhiññālābhī payuñjati tadā paccakkhañāṇeneva
sabbaṃ viññāya payuñjatīti veditabbaṃ. Liṅgatovasīyamānāyanti pana bāhullena vuttaṃ.
8. Hetu
Niccabhavanaṃ hetu (tyādinā) hetuphalabhāvoyevettha, nāti pattīti dīpeti.

Sabbappaccayodāharaṇavasenāti sabbesaṃ eyyādīnampaccayānaṃ udāharaṇavasena. Hetuphalānaṃ
sabbhāvatoti vuttattā hetuphalāni dasseti hananamiccādinā. Evaṃ hetuphalasabbhāvato sabbakāle ca
vidhānato ettha vattamānepi pappotīti bhāvo. So ca hetuhetumantabhāvo ca.

Page 131 sur 136
9. Pañhe
Pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ padantiādīsu pañhoti purimaṃ padaṃ, sampucchanāti pacchimaṃ

padantiādinā daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samecca aññamaññaṃ pucchanā sampucchanā, yācanaṃ dehī tyādinā
yācanamatthaṃ, iṭṭhassāsampattassātthanamiṭṭhāsiṃsanaṃ. Pattakālavasena ca visayabhedena
bhinnāya pīti yojetvā attho daṭṭhabbo. Pattakālaṃ dasseti nimittabhūtassātiādinā. Nimittabhūtassāti
taṃtaṃkiccasampajjane kāraṇabhūtassa. Vidhi nāma diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyika
nimantaṇāmantaṇājjhesanapesanāni. Ettha ca anuññāpattakālesu ca pañcamī vihitā parehi,
diṭṭhadhammikādīsu pañcasu sattamī. Idha pana te dvepi vidhivisesāyevāti vidhimhi antokaritvā
eyyādiṃ vidhātuṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ vuttikārena, tadidāni vattukāmo āha- ‘anuññāpattakālesupi’ccādi.
Vidhippatītimeva pakāseti ‘evaṃ kareyyāsī’’ticcādinā. Anujānantopi dīpentopi kiriyāsu
byāpāretiyevāti byāpāraṇampatītitoti yojetvā attho veditabbo.
Pesanepi kesañci byākaraṇaññūnaṃ sattamīvidhicchitotivuttikārena yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ dāni

vattumāha- ‘pesane pi’ccādi. Samūlatanti kesañci saddikānaṃ sattamīvidhividhānamūlena
samūlataṃ. ‘‘Anumatiparikappatthesu sattamī’’ti (3-1-11) kaccānasuttaṃ. Kattumicchato parassa
anujānanaṃ anumati, parikappanaṃ sallakkhaṇaṃ nirūpanaṃ parikappo hetuphalakiriyā sambhavo
ca, tasmiṃ anumatyatthe ca parikappatthe ca sattamīvibhatti hotīti attho. Atthaggahaṇena
vidhinimantaṇāmantaṇājjhesana patthanāpattakālesu ca.
10. Tu antu
Udāhaṭāti gacchatu gacchantuādinā udāhaṭā. Dadātūti yācane.
11. Satya
Arahatthe cāyameva payogo, tena bhavaṃ khalu rajjaṃ kareyya bhavaṃ arahoti yojetvā
daṭṭhabbo.
12. Sambhā
Yoggatājjhavasānantīmassātthapadaṃ, sattisaddahananti sāmatthiyassa saddahananti attho.

Payogānusāritaṃ dīpetī sambandho. Gammamāneti sambhāvemiccādinā bhvādidhātūhi
avuccamānepi gamyamāne. Udāhaṭaṃ ‘apipabbataṃ sirasā bhindeyyā’ti. Mahābalatāya hatthihanane
alamatthavisaye sambhāvane satyapi alaṃ saddo-trālamattho yuttoti na bhavantetyādayo hanissati.
Dhātunāti ettha dhātuggahaṇena bhvādayo gayhante tattha dhātusaddassa ruḷhattā
pubbācariyasaññāya vā. Udāhaṭanti bhuñjeyya bhavaṃ tyādinā.
13. Māyo
Sūti māsūti ettha susaddo. Ettha imasmiṃ udāharaṇe. Nivatteti māsaddoti seso. Āraddhanti
iminā vattamānaṃ vanagamanaṃ dasseti. Antobhūtaṇyatthāti ṇippaccayābhāvepi attani
antobhūtaṇyattha dhātuto. Īādīnaṃ āādīnañca sakakālonāma bhūto kālo. Dhātusambandho
visesanavisessabhāvo, tenāha- ‘dhātvattha sambandhe visesana visessabhāvalakkhaṇe’ti.
Sabbatthākhyāta vāccottho visesso syādyantavācco visesanaṃ.
Iṭṭhoti paresamiṭṭho. Jānanatthavasena gamanatthattāti ‘‘gamanatthā kammakā’’ti (5-59) sutte

gamanatthasaddena ‘ye gatyatthā te buddhyatthā’ti jānanatthopi gahitoti evaṃ
gahitajānanatthavasena gamanatthattāti attho. Abhimatāni pāṇiniyānaṃ. Tathā saddassatthamāha-
‘anantarena gatattha’(nti ana)ntare vuttena karaṇabhūtenāti attho. Abhimatoti pāṇiniyānameva
idhādhippetasamuccayaṃ vattumāha- ‘samuccayo’iccādi. Athātra kathamanekāsaṃ kiriyānaṃ cīya
mānatā yāvatā ekāvāṭanakiriyājjhayanakiriyā cetyāsaṅkiyāha- ‘sādhanabhedane’ccādi.
Maṭhādisādhanānambhedenāṭana kiriyāyapi bhedoti attho. Takkiriyāppadhānassāti sā lavanakiriyā
padhānamassa kattuno. Yo- yamaññepi niyojento viya kiriyaṃ karoti so nā-ññakiriyāpadhāne yutto,

Page 132 sur 136
takkiriyāppadhāneyeveti.
14. Pubba
Mahāvākyarūpattā pakaraṇassa tadapekkhāya vākyekadesattaṃ ‘‘vattamāne tianti,

bhavissati’’ccādīnaṃ vākyānanti āha ‘vākyekadesehī’ti. Atoyevamāha-vākyāvayavoparo-dhunā
karīyate’ti. Vidhivākyattamassa dassetvā niyamavākyattaṃ dāni dassetuṃ ‘athavā
niyamatthamidantyādīna’ntyāha. Niyamasuttattameva phuṭayati ‘tehi’ccādinā. Tehi tehi suttehīti
‘‘vattamāne ti anti’’ccādīhi tehi tehi suttehi. Imināti ‘‘pubbaparā’’dinā iminā suttena. Nanu
tumhāmhasesesūti ettake vuccamāne ‘tumhāmhasaddavacanīyesu tadaññasaddavacanīyesu ca
kārakesū’ti ayaṃ viseso kuto gamyate yenevaṃ vivaṭaṃtyāha- ‘kattukamme’ccādi. Kattādīsu
vidhānañca vakkhati.
Kattukammānamevāti iminā bhāvaṃ byavacchindati. Tathā ca vakkhati-

‘tumhāmhasaddavacanīyattābhāvā’ti. Asatvabhūtāyeccādikamekavacana sambhave kāraṇaṃ,
tumhāmheccādikantu paṭhamapurisasambhave. Tumhāmhasesesu hontā majjhimuttamapaṭhamā
kathaṃ bhāvādīsu viññāyanti kathañca tumhāmhādisaddavacanīyassa kārakatthassākhyātena tattha
vihitena saññāvibhattā tumhāmhādisaddappayogābhāvoccāsaṅkiya yaṃ vuttaṃ vuttiyaṃ taṃdāni
vivarantena ‘yadi bhāvādīsu mānādayo na vidhīyante tadāmānādīsu paresu bhāvādīsu kyalādīnaṃ
vidhānameva nopapajjatī’ti iminā sāmatthiyena tumhādīsu kārakesu majjhimādīnaṃ bhāvo viññāyati
teneva tumhādikārakatthassa tattha vihitenākhyātena saññāpitattā tumhādisaddappayogo nāma na
hotīti dassetuṃ ‘tumhādisvi’ccādikamāraddhaṃ. Yajjevaṃ tumhādisaddappayogoyeva na siyā
ccāha- ‘yajjeva miccādi. Parihāramāha- ‘sasaddenā’ti. Tumhādisaddena.
Brāhmaṇāiccanenābhihitameva bahuttaṃ bahavoti vacanenānujjate. Vacanābhāve kathaṃ
tulyādhikaraṇattaṃtyāha- ‘anujjamānassi’ccādi. Anujjamānassātianuvaditabbassa gacchaticcādinā
niddiṭṭhassa kattuno.
Anuvādenāti (tumhādi) anuvādena. ‘‘Nāmamhi payujjamānepi tulyādhikaraṇe paṭhamo’’ti (3-1-

5) kaccānavacanaṃ, tenāha- ‘tenevi’ccādi. Asamānādhikaraṇattā hi ‘tayāpaccate’ccādo na bhavati.
Tathāhi tayeccetaṃ kattuvācī paccateccetaṃ kammavācī kamme ākhyātappaccaya vidhānato.
‘Ehi maññe rathena gamissasī’ti pāṇiniyātimatanipphādanakkamo (nirassa) te

‘parihāse’ccādinā. Maññatissa payogeti upapadavasena manadhātussa payoge. Dhātumhāti
gamiādito. Uttama purisekavacane patteti gamissāmīti patte. Majjhimobhimatoti
gamissasītyabhimato. Majjhime patteti maññaseti patte, uttamekavacana miṭṭhanti maññetiṭṭhaṃ.
Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘maññase tvaṃ rathena gamissāmīti vattabbe maññe tvaṃ rathena gamissasīti
bhavatīti (vutta’’nti). Ehi maññeccādi na kiñci vuttaṃ vuttiyaṃ. Yathāsavisayevamajjhimuttamā
sampajjanti, tathāsambandhamupadassayamāha- ‘evametthābhisambandho’ccādi. Parābhimataṃ
sambandhaṃ kurumāno āha- ‘natveva’miccādi. Athoccateccādinā parādhippāyamāha- ‘yade’ccādi.
Yadevamabhisambandhoti ‘maññase tvaṃ rathena gacchāmī’ti yadā evamabhisambandho

karīyatītyattho. So cevamanugatoti ‘maññe ahaṃ tvaṃ rathena gacchasi’ccevaṃ so ca payogo
anugatotyattho. Pakārantarakappanāyāti ‘maññase tvaṃ rathena gacchāmī’ti antarakappanāya.
15. Āī
Tenacāti samāsitattena ca,ssatyādīnamaggahaṇanti yadi tesaṃ gahaṇaṃ siyā āīssādīsūti na

samāsena vadeyya.
17. Bhūssa
Katākatappasaṅgīyo vidhi so nicco-niccā balavāti paṭhamaṃ vuka bhavatīti dassetumāha-

‘katākatappasaṅgittā’ccādi.

Page 133 sur 136
18. Pubba
Aādyapekkheti aādīsūti anuvattaaādyapekkhe.
23. Kara
Nanu ca ‘sossā’ti kasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘kvaci vikaraṇāna ‘‘micceva (5-161) lopo siyāti ‘karassa ku’nti
vattabbanti codanamanasi nidhāyāha- ‘kvaci vikaraṇānaṃ tyādi. Aññatrapayogānusaraṇā
payogānusaraṇaṃ vinā olopo viññātuṃ na sakkāti sambandho.
25. Hāssa
Kāriyaṃ āhaṅsaṅkhātamassa atthīti kāriyī, tena aparo kāriyī haññati hiṃsīyatīti attho.
Sahossehīti karassa okārena ssena ca saha hāssa ssena sahāti attho. Atha kathaṃ ossehi saheva
vuttā desotiviññāyatīccāsaṅkiyāha- ‘sahavacanasāmatthiyā’ti. Saha saddassa sahattha(ssa ca) sossa
ssenāti kathanasāmatthiyāti attho. Adhippāyaṃ vivarati ‘evaṃ maññate’ccādinā. Evaṃ maññate-
ossāna manādesitte iccādinā pāṭhena bhavitabbamiva lakkhīyate… teneva
pāṭhenasahavacanasāmatthiyassa patītisabbhāvato. Na tu ‘evaṃmaññateossānamantādesatte
hāssacāti vacanamanatthakaṃ siyā hā to cetveva vadetya ossānamanādesitte’ccādinā pāṭhena…
ossānamantādesappasaṅgassevābhāvato. Nahetthādesādesi sambandhachaṭṭhī atthi… sossāti
visesanachaṭṭhiyāppadhānāya ssenāti sahatthe tatiyāya ca niddiṭṭhattā. Ubhayatthāti
ssatyādīsussādīsu ca.
28. Āī
Pubbasaralopoti vikaraṇalopo ākārādese ca dvīsu vāresu pubbasaralopo.
29. Gami
Agāti īmhi lalopo, ākārādese ca pubbasaralopo.
30. Ḍaṃsa
Agañchā agacchīti niggahītāgamena.
32. Ṇānā
Ujjhitānubandhānanti pariccattānubandhānaṃ.
33. Āī ū
Sutte āti iminā ubhayattha paṭhamapurisekavacanaṃ gahitanti āha- ‘ā’tiādi.
34. Kusa
Abhirūhīti ‘‘byañjane dīgharassā’’ti (1-33) dīgho.
35. Ā ī ssa
Parokkhāparanāmadheyyānanti parokkhātiaññanāmānaṃ.
38. Eyyā

Page 134 sur 136
Tehevāti heṭṭhā vuttasuttadvayeheva, sahacaritañāyenāti ‘‘bhūte ī uṃ’’iccādo (6-4) paracchakke

paṭhama purisekavacanaākārena ‘‘anajjatane āñu’’iccādo (6-5) pubbacchakke
paṭhamapurisekavacana ākārena ca sahacaritākārānameva paccāsattiyā sahacaritā pattivasena
pavattañāyena gahaṇanti attho. Gahitattā tvādi sambandhī gayhateti sambandho. Nissayakaraṇaṃ
nāma byattivaseneva, na sāmaññavasenāti āha ‘etenā’tiādi.
40. Eo
Antasarādilopo ‘‘rānubandhentasarādissā’’ti (4-132).
42. Ossa
Ādesānanti aādīnamādesānaṃ.
46. Iṃssa
Pubbasminti akāsinti ettha.
52. Tassa
Kriyatthavihitānampi dhātuvihitānampi aññesaṃ tabbādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ na gahaṇanti

sambandho.
54. Mimā
Amhītiādīni vattamāne tvādīsu vā mimānamudāharaṇāni.
57. Himi
Muyhāmi muha=vecitte ‘‘divādīhi yaka’’ (5-21).
61. Ñāssa
Jānāti ‘‘ñāssa ne jā’’ (5-120)
67. Hanā
Cha ca khā ca cha khā.
70. Kayi
Iminā katā kayirāti ajjhāharitabbaṃ.
71. Ṭā
Eyyumādīnaṃ eyyassāti vuttattā upādivajjitassāti viññāyati.
74. Guru
Okāro guruti saṃyogapubbattā vuttaṃ.
76. Ovi

Page 135 sur 136
Vikaraṇasaddassa aññathāpi byavacchedakattasambhave idhādhippetaṃ

byavacchedakattampaṭipādetumāha- ‘yadipi’ccādi.
78. Eyyā
Aññatrāpīti bhaveyyāmubhaveyyāmaiccatrāpi.
Chaṭṭhakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
Niṭṭhitā ca sabbathā sāratthavilāsinī ṭīketi.
Nigama
1. Sabbadā subhadāyittā, sattānantanisevite;

Pasatthe-nvatthasaññāya, paññāte subhasaññite.
2. Cāgavikkamapaññānuddayādiguṇasālinā;
Subhasenādhināthena, kārite vasatā satā.
3. Paṭisallānasāruppe, vihāre sādhugocare;

Manonukūle yogīnaṃ, vare vikkamasundare.
4. Therena racitā sāyaṃ, sāsanujjotanatthinā;

Ṭīkā gurupadambhoja, rajomatthakasevinā.
5. Bahussutānaṃ viññūnaṃ, paramatthāvagāhinaṃ.
Pavattatu ciraṃ ceto, rañjayantī nirantaraṃ.
6. Yesaṃ na sañcitā paññā, nekasattantarocitā;

Sammohabbhahatāvete, nāvabujjhanti kiñcipi.
7. Kintehi pādasussūsā, yesaṃ natthi gurūniha;

Ye tappādarajokiṇṇā, teva sādhūvivekino.
8. Puññena sattharacanājanitena tena,

Sambuddhasāsanavarodayakāraṇena;
Lokāmisesupi kilesamalā alaggo,
Sambuddhasāsanavarodayamācareyyaṃ.
9. Ye-nantatantaratanākaramanthanena,
Manthāca lollasitañāṇavarena laddhā;
Sārāmathāti sukhitā sukhayanti caññe,
Teme jayanti guravā guravo guṇehi.
10. Ṭīkāyo vinasādinaṃ viracayī yo kaṇṭhabhūsāparo,

Viññūnaṃ jinasāsanāmalamatīso-kāsi cānākulaṃ;
Santosakkamanomanomakamano sabbhāvanīyo mahā,
Sāmī me gurupuṅgavo vijayate sārīsuto-yaṃ bhuvi.
11. Rājā vikkamabāhu bāhitaripū tātvassa [bhātāssa] lokissaro,

Sammittānihano tisīhaḷapatī yoyaṃ mahāvikkamo;
Nibbhīto [tisūro] vijayādibāhu vijayī so āsi laṅkissaro,

Page 136 sur 136
Taṃ nissāya phalaṃ cirāya phalatañcetaṃ sataṃ santataṃ.
Siddhi ratthu
1. Aggammotivaṃsena, abhayārāmasāminā;
Pañcikāvaṇṇanābhūtā, sā sāratthavilāsinī.
2. Mrammakkharamāropetvā, visodhetvā yathābalaṃ;

Sakiyabyavahārena, tithīvasu karindunā.
3. Yutte vasse laṅkādīpā, saraṭṭhamāhatā puna;

Bhāssappadīpakātanta, kāsikāpañcikādihi.
4. Saṃsanditvā vicāretvā, vācetvāca punappunaṃ;

Ūnādhikādi dosāni, apanetvā sinesine.
5. Suddhaṭṭhake ca vassesā, pāpitā pakatiṭṭhitiṃ;

Suddhāsuddhaṃva dassentī, sodhetu pāṭhasuddhiyā.

Moggallāna Pañcikā Ṭīkā

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Moggallāna Pañcikā Ṭīkā

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Moggallāna Pañcikā Ṭīkā

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Page 1 sur 136

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Moggallāna pañcikā ṭīkā

Vijjādhanassa samanussaraṇampi yassa,

Laddhammahodaya mahādaya (sampasādā) [japaso (potthake)],

Jayatīha mahāpañño, so moggallāyano muni;

Icceva manavasesa mattano bhayādyūpaddavopaghābhakarasāmatthiya yogena

Kintehi pādasussūsā, yesaṃ natthi gurūniha;

Vacanato attano gurupūjā purassaraṃ pañcikāvivaraṇaṃ pathi’yā pañcikā’tiādinā katapaṭiññattā

Nanu ca vuttiganthassa vaṇṇanāyaṃ katābhiniveso-yamācariyoti kathamihānadhikate

Sabbasseva hi satthassa, kammassāpi ca kassaci;

Nanu satthappayojanānaṃ sambandhopi vattabbo idamassa payojananti yato–

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

Siddhappayojanaṃ siddha,sambandhaṃ sotumicchati;

Sattaṃ payojanañceva, ubho sambandhanissayā;

Payojanappayojanampana sāmatthiyaladdhabbaṃ sayamācariyena ‘‘ko pana saddalakkhaṇassa

Tattha‘mahādayo’tyādinā gāthādvayena ratanattayapaṇāmo dassito, ‘yo iddhimantesū’tiādinā

Ayampanettha avayavattho-yoti aniyamavacanaṃ dhammarājasaddā pekkhāya cettha

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

Taṃ dhammarājanti yoti aniyamaniddiṭṭhassa vuttaguṇavisesādhāra

Hetu phalaṃ parattho ca, sabbopi thutisaṅgaho;

Vuttahetuphalasattopakāravasena buddharatanassa thutipubbakampaṇāmaṃ dassetvā idāni

Sotāpattādayo maggā,cattāro tapphalānica;

Vuttanavalokuttarammo gahitāti viññātabbaṃ, aññathā arahattamaggova gayheyya, kasmā

Evaṃ dhammaratanassa namakkāraṃ dassetvā idāni tadādhārabhūtasaṅgharatanaṃ namassituṃ

Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phaleṭhitā;

Vuttaaṭṭhaariyapuggalā gayhanti, guṇehīti lokiyalokuttarehi sīlādiguṇehi, saṅghaṭitanti

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

bhikkhave mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ iddhimantānaṃ yadidaṃ moggallāno’’ti bhagavatā

Evamattanā karaṇīyasatthampaṭijānitvā tadanantaraṃ ‘‘dve me bhikkhave paccayā

Tadevamadhikatattāyevāyamācariyo ganthārambhe’mahādayo yo’tiādike paṭipajjitvā dāni

Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ;

Buddhādīnametamadhivacanaṃ, tayo avayavā assāti tayaṃ, samudāyo, ratanānaṃ tayaṃ

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

paṭipādīyati, (ratanattayappaṇāmo ca abhidheyyo ca) ratanattayappaṇāmābhidheyyanti

Saccaṃ punapi saccanti, bhujamukkhippa vuccate;

Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ;

Vuttaaṭṭhadhammasamannāgatena abhinīhārena samannāgatā hutvā yathāvutte pāramitādayo

Visaṭṭhaṃ mañju viññeyyaṃ, savanīyā-visārino;

Vuttāni aṭṭhaṅgāni, tathāgatoti imasseva visuṃ atthapariyāyaṃ dassetuṃ ‘athavā’tiādimāha,

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

dīghāgamādīsu, tathāgatabhāvoti tathāgatoti bhavanaṃ nipphatti

‘Idha=saṃsiddhiyaṃ’ iddhavanto iddhāttappaccayena, ‘guṇa=āmantaṇe’ bhūvādiseso,

Atha kete saddā, yesamidaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ bhāsissanti paṭiññātanti āha-‘saddā ghaṭapaṭādayo’ti,

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

vā goiccādayo saddā sādhavoti agantabbamagganiyame gantabbamaggo viya, kiṃ

Piyo ca garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo;

Vuttehi tato parehi ca pasatthatarehi guṇavisesehi samupetaṃ guruṃ.

Tasmā akkharakosallaṃ, sampādeyya hitatthiko;

Vacanato uṭṭhāna-upaṭṭhāna-paricariyā-sussūsā sakkaccasippapaṭiggahaṇehi sammā

Yo niruttiṃ na sikkheyya, sikkhanto piṭakattayaṃ;

Vacanato, ayametthādhippāyo ‘‘yathā vuttanayena sambhūtapada byāmohavasena padatthepi

Yāva tiṭṭhanti suttantā, vinayo yāva dippati;

Paṭipattinti paṭipajjīyatīti paṭipattīti yathāvuttaṃ tividhampi paṭipattiṃ, virādhetvāti nāsetvā,

Suttantesu asantesu, pamuṭṭhe vinayamhi ca;

www.tipitaka.org Vipassana Research Institute

Saṃsāradukkhasseva bhāgī hoti… yathāvuttā-nukkamapariccāgena anurūpapaṭipattiyā

Suttante rakkhite sante, paṭipatti hoti rakkhitā;

Etāvatā aviññātasaddalakkhaṇassa sakatthaparihāniṃ dassetvā idāni sakatthasampattimūlikā